Skip to main content

Full text of "Transactions of the Tyneside Naturalists' Field Club"

See other formats 


i 


eterates®: 


pire 


spss inde: sis eee ~ 


HARVARD UNIVERSITY 


igs cd 


LIBRARY 


OF THE 


Museum of Comparative Zoology 


¥ 


= § Hut H Ul HLH HW iH ui li = dj 
s! | 
ed s 


INUININIATANUUDIPNINIALIPRIATINTANTNTANTANIZUIZAVANS 


Aba 


ais 


ay UN 


iiwatt 
it 


a ee Hy 
Ve), Sune H ih 
ie Btn icchin 


eailice 
sie, 4V 
ie 
ny 


fe yay 

yt 
Bak 6 

Pantie 


Ue ae 
iad 


i 
Ley “ ty Tie ; 
ea aa Sua or 


Ved 
Wy 


; 0 in 
t 


NE 1h 
Ten Heal 


a 
rls 5 
et’ ah tai 


POR RINEN : : ; 


Di hee 
fle ee a UK 
‘ be iD urea 
eo ca 
eee 
an) 


yay 


MUS. COMP. ZOOL | | 
“LIBRARY 
ON cnet 


HARVARD 


UNYESSITY a 
* 
| 


eres 
; es e 


pale 
aie 


TRANSACTIONS 


OF THE 


TYNESIDE “'P11bi 
NATURALISTS’ FIELD CLUB. 


1846—1850. 


VOL. I. 


NEWCASTLE-UPON-TYNE: 
F. & W. DODSWORTH, COLLINGWOOD STREET. 
LONDON: 
SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, & Cv. 


MDCCCL. 


Lag 
HARVARD COLLEGE LIBRARY 
INGRAHAM FUND 
oe nay ap £8 aa | 


SISK 


*,* The Committee of the Tynesrpe Naturauists’ Frenp Civue 
beg to state that the Authors alone are responsible for 


the facts and opinions contained in their respective 


Papers. 


MUS. COMP. 290L. 
LISRARY 


JUN 171 
HARVAR 0 


URAERSITY Le 


TYNESIDE 
NATURALISTS’ FIELD CLUB. 


Ava meeting held in the rooms of the Natural History Society 
of Northumberland, Durham, and Newcastle upon Tyne, the 25th 
April, 1846, 
(The Reverend the Vicar or Newcastiz in the Chair) 
On the motion of Ratpn Carr, Esq., seconded by Josep H. 
Fryer, Esq., 
It was unanimously resolved, 

I. That a Society be formed, under the name of the TyNESIDE 
Naturauists’ Fienp Cuus, for the practical study of Natural 
History in all its branches, and that the Antiquarians of the dis- 
trict be invited to unite with the Club for the promotion of their 
pursuits through its meetings. 

II. That the Officers of the Club be a President, Vice-Presi- 
dent, a Committee, and a Secretary, all to be chosen for the year 
at a general meeting of the Club, to be held in Newcastle on the 
Thursday of the Epiphany Quarter Sessions. 

III. That.the members of the Club shall hold five field meet- 
ings during the year, in the most interesting localities for inves- 
tigating the Natural History and Antiquities of the district.— 
That the places of meeting be selected by the committee ; and , 
that timely notice of each be communicated to members by a cir- 
cular card from the secretary. 

IV. That those members to whom it may be convenient shall 
partake of breakfast together, at the nearest country inn, at ten 
o'clock, after which the researches of the day shall commence. 

V. That the hour for a frugal dinner be appointed by the 

VOL. I. B 


2 FORMATION OF CLUB. 


chairman, during which any papers which he may have received 
from members of the Club shall be read from the chair. 

VI. That as members must incur some trifling expense in 
reaching the place of the field meetings, no subscription to any 
general fund be required, beyond the amount of five shillings 
yearly, to be laid out in defraying the cost of printing such 
papers as may be selected for that purpose, and to meet any ex- 
penses which may be incurred for stationery, postage, or other 
unavoidable outlay. That the cost of any lithographic or other 
illustrations be defrayed by the author of the paper for which 
they may be required. 

VII. That the papers of the Club be printed in a cheap octavo 
form, and distributed gratuitously to the members. 

VIII. That a class of honorary members be admissible, in 
which shall be included any ladies distinguished by their attain- 
ments in the study of Natural History, or local Antiquities, or 
to whom the Club may be indebted for the communication of 
papers or specimens. 

IX. That at the close of each year the president be requested 
to favour the Club with an address, containing a written sum- 
mary of its proceedings at the several field meetings, together 
with such observations from himself as he may deem conducive 
to the welfare of the Club and the promotion of its objects. 

X. That all candidates for membership shall be proposed. and 
seconded by existing members, either verbally or in writing, at 
any meeting of the Club. 

XI. That the Club shall endeavour to discourage the practice 
of removing rare plants from those localities of which they may 
be characteristic, and of risking the extermination of rare or in- 
teresting birds by wanton persecution. 

XII. That on the other hand, members be requested to use 
their influence with landowners and others for the protection of 
the characteristic birds of the country, and to dispel the preju- 
dices that are leading to their destruction. 

XIII. That consequently the rarer botanical specimens col- 
lected at field meetings, be chiefly such as can be gathered with- 
out disturbing the roots of the plants; and, that notes on the habits 


FORMATION OF CLUB. 3 


of birds be accumulated instead of specimens, by which our closet 
collections would be enriched only at the expense of nature’s 
great museum out of doors. 

XIV. That in like manner the Club shall endeavour to culti- 
vate a fuller knowledge of local antiquities, historical, popular 
and idiomatic, and to promote a taste for carefully preserving 
the monuments of the past from wanton injury. 

The meeting then proceeded to elect the officers for the first year, 
and the following were appointed 

PRESIDENT. 
Rapa Carr, Esq., Dunston Hill. 


VICE-PRESIDENT. 
Tue Rev, Joun F. Biacr, Ovingham. 


SECRETARY. 


Mr. Joun THORNHILL. 


COMMITTEE. 
JosepH H. Fryer, Esq. 
JosHua ALDER, Esq. 
W. K. Lorrus, Esq. 

It was also resolved, that such parties as may signify to the 
secretary, at the Library of the Literary and Philosophical So- 
ciety, their wish to become members, shall be admitted without 
being formally proposed, until the first general meeting of the 
Club, after which period the tenth rule shall take effect. 

The thanks of the meeting were then voted to the Vicar, as 
chairman, and to Mr. Carr, for having suggested, and for his 
exertions in the formation of the Club. 

(Signed) R. C. Coxs, M. A., 
Vicar of Newcastle, Chairman. 


At a general meeting of the Club, held on Monday the 11th 
May, 1846, 
Rapa Carr, Hsq., President, in the Chair. 
On the motion of the secretary, seconded by J. H. Fryzr, Hsq., 
It was unanimously resolved, 


I. That the Tyneside Naturalists’ Field Club undertake the 


/ 
/ 


4 FORMATION OF CLUB. 


formation and publication of correct lists of the various natural 
productions of the counties of Northumberland and Durham, 
with such observations as their respective authors may deem 
necessary. Also that a succinct account of the Geology of the 
district be prepared. 

II. That as mistakes may occur in the proposed lists, and as 
it is of importance that an authentic collection should be acces- 
sible when any doubt may occur as to a name or species, that 
local collections be formed and placed, with the consent of the 
Natural History Society, in the Newcastle Museum. The col- 
lections to be the property of the Natural History Society. That 
the specimens be either kept separate or incorporated with the 
mass of the collections, as may be convenient to the managers 
of that institution, it being a condition, that the specimens 
be distinguished by some mark to shew that they refer to 
the lists. 

III. That the proposed publications be printed in a cheap 
form, and sold at a low rate. 

IV. That sub-committees be appointed from the general com- 
mittee, and from the other members of the Club, to carry out 
the foregoing resolutions. 

V. That the parties forming those sub-committees shall, along 
with the members of the general committee, form a committee for 
considering the extent and details of the proposed publication, 
anid such other matters as may be necessary in connection with 


ff the scheme. 


VL. That the following gentlemen be the sub-committees :— 


MAMMALIA AND ORNITHOLOGY, 
Messrs. Jonn and Atpany Hancock. 


AMPHIBIA, ICTHYOLOGY, AND RADIATA, 
Messrs. R. E. Bewicx, Joun Hancock, and M. J. F. Srpyey. 


MOLLUSCA, CRUSTACEA, AND ZOOPHYTES, 
Messrs. J. H. Fryer, Josoua Atper, Aupany and Jonn Hancock. 


ENTOMOLOGY, 
Messrs. James Harpy, J. T. Bory, Joun Hancock, and Tuomas 
Pica, Jun. 


or 


FORMATION OF CLUB. 


BOTANY. 
Messrs. THORNHILL, and THompson, and the Rev. J. F. Biaer, and 
Mr. Joun STOREY. 


GEOLOGY, 
Messrs. Hurton, F'ryer, Sopwitu, Lorrus, and Kine. 


VII. That, for fully carrying out the plan, the assistance and 
co-operation of parties pursuing Natural History in the north of 
England, whether members of the Club or not, be requested, in 
furtherance of the undertaking. 

VIII. That the papers and lists collected and published by the 
Tyneside Naturalists’ Field Club, be at the disposal of the Na- 
tural History Society, for printing in the Transactions of that 
institution, if its committee shall think fit, and that it be re- 
quested, that the Club may have the use of such of the papers 
already published in the Transactions of the said Society, as may 
be of service in preparing the proposed account of the Natural 
History of the district. 

IX. That a copy of the foregoing resolutions be submitted to 
the committee of the Natural History Society, and that their 
attention be particularly drawn to the 2d and 8th resolutions*. 

The thanks of the meeting were then given to Mr. Carr, for 
the able manner in which he had presided over the business of 
the meeting. 


* The resolutions were handed accordingly to the committee of the Natural 
History Society, who resolved, ‘That the committee of the Natural History 
Society cordially agree and sanction the Rules and Regulations of the Tyne- 
side Naturalists’ Field Club, as faras the Natural History Society is con- 
cerned.” 


8) 


THE PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS 


AT THE FIRST ANNIVERSARY MEETING OF THE SOCIETY. 


GENTLEMEN,—When our Naturalists’ Field Club was set on 
foot, in April last, we had felt ourselves stimulated, and were 
also happily directed, by the example of a body of gentlemen in 
Berwickshire, and on our side of the Tweed, who had been asso- 
ciated during several years for the purpose of searching into the 
natural productions of that district. Not only had their pro- 
ceedings been successful in adding new plants to the phytology, 
and new animals to the fauna, of Berwickshire, and even of 
Great Britain itself, but they had struck out a mode of carrying 
forward their researches, which made the means as delightful as 
the end. The object being to cultivate, diffuse, and advance the 
knowledge of the works of the Creator within the limits of a 
certain tract of country easily accessible, the means chosen were 
long and pleasant rambles on foot during fine days in the sum- 
mer half-year, and in society capable of affording mutual instruc- 
tion. They did not indeed forget to eat a hearty breakfast, 
before leaving the village inn where they might happen to meet, 
nor to dine together at the end of the day ; but being very hun- 
gry, and having often a good distance to go ere reaching home, 
they made short work of the repast. There was neither time nor 
inclination to permit their active and instructive meetings ‘to 
degenerate into dinner-traps, after the too common custom of 
this good country of ours. By these means men were brought 
together from town and country, as many as were really inter- 
ested in some branch of natural science or in. the study of anti- 
quities, and no others came. The Society has, consequently, 
split upon no rock, but has gone on and prospered. Long may 
it do so, for the materials to be examined and re-examined can 
never come toanend. One and the same locality needs not to 
be revisited for long at the same season, unless by design for the 
sake of comparing different years and different kinds of weather, 


THE PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 7 


in their influence on plants and animals. It may be doubted 
whether any man can live long enough to understand nature too 
well in the fields, waters, and rocks, within a walk of his own 
house, much less within the country, or the whole basin of a con- 
siderable river. But the knowledge gained in our own district, 
and maturely considered, will arrange itself in the mind as a 
centre round which may be grouped facts and observations drawn 
from other regions, whether within our four seas, or far beyond 
them ; and I think we may feel sure that no men are more likely 
to make a good use of increased facilities of visiting other situa- 
tions, on the wings of steam, than those gentlemen who have so 
steadily bestowed their attention on the Berwickshire hills, dales, 
and sea-beaten shores. 

It has been one of the rules of that northern club that, at the 
end of his year of honour, the President should read, at a general 
meeting, an address, giving some account of what had been done, 
and of the observations of natural objects made at the several 
field meetings; together with any further remarks that he might 
deem adapted to the occasion. A desire having been conveyed 
in one of the resolutions passed on the formation of our Tyneside 
Club, that a like address should be read by its President before 
vacating his place, I will now do my best to obey the injunction. 
First, however, let me observe how much I regret the unseemly 
prolongation of my tenure of the chair, beyond the week of the 
Epiphany Sessions, when it ought to have terminated. The oc- 
casion of the delay in this matter, however, will, I am sure, suf- 
ficé to excuse it on my part, since it was no other than a serious 
illness of our esteemed and excellent Secretary, Mr. Thornhill, 
without whose aid and presence it was felt we could not proceed 
but at great disadvantage. The present meeting may be con- 
gratulated that our Secretary is now able to be amongst us, and 
I trust when I have read the minutes kept by him of the pro- 
ceedings of each field-meeting, it will be admitted by all that, 
though of some length, they are not spun out by any useless or 
irrelevant matter, and that there is no part of them that could be 
properly curtailed by another hand. Indeed, in justice to the 
researches of those gentlemen who exerted themselves in. the 


8 FIRST FIELD MEETING. 


cause of natural history, and of the Club, at each field-meeting, 
I, for one, cannot see how a more succinct record than Mr. 
Thornhill’s could be either satisfactory in the present year, or 
useful for after-reference and comparison, when to look back to it 
may be both pleasing and instructive. TI, therefore, beg leave 
now to read the minutes taken by the Secretary ; and at the end 
of some of the days, by way of showing that this course is not 
followed out of sheer idleness, I will subjoin some remarks on 
what appears to have been always a neglected branch of local an- 
tiquities—namely, on the older and purer forms, and the original 
meaning, of some of the names of localities visited in that excur- 
sion. 


FIRST FIELD MEETING. 
20th May, 1846. 


A party of sixteen of the members assembled to breakfast at 
Ovingham, at 10 o'clock. 

After breakfast they proceeded up Whittle Dene, some 
having first visited the old church at Ovingham, the tomb of 
Bewick, &c.; others the garden of the Rev. Mr. Bigge, the Rec- 
tor, where they were shewn many of the rarer British plants un- 
der successful cultivation. 

The party spent a very pleasant day in the Dene and neigh- 
bouring fields, the only interruption being a rather heavy thun- 
der-storm, which passed over the Dene in the afternoon. 

The following is a list of the rarer objects of Natural History, 
collected or observed :— 

The nests of the Grasshopper Warbler (Sylvia Locustella), and 
of the Long-tailed Titmouse (Parus caudatus), were found by 
Mr. John Hancock, the former being very seldom met with. The 
Golden Crested Wren (Regulus auricapillus) was also observed. 

Twenty-three species of Shells were collected. 

The Dene and neighbourhood are rather rich in the number of 
the plants growing there; not many of them, however, very rare. 


FIRST FIELD MEETING. 9 


Those most worthy of notice are,—in the Dene, Ranunculus au- 
ricomus, Trollius Europeus, Euonymus Europeus, large hairy 
variety of Pragaria vesca, Carduus heterophyllus, Myosotis sylua- 
tica, Orchis Morio, Listera Nidus-avis, the last-named plant 
was found by the Rev. Mr. Bigge, and brought by him to his 
garden at Ovingham. Convallaria majalis, one of the very few 
really wild northern localities of this plant. Paris quadrifolia, 
Polypodium Dryopteris. In the neighbourhood, communicated 
or pointed out by the Rev. J. F, Bigge,—Sisymbrium Sophia, 
Arenaria verna, by the side of the river a little below Ovingham, 
Nepeta Cataria, Verbena officinalis, Botrychium Lunaria, and 
Ophioglossum vulgatum. 


THE PRESIDENTS NOTES ON THE SECRETARY S REPORT OF THE FIRST 
FIELD-MEETING. 


The party proceeded as far as the township and farm-stead of 
Spital. It has been said that here had been situated an hos- 
pital, or religious house of some kind, but on what evidence I 
could not learn. If this origin of the name should not be sub- 
stantiated, the features of the situation will easily suggest ano- 
ther, for there is hard by a somewhat remarkable “spout” or 
waterfall, where the burn tumbles over a ledge into a deep circu- 
lar basin. I do but mention the circumstance because this fea- 
ture may soon be lost by the diversion of the burn itself to feed 
the new reservoirs for supplying Newcastle with water. 

There is at Spital a clear mineral well, impregnated with iron 
and sulphur; and around it the moss or bog is abundantly sprink- 
led with that most elegant floweret, the Primula farinosa. 

The long woodland dene, in which our day had been so plea- 
santly spent, takes its name from the township of Whittell, Whit- 
tall, or Whitt-hall. In the earliest list of the townships of Nor- 
thumberland it will be seen to have as good a claim to the name 
of White-hall, as the more splendid structure in Westminster it- 
self. Hall is the Old English and Anglo-Saxon name for the 
better sort of houses, such as were inhabited by small landowners, 
or in other words, by yeomen, (aed-man, a man possessing pro- 
perty.) No spelling can be worse than that of the modern 

VOL. I. G 


10 SECOND FIELD MEETING. 


“ Whattles” and “ Thropples,” in which this good old ending has: 
reached the last shape of corruption, and the whole word has: 
been utterly debased. 

The name of Ovingham, itself, belongs to a very interesting 
class of names, indicating the homes or abodes of particular 
Anglo-Saxon families ;—in this case, it is the home of the Offings, or 
sons and daughters of Offa, whosoever that patriarch may have 
been. The Anglo-Saxon word would be Offinga-ham; literally, 
“of the Offings the home.” ‘There is an excellent early English 
spelling of this name, among others of like structure, in the old 
records called the Pipe-roll and the Ecclesiastical Inquests, which 
well represents our pronounciation of the soft g in such cases, al- 
though in most other parts of England that letter would be hard. 
When written Ovingeham, as we may find it in the old national 
documents, etymology and actual pronunciation are at once con- 
ciliated. 

Before endings in ton like Ovington, though the meaning of the 
first part of the word is the same, a different analogy prevails and 
the common spelling is as correct, as in Ovingham for Ovingeham 
it is inaccurate. Just over the water is Eltringeham, the well- 
chosen abode of the Eldrings or offspring of some patriarchal settler 
called Eldric or Eldred, who no doubt had an eye to fish and 
fowl as well as to the picturesque. 

I trust that the meeting will forgive this passing digression, 
which has been made partly in the hope of inducing some anti- 
quarian brothers to come and wander over the country with us 
next summer. 


SECOND FIELD MEETING. 
3rd May, 1846. 

The second field meeting was held at the pleasant village of 
Shotley Bridge. The party breakfasted at that place, and then 
proceeded up the Derwent to the Snape, visiting the Sil- 
ver-tongue lead mine in their way. On an eminence over- 


SECOND FIELD MEETING. 11 


looking the Snape, and commanding an extensive and beau- 
tiful view both up and down the Derwent, a marquee, amply 
stored with refreshments, by the kindness and attention of Mr. 
Hutton and Mr. Nicholas Burnett, had been erected, and the 
good things it contained were duly appreciated by the party as 
they came straggling up. Some having been seeking plants, 
ethers insects or shells, some fossils, whilst others had joined that 
they might enjoy a pleasant day’s ramble amongst the beautful 
scenery of the neighbourhood. After their luncheon, the party 
proceeded to Hownsgill, and thence back again to Shotley Bridge, 
where they dined. The day was remarkably fine, and every one 
was evidently pleased and desirous to please, so that the excur- 
sion passed off as pleasantly as might be. Many interesting 
plants and other objects of Natural History were observed, amongst 
others the Maiden Pink, ( Dianthus deltoides,) which was new to 
the district of the excursion. Some papers were read, and lists 
of discoveries handed in. A paper was read by the President, 
Ralph Carr, Esq., from Mr. Hardy, of Gateshead, mentioning se- 
veral insects which he had found, and which had not before been 
noticed in the neighbourhood of Newcastle, adding several inter- 
esting notices of their habits. Mr. Bold also described the habits of 
a species of Death-watch, new to the Newcastle district; of which 
he exhibited specimens in the various stages from the caterpillar 
to the perfect insect. Mr. King, the Curator of the Newcastle 
Museum, gave an account of the results of a dredging expedition 
off the coasts of Northumberland and Durham, in which he had 
the good fortune to capture several shells, and other marine ani- 
mals, new to those coasts. He also mentioned several other sea 
shells which he had lately obtained, and which were new to the 
district. He exhibited, besides the specimens already alluded 
to, numerous examples of other shells, which although not new, 
were remarkable for their size and beauty, and for the way in 
which they illustrated the history of the different species. He 
also exhibited some small, but very beautiful specimens of coral. 
—The following is a list of the species new to the coasts of 
Northumberland and Durham :—Crass—A new species of the 
Genus Mga.  Hcuinoperms—Psolus squamatus. SuE~is— 


2 SECOND FIELD MEETING. 


Panopea Biwonea, Pecten Landsburghii, Fusus Norvegicus, F. 
Turton, Fusus, a new species allied to F. corneus, Trochus 
millegranus, Natica Grenlandica, Hypothyris ( Terebratula) 
psittacea, Axinus (Cryptodon) flexuosus. Corats—Retepora 
Beaniana. Sponazrs—A new species of Halichondria. Besides 
the above-named species, Mr. King stated that he had obtained 
from time to time several dead shells, which he supposed to have 
been washed up from a tertiary shell bank situated twenty miles 
from the northern part of the coast of Northumberland, viz. :— 
Astarte Gatrensis, not found living on the east coast of England, 
but found fossil at Bridlington, and living on the west coast of 
Scotland ; Saxicava sulcata, a species nearly allied to S. rugosa, 
but much larger, only found fossil on this side of the island, but 
living in Baffin’s Bay. A species of Mya, allied to IV. truncata, 
received living from Greenland, by Mr. A. Hancock, and named 
by that gentleman J. Grenlandica ; it is found in a fossil state 
in Sweden, on the shores of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, and in the 
Isle of Bute. 

The secretary mentioned that he had noticed in a ditch at 
Marsden, Durham, Callitriche platycarpa, which had not been be- 
fore announced as a plant of this district. 

He also announced that, in company with Mr. John Storey 
and Mr. John Thompson, he had noticed new habitats for one or 
two of the rarer Northumberland plants, viz.: Pyrola minor, 
Carduus heterophyllus, and Rubus saxatilis, in Cockton wood, 
near Chesterholme. 

The insects mentioned by Mr. Hardy in his paper, as worthy 
of particular notice, are Ophonus pubescens, by the Wear, in 
Southwick Marsh, a little above Sunderland; Cateretes bipustu- 
latus, at the same place. He had found the same insect by the 
Derwent, near Winlaton Mill. On the bog below Hilton Castle 
he found Lphistemus gyrinoides, Tachyerges Salicett, Crioceris 
tenella. In old grass fields in the same vicinity he found Gym- 
naetron tricolor (first found in this vicinity by Mr. T. J. Bold). 
Of Dipterous insects he noticed Ptychoptera paludosa; Beris 
clavipes ; Chrysomyia polita and Chrysogaster viduata, and (by 
far the rarest) Vemotelus nigrinus. On the Derwent, near Gib- 


SECOND FIELD MEETING. iS 


side, he had found Brachyopa bicolor, Chrysostoxum bicinctum, 
and C. arcuatum, Cheiloxa ruficornis, and Atheria Ibis. 

Mr. Bold described the habits of Anobiwm molle a species of death 
watch, which he had found in considerable numbers near New- 
castle. This paper will be found in its place in the Transactions. 

The rarer insects noticed during the excursion by Mr. Bold, 
were Gymnaetron niger, Apion subulatum, A. Spencit and A. 
striatum. In addition to these Mr. B. caught upwards of sixty 
species of beetles, the names of which will appear in the classi- 
fied list now preparing by Mr. Bold and Mr. Hardy. 

In addition to the Maiden Pink mentioned, the only plants 
worthy of particular notice are Aguilegia vulgaris, near Allans- 
ford ; Parietaria oficinalis, on the bridge at the same place ; 
Orobanche major, abundant ; and Fedia dentata, in the corn- 
fields ; also, Hchium vulgare, in great abundance by the Der- 
went, above Allansford. 

The Geological features of the district travelled over are, in 
the words of Mr. Hutton, “interesting, though simple. It is 
well known that in the North of England the carboniferous for- 
mation naturally separates itself into three divisions, the upper 
one characterised by an abundance of coal, the under one by a 
large development of limestone—these being usually designated 
the “coal measures,” and “the mountain limestone formation ;” 
between these a thick series of beds of coarse grit and slate are 
interposed, called the “millstone grit.” It was upon this interme- 
diate group almost entirely that the excursion was made. In de- 
scending the hill from Medomsley, or Conside, towards the Der- 
went, the outcrop of all the lower members of the coal formation 
is passed over, the lowest workable bed of coal, the ‘ Brockwell 
Seam,’ cropping out in the hill side, very little above the hotel 
at Shotley Bridge. Following the Derwent, as the party did, up- 
wards from Shotley Bridge, the whole thickness of the ‘ millstone 
grit’ (brought up by the rise of the strata) was passed over by 
the time the party had arrived at the Silver-tongue lead mine, 
where, in the bed of the Derwent, the first stratum of mountain 
limestone, called the “ Fell Top Limestone,” makes its appear- 
ance. The millstone grit possesses few characters of interest 


14 SECOND FIELD MEETING. 


sufficient to comment upon, except as having afforded rough 
millstones, perhaps, for ages, the name of the formation being 
derived from its use in the very district traversed by the Club. 
Metalliferous veins are almost exclusively confined to the lower 
divisions of the mountain limestone ; but sometimes veins of lead 
do occur in the middle series, and at Healyfield have been worked 
for many years in the millstone grit.” 


THE PRESIDENTS NOTES ON THE SECOND FIELD-MEETING. 


Our second excursion was a long and delightful one; the day, 
however, was intensely hot, whilst all nature was in full life and 
expansion under the burning sunshine. Fortunately there was 
a brisk air, and great part of the way was traversed under the 
canopy of the woods. The resting-place where we enjoyed the 
hospitable shelter of the tent, and partook of its refreshments, over- 
looks the course of the Derwent both downward, along in the di- 
rection we had come, and upward where its character is different, 
as it flows through an open moorland country. The point where 
we stood gave us the best possible idea of the geography of the 
river and great part of its basin. Just below us was a bold and 
richly-wooded elbow of the banks, forming a promontory on the 
northern side, and this point is called the Snape. We were told 
that this curious appellation was in allusion to the beak of a snipe. 
I fancied it might be a corruption of Snae-hope: but there was 
no “hope” or short valley there to countenance the supposition. 

We must compare this name with a place called The Snipe, 
on the angle of land at the junction of Tarset Burn and Hun- 
ter’s Burn, in the vale of North Tyne; and also with The 
Snipe, at the north-eastern point of Holy Island. 

The Anglo-Saxon original, if such ever existed, has been lost ; 
but in the Old Norse, the language of the Danes, who so long 
held sway in these parts, we find the word Snoppa, rostrum a 
beak. Hence it is not unlikely that both Snape, as applied to a 
jutting promontory, or point of land, and the name of the bird 
may have a common origin, and that both are from the old Norse, 
Snoppa, a beak, or from a collateral Anglo-Saxon expression, 
which has disappeared. 


THIRD FIELD MEETING. 15 


On the southern side of Derwent are two “ hopes,” or short vales, 
Herdsel-hope and Hys-hope. Their names are now elegantly di- 
versified into Horsop and Hysop. Why not at once, Her shop 
and His shop? As herdsel isin Old English a sheep-fold, the 
real name of the former little vale is of a pleasing pastoral cha- 
racter ; that of the latter is not so easy to explain. 


THIRD FIELD MEETING, 
Tth August, 1846. 


The Club was to have assembled to breakfast at Bardon Mill, 
and to dinner at Haltwhistle, but, owing to the extreme wetness 
of the weather, the meeting was thin, and some of those who met 
at breakfast turned back before reaching Haltwhistle. 

On account of the state of the weather, but little could be seen 
of a district highly interesting for its peculiar geological features, 
for its antiquities, and for the numerous interesting plants which 
its lochs, its rocky hill-sides, and its marshes produce. Its 
zoology does not appear to have been much investigated, but 
there seems little doubt that, especially in conchology and en- 
tomology, a careful examination would repay the naturalist. 

The only rare plant gathered was Ranunculus Lingua, which 
the Rev. Mr. Cundill found in a small lake near Walltown. 

The papers laid before the meeting were— 

“Notices of some new species of Mollusca, &c., found at Ar- 
drossan and in the Isle of Arran, in May and June last,” by Mr. 
Joshua Alder. 

“A list of new habitats of various of the rarer plants of North- 
umberland and Durham,” by Mr. John Storey. These new 
habitats will duly appear in the catalogue of plants now in 
course of preparation. 

The President exhibited viviparous heads of the Crested Dogs- 
tail Grass (Cynosurus cristatus ). 

A communication, through Mr. Hardy, was read from Dr. 


16 FOURTH FIELD MEETING. 


Johnston, of Berwick upon Tweed, proposing that a joint meet- 
ing of the Berwickshire and Tyneside Naturalists’ Field Clubs 
should take place at Alnwick, as soon as the Newcastle and Ber- 
wick Railway shall be opened, “for mutual encouragement and 
the promotion of friendly feelings.” 


THE PRESIDENTS NOTE ON THE THIRD FIELD MEETING. 


On this, the only occasion when the Club has been interrupted 
by bad weather, I happened to be absent on a visit to the banks 
of the Breamish. The day was there overcast and rather sultry, 
but no rain fell. Distant rolling peals of thunder were heard all 
day, beginning on the south-west and ending as if the storm had 
come round into Roxburgshire, behind Cheviot, on our north- 
western side. 


FOURTH FIELD MEETING, 
Friday, \1th Sept., 1846. 


The Club assembled in the first instance at the house of Mr. 
Abbs, of Cleadon, where they were shown through the interesting 
grounds belonging to that gentleman’s residence, by the Rev. 
G. C. Abbs. They then proceeded to Whitburn, to: breakfast. 
After which the party separated, some proceeding to seek for 
shells, &c.—others for insects or plants, as might be their parti- 
cular pursuit. The principal circumstances which occurred, and 
which might be considered of more than common interest, were, 
1st, that the party which kept on the banks saw a locust fly past 
them, which, however, they did not succeed in taking. This in- 
sect appears in this country at considerable intervals ; it is about 
twenty years since any were seen in this district ; at least if they 
have been seen, there is no record to that effect. This year, 
however, they have been seen and captured in considerable num- 
bers, especially in the district in which the one alluded to above 
was observed. The second circumstance worthy of particular 
notice was, that some of the party who had gone to seek for sea- 


FOURTH FIELD MEETING. 17 


shells, &c., caught a crab in the very act of putting off his coat. 
It is well known that all animals of the class to which the crab 
belongs, cast their shells once a-year, but there are few instances 
recorded of the operation having been actually seen taking place. 
The parties who saw the process, describe it as being very like 
what a person does when he is wriggling himself out of a coat 
that is a little too tight for him. Most of the party proceeded 
northward to Marsden, examining as they progressed, the pecu- 
liar geological features of the magnesian limestone, here worn 
into picturesque arches, lofty pillars, or by the never-ceasing 
action of the ocean, worn into deep and extensive caverns, there 
cut into towering cliffs, or sometimes crumbling away before 
the power of the waves, forming heaps of larger or smaller blocks 
at the base of the main mass of which they once formed a por- 
tion. After the party had explored this interesting locality as 
long as their time allowed, they turned their course southward 
and dined at the Roker Baths Hotel. After dinner, the follow- 
ing papers were read :— 

“On some of the habits of the horse leech, Hamopsis sangui- 
suga, with notices of some rare insects,” by Mr. Hardy. 

“ Notice of the occurrence of Limnoria terebrans, at the mouth 
of the Tyne,” by Mr. Albany Hancock. 

Mr. Hardy also exhibited some very remarkable viviparous 
heads of the common cocksfoot grass, Dactylis glomerata. . 


THE PRESIDENT’S NOTES ON THE FOURTH FIELD MEETING. 


The flight of the locust, which we saw and marked down, and 
again sprung as if it had been a lark, was strong, quick, and well 
sustained. The insect evidently had the power of proceeding a 
long way without any fresh impulse from the ground, and could 
turn in any direction. It was scarcely smaller as seen flying than 
the larger dragon flies. 

The day was cloudless, and the air delightful; an extraor- 
dinary host of that brilliant insect the scarlet admiral butterfly, 
Vanessa atalanta, were on the wing. ‘They were flying past us 
or resting on the autumnal flowers, which are peculiarly fragrant 

VOL. I. D 


18 FIFTH FIELD MEETING. 


on the magnesian limestone, by dozens and scores together, open- 
ing and shutting their brilliant wings in the sunshine. 

Having enjoyed a long ramble as far as Marsden, we returned 
to the refreshment of an excellent dinner at Roca, for so the 
older maps denominate the place. The name might seem a lit- 
tle exotic and romantic, although well bestowed in allusion to 
the rocks and cliffs along the shore. In accordance with the 
taste of the present day, the name has been revised, and as there 
is a railway not far off, it is written Roker, so that it may rhyme 
with poker and stoker. 

We had the gratification of being accompanied this day by a 
learned native of Iceland, Mr. T. G. Repp, late of the Advocates’ 
Library, in Edinburgh, and now of Copenhagen. Mr. Repp has 
been the editor and latin translator of the Lardela Saga, and 
the author of a valuable treatise on Trial by Jury among the 
Scandinavian nations, and other learned works. 


FIFTH FIELD MEETING. 
October 29, 1846, 


The last Field Meeting of the year was held at Tynemouth, 
on Thursday the 29th October. The party breakfasted and 
dined at the Star and Garter Hotel, in that village. After break- 
fast, the party proceeded to Whitley, visited the quarries, in a 
pond in which, Mr. A. Hancock, Mr. Loftus, and others, collected 
specimens of a rare shell, first discovered there by Mr. Alder and 
the Rev. Mr. Mark, and named by the former gentleman Pla- 
norbis levis. They then went to Whitley House, where the 
party had an opportunity of inspecting the very extensive and 
valuable collection of shells belonging to Mr. J. H. Fryer, who, 
thinking that the body as well as the mind should be cared for, 
had provided a very substantial luncheon. After this had been 
done full justice to, the party proceeded northward, but not far, as 
the day was waning, and some of the gentlemen wished to ex- 
amine the indications of the 90 fathoms dike at Cullercoats, and 


FIFTH FIELD MEETING. 19 


also the fine specimen of what is called the “Northern Drift,” at the 
the mouth of the Tyne. At this latter locality, Mr. Carr, the pre- 
sident, pointed out several remarkable examples of blocks of va- 
rious kinds of stone (Basalt, Mountain Limestone, Millstone 
Grit, Coal Sandstone, &c.)—which exhibited strong marks of 
glacial action. In the morning three communications were read 
from Mr. Loftus, viz. :—an account of the occurrence of the glow- 
worm, near Gibside ; a list of new localities of several rare Bri- 
tish shells ; and a letter to the President, recommending that the 
members of the club should communicate at the meetings any 
information with respect to Natural History, which they may 
have obtained in their researches, in the intervals between those 
said meetings. Mr. Albany Hancock read a very interesting pa- 
per on the varieties of Buccinuwm undatum. This shell, one of 
the larger Whelks which inhabit our coast, is found at various 
depths and under various circumstances. Some occurring in 40 
fathoms water, some in water of only half that depth, whilst 
other examples are found within the tide-marks. Mr. Hancock 
stated, that as the circumstances in which the shell is found, 
vary, so the character of the shell is altered. The comparatively 
deep water variety is thin and delicate, occasionally exceedingly 
so, because it lives at the bottom of water, which, at the depth 
mentioned, is nearly, if not entirely, still. The bottom of the 
water, on which it lives, is also muddy. Coming nearer in shore, 
or into shallower water, we find another form of this shell, thicker 
and stronger than the last. We have not time to describe all 
the varieties, we may, however, state that the extreme forms are 
so opposite that they have been described as distinct species. 
But a careful examination of the habits and habitats, shews 
that the variety of form, under which they appear, is only what 
might be expected from the variety of circumstances in which 
they exist. 

Mr. Hancock has in preparation a full account of the dif- 
ferent varieties of this interesting Mollusk, so that the members 
of this Club, as well as other parties interested in the subject, 
will shortly have before them an accurate and skilful account of 
this Protean shell. 


20 FIFTH FIELD MEETING. 


THE PRESIDENTS NOTES ON THE FIFTH FIELD MEETING. 


On this, our last meeting, for an excursion in furtherance of 
the objects of the Club, we spent an agreeable and instructive 
day, notwithstanding the lateness of the season. The attractions 
in the cabinet and library at Whitley House, were really endless, 
and I left them with the feeling, that in spite of Mr. Fryer’s 
exertions that our curiosity should be fully gratified, we had only 
made a beginning before the shortness of an autumn day warned 
us to proceed. I had the pleasure of showing, after breakfast, a 
very good sample of Spanish chesnuts, ripened on the trees at 
Dunston Hill. They have this year been perfectly matured, per- 
haps, even more completely than in 1826. We have some fine 
young trees growing, which were raised from the seed of that 
season. But the river Tyne is, perhaps, not far from the north- 
ern limit where this southern tree will bring its fruit to maturity, 
even in the warmest summers. 

I will conclude by mentioning a circumstance of the habits of 
the Tawny Owl, Strix Stridula, which I mentioned to some of 
our ornithologists at the Ovingham meeting. That bird does not 
seem to be known as a bold and rapacious robber of the nests of 
some of our stronger birds at the time when it is feeding its own 
young. It has been protected now for a few years at Dunston 
Hill. In 1844 a pair of Tawny Owls reared and ushered into 
the world three hopeful young, after having fed them assiduously 
upon the trees for many weeks after they had left the nest. 
The food must often have consisted in great part of worms, 
snails, and slugs, for the old birds brought it every minute from 
the ground in the immediate vicinity of the trees where the 
young were perched. This, however, might only be considered 
as a whet to their appetites before dinner ; for the parents made 
repeated and persevering attacks upon three or four magpie nests, 
sometimes during half an hour at a time. As the defence was 
spirited and gallant, they were often repulsed ; but, finally, I 
found the remains of young magpies under the favourite perch 
of the young owls, and one morning the bloody head and fea- 
thers of an old magpie, conspicuous from its size and the want of 


FIFTH FIELD MEETING. 21 


any cerous skin about the beak. This then, ] thought, must 
have been taken when roosting. In 1845 the old owls alone 
were seen, and they passed the summer in sedate retirement, and 
seemed to rest from the labours of propagation; neither did they 
molestthemagpies. But in 1846they began to be veryactiveearly 
in the spring, and by the beginning of May again had their young 
owlets out upon the branches. Walking out about nine o’clock 
one evening, I heard a pertinacious attack going on against a 
pair of magpies that had their nest in the top of a very tall 
sycamore. At last instead of the frantic chattering of the poor 
magpies, one of them began to shriek in agony like a hare when 
caught in a noose ; and it was evident the owl was endeavouring 
to drag it out—the mother bird—by the head from the entrance 
of the nest. I ran down to the spot to prevent the perpretration 
of such murder, and arrived in time to separate the combatants by 
striking against the stem of thetree witha stick. Before the next 
morning the young of our only pair of rooks had disappeared 
from the nest, in a situation where nothing but the owls could 
have injured them. This was too bad ; a decree went forth against 
the young owls, and they paid the penalty of their voracious 
appetites. 

It is thus evident that the magpie’s instinct in arching over her 
nest is necessary to enable her and her mate to defend it against 
rapacious birds. Probably the raven, the buzzard, and the kite, 
may be all disposed to make unfriendly visits, wherever their 
race has not been exterminated by pitiless gamekeepers. But it 
is evident that the tawny owl is a formidable enemy. The re- 
luctance of the rook to build out of society may also be better 
understood, as it cannot defend its open nest against the owl at 
night; and also one reason why the instinct of the daw leads it 
always to seek the shelter of a hole, although, as Mr. Waterton 
remarks it appears to be as hardy a bird as the rook. That 
wisdom and beneficence which never err may have given them 
instincts for other and more important ends than human eyes 
may ever be able to descry, but it is always gratifying when we 
think we can in part understand the utility and design of differ- 
ences so striking. 


22 LAST FIELD MEETING OF THE SEASON. 


I will now conclude by the agreeable statement that our num- 
bers now amount to more than eighty, and that we have been 
permitted to add the names of some fair honorary members, who 
have not only lent us their general encouragement, but have sent 
some beautiful specimens of dried plants, alge, and corallines, 
for examination. 


The last meeting of the year was held on Monday evening, the 
15th Nov., 1846, conjointly with the Natural History Society, in 
the rooms of that institution, the President of the club, Ralph 
Carr, Esq., in the chair. 

The President read a paper introductory to a future contribu- 
tion, concerning various proper names of places in Durham and 
Northumberland. It was stated that the geography of these dis- 
tricts is rich in significant terminations, of easy etymology, de- 
scriptive of hills, vales, waters, woodlands, precipices, pastures, 
villages, hamlets, enclosures, &c. ;—that although much has been 
done by the researches of Mr. Brockett and others, yet the ety- 
mological part of the question may be further elucidated from 
the Anglo-Saxon and old Norse languages, care being had in no 
case to trench upon ground under which an older Celtic element 
might be concealed ; that the different English counties offer 
great variety in the distribution and grouping of the signifi- 
cant popular endings, and that to compare them with those 
near home, may afford no small interest to a traveller ;—that 
in every part of the country the old popular names possess 
a certain grace and dignity from their close connexion with 
the cultivated speech and literature of our Anglo-Saxon fore- 
fathers ; whilst those of modern invention, with all their affecta- 
tion of classical or foreign sound, are comparatively worthless. 
A paper was also read by Mr. T. J. Bold, on the corn-weevil, a 
beetle which, along with another small coleopterous insect, com- 
mits fearful ravages amongst bonded corn. Mr. Albany Han- 
cock’s paper on Limnoria terebrans, a small species of crab which 
commits great havoc in sub-marine wood-work, was.re-read, as the 
subject is of great importance from the great destruction of sound 


ABSTRACT, AND ANNUAL MEETING. 23 


timber caused by this small animal, which is not more than the 
tenth part of an inch in length, and yet from its amazing num- 
bers in certain localities is truly formidable to those who have to 
construct and pay for sub-marine wood work. 

Mr. Peacock, of Sunderland, one of the members of the Club, 
exhibited specimens of this minute but destructive animal, which, 
by his account, had committed extensive ravages in the docks of 
the above-named town. 


ABSTRACT OF THE PROCHEDINGS OF THE 
COMMITTEE DURING THE YEAR. 


In order that the proposed lists might be made as nearly com- 
plete as possible, it was determined that parties not members 
should be desired to co-operate. In accordance with this reso- 
lution, Mr. R. EH. Bewick was requested by the committee to be- 
come a member, and to be one of the sub-committee for forming 
a list &c., of the Fishes of the district. Mr. Bewick declined 
becoming a member, but promised to cordially assist the views 
of the Club in any way he could. Mr. Embleton, of Embleton, 
was also applied to for his assistance, but from that gentleman no 
answer was received. 

The committee determined also, that the Lists, Transactions, 
&c., should be printed in 8vo., and that the printing should be 
entrusted to the Messrs. Hodgson. The last matters of any im- 
portance transacted previously to the annual meeting were, the 
fixing of a day for that meeting, and resolving that Mr. Von 
Voorst should be requested to undertake the publication of the 
transactions, W&c., of the Club. 


ANNUAL MEETING. 
19th February, 1847. 


Raupu Carr, the President, in the Chair. 
The president read a short address detailing the circumstances 


24 ANNUAL MEETING. 


which led to the formation of the Club, and then requested the 
Secretary to read his report of the various field meetings, to which 
the chairman appended various remarks as the report of each 
meeting was read. 

A letter was read from Mr. Alder, stating that he had received 
a communication from Dr. Johnston, of Berwick upon Tweed, 
proposing that the Tyneside and Berwickshire Naturalists’ Field 
Clubs should hold, in the summer, a joint meeting at Alnwick. 
This proposition was agreed to, with the understanding that it 
should not take place until the opening of the Newcastle upon 
Tyne and Berwick Railway. 

It was resolved, that in future there shall be one President, 
three Vice-Presidents, two Secretaries (one of whom to act as 
Treasurer), and ten Committee. 

The following gentlemen were elected officers for the ensuing 


year :— 
PRESIDENT. 


Tue Rev. Joun F. Biaee. 


VICE-PRESIDENTS. 
J. H. Fryer, Esq. 
Josnua ALDER, Esq. 
D. B. Wurtr, Esq., M. D. 


SECRETARIES. 
Mr. Joun THORNHILL. 
Mr. Tuomas Burnet. 


TREASURER. 
Mr. THornuitu. 


COMMITTEE. 

Mr. Ratpu Carr, | Mr. Joun THompeson, 

Mr. W. K. Lortus. Mr. Ricu. Howse, 

Dr. Cuaruton, Mr. GrorcEe Burnett, 

Mr. Atpany Hancock, Mr. Joun Storey, 

Mr. J. Hancocr, Dr. EmsBieton. 

The thanks of the meeting were then voted to the President 
for his services during the past year, and also for his conduct as 


chairman of the meeting. 


( 25 ) 


LIST OF MEMBERS. 


A 


Abbs, The Rev. G. C., Cleadon, 

Adamson, Charles, Westgate Street, 

Adamson, William, Westgate Street, 

Alder, Joshua, Ravensworth Terrace, 

Allport, J. J., Gateshead, 

Armstrong, Joseph, Courant Office, Pilgrim Street, 
Armstrong, Pearson, Lovaine Place. 

Atkinson, George C., West Denton, 

Atkinson, John Ismay, Wylam. 


B 


Backhouse, William, Darlington, 

Balmer, George, Cloth Market, 

Bell, Thomas, Land Surveyor, Cumberland Row, 
Bigge, The Rev. John F., Stamfordham, 
Blacklock, Joseph, St. Nicholas’ Church Yard, 
Bold, T. J., Cloth Market, 

Bruce, The Rev. J. C., Percy Street, 

Burnet, Thomas, Summerhill Terrace, 

Burnett, George, Clayton Street, 

Burnett, George, Grey Street, 

Burnett, Nicholas, Black Hedley, Shotley Bridge. 


C 


Carr, The Rev. Charles, Ryton, 
Carr, Ralph, Dunston Hill, 
Charlton, Edward, M. D., Hldon Square, 
Clarke, George, Walker, 
Coxe, The Rev. R. C., Newcastle, 
Creighton, William, Morpeth, 
Cundill, The Rev. John, Durham, 
Currie, Robert, Grey Street. 

VOL, I. E 


26 


LIST OF MEMBERS. 


D 


Dees, Robert Richardson, Solicitor, Newcastle, 
Donkin, Armorer, Newcastle. 


E 
Elliott, Robert, M. D., Carlisle, 
Ellison, Nathaniel, Murton House, 
Embleton, Dennis, M. D., Blackett Street. 


F 


Featherstonhaugh, The Rev. W., Ovingham, 
Fryer, J. H., Whatley. 


G 
Glover, Robert M., M. D., Vorthumberland Street, 
Green, R. Y., Solicitor, 8, Mosley Street, 
Greenhow, Thomas M., Hidon Square, 
Greenwell, The Rev. William, Univ. Coll., Durham. 


H 
Hancock, Albany, St. Mary’s Terrace, 
Hancock, John, St. Mary's Terrace, 
Hardy, James, Berwick-upon-T'weed, 
Hayton, The Rev. Mr., Sunderland, 
Houseman, John, M. D., Barras Bridge, 
Howse, Richard, Jun., Zrafalgar Street, 
Hurst, T. G., Seaton Delaval, 
Hutton, William, Grey Street. 


I 
Ingham, Robert, Westoe. 


K 


Kaye, William, Blackett Street, 
Kell, William, Gateshead, 
King, William, Vewcastle. 


LIST OF MEMBERS. 


L 


Liddell, Matthew, Gosforth, 
Loftus, W. K., Stand House. 


M 
Mather, Edward, Solicitor, Grey Street, 
Mole, J. H., Blackett Street, 
Moore, John, Bishopwearmouth, 


O 
Oliver, Daniel, ter’., Bigg Market. 


P 


Paige, the Rev. Lewis, A. M., 7, St. James’s Street, 
Pattinson, Hugh Lee, Washington, 

Peacock, Reginald, Sunderland, 

Peacock, Septimus, Sunderland, 

Pearson, William, Surgeon, Heaham, 

Pigg, Thomas, Jun., Northumberland Street, 
Plummer, Robert, Vewcastle, 

Potter, H. G., Jesmond Terrace, 

Preston, John H., Solicitor, Greenfield Place. 


R 


Radford, James, Grey Street, 
Rippon, George, Vorth Shields, 
Robson, Christopher, Grainger Street. 


8 


Sewell, Joseph, Heaton, 
Sidney, M. J. F., Cowpen, 
Sopwith, Thomas, Adlenheads, 
Storey, John, S¢. Mary's Place. 


AL Fs.)  sevesevoreee vee 


LIST OF MEMBERS, 


7 
Tait, George, Alnwick, 
Taylor, John, Lovaine Row, 
Thompson, H. A., Grey Street, 
Thompson, John, Hlswick Terrace, 
Thompson, the Rev. Mr., Unthank, 


Thornhill, John, Mulgrave Terrace, Gateshead, 


Thornton, J. L., Northumberland Court, 
Trevelyan, Arthur, Wallington, 
Turner, John, High Bridge, Newcastle. 


W 
Wailes, George, Ridley Place, 
Weatherley, Capt. J. D., New Bridge Street, 
White, David B., M. D., Portland Place, 
Wight, Rev. Mr., Vewcastle, 
Winship, William, Surgeon, Percy Street. 


The Treasurer in Account with the Tyneside Naturalists’ 


Field Club. 


£. 8 


By 47 Subscriptions van By paid for Postage- 
i x te Stamps, Printing, 


and Stationery, 
Balance in hand, 


£11 15 0 


oe sf 


ES es 
710 6 


£11 15 0 


I.—WNotice of the Capture of Anobium molle. 
By T. J. Bou, Esq. 


[Read July 3, 1846.] 


Srvc the last meeting of this Society, I have captured in abun- 
dance Anobiwm molle, Linn., an insect, which, although recorded 
by Mr. Selby in his “ Fauna of Twizell,” published in the third 
volume of the “ Annals of Natural History,” has not since then, 
to my knowledge, been noticed as occurring in the counties of 
Northumberland or Durham. 

I found it in the vicinity of Newcastle in its various stages of 
larva, pupa, and imago. 

The larva appears to differ in habit from that of the typical 
species, which is generally found in the interior of wood, whilst 
this finds its pabulum in the inner bark of the Scotch fir (Pinus 
sylvestris), forming its tortuous burrows, at one time, wholly in 
the bark, at another eating equally of the bark and wood, and in 
very few instances perforating the wood itself. 

The pupa is enclosed in a fine, soft, whitish, silken cocoon, and 
is found in the same locale as the larva. 

The imago, or perfect insect, I found on the same pales in 
which I got the larva and pupa: they are those pales by the 
road-side at the foot of Benton Bank. I first observed it on the 
31st of May last, and have since, at intervals, noticed it up to 
the present time. It has a most grotesque appearance when at 
rest, the head forming a right angle with the body ; and I ob- 
served, that although it falls when touched, or apprehensive of 
danger, yet it does not simulate death, as others of this genus do, 
but runs with celerity or takes wing with a readiness that quite 
astonished me. 

Another trait in its character also differs from any thing that 
I have before noticed in this tribe; I allude to their dismember- 
ing each other when in confinement. I puta great number of 


30 CAPTURE OF ANOBIUM MOLLE. 


specimens into quills, and when I came to set them the following 
morning, I found that in the short space of one hour they had so 
effectually dismembered each other, as not to leave me one per- 
fect example. 

Mr. Stephens, in his description of this species, says, that the 
elytra have “the apex rounded and somewhat glossy;” but does 
not mention a pale spot, which is just within the apex of each 
elytron, and which is more particularly conspicuous when the 


insect is alive. 


THOMAS JOHN BOLD. 
Newcastle, July 1, 1846. 


The specimens exhibited are— 
Anobiwm molle, in its various stages. 

Trypodendron domesticum, a rare species, taken by Mr. James 
Hardy, near Axwell Park, in March last. 
Ophonus pubescens, also taken by Mr. Hardy, on the banks of the 

Wear, near Southwick, in May. 


( 31) 


Il.—Wotice of the Occurrence of Limnoria terebrans at the mouth 
of the Tyne. By Aupany Hancock, Esq. 


[Read September 11, 1846.] 


Four or five weeks ago, whilst rambling along the coast at the 
mouth of the river, I stumbled on the remains of a few sal- 
mon-net stakes, not far from Clifford’s fort. On examining 
these stakes, which were near low water mark, I found that 
they were reduced to less than half their original diameter, 
by the ravages of a small crustaceous animal, which had pene- 
trated the wood in every direction, and that I had really got hold 
of the formidable Limnoria terebrans—the dread of the maritime 
engineer. 

The attention of naturalists was first drawn to this destructive 
little animal by Mr. Robert Stevenson, of Edinburgh, Civil En- 
gineer, who discovered it whilst erecting the Bell-Rock lighthouse. 
It had attacked the beams supporting the temporary wooden bea- 
con, and had done much injury. Specimens of the wood, con- 
taining the animal, were forwarded to Dr. Leach, who named it 
as above. Since then it has been found in various ports in 
England, Scotland, and Ireland: it has also been observed on 
the coasts of France and the Netherlands, and more recently has 
been detected in America. 

The ravages of the Zimnoria are of the most alarming nature : 
it attacks equally all kinds of wood, except teak ; and in the 
course of three years it has been known to reduce logs of Nor- 
wegian pine ten inches square to seven inches, that 1s, at the rate 
ofan inch in the year. No effectual preventive, I believe, has yet 
been discovered. Sheathing with copper and driving broad- 
headed nails all over the surface of the wood are the most suc- 
cessful modes adopted by engineers: painting and tarring have 
also been resorted to with variable results ; but any covering of 
this kind is so liable to be abraded that it cannot be relied on, 
even supposing that it affords complete protection when first 
applied. 


32 OCCURRENCE OF LIMNORIA TEREBRANS. 


This animal, so detrimental to our docks and other submerged 
wooden works connected with marine affairs, is scarcely two lines 
long, and is otherwise so insignificant in appearance that most 
persons, at first sight, would deem it unworthy of a thought. 
It is allied to the sea wood lice (the Oniscide), and is supposed 
to feed on the wood into which it bores. I have some reason, 
however, to doubt the truth of this, for I have found minutely 
comminuted wood in the entrance of the burrows, as if thrown 
out by the animal. If so, then the Limnoria is no exception» 
as has been supposed, to the general rule, that all the Crustacea 
feed on animal substances. 

In conclusion, I beg to apologise for having trespassed on the 
time of the Club, with the present communication, which cer- 
tainly I would not have done, had not the subject of it possessed 
more than ordinary interest. It belongs also to the district in 
which we are now assembled, and I thought it proper to make 
known that we have this troublesome animal at the mouth of the 
Tyne: and I am acquainted with no better way of doing so than 
through the medium of this Society. | 


Newcastle, Sept. 10, 1846. 


(33) 


I1l.—Wotes on damage done to Wheat by Cucujus monilicornis 
and Calandra granaria. By T. J. Bou. 


[Read Nov. 23, 1846.] 


I save frequently had my attention drawn to the damage done 
to warehoused grain, by the corn weevil (Calandra granaria, 
Linn.) ; and recently, an instance has come within my notice, in 
which it has been accompanied by another small coleopterous 
insect (Oucujus monilicornis, Marsh.), and this circumstance hav- 
ing enabled me to form something like an estimate of the loss 
which they occasion, I am induced to bring before the Club a 
few notes on the subject ; hoping that they may not be without 
interest, especially as no English author has given any direct 
computation of the havoc committed by those pests. 

A parcel of two hundred quarters of Rostock wheat, of fine 
quality, weighing 6libs. per Winchester bushel, was bonded in 
the summer of 1844 ; and from causes which it is here unneces- 
sary to mention, was allowed to remain in the warehouse until 
the latter part of this summer (1846). When sampled it was 
found to be of various weights ; 60 qrs. weighed 441Ibs. per 
bushel; 80 qrs. weighed 463Ibs., and the remaining 60 qrs. 
56iibs., being an average of 49Ibs. ; and shewing a deficiency 
of 12%bs. on each bushel, or 96ibs. per qr. ; and on the whole 200 
qrs. a deficiency of 19,200ibs.; equal in measure to 38 qrs. 6 
bushels ; which at the present (Nov. 4) market value of 64s. per 
qr., will amount to 124/., nearly one-fifth of the total value of the 
wheat. But it must be remembered that this calculation is made 
on the mere loss of weight ; without noticing the great deterior- 
ation of quality ; for it will be seen, by the sample exhibited, 
that the insects have taken the farinaceous, or internal portion of 
the grain, leaving the outer portion, consisting merely of the 
husk or bran ; and what is left is rendered so “ unsweet ” as to 
be totally unfit for human food ; consequently, its value is so 

VOL. I. F 


34 ON THE DAMAGE DONE TO WHEAT BY 


much reduced, that, I have not the least doubt, but that the ac- 
tual loss is more than double the computed amount. A curious cir- 
cumstance, and which I do not remember to have seen satisfac- 
torily accounted for, is the bad condition of all grain infested 
with weevils, it being always more or less “heated.” This heat- 
ing the warehouse-men attribute to the natural warmth of the 
beetles; but I would think, that it is more likely to be caused 
by the tendency to fermentation of the moistened and injured 
grain. The difference of weight mentioned—444, 463, and 564 
Tbs. per bushel, is caused by the position of the wheat in the 
warehouse; the lightest is from the centre of the loft, where 
the grain generally lies thickest, and the heaviest, from the out- 
side or ends of the heap, which are cooler and not so much in- 
fested as the centre, where the temperature is much higher, and 
more congenial to the habits of the insects. 

The agents in this destruction are Cucujus monilicornis,* and 
Calandra granaria. The first is a very small beetle not exceed- 
ing one line in length. Curtis, in the “Journal of the Royal 
Agricultural Society of England,” Part I, 1846, p. 104, has 
made some remarks on the species of Cucujus that have been 
found in granaries, and, amongst others, mentions that, C. mon- 
tlicornis “ was observed in granaries, and corn-bins, in Norfolk, 
about 30 years back, in the month of December.” Whether or 
not this species is attendant on the weevils, [am unable to say. 
I have cut open some of the grains of wheat, and found as many 
as five or six individuals in each grain. Curtis, in the wheat 
that he examined from Ancona, which was infested by C. testa- 
ceus, found two or three dead individuals, in the interior of the 
grain, and the husk was pierced with very minute holes. I have 
also detected C. monilicornis in Madras rice, imported direct 
from the East Indies. 

But the principal agent in this mischief is the weevil, and it 
is not a little singular that the larva, which is said to “make 
the greatest havoc amongst the corn,” is undescribed by British 


* JT had a two ounce phial filled with living specimens brought me in the 
beginning of November. They had a peculiar, strong, unpleasant smell. 


CUCUJUS MONILICORNIS AND CALANDRA GRANARIA. 35 


Entomologists. It has, however, been described, and its trans- 
formations traced, by Olivier*, whose account has been adopted by 
succeeding naturalists. 

The countless multitudes in which the corn weevil sometimes 
occurs almost exceed belief; the men who had the care of this 
parcel of wheat assured me, that during the summer they regularly 
screened it once a month, or once in five weeks, and that at each 
screening they got about fourteen bushels of weevils.t Thequantity 
of weevils may appear incredible to those unacquainted with such 
matters, but it must be borne in mind, that, under favourable 
circumstances, they increase amazingly. Kirby and Spence, in 
the “Introduction to Entomology,” Vol. L., p. 170, speaking of 
the corn weevil say, “sometimes this pest becomes so infinitely 
numerous, that a sensible man engaged in the brewing trade once 
told me, speaking perhaps rather hyperbolically, that they col- 
lected and destroyed them by bushels; and no wonder, for a 
single pair of these destroyers may produce in one year above 
six thousand descendants.” De Geer makes them still more pro- 
lific. He asserts that, “a single pair, in the course of a season, 
will produce (among themselves, and their descendants,) twenty- 
three thousand six hundred individuals;{ and an instance came 
under my own observation, in which six bushels of weevils alone 
were taken at one screening, out of eight or ten lasts of Danish 
rye. 

The weevils do not confine their ravages to wheat and rye, but 
have been found to attack barley, malt, oats, and maize, with 
equal readiness; and Curtis observed some, that during the win- 
ter ate up some pearl barley. 

The great importance of this subject has led to the suggestion 
of a variety of expedients for the destruction of the weevils; but 
unfortunately a practically useful one is still a desideratum. It 
is said that the odour of spirits of turpentine, and even fumiga- 
tion with sulphur, have been tried without benefit. Screening the 


* Encyclopédie Méthodique, Vol. V., p. 488. 

+ Of course this would include Cucwjus, Weevils, and the excrement of the 
latter, which is a white, round seed-like substance. 

t Encycl. Brit. Vol. IX. p. 175. 


36 ON THE DAMAGE DONE TO WHEAT BY CUOUIUS, dec. 


infected grain appears to be the only effectual remedy; but this 
process becomes very expensive, from the frequency with which 


it has to be repeated. 
THOS. J. BOLD. 


November, 1846. 


( 37) 


IV.—A Catalogue of the Insects of Northumberland and Dur- 
ham, drawn wp at the request of the Tyneside Naturalists Field 
Club. By Jamus Harpy, and Tuomas Joun Botp. 


INSECTA MANDIBULATA. 


Orper 1. COLEOPTERA, Aristoile. 
Sect. 1. PENTAMERA, Latreille. 


TRIBE 1. CHILPODOMORPHA, Mac Leay. 
Stirps 1. GEODEPHAGA, Mac Leay. 
Sus-TRIBE 1. ADEPHAGA, Clairville. 


Famity 1. CICINDELIDA, Kirby. 
1. CrcrnpELa, Linn. 


1. C. campustRis, Linn. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., i. 11. 
Heaths, warm banks and sandy shores, appearing as early as 
March. ‘Twizell, Long Benton, Elswick, Winlaton Mill ; and on 
the coast near Marsden, Whitburn, and Ryhope. 


Famity 2. CARABIDA, Leach. 
Sus-FAMILY 1. BracHinipEs, Westw. 


2. Demerrias, Bonelli. 
1. D. atricapriius, Linn. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., i. 15. 
On the Links at Hartlepool in April—J. H. Marsden.—W/r. 
W. Peacock. 
3. Dromius, Bonelli. 
1. D. actus, Fab. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., 1. 21.—Carabus agilis, Fab., Syst. El. 1. 
185. 
Under bark and in moss. “ Twizell.”-—P. J. Selby, Hsq. Ravens- 
worth—J. H. Long Benton.—Z. J. B. 


38 CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF 


2. D. quapRimMacuLatus, Linn. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., i. 21. 

Common : under the bark of trees during the spring and win- 

ter months. 
3. D. euapRinotatus, Panz. 
Steph. Illust. Mand.,i.21. 8. Ibid. i. 22. pl. i. f. 4. 

Under the bark of fir, ash, and other trees : Gosforth, Gibside, 
Ravensworth, Dunston-hill, and woods above Swalwell, in Janu- 
ary and February. Var. @. with the pale spots on the elytra 
united, was “taken near Darlington, in company with a profu- 
sion of variety «.”—Mr. (. Horner. (Steph. Ilust., Mand., i. 
176.) 

4. D. mELANocEPHALUS, De Jean. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., i. 22. pl. 1. f. 5. 

“Mwizell.” P. J. Selby, Hsq. On the banks of the Team, 
near Ravensworth. Sea-coast at Whitley, Marsden, and Hartle- 
pool. March—Oct. 

5. D. Frascratus, Payk. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., i. 24. 

“ Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Hsq. Sea-coast at Whitley, in May 
and Sept.—7Z. J. B. 

6. D. trinzarts, Oliv. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., 1. 25. 
Generally distributed. Apr.—Oct. 
7. D. rovnoxus, Gyil. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., i. 26. 
Grassy banks on the sea-shore at Marsden.—G@. Wailes, Esq. 


4. Lamprias, Bonelli. 
1. L. cutorocernatus, L'nt. Hefte. 
Steph. Itlust., Mand., i. 30. 

“Not very uncommon under stones near Newcastle,” (Steph, 
Tllust. i., 177.) ; and on the sea-banks at Whitley.—G. Wales, 
Esq. Near Boldon in moss upon the limestone rocks, and at 
Marsden under stones, in April and May.—Mr. A. Hancock. 
“Woods about Durham.”—WU/r. 7. J. Bungey (Ornsby’s Dur- 
ham). Banks near Ryhope—Mr. W. Peacock. 


NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 39 


Sus-ramity 2. SCARITIDES, Westwood. 
5. Crivina, Latreille. 
1. C. rossor, Linn. 
Steph. Illust., Mand. 1., 39. 
Common under stones and rubbish. 
2. C. coutaris, Herbst. 

Steph. Illust., Mand., i. 40, pl. iii. f. 3.—Curtis, Brit. Ent., 

pl. 175. 
Beneath stones by the side of the Tyne and Derwent. May 
and June. 
6. Dyscuirius, Bonelli. 
1. D. erssus, Lab. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., i. 43.—Scarites gibbus, /ab. Syst. HU. 
ee 26: 
Jarrow-slake.—G. Wales, Esq. 
Sus-FaMILy 8. HARPALIDES, Westw. 
Diviston 1. FeronrpEa, Westw. 
7. Patrosus, Wegerle. 
1. P. nurses, Lab. 

Steph. Illust., Mand., i. 119.—Carabus rufipes, Fab. Syst. 

Ei. i. 184. 
Under stones, &c. It appears in February. 
8. Catatuus, Bonelli. 
1. C. MELANOCEPHALUS, Linn. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., i. 98. 
Common. 
2. C. cistELorpEs, 70. 

Steph. Illust., Mand., 1. 99. 

Common. The variety with the antenne and legs pitchy 
black has been noticed in one or two instances. 
3. C. FULVIPEs, Gyll. 

C. fulvipes, Boisd. et Lacord. Faun. Ent. Paris, i. 203, 2., 
Heer, Fn. Col. Helv.i. 54, 3.—C. crocopus, Steph. Illust,, 
Mand.,i. 99. Steph. Manual, No. 191. 

Abundant on the coast; Whitley, South Shields, Ryhope, 
Hartlepool, and Seaton Carew. March—Sept. 


40 CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF 


5. C. ruscus, Mab ? 
Steph. Illust., Mand., 1. 99. 
Two specimens at Greencroft, D.—7. J. B. 
6. C. Motus, Marsh. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., 1. 101.—Carabus mollis, Marsh. 1. 456. 

“Twizell.,—P. J. Selby, Hsq. “Castle Eden Dean.”—@G. 
Wailes, Esq. Frequent on the Links at South Shields. March 
—Oct. 

9. Ampuyernus, Haliday. 
1. A. prcrus, Zarsh. 
Haliday, Entomologist, 175.—Carabus piceus, Marsh. i. 
444, Calathus piceus, Steph. Illust., Wand., i. 98, pl. vi. 
a &: 

In the neighbourhood of Bamburgh and Twizell.—P. J. Selby, 
Esq. Bradley Mill.—7Z. J. B. “ Durham.”—Ornsby’s Durham. 

It frequents the roots of trees and decayed stumps. 

10. Synucuus, Gyllenhal. 
1. 8. nrvauis, Z7i. 
8. vivalis, Steph. Illust., Mand., 1. 97. 
Sea coast at South Shields in July —Z. J. B. 
11. Pristonycuus, De Jean. 
1. P. rerricoxa, J//. 
Sphodrus Terricola, Steph. Illust., Mand., i. 85. 
Common in cellars and bake-houses. 
12. SpHoprus, Clairville. 
1. 8. LeUcopTHALMUs, Linn. 
Steph. [llust., Mand., 1. 84. 

In cellars and warehouses, not abundant. A specimen in an 
outhouse at Twizell, and another in a cellar at Lucker.—P. J. 
Selby, Esq. Newcastle and Long Benton. 

13. Puatynus, Bonelli. 
1. P. anevsticouuis, Yad. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., i. 83. Carabus angusticollis, Fab. 
Syst. Hl. i. 182. 

“Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Hsq. Ovingham and Bradley Mill ; 
Ravensworth and Cocken Woods ; common on the banks of the 
Tyne and Derwent; “under stones near Kepyer.”—(Ornsby’s 
Durham) ; under sea-weed between Sunderland and Ryhope. 


NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 4] 


14. AncHomeEnts, Bonelli. 
1, A. prasinus, Fad. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 82.—Carabus prasinus, Mab. Syst. 
Ei, i., 206. 

Common beneath stones. 

A variety in Mr. Albany Hancock’s collection has the thorax 
wrinkled transversely ; the elytra blue, a shade paler on the 
sides ; the legs and antenne rufo-piceous. 

2. A. auprpss, L71. 
Steph. Illust. Mand. i., 82.—A. sordidus, Lbid., i., 82.—Cara- 
bus pallipes, Hab. Syst. £7., i. 187. 
Abundant on the banks of streams. It is also met with on 
the coast, and occasionally hybernates under bark. 
3. A, opLonaus, Mab. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., 1., 82.—Carabus oblongus, Fab. Syst. 
Li, i., 186. 

Local ; under the bark of willows and beneath moss in damp 
woods. “Common near Newcastle.”-—G. Wailes, Hsq. Dun- 
ston, and in plantations on the Team, near Ravensworth. Dec., 
June. 

15. Aconum, Bonelli. 
1. A. mARrcinatum, Linn. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 85. 

On the shore at Prestwick Car.—G. Waites, Esq. 

“We got them under the leaves of the yellow water-lily, in 
places where the water had dried up.”"—A. Hancock. 

2. A. paRUMPUNCTATUM, Fab. 
Steph. Lilust. Mand.,i., 87.—Carabus parumpunctatus, Fab. 
Syst. £l., i. 199. 
Abundant beneath stones and moss in dry or heathy places. 
3. A. vipuum, Jil. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 88. 

“Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Esq. Newcastle—G. Wailes, Esq. 

4, A. versutum, Sturm. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 88.—A. leve, Steph. Ilust.,Mand., 
1, 88.— Heer, Fn. Col. Helv., i. 62, 88. 
“Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Hsq. 
VOL. I. G 


492 CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF 


5. A. mMastum, Sturm. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 89.—A. emarginatum, G'yll., Steph. 
Illust., Mand, 1., 89. 

Rare at Twizell—P. J. Selby, Hsq. Prestwick Car, Kenton, 
“ Durham,’—fev. G. Ornsby; Ravensworth, Whickham, Boldon 
Flats, &e. 

6. A. quADRIPUNCTATUM, De Geer. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., 1., 90. pl. vi. f. 1. 

One specimen at Long Benton. —Z. J. B. 

Mr. Stephens, in his description of this species in the ‘ Manual,’ 
observes, that “the third interstice from the suture has four deep 
impressions.” My specimen has also four impressions on each 
elytron, but differently disposed. There are three deeply impress- 
ed punctures on the third interstice, one about the middle and 
the other two towards the apex ; while on the fourth interstice, 
there is an additional puncture much nearer the base than any 
of the former.—Z’. J. B. 

7. A. atratum, Sturm. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., 1., 91. 

“Purham.”—lVr. 7. J. Bungey. Rather frequent in moist 
woods on the Team.—J. H. Gibside.—7. J. B. 

Immature insects have the elytra pitchy testaceous. 

8. A. micans, Wicol. . 
Steph. Iilust. Mand.,i., 91.—A. cursitor, Kirby, Steph. Lilust. 
Mand., 1., 91. 

Under the bark of willows, and in the decayed stems of this- 
tles in moist ditches; Dunston, and the banks of the Team. 

The thorax is narrow in proportion to the elytra and transverse- 
ly wrinkled, and the upper surface has a brassy tint. The legs 
and antenne are fuscous. In young individuals the elytra are 
pale testaceous, and these are perhaps the Ayonwm fuliginoswm 
of English entomologists. It is common in spring. 

9. A. piceum, Linn. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., 1., 92. 

“ Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Esq. Newcastle.—G. Wailes, Esq. 

‘From the characters given by Stephens, I am led to consider 
this as an immature variety of some of the others, perhaps of A. 


atratum.—J. H. 


NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 43 


10. A. prcrpes, Fab. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., i.,93.—Carabus picipes, Fab. Syst. H1.,i., 
203. 
“Durham.”—Rev. G. Ornsby. Abundant at Boldon Flats.— 
LOT OB: 
16. OxistHoPus, De Jean. 
1. O. rotunpatus, Payk. 
Odontonyx rotundatus, Steph. Illust. Mand.,i., 96. pl. vi. f. 2. 

Common in moory districts: Prestwick Car, Gateshead Fell, 

Gibside, Boldon, &c. It is found at all seasons. 
17. PuarypERus, Stephens. 
1. P. ruricotuis, Marsh. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 102.—Carabus ruficollis, Marsh., i. 
456. 
Local and scarce: beneath loose cinders and stones on the 
coast at South Shields, in April and May.—Z’. J. B. 
18. Arcutor, Jegerle. 
1. A. vernatis, Fab. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 103.—Carabus vernalis, Fab. Syst. 
Jibs Hos PANE 
Under stones, decaying leaves and rubbish. Boldon, Dunston, 
woods on the Team. March and April. 
2. A. prRyTHROPUS, Jarsh. . 
Steph. Illust. Mand.,i., 105.—Carabus erythropus, Marsh., 1. 
461. 
Common under stones in a clayey soil. 
3. A. stRENUUS, Panz. 
Heer. Faun. Col. Helv., i., 66, 5.—Harpalus pullus, Gy. 
Ins. Suec., iv., 429. (Heer ).—Argutor pullus, Steph. 
Illust. Mand., i., 105 % 

“Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Hsq. Woods on the Team in spring. 
—J. H, 

This species which I had considered as the A. pullus with a 
doubt, the late Rev. G. T. Rudd pointed out to me as the true 
A. strenuus. The underside of the thorax is obsoletely and 
sparingly punctured, and the thighs are black, as are the an- 
tenn, excepting the basal joint, which is rufous. The 4. 


44 CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF 


strenuus, of Duft., Gyll., Steph., Sturm., Boisd. et Lacord.,—and 
the A. pygmcus of Sturm and Heer, appears to be identical with 
A. erythropus of Marsham, which has the underside of the thorax 
“deeply and thickly punctured.” Mr. Selby considers the 
puncturing of the thorax a variable character, and is inclined to 
think that the two species unite. “TI find,” he observes, “the 
punctures on the underside of the thorax to vary in different 
examples from faint and indistinct to strong and well marked.” 
—J. HH. 

4, A. antHRAcINuS, Giyll. 

Steph. Illust. Mand., 1., 105. 
Under heath at Prestwick Car in April.—7Z’. J. B. 


19. Paciius, Bonelle. 
1. P. cupreus, Linn. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 110.—P. rufifemoratus, £6., 1., 110. 
“Twizell.,—P. J. Selby, Hsq. “Common near Newcastle.” — 
G. Wales, Esq. “ Durham.”—Rev. G. Ornsby. Ravensworth. 
2. P. vERsIcoLor, Ziegler. 
Steph. Lllust. Mand., i., 110. 
On pathways, &c., very common throughout the year. 


20. OmasEus, Ziegler. 
1. O. ontnomum, Leach. 
Steph. Lllust. Mand., i., 114, pl. vii. f. 3. 

A single specimen on the Cheviots.—P. J. Selby, Hsq. One 
near South Shields in June.—Z’ J. B. 

2. O. niarita, Fab. 
Steph. Itlust. Mand., i., 114.—Carabus nigrita, ab. Syst. EL, 
1., 200. 

Common on moist heaths, &c. 

A variety with the region of the scutellum depressed occurs 
not unfrequently ; and there is great disparity in the size of in- 
dividual insects. At Prestwick Car, where there is a great 
scarcity of stones, it makes choice of rather a singular residence, 
viz., the dried dung of cattle, under which it lurks in profusion. 
3. O. meLANARtIus, J7I. 

Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 115. 

Abundant. 


NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 45 


This species both in the larva and imago state feeds on earth- 
worms and slugs. 
21. Steropus, Megerle. 
1. S. mapipus, /ab. 
Steph. Ilust. Mand., i., 116.—Carabus madidus, Yab., Syst. 
Jobo, Vey WS 
Common. 
2. 8. Adrutops, Kugelan. 
Steph. Illust. Mand.,i.,117. 8. concinnus, Curt. Brit. Ent, 
pl. 171. 

“Twizell.”"—P. J. Seiby, Esq. On the north side of the Che- 
viots.— Mr. G. Little. In the stump of a tree at Lanchester in 
August.—7Z’. J. B. 

22. Broscuus, Panzer. 
1. B. cepHatotes, Linn. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 118. 

Very common on the sea-coast. 

It occurs beneath stones and sea-weed, but more frequently it 
inhabits deep burrows in the firm sand: it has also been found 
on the banks of the Derwent, near Axwell Park, where it has 
likewise excavated for itself a subterraneous residence. It comes 
abroad in the evening, and its retreats may be readily discovered 
by following the tracks which it leaves behind, in these noctur- 
nal excursions. Mr. Albany Hancock observes that its chief 
food seems to consist of Philopedon geminatus ; Mr. Peacock has 
seen it conquer and devour Ocypus olens ; and we, besides a va- 
riety of other fare, have detected it preying on Oniscus asellus. 

23. Stomis, Clairville. 
1. S. pumricatus, Panz. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., 1., 118. 
Not unfrequent under stones and rubbish. April, Sept. 
24. Prerosticuus, Bonelli. 
1. P. parumpunctatus, De Jean. 
P. brunnipes, Steph. L[llust. Mand., i., 121. 

Local, but abundant: Newcastle, Benwell, Ouseburn Dean, 

Long Benton, Dunston, Ravensworth, Gateshead Fell, Boldon. 


46 CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF 


It is first found in February, and the males make their appear- 
ance somewhat earlier than the females. It was first detected in 
the vicinity of Newcastle by W. C. Hewitson, Hsq., author of the 
“ Tllustrations of the Eggs of British Birds,” who found his first 
specimens in the Ouseburn Dean, in 1829.—( Hdinburgh Journal 
of Natural and Geographical Science, t., 376.) 

“Tt frequents the woody denes in this neighbourhood, inha- 
biting beneath stones, being very active when disturbed, and 
though plentiful on the 18th of October last, when I had the 
pleasure first of discovering it, and of taking upwards of twenty 
specimens in one hour, yet, on the 6th November, it had almost 
disappeared. It ranks among the largest of our Adephagous in- 
sects, and is a valuable addition to the British cabinet.”—W. C. 
HEwirTson. 


25. Puatysma, Bonelli. 
1. P. nrerr, Fab. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 124.—Carabus niger, Fab. Syst. £1., 
1 78. 
Common. Twizell, LongBenton,Gateshead Fell, Boldon, Dun- 
ston, Marsden, &e. 
26. Apax, Bonelli. 
1. A. striona, Fab. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 125.—Carabus striola, Fab. Syst. £1, 
1, Lis. 

Spittal Links, N. Durham. “ Not uncommon in Northumber- 
land.”—G@. Wailes, Hsq. Ouseburn Dean, Long Benton, de. 
“Castle Eden Dean.”—G. Wailes, Esq. “ Durham.”—Mr. 7. J. 
Bungey. Gibside, Dunston, Seaham, é&e. 


27. Amara, Bonelli. 
1. A. eurynota, JI. 


Steph. Ilust. Mand., i., 127. pl. vi, fi 6. 
Common. 
2. A. TRIVIALIS, Gryll. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 129. 
“Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Hsq. Newcastle. “Durham.”— 
Rev. G. Ornsby. 


NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 47 


3. A. vuLeaRis, Linn. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 128. 
“ Twizell.”—P. J. Selby, Esq. 
4, A. tavis, Sturm. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 130. 
Newcastle-—G. Waites, Esq. 
5. A. cursor, Sturm. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 150.—A. familiaris, Steph. Illust. 
Mand., 1., 133. 
Common. 
6. A. communis, Fab. 
Steph. [llust. Mand., 1, 133. 
Common. 
7. A. trprauis, Payk. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., 1., 135. 
Newecastle—G@. Wailes, Hsq. 
8. A. PLEBEIA, Giyll. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., 1., 132. 
Common. 
Sus-c. Cera, Zimm. 
9. A. 1IncENUA, Duft. 
Stephens’ Manual, No. 272. A. lata, Steph. Illust. Mand., 
Tl 2. 
Newcastle.—G. Wailes, Hsq. 
10. A. Brrrons, Giyll. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., 1., 130. 
Two specimens from South Shields.—Z" J. B. 


28. Brapytus, Stephens. 
1. B. apricarius, Mab. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., 1., 137.—Carabus apricarius, Mab. Syst. 
El, i., 205. 
Common. 
2. B. rerrueinevs, Linn. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 137. 
Rare ; on the coast at South Shields in April and July.— 
T. J.B. 


48 CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF 


29. Curtonotus, Stephens. 
1. C. prcrus, Fab. 
Stephens Manual, 1., No. 284.—C. aulicus, Steph. Illusi. 
Mand., 3., 139. 

Not uncommon on dry soils. Near Bamburgh, and at Nor- 
ham.—P. J. Selby, Esq.  Gibside, Gateshead Fell, Dunston, 
Marsden, South Shields, Ryhope Dean, &e. 

It is frequently seen rambling over plants in hedges, and at 
Tynemouth, in September, it has been found feeding on the seeds 
of Centaurea nigra; having thrust itself into the centre of the 
capitula, or “hard-heads” as they are termed, till it was almost 
concealed. In winter and cold weather it descends deeply into 
the soil. In its structure and habits it has a strong affinity with 
Zabrus. 


Division 2. Harpanmpea, Westw. 
30. Harpauus, Latreille. 
1. H. rurimanus, Marsh. 
Steph. Illust. Mand.,i., 143.—Car. rufimanus, Warsh.,1., 441. 
“Twizell.\—P. J. Selby, Esq. 
2. H. tmBatus, Dufts. 
Steph. Lllust. Mand., 1., 149. 
Under stones and loose turf: “ Twizell.”—P. J. Selby, Esq. 
Gateshead Fell, Gibside, Ryhope Dean.—March, Sept. 
3. H. angus, Wad. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 155.—Carabus eeneus, Fab. Syst. ZL, 
roy IG 
Common. 
4. H. ruricornis, Mab. 
Steph. Illust. Mand.,i., 158.—Carabus ruficornis, Fab. Syst. 
Jeg, gy WUSKO) 
Common, especially on the coast. April, October. 
31. Ornonvs, Ziegler. 
1. O. puncticouiis, Payk. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., 1., 162. 
“Twizell.”—P, J. Selby, H'sq. At the foot of Ryhope Dean, 


NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 49 


in April—J. H. South Shields in April, and Whitley, in May. 
—T. J. B. 
2. O. puBEsceNs, Payk. 

Steph. Ilust. Mand., 1., 164. 

Under stones and rejectamenta below the castle at Tynemouth, 
and on the borders of Jarrow-slake.—G. Wailes, Hsq. Marshes 
of the Wear, above Southwick, in June.—J. H. 

532. Trecuus, Clairville. 
1. T. porsais, Fab. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 167, pl. ix. f. 4. 
From moss at Gosforth, in February.—7". J. B. 
2. T. RUFICOLLIS, Steph. 2. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 168. ? 

Near Usworth, and on Throckley Fell— Mr. A. Hancock. 

3. T. aquaticus, Panz. 
Steph. Manual, No. 369.—T. minutus, Steph. Ilust. Mand., 
i, 169. 
Common. 
4, T. sturuis, De. 
Acupalpus, similis, Heer. Fn. Col. Helv., i., 118, 4. 

Under stones, and at the roots of heath ; Gateshead Fell ; 

Lobley Hill, and Prestwick Car.—J. H. 
5. 'T. BRUNNIPES, Sturm. 
Steph. Manual, No. 370.—T. pallipes, Steph. Lllust. Mand., 
1, 168. 

Gateshead Fell, Gibside, Ravensworth, West Boldon. March 

—August. 
6. T. rutvus, Marsh. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., 1., 169.—Carabus fulvus, JZarsh., 1., 456. 

Common ; “ Twizell.”—P. J. Selby, Zsqg. Long Benton, Hea- 
ton, Gateshead Fell, and Boldon. About the roots of Senecio 
Jacobea at South Shields. 

7. T. pLactpus, Gyll. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., v., 384.—Steph. Manual, No. 375. 
Acupalpus placidus, Heer, Fn. Col. Helv.,i., 118, 1. 
Under stones near Dunston, in June.—J. H. 
H 


50 CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF 


8. T. counarts, Payk. 
Steph. Manual, No. 376. 

“Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Hsg. “Durham.”—Ornsby’s Dur- 
ham. 

33. Burmus, Ziegler. 
1. B. patuposts, Gyll. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., i. 171. Hardy, in Berwick Club's 
Proceedings, i1., 195. 
Rare ; one specimen at Long Benton, and another in the Dean 
above Winlaton Mill, in June. 
2. B. pauuipus, Stem. 
Steph. Manual, No. 378. Hardy, in Berwick Club’s Pro- 
ceedings, i., 195. 

Rare ; Tyneside, and on the Ballast Heaps at South Shields. 
—T. J. B. Dr. Johnston finds it in the vicinity of Berwick- 
upon-T weed ; it has also been detected further to the north. 

3. B. micros, Herbst. 
Curtis, Brit. Ent. pl. 310.—B. rubens, Steph. Illust. Mand., 
ry Ls 

Rare ; Newcastle—G. Wailes, Hsq. Beneath rejectamenta on 
the Team, in January.—J. H. There are also two specimens in 
Mr. John Hancock’s collection, taken within the district. 

4, B. tonetcornis, Stam. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 172. 

“Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Esq. 

34. Hpapuius, Leach. 
1. E. secauis, Payk. 
Steph. Lllust. Mand., i., 173. 
Not common, though widely distributed ; Jarrow Slake.—G. 
Wailes, Hsq. Long Benton, Kenton, Gibside, &ec., in June. 
Division 3. CHumnineA, Westw. 3 
35. Loricera, Latreille. 
1. L. prticornis, Fab. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 69.—Carabus pilicornis, fab. Syst. 
HLS.) VIS: 

Under moss and stones in heathy soils, from the coast to the 

highest upland. Common all the year. 


NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 51 


36. Bapister, Clairv. 
1. B. Brpustunatus, Fab. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 72.—Carabus bipustulatus, Fab. 
Syst. H1., 1., 203. 

Under stones not unfrequent ; “Twizell.".—P. J. Selby, Esq. 
Ouseburn, Haydon Bridge, Marsden, West Boldon, Sunderland, 
Ryhope Dean, &c. Feb.—August. 

37. Trimorpuus, Stephens. 
1. T. HumERALIS, Bon. 
Badister humeralis, Boisd. et Lacord. Faun. Ent. Paris., 1. 
198, 4.—Heer. Faun. Ent. Helv., 1. 49, 4.—Trimor- 
phus scapularis, Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 180. 

Under moss at the roots of recently felled trees ; Meldon Park, 
Capons-cleugh, near Haydon Bridge, in April.—G. Wailes, Esq. 
38. Lictnus, Latreille. 

1. L. pepressus, Payk. 
Curtis Brit. Ent. pl. 75.—Steph. Ilust. Mand., i., 73. 

Of this rare insect two specimens have occurred ; one taken 
by the late Rev. G. T. Rudd, at the sea-shore end of Castle Eden 
Dean, and another by myself, on the sandy coast between Hart- 
lepool and Black-hall rocks, in April—J. H. 

SUB-FAMILY 4. CARABIDES, Westw. 
Drviston 1. Carasrpea, West. 
39. Cycurus, Fabricius. 
1. C. rostratus, Linn. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 45.—Curtis Brit. Ent., pl. 426. 

“Not uncommon during greater part of the year in Northum- 
berland.”—G. Wailes, Esq. “Twizell."°—P. J. Selby, Esq. 
“Common at the roots of trees in Maiden Castle Wood.”—Orns- 
bys Durham. Tanfield Dean, Gateshead Fell, Ravensworth, 
Swalwell, between Boldon and Hylton, Marsden, Ryhope Dean, 
Xe. 

‘40. Carasus, Linn. 
1. C. catenuLatus, Fab. 
Fab. Syst. El. i., 170.—Steph. Illust. Mand., 1., 48. 

Common. 


52 CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF 


2. C. moniuts, Fab. 
Fab. Syst. El, i., 171.—Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 49. 
“ Twizell.”—P. J. Selby, Esq. 
3. C. GRANULATUS, Linn. 
Steph. Manual, No. 88.—C. cancellatus, Steph. Illust., Mand., 
i, 50. 
Common. It is frequently found under the bark of decayed 
trees in the winter months. 
4. ©. arvensis, Lab. 
Fab. Syst. £1, 1., 174.—Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 51. 
“Common on heaths, Northumberland.”—G@. Wailes, Esq. 
Prestwick Car—Mr. J. Hancock. Black Fell—Mr. A. Han- 
cock. Follingsby Bog.—G. Warles, Hsq. April—June. 
5. CO. viotaceus, Linn. 
Steph. [llust. Mand., 1., 52. 
Common under heaps of stones, moss, &c., inland as well as on 
the sea banks. 
6. C. euaBratus, Lab. 
Fab. Syst. El. 1.. 170.—Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 52. 
On the Cheviots.—P. J. Selby, Esq. 
7. C. nEmMoRALIS, 70. 
Steph. Manual, No. 96.—C. hortensis, Steph. Illust. Mand., 
Thy OBE 
“Tn gardens at Stockton.”—Hogg’s Stockton. “ Twizell.”— 
P. J. Selby, Esq. Newcastle Town Moor, Throckley Fell, Gib- 
side, Cullercoats’ Banks, Gateshead Nurseries, South Shields, 
Ryhope Dean, under heaps of small coal at the pit mouth, Has- 
well, Hartlepool. April—September. 
8. C. nrvens, Linn. 
Sowerby Brit. Mis., i., pl. 27.—Steph. Ilust. Mand, i., 56. 
“Not uncommon on the heaths of Durham.”—fev. J. Harri- 
man, Oct. 1, 1804. (Sowerby’s Brit. Mis. p. 55). “Com- 
mon on heaths in Northumberland.”-—G. Wales, Esq. 
“Twizell.”—P. J. Selby, Esq. “ Rass Castle, near Chillingham,” 
June 15th, 1836.—Berwickshire Naturalists’ Club. Prestwick 
Car, in April and June. Callerton Fell, August 13.—WWessrs. 
A. and J. Hancock. Haltwhistle—Mr. Thornhill. 


NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 53 


41. Lutstus, Prohlich. 
1. L. sprnrparsis, ab. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 63.—Carabus spinibarbis, Fab. 
yst. Hl., i., 181. 

Rather frequent. “Two splendidly coloured specimens were 
sent me from Newcastle by Mr. Wailes.”—Steph. Illust. 
Mand., i., 179. Heaton and Whitley. “Castle Eden Dean.” 
—G. Wailes, Esq. Marsden, Gateshead Fell, Swalwell, Axwell, 
Boldon Flats. March—December. 

2. L. Futviparsis, Hoffg. 
Curtis, Brit. Ent., pl. 176.—Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 64. 

Under stones and beneath bark of decayed trees. “ Twizell.” 
—P. J. Selby, Hsq. Near Fenham and Kenton. “Castle Eden 
Dean.”—G. Wailes, Hsq. Ravensworth, Woods above Swal- 
well, Cleadon. 

3. L. sanus, Vewman. 
Newman Ent. Magq., i., 286.—Steph. Illust. Mand., v., 373. 
Under decayed leaves in Ravensworth woods.—G. Wailes, 
Esq. 
4, L. sprniuapris, Lab. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., i., 65.—Carabus spinilabris, Fab. Syst. 
El., 1., 204. 

Under stones : Heaton, Dunston, Lobley Hill, Gateshead Fell, 
Black Fell, Cleadon. In the crevices of a limestone rock near 
South Shields. March—November. 

o. L. rurescens, Mab. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., 1., 65.—Carabus rufescens, Fab. Syst. 
Li.,1., 205. 

In woods, &e. “ Twizell.”—P. J. Selby, H'sq. “Castle Hden 
Dean.”—G. Wailes, Esq. Long Benton, Winlaton Mill, Gib- 
side, South Shields, Lobley Hill. June—Sept. 

Division 2. Enapuripea, Westw. 
42. Henosia, Leach. 
1. H. Brevicoius, Fab. 
Steph. Lust. Mand., i., 61.—Carabus brevicollis, Fab. Syst 
Hl, 1.5 191. 
Abundant throughout the year. It frequents moist as well 


54 CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF 


as dry situations, and takes readily to the water when pursued, 
even venturing to conceal itself at the bottom, where it has the 
power of remaining submerged for a considerable time. 
2. H. nivauis, Payk. 
Steph. Manual, No. 1138.—H. Gylenhalii, Steph. lust, 
Mand.,1., 62. 

“Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Esq. Scotswood Dean, and “ Castle 
Eden Dean.”—G. Waziles, Esq. Ryhope Dean.—Mr. W. Pea- 
cock. Abundant under stones and rejectamenta by the side of 
the Derwent. May—August. 

This has all the subaquatic habits of a Peryphus. 

43. Bunrutsa, Bonelli. 
1. B. munrrpunctata, Linn. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., ii., 36.—Curtis, Brit. Ent., pl. 326. 

“Prestwick Car, common.’—G. Wailes, Hsq. It was not un- 
frequent in 1826 and some subsequent years. 

44, Euapurus, Fab. 
1. E. cuprevus, MWegerle. 
Steph. Lllust. Mand., ui., 34. 

In marshes and by sides of ponds. “Newcastle.”—G. Wailes, 
Esq. “Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Esq. Prestwick Car; on the 
Wear above Southwick. May and June. 

2. HE. riparius, Linn. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., ii., 35. 

Sides of ponds. “ Newcastle."—G’. Wales, Hsq. “ Twizell.” 
—P. J. Selby, Esq. Prestwick Car and Gibside. “At the 
Reeds, near Houghall.”—Ornsby’s Durham. 

45, Norropuitus, Duméril. 
1. N. aquaticus, Linn. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., i1., 32.—yv., 388. 
Common. 
2. N. vrprauts. Steph. 
Steph. Lllust. Mand., v., 388. 

Common. This appears to be a variety of the preceding. 

3. N. Bieutratus, Lab. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., ui., 33.—v., 389. 
Common. 


NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 55 


4, N. quapripunctatus, De Jean. 
Steph. lust. Mand., ii., 190.—Boisd. et Lacord. Faun. Ent. 
Paris., 1., 2. 

Newcastle and Long Benton.—7’ J. B. 

The French entomologists, now consider this as a variety of 
N. biguttatus ; and Mr. Bold’s specimens confirm this view, the 
additional impressions on the elytra being neither constant nor 
uniform. 

Sus-ramMiLy 5. BemBrp11pDEs, Westw. 
46. Crnuenum, Leach. 
1. CO. parerate, Leach. 
Curtis, Brit. Hnt., pl. 200.—Steph. Ilust. Mand., i1., 4. 

There is a specimen in Mr. John Hancock’s collection, taken at 

Elswick, 29th April, 1827. 
47. Tacuys, Ziegler. 
1. T. srnoratus, Steph. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., i1., 5. 
Common in damp situations. 
2. T. immunis, Kirby. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., ii., 6. 
“Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Hsq. “ Newcastle."—G. Wailes, 
Esq. 
3. T. minutissimus, Leach. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., i1., 7.—Carabus bistriatus, JJegerle. 
Duft. Faun. Aust., u., 205% 

One specimen in a field between Swalwell and Winlaton Mill. 
—J. H. 

48. Puttoctuts, Stephens. 
1. P. mnevs, Spence. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., ii, 7. 

On the banks of the Team near Ravensworth, and on the 
coast at South Shields and Hartlepool in April—J. Z. 

All the specimens examined have an indistinct pale spot near 
the apex of the elytra. It is more convex and less broad than 
the next, and the legs and antenne are almost black. We have, 


however, our doubts of its claims to specific distinction, as there 
are intermediate varieties. 


56 CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF 


2. P. ruscrprs, De Jean ? 

Steph. Illust. Mand., i1., 8. 
_ Abundant on the borders of pools near Prestwick Car. June. 
3. P. sreutratus, Ji. 

Steph. Illust. Mand., ii., 8. 

In moist places. “'Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Hsq. Long Ben- 
ton, Gibside, Ravensworth Woods, Sunderland, Hartlepool. It 
is a vernal insect. 

4, P. guttuna, J71. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., u1., 9. 
“Twizell.”"—P. J. Selby, Esq. Newcastle.-—G. Wailes, Lisq. 
49. Ocys, Kirby. 
1. O. currens, Kirby. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., ii., 10.—Hlaphrus Pumilio, Dufts. 
Faun. Aust., 11., 214. 

Meldon Park.—G. Wailes, Hsq. “Castle Eden Dean.”—Rev. 
W. Little. Marsden.—J. H. 
2. O. MELANOCEPHALUS, Leach. 

Steph. Illust. Mand., i1.,10, pl. x., f. 2. 

Under the bark of decayed trees in moist situations. Planta- 
tions on the Team, Dunston, Swalwell, and Gibside. December 
—June. 

50. Prerypuus, IMegerle. 
1. P. remoratus, Sturm. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., i1., 12.—v., 384. 

Common. “Twizell.”"—P. J. Selby, Hsq. On the kanks of 
the Team and Derwent, all the year. 

2. P. concinnus, Kirby. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., ii., 12.—v., 385. 

Rather uncommon : banks of the Tyne, and by the side of the 
Derwent, near Axwell Park. May—November. 

3. P. nuprstris, Mab. 
Bembidium rupestre, Boisd. et Lacord. Faun. Ent. Paris., 
i, 276, 13.—Heer, Fn. Col. Helv., i., 129, 25. Hlaphrus 
rupestris, Fab. Syst. Hl., i., 246.—Peryphus littoralis, 
Steph. Illust., Mand., ii., 13.—v., 385. 
Common. It winters under bark, or in large companies be- 


NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 57 


neath stones ; and frequents the sea-coast, as well as river banks 
and moist pastures. 
4. P. saxatiuis, Gyll. 

Steph. Illust. Mand., ii., 12.—v., 385. 

Common on the banks of the Tyne and Derwent. Feb.—Nov. 

There is a large variety occasionally to be met with having 
pale legs, the elytra suffused with reddish brown, and tinged 
more or less with bluish green.—Z’. J. B. 

5. P. tunatus, Andersch. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., ui., 13. pl. x. f. 3. 

Rare ; by the side of the Derwent.—7. J. B. 

Stephens’ figure is from a young specimen, in which the elytra 
are pale, and the fascie very indistinct. Mature indi- 
viduals, especially males, are of a rich dark mahogany colour ; 
and the fascize are very variable, being in some instances quite 
imperceptible.—7. J. B. 

6. P. nirrpuLus, Jarsh. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., ii., 14.—Carabus nitidulus, Marsh. 1., 
454, 

Widely dispersed ; banks of the Tyne, Lobley Hill, Gibside, 
Dunston, Boldon, Marsden, Sunderland, Hartlepool.—April, 
—November. 

7. P. pEcorus, Zenker. 
Carabus decorus, Panz. Mn. Ger., 73, 4.—Bembidium deco- 
rum, Boisd. et Lacord. Faun. Ent. Paris., i., 279, 19.— 
Heer, Fn. Col. Helv. i., 132, 35.—Peryphus viridi-eneus, 
Spence.—/( Steph. Illust. Mand., ii., 15.) 

Banks of rivers. “ Twizell.”—P. J. Selby, Hsqy. Ouseburn, 
and on the banks of the Derwent, above Winlaton Mill. June, 
—July. 

8. P. aaruis, Spence. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., i1., 15. 

“Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Esq. Banks of the Tyne and, in 
the gravel of a rivulet, in a dean above Winlaton Mill. 

9, P. cnEMERYTHRUS, Steph. 
Steph. Manual, No, 421.—P. tibialis, Steph. IMust. Mand., 
ies 116). 


58 CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF 


Abundant on the banks of rivers and brooks. 

Like several of the other species its habits are sub-aquatic. It 
lurks beneath stones and gravel, kept continually moist by per- 
colation from the stream. 

10. P. neacutt, Spence. 
Steph. Itlust. Mand., ii., 16. 

Rare. “Castle Eden Dean.”—Ornsby’s Durham. Banks of 
the Derwent.—7. J. B. 

11. P. atrocervuLeEvs, Steph. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., ii., 17. 
Banks of the Derwent in June—Z. J. B. Ryhope Dean.— 
Mr. W. Peacock. 
51. Lorna, Megerle. 
1. L. quaprieurtata, Lab. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., ii., 22.—Carabus 4 guttatus, Mab. Syst. 
El, i., 207. 

Newcastle—G. Wazles, Hsq. “Castle Eden Dean.”—Rev. W. 

Little. South Shields in April.—J. H. 
2. L. nigra, Welkin. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., u1., 24. 
Two specimens from the vicinity of Newcastle.—7. J. B. 
3. L. mintma, Marsh. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., u1., 24. 
Marshes af the Wear, above Southwick, in June.—J/. 7. 
52. Tacuyeus, Megerle. 
1. T. cuter, “ad. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., ii., 26. 
Common. 
2. T. properans, Hoff. 
Steph. Ilust. Mand., u., 26.—Bembidium velox, Hrichson, 
Kaf. der Mark. Brand., i., 134. 

“Twizell.”—P. J. Selby, Hsq. Newcastle.-—G. Wailes, Esq. 
3. T. cHaLceus, Steph. 

Steph. Ilust. Mand., ii., 27. 

“Mwizell."—P. J. Selby, Lsq. 

4. T. prpuncratus, Linn. 
Steph. IMust. Mand., it., 28. 

Rare : banks of the Tyne. June. 


NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 59 


5, T. striatus, Lab. 
Steph. Ilust. Mand., i., 28.—Hlaphrus striatus, Fab. Syst. 
El, i., 245. 

On river banks not uncommon. “ Durham,”—Rev. G. Orns- 
bys Durham. Ouseburn, and by the Derwentside, in April and 
June.—TZ". J. B. 

53. Brempipium, lliger. 
1, paLiEDosuM, Panz. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., ui., 30. 

On the sandy shores of rivers, “ Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Esq. 
“Durham.”—Wr. T. J. Bungey. Plentiful on the banks of the 
Derwent, near Winlaton Mill, and Gibside, in June. 

2. B. ruavipss, Linn. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., u., 30. 

“Durham.”—Ur. 7. J. Bungey.  Swalwell, and on the 
banks of the Derwent. April—Aug. 
3. B. pauiipss, Megerle. 

Steph. Ilust. Mand., ii., 31. 

With the other species on the banks of the river Till—P. J 
Selby, Esq. 


Stirps 2, HY DRADEPHAGA, Mac Leay. 
Famity 1. DYTICIDA, Leach. 
Sup-ramity 1. Hatrpirpes, Westwood. 
52. Haripius, Latreille. 
1. H. evevatus, Panz. 
Steph. [llust. Mand., ii., 39. 
Common : Ouseburn and Boldon.—Z. J. B. April—July. 
2. H. runvus, fab. 
Steph. Manual, No. 478.—H. ferrugineus, var. Steph. Illust. 
Mand., ii., 40.—Curtis, Brit. Ent., pl. 730. 
In stagnant waters, common. April—July. 
3. H. opiiquus, Fab. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., ii.,41.—Dytiscus obliquus, Fab. Syst. 
Eil., i., 270. 
In pools, common. “Newcastle.”"—G@. Wailes, Esq. Long 
Benton and Marsden; frequent among conferve. April. 


60 CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF 


There are two varieties; in the one the elytra are spotted, in 
the other lineated with black. 
4. H. urneatocouutis, Jarsh. 

Steph. Illust. Mand., i1., 41.—Dytiscus lineatocollis, Marsh., 
i., 429. 

Brooks; common. July—Sept. 
5. H. ruricouuts, De Geer. 

Steph. Illust. Mand., 11., 42.—Erichson, Kaf. der Mark. 
Brand., 1., 186.—Heer. Fn. Col. Helv., 1., 163, 10. H. 
melanocephalus, Steph. Illust. Mand., ii., 43.—H. fulvi- 
collis, Steph. Manual, No. 484. 

Ponds: abundant. March—Aug. 
6. H. cinereus, Deg. 
Aubé Iconog. Col. Kurop., v., 30.—Heer. Faun. Col. Helv., 
1, 163, 8. H. affinis, Steph. lust. Mand., ii., 42. 
“ Newcastle.”—G. Wailes, Esq. 
SuB-FAMILY 2. DYTICIDES, Westwood. 
55. Laccoputnus, Leach. 
1. L. nyaurnus, De Geer. 
Steph. Manual, No. 550. LL. minutus, Steph. Illust. Mand. 
i, 64. 
Common. April—June. 
56. Hyproporus, Clairville 
1. H. assruruis, Payk. 

Heer, Fn. Col. Helv., i., 153, 4.—H. frater, Steph. Illust. 
Mand., 11., 50, pl. xi., f. 4. 

Ponds. “ Twizell.”—P. J. Selby, Hsq. Prestwick Car, Boldon, 
Marsden, ec. 
2. H. evecans, Lllig. 

Dytiscus elegans, Panz. Fn. Germ., 24 f. 5. H. depressus, 
Steph. Ilust. Mand., ii., 51. 

In gravelly rivers and brooks, common. “ T'wizell.”—P. J. 
Selby, Esq. Ouseburn, Derwent, &c. March—Sept. 
3. H. puopectmpustuatus, Lab. 

Dytiscus 12, pustulatus, Mab. Syst. Hl, i, 270. H. 12 

pustulatus, Steph. LMlust. Mand., i1., 51. 
In streams, common. May—Aug. 


» 


NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 61 


4, H. PARALLELO-GRAMMUS, Sturm. 

Heer. Fn. Col. Helv.,i., 154, 8.—H. lineatus, Steph. [llust. 
Mand., ii, 52.—Dytiscus lineatus, Marsh., 1., 426. 

“Mwizell."—P. J. Selby, Esq. 

5. H. porsauis, Lab. 

Steph. Illust. Mand., ii., 53.—Dytiseus dorsalis, Mab. Syst. 

JHA, Veg POSE 
“Mwizell."—P. J. Selby, Esq. Neweastle—Z. J. B. 

6. H. narus, Rudd. 

Steph. Iilust. Mand., ii., 192. 

Rare; Ouseburn in July.—7. J. B. 

7. H. sepTENTRIONALIS, Giyll. 

Hyphydrus septentrionalis, Gy//. Ins. Suec., iv., 385.—Hy- 
droporus alpinus, Steph. Illust. Mand., u., 54., pl. x1., 
is Be 

Common in gravelly brooks : Ouseburn, Derwent, &c. April 

—August. 

8. H. pavistt, Curtis. 

Curtis Brit. Ent., pl. 343.—Steph. Illust. Mand., v., 391. 

Among gravel; in a brook near Ravensworth, and in the Der- 
went. April—Aug. 

9. H. panusrris, Linn. 

Steph. Manual, No. 515. Hz. 6 pustulatus, Steph. LUlust. 
Mand., u., 54. 

Very common in ponds and running waters. 

10. H. aneusratus : Corpore oblongo-ovato, capite rufescente, tho- 
racis disco fusco,lateribus dilutioribus, elytris crebre evidenter 
punctatis, magis minusve fuscescentibus, pedibus rufis, anten- 
nis testacets, articulis apicalibus fuscis. Long. 1.—1} lin. 
H. angustatus, Sturm? Schaum, Zoologist, 1892.—H. 
tristis, Steph. Lllust. Mand., 11., 55 % 

At Prestwick Car, and elsewhere near Newcastle. 

Oblong-ovate, narrow, fuscous or black, shining, glabrous : 
head red, with a moderate depression on each side in front, be- 
tween which there is occasionally a triangular dusky spot, crown 
more or less fuscous; thorax dusky ferruginous, paler at the 
sides, posterior margin obliquely impressed, and with the sides, 


62 CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF 


thickly punctulate, anterior, scarcely impressed and slightly 
punctulate, disk sub-convex, smooth, or variously occupied with 
punctures; elytra narrow, convex, attenuated behind, black or 
fuscous, with the sides, shoulders and apex more or less rufescent, 
conspicuously punctured, the punctures placed slightly apart; 
body black beneath, rather strongly punctate; legs ferruginous; 
antenne testaceous with the tips dusky. 

One specimen is entirely black, except the front of the head 
which is red; others have the thorax red beneath as well as 
above.—J. H. 

11. H. trvzatvs, Fab. 
Boisd. et Lacord. Faun. Ent. Paris., i., 336, 19.—Heer. Fn. 
Col. Helv., i., 158, 22.—Dytiscus lineatus, Fab. Syst. EL, 
i, 372 %—Hydroporus ovalis, Steph. Illust. Mand., ii., 
58.—Dytiscus ovalis, Marsh., 1., 425.—Dytiscus ovatus, 
Fab. Syst. Hl, 1., 269. 
Prestwick Car, Marsden, and Boldon Flats. April—Sept. 
12. H. puprscens, Cyl. 
Schaum, Zoologist, 1892.—H. melanocephalus, Marsh., Steph. 
Tllust. Mand., ii., 60.—Heer. Fn. Col. Helv., i., 157, 19. 
—H. planus, Marsh., Steph. Illust. Mand., 11., 60.—H. 
caliginosus, Steph. Manual, No. 536. 
Stagnant waters, common. 
13. H. memnonivs, Vicol. 
Steph. Manual, No. 537.—H. jugularis, Babington, in Lou- 
don’s Mag. Nat. His., v., 328.—Steph. Ilust. Mand., v., 
392, 

Newcastle and near Heaton, in July.—Z. J. B. 

This also includes the H. subelongatus, H. marginatus, and 
H. deplanatus, of Stephens.— Vide Schaum, Zoologist, 1892. 

14. H. eryrHrocePHaLus, Linn. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., ii., 60. 
Common. 
15. H. xantuopus, Steph. 
Steph. Manual, No. 541. H. fusculus, Leach, Hdinb. Ln- 
cyclop., ix., 84, 51, 1.—H, flavipes, Steph. Illust. Mand., 
i., 61.—H. planus, Steph. Manual, No. 540. 
Newcastle—Z’. J. B. 


NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 63 


16. H. puanus, Fab. 

Boisd. et Lacord. Faun. Ent. Paris., 1., 332, 10.—Heer. Fn. 
Ool. Helw., i., 155, 12.—Hyphydrus planus, Gyll. Ins. Suec., 
i, 531.—Hydroporus ater, Forst., Steph. Illust. Mand., 
i., 61.—H. holosericeus, Marsh., [b., 11., 61.—H. pubes- 
cens, /b., i1., 61.—H. fuscatus, 76., 11., 62. 

Common. 

For the synonymes we are indebted to the valuable paper of 
Dr. Schaum, Zoologist, ubi sup. 

17. H. rivaus, Giyll. 
Schaum Zoologist, 1890.—Hygrotus fluviatilis, Leach, Steph. 
Lllust. Mand., ii., 46., pl. xi., f. 2. 

In gravelly brooks, common. “ Meldon Park.”—G. Wales, 
Esq. Ouseburn, Boldon, Ravensworth, and in the Derwent. 
April—August. 

18. H. conFiugns, Fab. 
Dytiscus confluens, Fab. Syst. #1. i., 270.—Hygrotus con- 
fluens, Steph. Illust. Mand., ii., 47. 

In ponds, common. “ Newcastle."—G Wailes, Hsq. Long 
Benton, Gateshead, Ravensworth, Marsden, Black Fell. March 
—July. 

19. H. rericunatus, Lab. 

Heer. Fn. Col. Helv., i., 161, 32.—Dytiscus reticulatus, 
Fab. Syst. El., 1., 270.—Hygrotus collaris, Steph. Iilust. 
Mand., i., 47. 

Long Benton, and common at Prestwick Car, in May.— 
Me dh, 15% 

20. H. inmeuaris, Mab. 

Heer. F'n. Col. Helv., i., 160, 31.—Dytiscus ineequalis, /ab. 
Syst. Hl. i., 272.—Hygrotus inequalis, Steph. Lllust. 
Mand., i1., 48. 

In ponds and brooks, common. 

21. H. Leprpus, Oliv. 

Boisd. et Lacord. Faun. Ent. Paris., i., 336, 20.—Hygrotus 
scitulus, Spence, Steph. Illust. Mand., 1., 49, pl. xi. f. 3. 

Ponds ,and slow running streams, common. “ T'wizell.”-—P. 
J. Selby, Esq. Prestwick Car, Ouseburn, Marsden, Boldon 
Flats, Black Fell. All the year. 


64 CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF 


22. H. pictus, Fab. 
Heer. Fn. Col. Helv., i, 159, 25.—Dytiscus pictus, Fab. 
Syst. £1, 1., 273.—Hygrotus pictus, Steph. [llust. Mand., 
i, 49. 
Ponds. “Newcastle."—G. Wales, Esq. “ Twizell.”—P. J. 
Selby, H'sq. Prestwick Car, Marsden, and Boldon Flats. 
57. Hypurprvs, Liliger. 
1. H. ovatus, Linn. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., u., 45. 
“Newcastle.”—G@. Wailes, Hsq. Prestwick Car, in July.— 
Hl Sh Tex 
58. Panostus, Schonherr. 
1. P. neRMannt, Fab. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., ii., 44.—Dytiscus Hermanni, fab. 
Syst. E1., 1., 255. 
“Once near Newcastle, by Mr. Hewitson.”—G. Wales, Hsq. 
59. CotymBeEtEs, Clairville. 
1. C. ruscus, Linn. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., ii., 69.—C. striatus, 7b. i. c., 68. 

Stagnant waters, common. 

In February, 1846, an individual was noticed at Marsden, 
sheltered under sea-weed. The winter was a mild one, that 
tempted it to be thus early abroad. 

2. C. putvERosus, Knoch. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., i1., 69, pl. xii., f. 2.—Dytiscus con- 
spersus, Gyll. Ins. Suec., 1., 482. 
One specimen at Boldon, in May.—7. J. B. 
3. OC. ExoLetus, Yorst. 
Steph. Ilust. Mand., ii., 70.—Dytiscus collaris, Payk. F. 
S., 1., 200. 
Not rare: Prestwick Car. April—July. 
4, C. gurratus, Payk. 
Steph. Ilust. Mand., u1., 66. 

“ Newcastle.”—G. Wales, Esq. “Twizell..—P. J. Selby, 
Esq. “Durham.”—Ornsby’s Durham, p. 203. Gosforth and 
Gibside. 


NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 65 


5. C. cHaLconotus, Kugelan. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., ii., 76.—Dytiscus concinnus, Marsh.,i., 
497. 
Common. “ Twizell.".—P. J. Selby, Esq. Prestwick Car, 
Long Benton, Boldon Flats, Sunderland. April—July. 
6. C. arrinis, Payh. 
Steph. Ilust., Mand., ii., 78. 
Rare. Prestwick Car in April.—Z. J. B. 
7. C. patuposus, fab. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., ii.. 74.—Dytiscus paludosus, Fab. 
Syst. H1., 1., 266. 
Rare ; Prestwick Car, Ouseburn, and Long Benton.—Z. J. B. 
8. C. rEMoRALIS, Payk. 
Steph. Lllust., Mand., ii., 77. 
Prestwick Car. April and July. 
9. C. macuLatus, Linn. 
Steph. Ltlust., Mand., i., 74. 
Among gravel in the shallow parts of running streams, very 
common. 
A dark variety is found in the Derwent. 
10. C. virrevus, Payk. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., i., 75. 
For a knowledge of this species we are indebted to P. J. Sel- 
by, Esq., who finds it in a pool at Twizell, seemingly rare. 
11. C. srpuncratus, Lab. 
Boisd. et Lacord. Faun. Ent. Paris.,1., 317, 10.—Heer. Fn. 
Col. Helv.,i., 150, 26.—C. nebulosus, Forst. Steph. Lllust., 
Mand., ii., 72. 
Common. 
12. C. sturmi, Gyll. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., 11., 78. , 
Not uncommon. 
13. C. srpustuLatus, Linn. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., i1., 80. 
Abundant. 
A dark chesnut variety is often met with. 
Like the other species, it takes flight in the evening, and this 
ie 


66 CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF 


accounts for its being found during the day in situations that do 
not correspond with its actual habits. On the sea-coast it occurs 
frequently upon the sands, or concealed beneath stones. 
14. C. ruLicinosus, Fab. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., 11., 67.—Dytiscus fuliginosus, Mab. 
Syst. El, i., 263. 
Common. 
15. C. revestratus, (ab. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., 11., 82.—Dytiscus fenestratus, Mab. 
Syst. H1., i., 264.. 
“Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Esq. 
16. C. aver, De Geer. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., 1i., 82. 
“ Durham.”—Ornsby’s Durham. Common at Marsden and 
Boldon Flats in July. 
17. C. opscurus, Marsh. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., it., 82.—Dytiscus obscurus, Marsh, 1., 
414. 
Rare ; Boldon Flats in July.—Z. J. B. 
This was found in a pool unaccompanied by the preceding 
species. 
60. Acrutus, Leach. 
1. A. sutcatus, Linn. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., ii., 93. 
Stagnant waters, common. 
61. Dyricus, Geoffroy. 
1. D. marernaris, Linn. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., ii., 89. 
Common in stagnant pools. 
2. D. punctuLatus, Fab. 
Pab. Syst. El., 1., 259.—Steph. Illust., Mand., ii., 90. 
Common in pools. 
Faminy 2. GYRINIDA, Leach. 
62. GyRinus, Geof. 
1. G. marinus, Gyll. 
Steph. LIllust., Mand., 1., 96.—G. eneus, Leach. Ib. Ll. c. 95: 
Budle Bay.—G@. Wales, sq. Prestwick Car, Ouseburn, Mars- 
den, and Whitburn. March—August. 


NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 67 


2. G. minutus, Fad. 
Fab. Syst. EL, i., 276.—Steph. Ilust., Mand., 1i., 96. pl. xiii., 
ieee 

Borders of pools in the vicinity of Newcastle—G@. Wazles, Esq. 
3. G. naTator, Linn. 

Steph. Illust., Mand., ii., 97.—G. substriatus, Ib. 0. c. 

Common. 

It feeds upon Diptera and other insects that fall into the wa- 
ter, which it grasps betwixt its anterior legs, and plunging its 
mandibles into the thorax, imbibes the juices. 

4, G. urinatTor, lig. 
Heer, Fn. Col. Helv. i., 165, 1—G. lineatus, Hoff, Steph. 
Lllust. Mand., u1., 97, pl. xiii., f. 1.—Boisd. et Lacord. Faun. 
Ent. Paris, 1., 342, 2. 
Rare; in the Ouseburn from March to August.—Z’. J. B. 
63. OrEctocHEILus, Hschscholtz. 
1. O. vittosus, Z77. 
Gyrinus villosus, Steph. Illust., Mand., ii., 98. 

In the Wansbeck, near Meldon Park.—G@. Wailes, Hsq. Ouse- 

burn in August.—7. J. B. 


SuB-TRIBE 2, RYPOPHAGA, Stephens. 
Siigps 1. PHILHYDRIDA, Mac Leay. 


Famity 1. PARNIDA, Mae Leay. 


Sus-ramiLy 1. ParnipeEs, Westw. 


64. Parnus, Fabricius. 


1. P. pRoLiFERIcoRNts, Fab. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., uu., 103. 

On the borders of weedy pools; Prestwick Car, Gosforth, Long 
Benton, Boldon Flats, &e.—Z. J. B. April—July. 

2. P. auricuLatus, Panz. 
Steph. [llust., Mand., ii., 104. 

Marshy land near Follingsby—Wr. A. Hancock. Under 
moss in a field on the south side of the Derwent, opposite Ax- 
well spa well.—J. H. Beneath stones, Ouseburn Dean.—Z. J. B. 
April—September. 


68 CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF 


SUB-FAMILY 2. ELMIDES, Westw. 
65. Eumts, Latreille. 
1. E. votxmarti, Panz. 
Steph. Illust.. Mand., ti., 106.—Curtis, Brit.Ent. pl. 294. 

“Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Esq. Mill-stream, Ouseburn, July 

and August.—Z. J. B. 
2. EH. tupercunatus, Miller. 
Steph. Lllust., Mand., 11., 106.—Heer. Faun. Col. Helv., i., 
469, 2.—E. variabilis, Leach. Steph. Lllust. Mand., ii., 
107, pl. xiii. f. 4. 

“Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Hsq. Mill-stream, Ouseburn, July 
and August—7Z’. J. B. 

I cannot trace any distinction betwixt the two supposed spe- 
cies I have ventured to unite. Our specimens vary in having 
the base of the elytra more or less bituberculate, and the upper 
surface, though most frequently piceous, has often a brassy tint.— 
This is quite consistent with Miiller’s character, “ fusco vel piceo- 
zeneus, coleopteris basi obsolete bituberculatis.”—J. H. 

3. E. Lacustris, Spence. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., ii., 107. 

“Twizell.”"—P. J. Selby, Esq. 

4. EK. PARALLELIPIPEDUS, Juller. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., 1i., 108, pl. xiii. f. 5. 

“Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Esq. 

5. HE. mnevs, Muller. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., i1., 108. 
“Twizell.,—P. J. Selby, Hsqg. Common; Mill-stream, Ouse- 
burn, July and Aug.— 7". J. B. 
6. HE. cuprevs, Muller. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., 11., 108. 
Rare; Mill-stream, Ouseburn, July and Aug.—7" J. B. 


Famity 2. HELOPHORID A, Mac Leay. 
66. Henopnorus, Leach. 


1. H. aquaticus, Linn. 
Steph. Ilust., Mand., u., 111. 
Common. | 


NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 69 


2. H. granuaris, Linn. 
Steph. Illust., Mand.,11., 111. 

Common. 

3. H. griseus, Herbst. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., ii., 112. 

Common. 

4, H, viripicouiis, Kirby. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., ii., 112. 

“Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Esq. 

5. H. nusrius, Fab. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., u., 113. 

“Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Hsq. Long Benton, on the sands 
at Shields, Hartlepool, cc. 

6. H. rennicus, Payk. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., u1., 113. 

“Mwizell."—P. J. Selby, Esq. Long Benton, and Shotley 
Bridge in June and July.— 7". J. B: 

67. OcutuEsBius, Leach. 
1. O. pyemats, Fab. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., i1., 115. 
Boldon Flats.—7. J. B. In the pools near Marsden.- J. H. 
April. 
2. O. ExcuLptus, Jiller. 
Heer, Fn. Col. Helv., i., 478, 5.—Mulsant, Col. de France, 
Palp., 54, 2.—Enicocerus viridieneus, Steph. Jilust., 
Mand., ii., 196, pl. xv., f- 6 (mas).—H. Gibsoni, 
Curtis, Brit. Ent., pl. 291.—Steph. 1. ¢., v., 879 (foem ).— 
K. tristis, Curt. 1. ¢., Steph. U. ¢., v., 379 (mas). 

“Brook near Meldon, and at Tynemouth.”—G. Wazles, Esq. 
“Twizell.".—P. J. Selby, Hsg. In the Ouseburn, August.— 
IU, di dix 

An interesting account of the larva of this species has been 
given by Mr. Wailes in the Entomological Magazine, vol. 1., 256. 
The insects, where he observed them, frequented half-exposed 
blocks of coarse sandstone in brooks, lurking in the slight in- 
equalities, on a level with the surface of the water, or a little 
above it. They occur most abundantly in autumn, when the 


70 CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF 


different stages of larve, pups, and perfect insect may be found 
in company. The larve are “anopluriform, measuring, when 
full grown, about two and a half lines in length, and half a line 
in width. They are ofa uniform black, and have the apex of each 
abdominal segment fringed with very short hairs. Their food is 
most probably mucor, for they seem to be confined to rough 
slimy stones.” When full grown, they form oval cells of mud, 
about two lines in the longest diameter, in which they become 
pupz of a bright orange colour. 
68. Hyprana, Kugellan. 
1. H. riparia, Kugel. 
Steph. Itlust., Mand., i., 117, and v., 399. 

“Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Esq. Prestwick Car, Long Benton, 
Ouseburn, Boldon Flats, Gibside, &e—Z. J. B. March—Aug. 
2. H. nierita, Miller. 

Steph. Illust., Mand., v., 400.—H. pusilla, Steph. 0. ¢. i1., 
TINS), (aa Ph 1/5 8% 
Rare : in the vicinity of Newcastle—TZ. J. B. 
2. H. minutissima, Gyll. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., i1., 118. 
“Newcastle upon Tyne.”—W. C. Hewitson, Esq. (Hut. Mag., 
1. 2903) 
Famity 3. HYDROPHILIDA, Mac Leay. 
69. Limnusius, Leach. 
1. L. ater, Stephens. 
Steph. Iltust., Mand., 11., 119., pl. xiv., f. 4. 
Ouseburn, Ravensworth, Boldon, sides of the Derwent. June 
_—September. 
2. L. tRuNcATELLUS, Thunb. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., ii1., 120.—Heer, Fn. Col. Helvw., i. 
481, 1. 
Prestwick Car, Ouseburn, Boldon Flats, banks of the Derwent. 
June—September. 
3. L. wrtrpus, Marsh. 
Steph. Itust., Mand., i1., 122. 
In a pond on the sea-side, near Whitburn,—J/. H. 


NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 71 


70. Hyprosiws, Leach. 
1. H. ruscrpss, Linn. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., ii., 128.—H. chalconotus, Leach, 
Steph., l.c., u., 128. 
Common. 
71. Laccostus, Hrichson. 
1. L. minutus, Linn. 
Steph. Manual, No. 709.—Heer, Fn. Col. Helv., i., 481.— 
Hydrobius bipunctatus, Steph. [llust., Mand., i1., 132. 
Common. 
2. L. coton, Stephens. 
Steph. Manual, No. 710.—Hydrobius colon, Steph. Illust., 
Mand., u., 133. 
“Twizell.".—P. J. Selby, Hsq. Boldon Flats.—7. J. B. 
Marsden.—/. #7. 
This, according to Mulsant, is a variety of L. minutus. 
3. L. MARSHAMI, Stephens. 
Steph. Manual, No. 712.—Hydrobius minutus, Steph. [llust., 
Mand., i1., 133.—H. ochraceus, /6. 7. ¢., 134. 
“Twizell."°—P. J. Selby, Esq. By the sides of pools near 
Marsden.—J. H. 
4. L. etosuius, Payk. 
Hydrobius globulus, Steph. Illust., Mand., ii., 135.—Heer, 
Fn. Col. Helv., i, 484.—Wulsant, Col. de France, 
Palp., 126, 5.—Laccobius limbatus, Steph. Manual, 
No. 716. 
On the ground in damp places. Gosforth—Z. J. B. Com- 
mon in Ravensworth woods.—/J/. H. 
Famity 4. SPH HRIDIID A, Leach. 
72. Spuazripium, Fab. 
1. 8S. scaraBmorpEs, Linn. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., u., 154. 
Common. 
2. S. Marernatum, Fab. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., ii., 156.—S. 4—maculatum, J0., ii., 
155.—Curtis, Brit. Hnt., pl. 518. 
Less abundant than the preceding. Prestwick Car, Shields, 
Hartlepool, &c. 


uy 


72 CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF 


Fabricius considered this as a variety of his S. bipustulatum, 
and Mulsant adopts this view, though without good grounds, in 
Hrichson’s opinion, vide Ray Soc. Reports, 1844, p. 336. 

3. 8. BrpusTULATUM, Fab. ? 
Steph. Lllust., Mand., i1., 155. 
“Mwizell.,—P. J. Selby, Esq. 
73. Cercyron, Leach. 
1. C. trTroRALE, Gyll. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., ii., 137.—C. ruficorne, Kirby, 10., ii., 
137.—C. binotatum, 70., 2. c.—C. dilatatum, /6., ii., 138. 
—O. depressum, J0., l. c. 
Common along the sea-coast ; beneath sea-weed, from Janu- 
ary. All the varieties occur. 
2. C. anaLE, Payk. 
Heer, Fn. Ed. Helv., 1.,491.—Mulsant, Col. de France, 
Palp., 183, 15.—C. terminatum, Steph. [Uust., Mand., i1., 
TIS) 
Rare; Hartlepool—J. H. Long Benton.—7’. J. B. 
3. OC. HAMORRHOIDALE, Fab. 
Heer, Fn. Col. Helv., i. 489.—Mulsant, Col. de France, Palp., 
159, 2.—C. hemorrhoum, Steph. Lilust., Mand., ii., 143 2 

Common. 

The C. hemorrhoidale of Stephens (Jllust., Mand., ii., 142 ) 
is also not uncommon in the spring months, but we have 
not been able to ascertain whether it has been characterized by 
any other appellation. 

4, OC. MELANOCEPHALUM, Linn. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., i1., 144. 
_ Common. 
5. ©. unrpuneratum, Linn. 
Erichson, Kaf. der Mark. B., 1.,217.—Heer, Fn. Col. Helv., 
i., 490.—Mulsant, Col. de France, Palp., 164, 5. 
Common. 
6. C. quisquitium, Linn. 
Mulsant, Col. de France, Palp., 166, 6. 

Common. Usually considered as the male of the preceding, 

but according to Mulsant and Erichson, both sexes of each occur. 


NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. tis 


7. C. premazum, J7I. 

Steph. Illust., Mand., ii., 148.—Heer. Fn. Col. Helv., 1., 
490.—Mulsant, Col. de France, Palp., 170, 8.—C. con- 
spurcatum, Steph. Ilust., Mand., ii., 145.—C. stercorator, 
Ib., u1., 147.—C. merdarium, J/0., 7. c—C. erythropum, 
ov hs 

“Twizell.,—P. J Selby, Hsq. South Shields, Gibside, and 
J. H. Wong Benton.—Z. J. B. 
8. C. BoLETopHacum, Marsh. , 

Steph. (llust., Mand., ii., 140.—Megasternum boletophagum, 
Mulsant, Col. de France, Palp., 187, 1. 

Not uncommon in Fungi, in old skins, and under stones in 


Prestwick Car. 


damp situations. 

I once found a great number, before a thunder storm, running 
about like Leiodes ; it sometimes occurs abroad late at evening. 
—J. H. 

9. C. atomarium, Fab. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., it., 145.—Heer. Fn. Col. Helv., 1., 
492.—Cryptopleurum atomarium, Mulsant, Col. de France, 
Palp., 188, 1.—Cercyon crenatum, Steph. Manual, No. 
744.—C. sordidum, /6., [llust., Mand., ii., 145, &e. 

“Twizell.,—P. J. Selby, Hsq. Hartlepool, Ryhope Dean, 
Prestwick Car, Shields, Gibside—J/. H. Long Benton.— 
DES Be 

74, Cyctonotum, Hrichson. 
1. C. ornpicunaRE, Fab. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., ii., 132. 

“Twizell.”"—P. J. Selby, Esq. 


Famity 5. AGATHIDIIDA, Westw. 


75. Puauacrus, Payk. 

1. P. unicrs, Kirby. 

Steph. Illust., Mand., i1., 166. 
On the Bents at South Shields in April—J. Z. 

76. Epurstemus, West. 

1. KE. euopuius, Payk. 

Psychidium globulum, Heer. Fn. Col. Helv., 1, 433.— 
L 


74 CATALOGUE OF THE INSEOTS OF 


Ephistemus Gyrinoides, Steph. Illust., Mand., ii., 168.— 
K. nigriclavis, 1. 7. c.—E. confinis, J6. ii., 169, pl. xv. f. 
22 

Under moss from the Ravensworth woods in spring, and on the 
banks of the Wear, below Hylton Castle—J. H. The variety 
with greater part of the elytra testaceous, was found near Cul- 
lercoats in March—Z. J. B. 

I find the varieties together under garden rubbish, and I can 
see no difference between them but what results from various de- 
grees of maturity.—J. H. 

77. Letopes, Latr. 
l. L. actcunata, Kunzé, 
Steph. Illust., Mand., ii., 170. 

Rare; sides of woods on the Derwent.—J. 7. 

2. L. pourra, Marsh. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., ii., 174. 
Of not unfrequent occurrence on the borders of fields on the 
Derwent, above Swalwell, and at Gibside.—J. H. 
3. L. FERRUGINEA, Jab. 
Steph. Illust., Mand.,ii., 175.—Anisotoma ferrugineum, Gyll. 
Ins. Suec., u., 564. 
“Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Lsq. Gibside— —J. H, 
4, L. nuripennis, Payk. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., i1., 176.—Anisotoma rufipenne, y/l. 
Ins. Suec., 11., 565. 

Gibside, Winlaton Mill, Ravensworth, Marsden,—J. H. Long 
Benton, Prudhoe, in June.—Z". J. B. 

5. L. arenaRrIA, Rudd ? 
Steph. Illust., Mand., v., 403 ? 

Under sea-weed on the sands at Marsden in March.—/. H. 

Less than either of the two preceding, quite ovate, and con- 
vex, polished and glossy; head and thorax dark coloured, thickly 
and minutely punctulate; elytra ovate, rather expanded before 
the middle, very convex, shining ferruginous, with the suture 
deep black, and a black dash on the external margins, reaching 
from behind the shoulders to the apices, scarcely so deeply punc- 
tate as in L. rufipennis, with the alternate interstices interpunc- 


NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 75 


ate as in that species; antenne testaceous at the base, the club 
moderate, dusky, apical joint ovate, acuminate; legs testaceous, 
posterior tibiz rather long, slender and bent, with few spines, fe- 
mora toothless; breast slightly pitchy. 

This very distinct insect appears to differ only in colour- 
ing from the species to which I have referred it. It has the 
colours ascribed to LZ. litura, but is quite ovate as to its shape.— 
J. H. 

6. L. HUMERALIs, Fab. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., ii., 178.—Anisotoma humerale, Gyil. 
Ins. Suec., 11., 558. 
“Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Esq. Gubside—Mr. T. Pigg.— 
Gosforth in July.—7. J. B. 
7. L. appominatis, Payk. 
Steph. Iust., Mand., ii., 179.—Anisotoma abdominale, GylJ, 
Ins. Suec., ii., 557. 
A single specimen at the border of a wood, cn the south side 
of the Derwent, opposite Axwell Spa Well, in June.—dJ. H. 
78. Agaturiprum, Llliger. 
1. A. euosus, Payk. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., ii., 108, pl. xv. f. 4.—Annisotoma glo- 
bus, Gyll. Ins. Suec., ii., 568. 

Very local. A considerable number of specimens were taken 
in spring, on a piece of detached bark, in one of the woods on 
the Team, near Ravensworth.—/. 7. 

2. A. stapHyLaum, Gyll ? 
Anisotoma staphyleum, Gyll. Ins. Suec., ii., 569 i—Aga- 
thidium ferrugineum, Steph. Illust., Mand., ii., 180. 

Two specimens have occurred, near to Gibside, in June.— 
They were running with great animation in the hot sunshine. 
The characters of Gyllenhal’s Anisotoma staphyleewm, correspond 
very closely, except when he states the apex of the elytra to be 
attenuated, and sub-acuminate. The apex, on the contrary, is 
quite obtuse.—J. H. 
3. A. atrum, Payk. 

Steph. Illust., Mand., ii., 180.—Anisotoma atrum, Gyll. 
Ins. Suec., ii., 570. 
Rare; in a quarry near Carr’s Hill, Gateshead.—J/. H. 


we! 


e 


76 CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF 


4, A. sEMINULUM, Linn. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., ii., 181.—Anisotoma seminulum, G‘yil. 
Ins Suec., i1., 573. 
Rare; under bark in a wood above Swalwell, and in the Ra- 
vensworth woods, in spring.—J. H. 
It is sometimes swept up running about after sunset. 
5. A. ORBICULARE, Herbst. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., ii., 181.—Anisotoma orbiculatum, 
Gyll. Ins. Suec., 11., 574. 
Rare; in a quarry at Carr’s Hill, under bark at Ravensworth, 
and on the links near Hartlepool_—J. H. 
Intermediate in size, between A. Seminulum, and A. nanus, 
but distinguished from both in being without sutural stris. 
6. A. nanus, Meg. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., ii., 183. 
Under decaying branches and rubbish on the Derwent.—J. H. 
79. CuamBus, Fisch. 
1. C. anmapiiius, De Geer. 
Steph. Illust.. Mand., ii., 184., pl. xv., f. 5.—C. nitidus, 1b. 
v., 465. : 
In moss from Ravensworth woods.—/. H. Near Cullercoats 
jo March.— 7. J. B. 
Of the three specimens taken, one is of a deep black on the 
upper surface. 


StiRPs 2, NECROPHAGA, Latr. 
Famity 1. SCAPHIDIIDA, Mae Leay. 


80. Scapuipium, Oliv. 


1. S. quapRimacuLatum, Olio. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 3.—Curt. Brit. Ent., pl. 379. 
One specimen, taken at Gibside—WMr. John Hancock. 
81. Scapuisoma, Leach. 
l. S. aaaricrnum, Linn. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii, 3. 
Under the bark of a decayed ash tree, below the monument at 
Gibside.—J. H. 


NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 77 


82. Catoprs, fab. 
1. C. aneustatus, Fad. 

Heer. Fn. Col. Helv., i., 378.—Choleva augustata, Steph. 
Lllust., Mand., iii., 13. 

Among moss and withered leaves, widely dispersed. 

2. C. actuis, [7i. 

Heer. Fn. Col. Helv., i., 379,—Choleva angustata, Steph 
Lllust., Mand., iii., 14. 

Marsden.—/. H. 

Distinguished from the preceding by the breadth of the thorax 
posteriorly, which nearly equals that of the elytra, and by the 
curved intermediate tibiz. 

3. C. prcipEs, Fab. 

Heer. Fn. Col. Helv., i., 379.—C. sericeus, Steph. Lllust., 
Mand., iii., 9.—C. fuscus, Steph. Manual, No. 883. 

Common in cellars at Newcastle.—7Z7. J. B. Under a dead 
mole at Gibside, and at Gateshead Fell.—J. H. 

4, C. cHRYSOMELOIDES, Panz. 

Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 10.—Heer. Fn. Col. Helv., 1., 380. 

“Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Esq. Coast, near Hartley, in Sep- 
tember.— 7’. J. B. 

5. C. Montivacus, Heer. 

Heer. Fn. Col. Helv, i., 381.—C. affinis, Steph. llust., 
Mand., iii., 102 

Under a dead hare in the Ravensworth woods, in March.— 
df. A. 

6. C. niarita, Hrichs. 

Erichson, Kaf. der Mark. B., i.,239.—Heer. F'n. Col. Helv., 
1, 381.—C. fornicatus, Steph. Illust., Mazd., iii., 8. 

Generally distributed. All the year. 

7. C. morio, Fab. 

Heer. Fn. Col. Helv.i., 382.—Choleva dissimulator Spence, 
Lin, Trans. xi., 150.—Catops dissimulator, Steph. £llust., 
Mand., iii., 13. 

With C. montivagus in Ravensworth woods.—J. H. 

8. C. rumatus, Spence. 
Heer, F'n. Col. Helv., i., 382.—Ptomophagus fumatus, Steph. 


78 CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF 


Itlust.. Mand., iii, 6.—Catops Frater, Newman, Hat. 
Mag., 1., 507.—Steph. Illust., Mand., v., 405. 
In the woods above Winlaton Mill, in Fungi, and in a field 
near Manshaven—J. H. Gibside.—Z. J. B. 
9. C. vELOX, Spence. 
Heer. Fn. Col. Helv., i., 383.—Ptomophagus velox, Steph. 
Iilust., Mand., i11., 6. 

Gibside—7. J. B. Ravensworth woods in Spring.—J. H. 
10. C. witxinu, Spence. 

Ptomophagus Wilkinii, Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 7.—C. 
badius, Heer. F'n. Col. Helv.,i., 383 % 

In moss, in damp situations. Guibside—Z. J. B. Woods 
above Winlaton Mill, and on the banks of the Team.—J. H, 
11. OC. antsotomorpEs, Spence. 

Heer. Fn.. Col. Helv., i., 384.—Ptomophagus anisoto- 
moides, Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 7. 
In Fungi; near Kenton, in November.—7. J. B. Gibside.— 
J. H. 
12. C. rruncatos, UU. 
Ptomophagus truncatus, Steph., [llust., Mand., 1ii1., 5.—C. 
sericeus, Heer. F'n. Col. Helv., i., 384. 
Generally distributed. April—November. 
83. Coton, Herbst. 
1. C. srunnevs, Latr. 
Mylechus brunneus, Steph. Iilust., Mand., iii., 4, 

Rare : Kenton Bank foot, on Fungi ; in November.—Z. J. B. 

Grass fields above Swalwell, and near Dunston.—J. H. June. 


Famity 2. SILPHIDA, Leach. 


84. NecropHorus, Fad. 
1. N. numator, fab. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 17. 

Common. “Newcastle and Meldon Park.”—G. Wazles, Esq. 
“Mwizell.,—P. J. Selby, Esq. “Durham.”—Ornsby’s Durham. 
Tyneside, Long Benton, &e. 

2. N. nuspator, Lrichs. 
Heer, Fn. Col. Helv., i., 387.—N. vestigator, Steph. Lilust., 
Mand., ii, 18. 


NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 79 


“ Newcastle and Meldon Park.”—G. Wailes, Hsq. “ Twizell.” 
—P. J. Selby, Esq. In dead birds and other animals, at Prest- 
wick, and Long Benton.—7. J. B. July—September. 

3. N. mortuorvum, Jab. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 19. 

In carcases of the smaller quadrupeds, and in Fungi. “ Twi- 
zell."—-P. J. Selby, Esq. Gosforth, Long Benton, Gibside, 
Winlaton Mill, &c. June—September. 

4, N. vesprnuo, Linn. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 20. 

In dead animals. “Stockton.”—Hogq’s Stockton. “ Newcas- 
tle and Meldon Park.”—G. Wales, Hsq. “Twizell.”—P. J. 
Selby, Esq. Sides of the Tyne and Team, Washington, Hartle- 
pool, &c. April—September. 

The oldest local notice of this species is contained in a MS. 
note, in a copy of Ray’s Historia Insectorum, in the library of 
the Literary and Philosophical Society of Newcastle. The 
writer is unknown (Isaac Thompson ?), but it may be gathered, 
that he entomologized about Newcastle from 1749 to 1760. He 
mentions R. Harrison, the distinguished mathematician, as hav- 
ing brought him the eruca of the Puss Moth (Cerura Vinula), 
“in saliceto suo in Pandon Dean deprehensam, 19 Jul. 1760.” 
In respect to WV. vespillo, he has written on the margin :—“Stri- 
dorum vexatus emittit, non multum a murino abludentem.” 
This mouse-like querulous noise, is also the token of irritation 
in others of the species.—J. H. 

85. Necropes, Wilkin. 
1. N. nrrrorauis, Linn. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 21.—Curtis, Brit. Ent., pl. 334. 

Carcases on river-banks, dc. “Meldon Park, Newcastle, sea- 
shore, Tynemouth ; common.”—G. Wailes, sq. “ Twizell.”—P. 
J. Selby, Hsq. Tyneside, Town Moor, Long Benton, &e. 

86. Orcroptoma, Leach. 
1. O. tHoractca. Linn. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 22. 

Not uncommon beneath dead moles, birds, &c., and in Fungi. 

“Meldon Park, Witton-le-Wear, &c.”—G. Wailes, Esq. “Dur- 


80 CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF 


ham.”—Ornsby’s Durham. Gibside, Winlaton Mill, &c. May 
—September. 
2. O. RucosA, Linn. 

Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 22. 

Common. 

3. O. APPENDICULATA, Selzer. 

Heer. #n. Col. Helv., i., 389.—O. sinuata, Steph. Illust., 

Mand., iii., 23. 

“Prestwick Car."—G. Wailes, Hsg. “Durham.”—Ornsby’s 

Durham. 
4. O. pispar, Herhst. 
Steph. Lllust., Mand., iii., 24. 

Prestwick Car in July.— l/r. A. Hancock. Long Benton in 
May.—7. J. B. South Shields.—/. H. 

Mr. Hancock found it feeding on Lymneus stagnalis, left ex- 
posed by the evaporation of the water, and this while the animal 
was evidently still alive. 

87. SmpHa, Linn. 
1. S. opscura, Linn. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., 111., 25. 

“Twizell."—P. J. Selby, sq. “Durham.”—Ornsby’s Dur- 
ham. Under stones at Marsden, in May.—l/r. A. Hancock. 
2. §. tristis, Z7/. 

Steph. Illust. Mand., iii., 25. 

Somewhat rare: “ Meldon Park.”—G. Wales, Hsq. “'Twi- 
zell."—P. J. Selby, Esq. Long Benton, South Shields, Hartle- 
pool. April and May. 

3. S. NIGRITA, Creutz. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., ii1., 26. 

“Newcastle, &c., very abundant.”—G. Wales, Hsq. “Twi- 
zell."—P. J. Selby, Esq. It is the commonest of the genus. 

The larva is fond of earthworms, and the perfect insect will 
devour flies and other insects. 

4. §. opaca, Linn. 
Steph. Ilust., Mand., iii., 27.—Curt. Brit. Ent., pl. 742. 

“Newcastle.”—G. Wailes, Esq. “'Twizell.,—P. J. Selby, 
Esq. 


NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 81 


88. PHospnuaa, Leach. 
1. P. pourta, Sulzer. 
Heer, Fn. Col. Helv.,i., 392.—Silpha levigata, Steph. Illust., 
Mand., ii., 27. 
“ Sea-shore, Marsden ; not very abundant.”—G. Wailes, Hsq. 
2. P. atrata, Linn. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 28. 
Common everywhere, and throughout the year. 


Famity 3. NITIDULIDA, Mac Leay. 


89. Tuymatus, Latr. 
1. T. trmBatus, Fab. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 31.—Curt. Brit. Ent., pl. 39. 

One specimen beneath bark of Elm, Ravensworth, in Novem- 
ber.—J. H. 

90. Nitipuna, Fab. 
1. N. punctatissima, J7/. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., ii1., 32. 

“Very abundant in ashes."—G. Wailes, Hsq. Gibside— 
T. J. B. Above Swalwell, in willows—J. H. January— 
May. 

2. N. arisea, Linn. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 33. 
Gibside, in June.—7’. J. B. 
3. N. sorprpa, Fab. 
Heer, Fn. Col. Helv., i., 395.—N. depressa, Steph. Lllust., 
Mand., ii1., 33. 

Skins, dead animals, Fungi, &c. ; Tyneside and elsewhere.— 

J. H. Gibside.—ZT7’. J. B. May—September. 
4. N. coton, Linn. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 34.—Curtis, Brit. Ent., pl. 675. 

Not very common. Sea-coast in April—Z. J. B. Tyneside, 
above Dunston, with the next, in May.—J. H. 

5. N. piscorpea, Fab. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 34. 

“Twizell.,—P. J. Selby, Hsg. Tyneside, &., abundant. 
May and June. 

VOL. I. M 


82 CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF 


6. N. prpustunata, Linn. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 35. 
“Twizell."—P. J. Selby, sq. Tyneside, in May.—J. H. 
7. N. opscura, Fab. 
Heer, Fn. Col. Helv. i. 395.—N. rufipes, Steph. I1lust., 
Mand., iii., 35. 
One specimen with the preceding.—J. 7. 
8. N. optonea, Herbst. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 36. 
“Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Esq. 
9. N. opsoueta, Mab. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 38. 
On the flowers of Viburnwm opulus, near Dunston, and at 
Gibside—J. H. On Fungi, Prudhoe, in June.—Z. J. B. 
10. N. pepressa, J//. 
Heer, Fn. Col. Helv., i., 399.—N. estiva, Steph. Illust., 
Mand., iii., 37% 
Common in flowers. June. 
11. N. pusruia,-Z7/. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., iu., 39.—Heer. Fn. Col. Helv., i., 
00: 
Under bark, Ouseburn Dean, in April —Z’. J. B. 
12. N. pyemma, Cyl. . 
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 119. 
Under bark of Scotch pine, on the Team, Ravensworth, in 
March.— J. H. <A good species. 
91. Srronerius, Herbst. 
1. S. rervipus, Oliv. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., 111., 43. 
“Twizell.,—P. J. Selby, Esq. 
2. S. rerruernevs, Lad. 
Steph. Lllust., Mand., iii., 44. 
“ Gibside."—G. Wailes, Hsq. 
92. Campra, Kirby. 
1. C. urna, Herbst. 
Steph. Ilust., Mand., ii1., 44. 
“Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Esq. Gibside and Winlaton Mill, 


NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 83 


on the flowers of the white thorn and meadowsweet. June— 
August. 
93. Meticetuss, Kirby. 
1. M. rurrpss, Linn. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 45.—Nitidula rufipes, Heer, Fn. 
Col. Helv., 1., 401. 

Cocken, on the flowers of brambles—lr. Albany Hancock. 
On the flowers of hawthorn, near Dunston, Swalwell, and Gib- 
side—J. H. Gosforth, in August.—7. J. B. 

My specimens are a small variety, with the margins of the 
thorax concolorous, and the legs piceous.—J. H. 

2. M. viripescens, ab. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 46.—M. ceruleus, Marsh., Ib. 1. ¢. 

In flowers, common. 

3. M. anzus, Fad. 
Steph. Manual, No. 964.—M. Urtice, Steph. Lllust., Mand., 
ii., 47. 
In flowers, common. 
4, M. pepicunarivs, Linn. + 
Steph. Ilust., Mand., ii1., 47. 
In flowers, common. 
5. M. susrucosus, Gyll ? 
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 48 ? 
“wizell.,—P. J. Selby, Esq. 
6. M. eryturRopus, Marsh. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 49. 
“Mwizell."—P. J. Selby, Esq. 
{ 94. Carpoputius, Leach. 
{1. C. nemrprervs, Linn. 
Steph. Ilust., Mand., u1., 51. 
An imported species, frequently found in raw sugar, figs, &c. 
95. Careretes, Herbst. 
1. C. Brpustuatus, Payk. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 51. 

On the spikes of Carew pendula, banks of the Derwent, above 
Winlaton Mill, and of C. paniculata, on the Wear, above South 
wick.—J. H. 


84 CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF 


2. C. pEpIcuLARIUS, Linn. 
Steph. Lllust., Mand., ii1., 52. 

“Twizell..—P. J. Selby, Hsq. Near Newcastle—7Z. J. B. 
3. C. urtica, Fab. 

Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 52. 
On the nettle, common. 
4, C. ruFiLasris, Latr. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 54.—C. Junci, Kirby, Lb., 1. c.—C. 
nitidus, Kirby, l. c., 53.—C. rubicundus, Heer, Yn. Col. 
Helv., i., 411.—C. pallidus, 70., 7. c. 

In damp situations, rare. “Twizell..—P. J. Selby, Esq. 
Long Benton.—7. J. B. Gibside.—J. H. 

After examining a considerable number of specimens, I am 
convinced that the synonymes cited belong to one species. It is 
first entirely testaceous or fuscous, then the head, thorax, and 
tip of the elytra are piceous, with the apex of the abdomen red, 
and finally the upper surface deepens to a glossy black, with the 
front of the head alone rufous. The less depth of puncturing 
alluded to by Dr. Heer, in his C. pallidus, is a characteristic of 
immaturity in most of the Coleoptera—J. H. : 

96. Bytrurus, Latr. 
1. B. romentosus, ab. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 80.—Curt., Brit. Ent., pl. 618. 

On the flowers of the mountain ash, raspberry, and the bram- 
ble, frequent. When found on the mountain ash, it isin general 
more deeply coloured. 


Famity 4. ENGIDA, Mac Leay. 


Sus-ramiLy 1. TrocositipEs, Westw. 


97. Ips, Herbst. 


1. IL. quapriauttata, Lab. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., ii., 93. 
Under bark of oak, and decayed bird cherry, above Winlaton 
Mill—J. H. March—May. 
2. I. euapripunctata, Herbst. 
Steph. Ilust., Mand., iii., 94.—Curt. Brit. Ent. pl. 306. 


NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 85 


Under bark of ash, Gibside, in February.—J/. H. Bark of 
felled Scotch Fir, Gosforth, in June.—7. J. B. 


Sus.—G. PrrvopHacts, Shack. 
3. I. rurrvucrea, Linn. 
Steph. Itlust., Mand., 111., 94. 
“Mwizell."—P. J. Selby, Esq. Under bark of felled Scotch 
fir, Gosforth, in June.—Z7". J. B. 
$98. Trogosrra, Labr. 
t1. T. mavriranica, Lien. 
Steph. Ilust., Mand., iv., 221.—Curt. Brit. Ent. pl., 734. 

Common in shops and warehouses. Imported in rice, &c., from 
the Hast Indies. 

99. Ruyzopuagus, Herost. 
1. R. rerrveineus, Payk. 
Steph. Ltlust., Mand., iii., 100. 

“Under bark of felled beeches, in Meldon Park, in April, and 
in Dec., 1830.”—G. Wailes, Esq. “Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Esq. 
Beneath bark of felled Scotch fir, Gosforth; common,—Z’. J. B. 
2. R. cyntinpricus, Steph. 

Steph. Illust., Mand., 111., 100. 

“Twizell."—P. J.Selby, Esq. 

3. R. pepressus, Mab. 
Steph. Manual, No. 1130. 

Rare; beneath bark of felled Scotch fir, Gosforth, in June and 
July.—Z. J. B. 

4, R. cyanreennis, Hardy. 
Hardy, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., xix., 379. 

A single specimen under the bark of alder, on the southern 
bank of the Derwent, between Winlaton Mill, and Gibside 
woods, in June. 

Dr. Schaum (Zoologist, 1877, 1888 ), has referred this species 
doubtfully to R. ceruleus of Watlt, but as I have not had the oppor- 
tunity of consulting that author’s description, I must still leave 
it as a matter of uncertainty.—J. H. 

5. R. nurus, Marsh. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 100. 


86 CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF 


“Twizell.".—P. J. Selby, Esq. 
6. R. pispar, Payk. 

Steph. Illust., Mand., 11., 101. 

Common under bark of decayed and felled trees. The larvee 
lie often as thick as fly-blow. 

7. R. srpustuiatus, Lab. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., iii., 101.—Cerylon, bipustulatum, 
Curt. Brit. Ent. pl., 579. 

Under bark; “'Twizell.,.—P. J. Selby, Esq. Ravensworth, 
Swalwell, Gibside.—J. H. 

100. Ceryton, Latr. 
1. C. nistERomDEs, Panz. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 96. 

Very rare; under bark of mountain ash, near Ravensworth, in 
spring.—J. H. 

101. Monoroma, Herbst. 
1. M. prcrprs, Herbst. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 102. 

Woolsington, in August, and common on hot bed frames at 
Long Benton, from May to July—Z7. J. £. Ravenswerth and 
Gibside.—J. H. 

2. M. aneustata, Marsh. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., i11., 102. 

With the preceding, but less abundant.—7Z. J. B. Ravens- 
worth.—J. H. 

102. Crypropuacts, Herbst. 
1. C. popunt, Payk. 
Steph. Ilust., Mand., iii., 74.—Curt. Brit. Ent. pl. 160. 

“wizell.”"—P. J. Selby, Esq. 

2. C. cettaris, Mab. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 77.—Heer, Pn. Col. Helv., i. 424. 

Houses and cellars, common. 

The elytra are very minutely punctulate. 

3. CO. scanicus, Linn. 
Heer, Fn. Col. Helv., i, 424, non autem Engis scanicus, 
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 92.—C. humeralis, Steph, 
Lllust., Mand., iii., 74. 


NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 87 


“Mwizell."—P. J. Selby, Esq. Not uncommon in houses, 
Newcastle ; near Dunston; wood edges, above Swalwell, Axwell 
Park, and Gibside. June. 

Shaped exactly like C. cellaris, but with the elytra more 
strongly punctured, 

4, ©. asretis, Payk. 
Steph. Ilust., Mand., iii., 77—Heer, Fn. Col. Helv., 1., 425. 
C. Ullicis, Kirby, Steph. Illust., Mand., iui., 76. 

On furze, common, and also in fir plantations. 

I have seen no type of O. Abietis, but by comparing the de- 
scriptions, I do not find any essential distinction between it and 
C. Ulicis, except the “obscure tooth” said to be in the sides of 
the latter. It may be gathered that both have slender antenne, 
and the thorax narrowed behind, with the breadth anteriorly 
somewhat exceeding the length. The anterior angle of the tho- 
rax, on each side, is produced into an obtuse lobe, which is tooth- 
ed posteriorly, but behind that there is nothing worthy of the 
name of tooth, that I can trace. It is, moreover, a fact, that the 
species so abundant on the furze, is often, equally numerous, on 
the spruce fir—J. H. 

5. C. rumatus, Marsh. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 76.—Heer, Fn. Col. Helv., i., 426. 

“ Twizell.”—P. J. Selby, Hsq. Under bark near Ravensworth 
and Swalwell, in autumn and spring.—J. H. Cellars, Newcas- 
tle—T. J. B. 

Smaller than C. cellaris, rather more strongly punctate, and 
more deeply coloured, with the thorax subquadrate, the elytra 
parallel, the antenne shorter and rather stouter. 

6. C. SCUTELLATUS, Newm. 
Newman, Ent. Mag.,u., 202.— Steph. [llust., Mand., v., 408, 

“Tn the collection of G. Wailes, Esq.” U. ¢. 

Mr. Wailes has informed me that the type of this species was 
an individual specimen, not now in his possession. I have two 
specimens that appear referrible to it, though differing slightly 
in colouring. They are about the size of C. Abvetis, with the head 
and thorax dark fuscous, dullish, rather minutely and thickly 
punctured, griseous pubescent; the latter quadrate, with a small 


88 CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF 


lobe at the anterior angles, furnished posteriorly with a tooth, 
and there is a minute denticulation in the middle of the 
sides. The elytra are slightly wider than the thorax, rather con- 
vex, the sides sub-parallel, tip conical, scutellum and a cloud 
along the suture, behind it dark fuscous, the rest testaceous 
brown, somewhat shining, thickly and very minutely punctulate, 
and bearing a short griseous pubescence. Antenne short, with a 
moderate sized club, as well as the legs, rufous. If it be only a 
variety it comes nearest C. fumatus, of which Marsham has made 
the remark, “modo testaceum, modo ferrugineum, modo nigro- 
ferrugineum.” My specimens were taken under a stone near 
South Shields, and under rubbish, on the Team, near Ravens- 
worth, in March.—/. 7. 
103. AnruEeropHaaus, Megerle. 
1. A. PALLENS, Linn. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 72. 

On the flowers of Umbellifere. “Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Esq. 
Gibside, Axwell, near Dunston, &c., in August. 
2. A. stuaceus, Herbst. 

Steph. Ilust., Mand., i., 73. 

Twizell."—P. J. Seiby, Esq. On the flowers of Angelica syl~ 
vestris, in a wood to the west of Winlaton, and in Gibside 
woods.—J. H. September. Long Benton, in August, and at 
Gosforth, amongst tares, in September.—7’. J. B. 


SuB-FaMILy 2. CucusipEs, Westw. 
$104. Cucusus, Fab. 
+1. C. montitcornis, Marsh. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., iv., 223. 
Abundant in a grain warehouse at Shields. It has also been 
noticed in rice imported from the East Indies—7’. J. B. 


Faminy 5. MYCETOPHAGIDA, Westu. 


105. Trerratoma, Herbst. 
1. T. runcorum, Herbst. 
Steph. Itlust. Mand., iii., 91. 
“Twizell."—-P. J. Selby, Lsq. 


NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 89 


2. T. ancora, Fab. 
Gyll. Ins. Suec., ii, 555.—Curt. Brit. Hnt., pl. 123.— 
Steph. Illust., Mand., iti., 91—Hardy, Ber. Club Proc., 
i., 194.—Tetratoma picta, Vewman, Ent. Mag., u., 202. 
—Steph. Illust., Mand., v., 408. 

“Tn Mr. Wailes’ collection.”—Stephens, J. ¢. 

A motley insect. Mr. Newman’s description of 7. picta ex- 
actly coincides with Gyllenhal’s var. 6. 

106, PuHuoropninus, Waterh. 
1. P. epwarpsu, Waterh. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 81, pl. xviii., f. 1—P, Cooperi, 
Ib. 1. ¢., 82.—P. bimaculatus, Lb. 7. ©. 

One specimen under the bark of beech, on the edge of the first 
wood on the Derwent, nearest Swalwell, in February.—J/. H. 

The specimen, strictly speaking, agrees with P. Cooperi, but 
the three species described by Stephens, appear to be only one, 
with variations created, as in Z'etratoma ancora, by a changeable 
disposition of colouring.—J. H. 

107. Typuma, Kirby. 
1. T. rumata, Linn. 
Curt. Brit. Ent., pl. 702.—Steph. Manual, No. 1069. 

“Twizell.”"—P. J. Selby, sq. Axwell, by sweeping.—Z". J.B. 

108. Mycrtma, Kirby. 
1. M. rumata, Marsh. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 80, pl. xvii., f. 1—Atomaria 
hirta, Steph., U. ¢., i., 66.—Mycetea hirta, Curt. Brit. 
Lnt., pl. 502.—Steph. Manual, No. 1030.—( Westwood’s 
Synopsis, 14 ). 

In cellars, Newcastle and Gateshead, and on a hot bed at Long 
Benton ; found at all seasons. 

As might be surmised from its haunts, its habits are noctur- 
nal. Unless under the incitement of the summer temperature, 
it rarely ventures out till evening, when it issues forth with 
Latridir, Cryptophagi, and other lovers of gloom. Like them its 
food is mucor. | 

109. Atomarra, Kirby. 
i, WN PHHOGASTER, Warsh. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., ii., 65. 
VOL. I. N 


90 CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF 


In Fungi, at Gibside—Z. J. B. Woods above Winlaton 
Mill, and at Ravensworth J. H. April—August. 

2. A. aTRICAPILLA, Kirby. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., 111., 66. 

Not uncommon among moss, roots of grass, &c., at the borders 
of woods, &c. ; Gibside, Swalwell, Ravensworth, South Shields, 
Hartlepool.—J. 7. 

3. A. NIGRIPENNIS, Payk. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 67. 

Cellars, Newcastle, throughout the year.—7’. J. B. 

A. castanea, Kirby, appears to be the immature state of this 
species. | 
4. A. atra, Herbst. 

Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 67. 

Under rubbish, and occasionally in carcases, &e. “ Twizell.” 
—P. J. Selby, Hsq. Swalwell, Gibside, Ravensworth, Shields, 
&c.—J. H. Long Benton, &e.—7. J. B. 

The male is smaller and narrower. 

5. A. Fruscrpgs, Gtyll. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 68. 

On the sea coast at Hartley ; at Gibside, Shotley Bridge, cc. 
—T. J. B. 

6. A. rimetarius, Lab. 
Heer, Fn. Col. Helv., i., 429.—A. rufipes, Steph. Illust., 
Mand., iii., 68 2 

Gibside.—J. H. 

Antenne stout, elytra oblong, deeply punctate, somewhat as 
in A. atra, rather thickly griseous pubescent. 

7, A. nuricornis, Marsh. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 68. 
“Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Esq. 
8. A. niartRostris, Kirby. 
Steph., Illust., Mand., 111., 69.—A. alpina, Cheurier, Heer, 
Ln. Col. Helv., 1., 430. 
Two specimens, wood border, above Swalwell.—J. 7. 
9, A. wiariventTRIs, Kirby ? 
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 691—A. nitidula, Heer, Pn. 
Col. Helv., 1.,429 4 


NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 91 


Gibside.—J. H. 
Much resembling A. fimetarius, but narrower, and more mi- 
nutely and thickly punctate. 
110. Anisarturta, Waterh. 
1. A. perpustnia, Marsh. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 62. 
Hot bed at Long Benton, in profusion—Z’. J. £. Moss from 
Ravensworth and Gibside—J. H. April—October. 
111. Tricnopreryx, Kirby. 
1. T. atomaria, De Geer. 
Steph. Ilust., Mand., iii., 60. 
Common under dead leaves, in moss, Fungi, and on the sea- 
coast under alge. 
2. T. pusinia, Gyll. 
Steph. [llust., Mand., iii., 60. 
“ Twizell.”"—P. J. Selby, Esq. 
3. T. minuta, Steph. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 61. 
“Twizell.”—P. J. Selby, Esq. 
4, T. prunnea, Marsh. 
Anisarthria brunnea, Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 64.—Mo- 
nual, No. 125. 
In decayed wood, Gibside, Winlaton Mill, &e.—J. H. 
Examined under a high magnifying power, the following cha- 
racters are presented : oblong, flattish, shining, pubescent; head 
and thorax brunneous black, with the edges piceous, coarsely 
and widely punctate, the latter narrowed at the base; elytra ob- 
long, subtruncate at the apex, testaceous, coarsely and irregular- 
ly punctate; legs and antenne testaceous. It belongs to Heer’s 
second division of the genus.—J. H. 
112. HonopoparameEcus, Curtis. 
tl. H. pepressus, Curt. 
Curt. Ent. Mag., i, 186.—Brit. Ent., pl. 614.—Steph. 
Lllust., Mand., v., 410. 
Two specimens, in a shop window, Newcastle.—Z. J. B. 
An imported species. Mr. Westwood has is it from Sierra 
Leone. 


92 CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF 


113. Sttvanus, Zatr. 
tl. S. surinamensts, Linn. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 104., note. 

Common in shops and warehouses, but imported in rice, sugar, 
Xe. 

12. S. penratus, Marsh. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., 111.,.104., note. 

Equally abundant with the preceding, and like it imported. 
3. 8. uNIDENTATUS, ab. 

Steph. Ilust., Mand., iii., 105. 
On cheese covered with Fungi, Newcastle—Z". J. B. 
114. Larrinvius, Herbst. 
1. L. tarpartus, De Greer. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 111. 

Among nettles, &e. : “ Twizell.”—P. J. Selby, Esy. Shields, 
Long Benton, Gibside, Prudhoe, Swalwell, Ravensworth, Sunder- 
land, Hartlepool. 

2. L. anausticouutis, Schip. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., i., 111. 

Three specimens among Carices in the marshes of the Wear, 
above Southwick.—J. H. 

3. L. TRANSVERSUS, Oliv. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 112. 

“Twizell.,—P. J. Selby, Hsq. Not uncommon by the bor- 
ders of fields, &c. Gibside, Swalwell, Long Benton, Shields, de. 
4. L. porcatus, Herbst. 

Steph. Lllust., Mand., 111., 113. 
Common in cellars and houses, and occasionally under bark. 
On decayed flowers of hawthorn, above Winlaton Mill. 
5. L. restacnous, Waterh. 
Steph. IMust., Mand., ii1., 14. 
“Twizell.”"—P. J. Selby, Esq. 
115. Corticarta, Marsh. 
1. C. pussscens, J7U. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 106. 
On the coast, at Marsden, on Ammophila arundinacea, under 


NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 93 


stones, and in grass fields, Gateshead, Swalwell, Gibside. March, 
and June. 
2. C. crenuLata, Schiip. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., i11., 107. 
“Twizell."—P. J. Selby, Esq. 
3. C. LINEARIS, Payk ? 
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 108 % 

Three specimens at Gateshead.—J. H. 

Agrees pretty closely with the descriptions, but the interstices 
appear to be rather punctured than rugulose. Specimens in 
Mr. Walker's collection, taken near London, do not present any 
difference. 

4, ©. rerrucinea, Marsh. 
Steph. Itlust., Mand., i11., 108. 

In houses, Newcastle, and on boards around a hot-bed at Long 
Benton.—7Z. J. B. Borders of woods, Swalwell, Winlaton Mill, 
Gibside, be.—J. H. May—August. 

5. O. erpposa, Herbst. 
Steph. Itlust., Mand., ii., 109. 

On furze, and at wood borders: Gibside, Ravensworth, Swal- 
well—J. H. Long Benton.—Z. J. B. 

6. C. TRANSVERSALIS, Schiip. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., 111., 109. 

Prestwick Car, Winlaton Mill, Gibside, &c—J. H.  Sea- 
coast, near Hartley, in July.—Z. J. B. 


Famity 6. DERMESTID A, Leach. 


116. Dermestss, Linn. 


1. D. tarparius, Linn. 
Steph. Lllust., Mand., 11i., 121.—Curtis, Brit. H'nt., pl. 682. 
“Newcastle.” W. C. Hewitson, Esq. In houses and shops, 
common. 
2. D. murinus, Linn. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., iii., 122. 
Shops, &c., in Newcastle. At a dead dog, Long Benton.— 
Ts B: 


94 CATALOGUE OF THE INSEOTs, &c 


$3. D. vuupinus, fab. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., ui., 123. 
“Twizell.,—P. J. Selby, Esq. Newcastle.—TZ. J. B. 
117. Avracenus, Latr. 
1. A. prLuio, Linn. 
Steph. Illust., Mand., i11., 126. 
“ Meldon Park.”—G Wailes, Hsq. Long Benton, Neweas 
Boldon, &c.—Z. J. B. April—September. 
118. AnrHrenvs, Geof. 
1. A. MusEorUM, Linn. 
Steph. Illust. Mand., i1i., 129. 
“ Gibside, on flowers.” —G@. Wailes, Esq. 


(95 ) 


ABSTRACT 


OF 


PAPERS COMMUNICATED TO DIFFERENT MEETINGS, 


NOT PRINTED IN THE BODY OF THE WORK. 


At the July meeting, Mr. Hardy read notices of some entomo- 
logical excursions. Mr. H.’s object was to record the occurrence 
of some insects, rare in the district of the Club’s operations, with 
notices of their habits. The insects were principally observed or 
collected in the marshes which lie between Hylton Castle and 
Southwick, on the north side of the Wear, a mile or two above 
Sunderland. These marshes are liable to frequent inundations> 
and consequently afford few coleoptera excepting those of semi- 
aquatic habits. Mr. Hardy visited the place in the beginning of 
» June, and found the number of species of insects very limited, and, 
excepting in one instance, the number of individuals. Insects 
belonging to the order Diptera were the most numerous. Mr. 
Hardy met with Ophonus pubescens, which, as he had not taken 
it before, was interesting. It was extremely local, being confined 
to the circuit of a few yards, on a rather drier spot than the rest 
of the locality. On this place he found it by turning over some 
broken bricks, and by digging in the soil underneath, he found it 
in considerable numbers; it occurred also among the matted tufts 
of the Thrift. Those which he found amongst the soil were pale 
yellow, having but lately emerged from the pupa, which he found 
also in some numbers. Mr. H. mentioned that although confined 
to very narrow bounds in the places where it occurs, neverthe- 
less it 1s a widely dispersed insect, occurring in most parts of the 
island. 

Mr. Hardy mentioned in the same paper some of the habits of 
Brachyopa tricolor, a rare British fly, which he had met with near 


96 ABSTRACT OF COMMUNICATIONS. 


Gibside, in the County of Durham. It is a bolder insect than 
many of its congeners, suffering a near approach before it rises, 
and soon returns to the place from whence it had been disturbed. 
This species also, instead of retiring along with the sun, remains 
abroad till sometime after sunset. This habit Mr. Hardy also 
also observed in Pachyta octo-maculata. Mr. H. verified the 
observations of St. Fargeau on some of the habits of the Zen- 
thredinide, having caught several species preying on other in- 
sects. After several observations on the abundance or scarcity 
of insects generally, this season, he concluded by noticing the 
capture of two specimens of Bombus Skrimshirianus, which is 
accounted one of our rarer large bees, but Mr. H. mentioned that 
he had frepuently met both with it and its nest in Berwickshire. 
At the September meeting, Mr. Hardy read some notes on 
the habits of the Horse Leech (Hamopsis sanguisuga ), in which 
he stated, that he had verified by observation, what had been 
formerly stated respecting this animal, that the common earth- 
worm appeared to be its ordinary food. Mr. H. also mentioned 
some species of plants in which he had observed monstrosities 
more than usually remarkable. Of Dactylis glomerata, he ex- 
hibited and described very extraordinary viviparous heads. 


(97) 


V.—A Catalogue of the Mollusca of Northumberland and 
Durham. By Josuvua ALDER. 


[The preparation of this Catalogue was entrusted to a 
Sub-committee of the Club, consisting of JosepH Harrison 
Fryer, Anpany Hancock, and Josuua ALpER, and has been 
drawn up by the latter with the assistance of the two former. 
The names of the Sub-committee are indicated in the Catalogue 
by their initials. | 


SzvERAL partial notices of the Mollusca, or, to speak more cor- 
rectly, of the Shells of Northumberland and Durham, have from 
time to time appeared. The earliest is that of Wallis in the 
“Natural History and Antiquities of Northumberland,” published 
in 1769. This work contains an account of 45 species and va- 
rieties, rather vaguely designated, after the fashion of the older 
naturalists, but most of which can be easily recognised. They 
consist principally of the most common and conspicuous species. 
No further contributions to the conchology of these counties 
appeared till 1816, when Sir Cuthbert Sharp published in his 
“History of Hartlepool,” a pretty extensive list of the shells of 
that locality. This list appears to have been very carefully 
drawn up according to the best information of the time, but a 
few species have inadvertently been admitted into it, such as 
Venus chione, Cardiwm aculeatum, Buccinum lineatum, and 
Strombus costatus, which are certainly not inhabitants of our 
coast, and must either have come there by chance, or, what is 
more probable, other species somewhat similar in appearance 
have been taken for them. Several species in addition to 
Sir Cuthbert Sharp’s list were given by Mr. Hogg, in his 
“Natural History of the Vicinity of Stockton.” In 1822, 
Mr. Winch published a Catalogue of the Shells found at 
Lindisfarne, in the “Annals of Philosophy”; stated to be 
principally furnished by a lady. It was afterwards re- 
VOL. I. 0 


98 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA 


printed in Raine’s “History of North Durham.” Here also one 
or two species appear to have been included by mistake, but, 
upon the whole, it is a pretty correct enumeration of the princi- 
pal shells found on that part of the coast. A “Catalogue of the 
Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of the vicinity of Newcastle,” by 
the writer of this notice, was published in our “ Natural History 
Society’s Transactions” in 1830, to which a Supplement was 
added in 1838. More recently, the contributions of Mr. William 
King, late curator of the Newcastle Museum, and of Mr. Richard 
Howse, to the “ Annals of Natural History” have illustrated several 
of our rarer species. The excellent papers of Dr. Johnston on 
the Mollusca of Berwick Bay, published in the “Berwickshire 
Club Proceedings,” may also be mentioned as coming’ partially 
within the limits of this Catalogue. 

So much having already appeared in this department, it may 
be supposed that little remains to be done in order to give a 
complete list of the Mollusca of the two counties. It will be 
observed, however, that scarcely any notices of the naked or 
shell-less Mollusca have been included in these contributions, 
and that in the lists of shells, the minute and less conspicuous 
kinds, which form a considerable portion of the whole, have been 
generally overlooked. We have been anxious, too, rather to give 
the result of our own observations, and to verify by personal 
observation the species already published, than to make a com- 
pilation from old materials, did these contain a greater propor- 
tion of our Molluscan Fauna than they really do. The attention 
that we have paid for several years to the productions of this 
coast, together with the kind assistance of our friends, has en- 
abled us to add largely to the materials already published. 

The arrangement here adopted is that of Cuvier ; but so much 
has been done since his time, especially towards the attainment 
of a knowledge of the animal inhabitants of shells, upon which 
any arrangements claiming to be natural must necessarily be 
based, that we have been obliged to make several modifications 
to meet the requirements of modern science. We are fully aware 
of the imperfections of many parts of this arrangement as it now 
stands, but we prefer, in the present transition state of the 


OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 99 


science, to adhere in the main to some system already established, 
rather than to introduce changes that may not stand the test of 
further experience. : 

A spirit of rigid criticism is now abroad on the nomenclature 
of natural history, which makes it necessary to examine into the 
priority of each individual synonym in the genera and species: 
This we have done to the best of our ability and means; and we 
must acknowledge the great assistance we have derived in this 
respect from the excellent little Synopsis of the Swedish and 
Norwegian Mollusca lately published by Professor Lovén, of 
Stockholm, entitled “ Index Molluscorum litora Scandinaviz Oc- 
cidentalia habitantium.” as well as from his obliging communi- 
cations. Our acknowledgments are equally due to Mr. Sylvanus 
Hanley for his kind assistance in identifying several of the Lin- 
neean species; an assistance which his laborious and critical ex- 
amination of the Linnean Cabinet renders him peculiarly able 
to afford.* 

Had there been any work which we could have taken as a 
text book, our task in drawing up this Catalogue would have 
been comparatively light, but at present no such work on Bri- 
tish Mollusca exists, though the desideratum is in the course of 
being supplied by the “ History of British Mollusca and their 
Shells” by Professor E. Forbes and Mr. Hanley, one or two parts 
of which have already appeared; but as it will not be completed 
for three years, we shall not be able to avail ourselves of it on 
the present occasion. 

As our Catalogue is exclusively confined to the Mollusca, three 
classes of Testaceous animals that have usually appeared in British 
works on shells do not find a place in these pages ; these are, the 
Foraminifera, the Oirrhipoda, and the Yestaceous Annelida. 
Modern investigations have proved that these belong to entirely 
different departments of the animal kingdom, to which they 
must now be assigned—the first to Zoophytes, the second to Crus- 
tacea, and the third to Annelida. 

* Mr. Hanley is about to publish the results of this examination in a work 


exclusively devoted to the species preserved in the cabinet of Linnzus, the 
value of which every naturalist must appreciate. 


100 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA 


But if our Catalogue exclude some of the objects usually asso- 
ciated with the Mollusca, it will, on the other hand, be found 
rnore than usually extensive in two classes, which have seldom 
obtained a place in our local lists, namely, the MVudibranchiata 
and the Z’wnicata. In the latter so little has hitherto been done 
that, even with the kind assistance of of our friend Professor Hd- 
ward Forbes, we have found the greatest difficulty in referring 
our species to any of those already described, and it has conse- 
quently become necessary to publish descriptions of many of them. 

The coast over which our observations extend, is in some re- 
spects not particularly favourable for the production of molluscous 
animals; possessing none of those sinuosities and sheltered bays 
within which these animals generally find the conditions most 
favourable to their development. The coast line of Northum- 
berland and Durham is, on the contrary, bare and exposed, and 
the sea beats upon its shores much more roughly than in most of 
the localities celebrated for their marine productions. It is 
nevertheless not without some advantages. Its extensive sands 
are unmixed with shingle, and consequently afford a suitable 
habitation for many bivalves ; which, however, are nearly ex- 
tirpated on some of the most frequented parts of the coast, 
From the nature of the strata, too, the rocks do not dip very ab- 
ruptly into the sea, but run out at a very slight inclination, 
leaving a great extent of surface at low tides, accessible to the 
naturalist, and not unproductive of marine animals. In the 
inland portion of the country the surface is a good deal diver- 
sified, but upon the whole it is rather too hilly, particularly in 
the western parts, to be very productive of the land and fresh- 
water Mollusca, which are generally thinly scattered in upland and 
exposed situations. The vallies, however, produce not an incon- 
siderable number of the land species: these abound most on 
limestone, and a few species are nearly confined to that descrip- 
tion of rock. Owing to the small extent of marshes and ditches, 
in addition to the lower temperature, the fresh-water species are 
much less abundant here than in the south of England. 

The generalizations of Professor E. Forbes, in his able Paper on 
the Northern Drift, published in the “ Memoirs of the Geological 


OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 101 


Survey of Great Britain,’ have demonstrated the use of local 
Faunas like the present, in furnishing materials for working out 
some of the most interesting problems that Natural History af- 
fords ; but for the true solution of problems of this kind, it is not 
only necessary that local Catalogues should be as complete as 
possible in the productions of the district, but that care should 
also be taken not to introduce species by mistake, or on imper- 
fect evidence, which might give a false idea of their geographi- 
cal range, and vitiate the generalizations founded upon them, 
Impressed with this conviction, we have been particularly care- 
ful in scrutinizing the earlier published Catalogues, and com- 
paring them with the geographical limits of species as far as already 
known ; in doing this, we have been led to reject some species 
only found in a dead state, which deference to previous authori- 
ties might otherwise have induced us to retain. 

One source of error, which, without great care, is likely to vi- 
tiate our Fauna, is the quantity of shells brought in ballast by 
the coal ships. This ballast, dredged in the rivers and harbours 
of the south of England, is, in consequence of the dues payable 
for its deposit on shore, frequently cast overboard at sea, and 
shells from it are occasionally washed up on the adjoining sands. 
We have endeavoured to ascertain as far as possible what shells 
are attributable to this source, but we cannot be sure that in every 
case we have succeeded. 

The exposed nature of the coast is not favourable to the use of 
the dredge, and consequently very few explorations have been 
made with that useful aid to the naturalist. Our own exploits 
in that way, we must confess to have been nearly complete failures, 
owing principally to our inability to stand the exposure and mo- 
tion of an open sea. Mr. King and Mr. Howse have made at- 
tempts at deep water dredging, on the cod-fishing grounds at a 
considerable distance from the shore, the results of which have 
appeared in the “Annals of Natural History.” Though these can 
scarcely be called successful, there cannot be a doubt that under 
more favourable circumstances excellent results might be ob- 
tained from deep-water dredging off our coast, but the expense 
and discomfort of the undertaking, as prosecuted in the fishing 


102 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA 


‘boats, together with the great uncertainty of the weather when 
the grounds are reached, are drawbacks which will prevent its 
being often attempted. A trial made by Mr. Howse of dredging 
in fifteen to twenty fathoms water, undertaken for the purpose of 
gaining information for this Catalogue, has been attended with 
better success, as the notices of species obtained by it will 
shew. 

The Molluscan Fauna of the coast of Northumberland and Dur- 
ham partakes, as might be expected, much more of the characters 
of that of northern Europe than of more southern latitudes. On 
comparing it with the “Index Molluscorum” of Lovén, we find 
that about half the species of our Catalogue are inhabitants of the 
Scandinavian shores, whilst scarcely a fifth part are to be found 
in the Mediterranean. In both cases the greater proportion are 
bivalves. Dr. Philippi enumerates about one hundred and fifty* 
marine species, common to Britain and Sicily, but not more than 
a third of them reach our north-eastern shores, and it is curious 
that none of the latter are really southern forms, they being near- 
ly all of a cosmopolite character and equally common to the 
north of Europe. Compared with the British Fauna our coast 
affords more than half the number of species found on the shores 
of Great Britain and Ireland. The species most characteristic of 
our locality are,— 


Bullea pectinata,, Natica Montagui, 
quadrata, helicoides, 
Bulla Cranchii, Groenlandica, 
Amphisphyra hyalina, Margarita helicina, 
Fusus Norvegicus, Nucula tenuis, 
Turtoni, Modiola nigra, 
Islandicus, Astarte compressa, 
Barvicensis, Nera cuspidata, 
Velutina plicatilis, Panopzea Norvegica. 


Scalaria Trevelyana, 


* We limit our comparisons here to the marine Mollusca, as the geographi- 
cal distribution of the land and fresh water species has been treated of else 
where.—Sce Newc. Nat. Hist. Trans.—Forbes in Brit. Assoc. Report, 1839,— 
and Gray’s Turton’s Manual. 


OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 103 


Fusus antiquus and gracilis, Cyprina Islandica, and Modiola 
vulgaris, from their size and frequent occurrence, form a conspi- 
cuous part of our Fauna, but their general diffusion through 
most of the British seas prevents our considering them as charac- 
teristic of this locality. These species, however, are rare on the 
southern coast of England. Of northern forms, whose absence 
is deserving of remark, perhaps the most conspicuous is Lottia 
testudinalis, so widely spread in northern latitudes and abundant 
on many parts of the west of Scotland, as well as in Ireland and 
Wales. This species does not appear to inhabit any part of the 
eastern coast of Britain. Other northern species, not uncommon 
on the western shores of Scotland, are also absent here ; of these 
we may mention Lima hyans, Terebratula caput-serpentis, Cra- 
mia anomala, Pecten niveus, and nebulosus, Leda pygmea and 
Margarita carnea. The following south of England species do 
not occur with us,— 


Bulla hydatis, Ovula patula, 
Eulima polita, Fissurella reticulata, 
Scalaria clathratula, Calyptrea Chinensis, 
Truncatella Montagui, Modiola Gibbsii, 
Tanthina fragilis, Arca lactea, 
Rissoa crenulata, Cardium aculeatum, 
striatula, exiguum, 
Phasianella pullus, Cytherea chione, 
Trochus umbilicatus, Tellina depressa, 
striatus, Petricola irus, 
crassus, Pandora obtusa, 
Pleurotoma gracilis, Galeomma Turtoni, 
septangularis, Gastrochena pholadia, 
purpurea, Pholas parva, 
Fusus muricatus, papyracea, 
Erato levis, dactylus. 


These may all be considered southern forms which have not 
reached our limits, but it is worthy of remark that some of them 
attain a much higher latitude on the western side of Great Bri- 
tain than they do on the eastern. Many others might be added, 


104 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA 


but our object at present is only to point out the most charac- 

teristic forms. The absence of a few species of more extensive 

range may be accounted for by the exposed character of the 
coast. 

Our Catalogue contains altogether 394 species, divided as fol- 

lows :— 


Cephalopoda... oi eee he ccmenrere 6 
Gasteropoda— 
Nudibranchiata, ......... 44 
Pellibranchiata,............ 1 
Inferobranchiata, ......... 
Tectibranchiata, ......... 13 
Pulmonatay vs... siete. a 80 
Pectinibranchiata,......... 92 
Scutibranchiata, ......... 3 
Cyclobranchiata, ......... 12 
Cirrhobranchiata, ......... 3 
—— 249 
Conchifera— 
Palliobranchiata, ......... 1 
Lamellibranchiata, ...... 108 
— 109 
Munigataicustaccestaemiecerc de ccemree: 30 
394 


It may be useful to give an idea of the distribution of these 
into different zones of depth, which we shall now endeavour to 
do by enumerating the most characteristic species in each zone. 
We have adopted the divisions of Professor EH. Forbes, contract- 
ing a little their limits, the better to adapt them to the condi- 
tions observable on our coast. They are as follows :— 

1. Lirrorat Zone.—Between high water-mark and the low 

water of ordinary tides. 

2. Laminarian Zone.—Between low water and 12 fathoms. 

3. CoRALLINE Zonz.—From 12 to 30 fathoms. 

4. Reaton or Deze Water.—30 fathoms and upwards. 


OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 105 


MM. Audouin and Milne Edwards, who first proposed the dis- 
tribution of marine animals into zones of depth,* have adopted 
much smaller divisions, and it would be easy to point out the 
limits of species, especially between tide marks, within much 
more contracted bounds, but the above broad and well-marked - 
features are sufficient for our present purpose. Those species 
which from their numbers give a character to the zone, we have 
denoted by italics ; those which from their rarity or partial dis- 
tribution in Britain give a character to the locality, are distin- 
guished by small capitals. 

LarroraL Zonz.—Doris tuberculata, REPANDA, bilamellata, as- 
pera; Goniodoris nodosa; Ancula cristata ; Holis papillosa, 
NANA; Odostomia spiralis ; Littorina petra, srudissima, 
rudis, littorea, retusa; Rissoa interrupta, ulve ; Lacuna 
pallidula ; Skenea planorbis; Trochus cinerareus ; Purpura 
lapillus; Coriocella tentaculata; Patella vulgata; Chiton 
marginatus; Modiola discrepans; J/ytilus edulis; Pullastra 
vulgaris, perforans ; Kellia suborbicularis ; Mya truncata, 
arenaria; Pholas crispata, candida; Cynthia rustica; Ascidia 
depressa ; Botryllus Schlossert, RuBENS ; Botrylloides Leachii. 

LAMINARIAN Zone.—Dendronotus arborescens ; Eolis olivacea, 
coronata, RUFIBRANCHIALIS, picta ; AMPHISPHYRA HYALINA, 
Rissoa parva, striata, semistriata; Lacuna vincta, var. 
quadrifasciata ; Margarita HELICINA; Turritella terebra ; 
Fusus turricula; Pleurotoma linearis, rufa; Buccinum un- 
datum, var. 3; Massa incrassata; Cyprea Europea ; VEuu- 
TINA PLICATILIS ; Lotta virginea; Patella pellucida, levis; 
Chiton fascicularis, ruBER; Modiola discrepans; Cardium 
edule ; Venus gallina; Tellina tenwis, fabula ; Syndosmya 
alba ; Mactra stultorum ; Solen siliqua, ensis. 

CoraLLineE Zone.—Polycera Lessonii ; Tritonia plebeia ; Doto 
fragilis, coronata; BULLHA PECTINATA, QUADRATA; BuLLA 
Crancuu, cylindracea; ScaLaRIA TREVELYANA; Odostomia 
interstincta; Rissoa inconspicua, punctura; Trochustumidus; 
Fusus antiquus, gracilis, PRopINQUUS, clathratus ; Buccinum 

* Recherches pour servir Al’ Histoire Naturelle du Littoral de la France, 

V. i, p. 235. 

VOL. I. P 


106 


CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA 


undatum, var. 2; Natica Aldert, Montaeur; Velutina 
levigata ; Chiton cinereus ; Nucula nucleus, tenuis; Leda 
caudata ; Modiola marmorata, NicgRA ; Cardium fasciatum ; 
Pullastra virginea ; ASTARTE comPRESSA ; Psammobia Feré- 
ensis; Syndosmya prismatica ; Mactra elliptica; NEmRA cus- 
prpata; Corbula gibba; Lyonsta Norvzartca; Cynthia tu- 
berosa, AMPULLA ; Ascidia sordida ; Molgula arenosa ; Pxr- 
LONAIA CORRUGATA. 


Derr Water Recton.—Tritonia Hombergii ; Trochus tumidus ; 


Fusus antiquus, var.; Norvecicus, Turtoni, Isuanpicus, 
gracilis, var. ; Buccinum undatum, var. 1 ; Narica Gran- 
LANDICA ; TEREBRATULA PsiTTacea ; Modiola nigra; Venus 
gallina, var. Prideauxiana; Cyprina Islandica; Astarte 
Danmonice ; Panopma Norvecica. 


Our best thanks are due to those gentlemen who have kindly 
furnished us with information for the following Catalogue ; more 
especially to the Rey. Geo. Cooper Abbes, of Cleadon ; to Mr. 
Wm. Backhouse, of Darlington; to Mr. Robert Embleton, of 
Embleton ; and to Mr. Richard Howse. 


OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 107 


MOLLUSCA. 


* CEPHALA. 


Cuass. CEPHALOPODA, Cuvier. 
Orper. DIBRANCHIATA, Owen. 


Faminy. Octopopipa, Gray. 


1. ELEDONE, Leach. 


1, E. ventricosa, Grant. 
Sepia octopoda, Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 53, t. 28, f. 44. 
Octopus ventricosus, Johns. in Berw. Club Proc. i. 197. 
Not uncommon. We once met with it thrown up in great 
abundance on Whitley sands.—A. H. 
Dr. Johnston has given an excellent description of this spe- 
cies in the Berwickshire Club Proceedings. 


Faminy. Seprapa, D’Orbigny. 
2. SEPIOLA, Leach. 


1h tsb RONDELETII, Leach. 
Sepia sepiola, Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 54, t. 29, f. 46. 
Sepiola vulgaris, Johns. in Berw. C. Proc. i. 199. 

Rather rare. Occasionally found in the stomachs of haddocks. 

“Not unfrequently caught in the shrimp nets at Seaton.”— 
Mr. Hogg. 

We have only once met with the spawn of this species. Ob- 
serving some capsules separately attached by short footstalks to 
a stone, brought in by the fishermen at Cullercoats, we carefully 
detached them with a penknife, and placed them in a phial of 
sea water. On taking a magnifier to examine our capture, we 
found several little Sepiole swimming briskly through the water 
in all directions, and the capsules lying empty at the bottom of 
the phial. The little creatures appeared to be of a blueish white; 
but, on looking again, about a minute afterwards, we found that 


108 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA 


two of them had changed to red, and others were rapidly under- 
going the same process. The change of colour in the cuttle fish 
tribe is well known to naturalists, and we, ourselves, had witness- 
ed it partially in some of the larger species, but so sudden and 
complete a change appeared like magic, and we set about ex- 
amining the process by which it was accomplished. The white in- 
dividuals, we found, on looking more closely, were covered with 
minute spots, which appeared black from the concentration of the 
colouring matter, but at the will of the animal, or some other ex- 
citing cause with which we are unacquainted, they gradually en- 
larged until they spread out into circular red blotches, the edges 
of the adjoining ones nearly touching each other, and thus chang- 
ing the general colour of the animal tored. By an inverse process 
the colour was again changed to white ; becoming red and white 
alternately several times during the day. Unfortunately they 
did not long survive. The young Sepiole on first bursting from 
the egg, appear to have the form and habits of the adult animal, 
with the exception that the tentacles are then not longer than 
the surrounding arms. The ink bag contained ink, which was 
ejected by some of the individuals before dying. 


3. LOLIGO, Lamarck. 


1. L. vunearis, Zam. (Common Calamary). 
Sepia loligo, Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 53, t. 27, f 43. 
Loligo vulgaris, Johns. in Berw. C. Proc. 1. 198. 
Not uncommon, Mr. Hogg states that they are much used 
_ for bait by the Hartlepool fishermen, who call them ten-tails. 
The spawn of the Calamary is remarkable on account of its 
peculiar form and large size in proportion to the animal. A fine 
specimen of it is preserved in the Newcastle Museum. It con. 
sists of a great number of transparent gelatinous tubes, rounded 
at one end and attached by the other to the general mass—the 
whole appearing like an immense bundle of sausages. They are 
filled with ova, each containing a single embryo. The specimen 
in the Museum appears to be in the last stage of development, 
and the young animals may be readily seen through the transpa- 
rent envelope, 


OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 109 


2. L. saaittata, Lam. 
Loligo sagittata, Flem. Brit. Anim. 253.—Johns. in Berw. C. 
Erocm11 99) 

Rather rare. Frequently cast upon South Shields sands.— 

Mr, k. Howse. 
3. L. mepra, Linn. 
Sepia media, Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 54, t. 29, f. 45. 

One specimen only of this rare species has occurred to us; 
it was caught some years ago in the salmon nets at the mouth 
of the Tyne, and presented to us by Mr. John Hancock, “Oc- 
casionally seen at Hartlepool.” —Hogg’s Wat. Hist. of Stockton. 


4, SEPIA, Linneus. 
1. 8. orrrcinauis, Linn. (Common Cuttle Fish). 
Sepia officinalis, Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 55.—Johns. in Berw. 
C. Proce. i. 200. 

The dorsal plate or bone of the common cuttle fish is occa- 
sionally cast on shore on many parts of our coast, especially to- 
wards the north ; but the animal itself is seldom met with. We 
have found it in the stomach of the cod at Cullercoats. 


Cuass. GASTEROPODA, Cuvier. 
Orper. NUDIBRANCHIATA, Cuvier. 


Famity. Doripipa, Leach. 


5. DORIS, Linneus. 
1. D. ruBercunata, Cw. 
Doris Argo, Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 43, t. 22, f. 22. 
Doris tuberculata, Johns. in Ann. Nat. Hist. i. 50, t. 2, f. 
eee: 
Frequent between tide-marks on the rocky parts of the coast. 
2. D. Jounstont, Ald. and Hane. 
Doris obvelata, Johns. in Ann. Nat. Hist. i. 52, t. 2. f. 
A, 5, 6, 7. 
Doris Johnstoni, Ald. and Hane. Mon. Nudib. Moll., fam. 1, 
pl. 5. 


110 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA 


Under stones between tide-marks, rather rare. Cullercoats 
and Newbiggin. 
3. D. repanps, Ald. and Hane. 
Doris repanda, Ald. and Hane. in Ann. Nat. Hist. ix. 32. 
Mon. Nudib. Moll., fam. 1, pl. 6. 

Not unfrequent, but local. Among rocks, at and a little 
above low-water mark, north of Cullercoats haven. Rocks near 
the church, Newbiggin. 

4, D. mera, Ald. and Hance. 
Doris mera, Ald. and Hane. in Ann. Nat. Hist. xiv. 330. 

A single specimen was found under a stone near low-water 
mark in 1844.—A. H. 

5. D. aspera, Ald. and Hane. 
Doris aspera, Ald. and Hane. in Ann. Nat. Hist. ix. 32. 

Common among rocks between tide-marks. 

6. D. BILAMELLATA, Linn. 
Doris bilamellata, Johns. in Ann. Nat. Hist. i. 53, t. 2, f. 8. 

Common under stones between tide-marks, especially in the 
spring. ‘Two varieties occur, one much larger than the other. 

7. D. pepressa, Ald. and Hane. 
Doris depressa, Ald. and Hane. in Ann. Nat. Hist. ix. 32. 

Under stones at low-water mark, Whitley ; very rare.—A. H. 
8. D. sparsa, Ald. and Hane. 

Doris sparsa, Ald. and Hane. in Ann. Nat. Hist. xvii. 293. 
Mon. Nudib. Moll., fam. 1, pl. 14. 

A single example has occurred, found on Cellepora pumicosa 

from a fishing boat, Cullercoats.—A. H. 
9. D. steLLata, Gmel. 
Doris pilosa, Johns. in Ann. Nat. Hist. i. 54, t. 2, f. 9, 10. 

Among the rocks between tide-marks and a little beyond ; not 
uncommon. ‘This species is subject to great variation in colour 
and size. Four varieties occur on this coast, viz :— 

Var. 1. Pure white. 
2. Canary yellow; rare. A few specimens occurred 
at Newbiggin in 1843.—J. A. 
3. Nearly black, or dull white spotted with black, 
through all the varieties of grey. (Doris nagri- 
cans, Flem. Brit. Anim. 283). 


OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 111 


4, Large, and generally of a pale yellowish brown. 
This variety is rare with us, but common on some 
parts of the British coast, in rather deeper water 
than the other kinds. 
10. Doris stmizis, Ald. and Hane. 
Doris similis, Ald. and Hane. in Ann. Nat. Hist. ix. 32. 
From the fishing boats, Cullercoats ; rather rare. 


6. GONIODORIS, Forbes. 


1. G. Noposa, Mont. 
Doris Barvicensis, Johns. in Ann. Nat. Hist. i. 55, t. 2, f. 
11-13. 
Goniodoris nodosa, Ald. and Han. Mon. Nudib. Moll., fam. 
E. pl. 18. 
Among the rocks at Tynemouth, Cullercoats, and Whitley ; 
common. This is probably the Doris marginata of Hogg’s Nat. 
Hist. of Stockton. 


7. TRIOPA, Johnston. 


1. T. cnavicrr, Mill. 
Triopa claviger, Johns. in Ann. Nat. Hist. i. 124.—A1d. 
and Hane. Mon. Nudib. Moll., fam. 1. pl. 20. 

Rare. We have twice met with this species from the fishing boats 
at Cullercoats, but never within tide-marks. The variety found 
on this coast is much smaller than those of the south of Eng- 
land. 


8. POLYCERA, Cuvier. 


I. P. quaprinineata, Jill. 
Doris flava, Mont. in Linn. Trans. vii. 79, t. 7, f. 6. 
Polycera quadrilineata, Ald. in Ann. Nat. Hist. vi. 338, 
t. Of, 1-6: 
On small sea weeds in pools near low-water mark, Tynemouth 
and Cullercoats ; rather rare. Marsden, common. 
2. P. ocettata, Ald. and Hane. 
Polycera ocellata, Ald. and Hance. in Ann. Nat. Hist. ix. 
33. Mon. Nudib. Moll. fam. 1, pl. 23. 


112 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA 


Among the rocks near low-water mark ; not rare. Cullercoats 
and Whitley. 
3. P. Lesson, D’Orb. 
Polycera Lessonii, D’Orb. in Mag. de Zool. vii. 5, t. 105. 
Polycera citrina, Alder in Ann. Nat. Hist. vi. 340, t. 9, 
18 (sR 
On Gemellaria loriculata, in from 15 to 20 fathoms water ; 
common. Cullercoats—J. A. and A. H. Whitburn.—M~. R. 
Howse. 
9. ANCULA, Lovén. 


1. A. cristata, Alder. 
Polycera cristata, Ald. in Ann. Nat. Hist. vi. 340, t. 9, f. 
100 
Ancula cristata, Ald. and Hanc. Mon. Nudib. Moll., fam. 1, 
pl. 25. 

Among the rocks at Cullercoats and Whitley ; common. 
Newbiggin.—J. A. Marsden.—A.H. Holy Island —Dr. John-- 
ston. 

10. IDALIA, Leuckart. 
1. I. aspersa, Ald. and Hane. 
Idalia aspersa, Ald. and Hance. Mon. Nudib. Moll., fam. 1, 
pl. 26. 

One specimen found on Fusus antiquus from the fishing boats, 
Cullercoats.—J. A. 

2. I. evecans, Leuck. ? 

Body convex, white, tinged with flesh colour ; tentacles long 
and slender, with 4 long tentacular filaments in front, 2 at the 
base of each tentacle ; lateral filaments 6 on each side, very long, 
the last bifid: there are also 3 rows of filaments on the back ; 
the central one containing 3, the sub-lateral ones 5 each. Bran- 
chi, consisting of 11 slender pinnate plumes, largest in front, 
and becoming very small behind; the anterior plume is bifid. 
Length, half an inch. 

An individual of this species was obtained by the Rev. G. C. 
Abbes from the fishing boats at Whitburn. It is similar to a 
specimen from Torbay, preserved in the British Museum, and 
labelled Idalia elegans, by Dr. Leach. There may be some 


OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 113 


doubt, perhaps, whether it is the J. elegans of Leuckart. It differs 
from J. aspersa in having five rows of filamentary appendages, as 
well as in their greater length, and in the slender form and un- 
equal length of the branchiew, which in J. aspersa are stout and 
equal, forming a regular rosette. The prevailing colour in this 
genus is red ; our individual was white. 


Faminy. Trrtontaps, Johnston. 
11. TRITONIA, Cuvier. 
1. T. Homprratt, Cv. 
Tritonia Hombergii, Flem. Brit. Anim. 284 ; Johnston in 
Ann. Nat. Hist. i. 114, t. 3, £ 1, 2. 

From deep water, rather rare. Whitburn.—Rev. @. C. Abbes. 
From a fishing boat at Newcastle Quay.—Mr. W. King. The 
jaws are somtimes met with in the stomachs of fish caught on the 
coast. Dr. Johnston states that it is not uncommon in Berwick 
Bay. 

We have frequently got a small white Tritonia from the 
fishing boats at Cullercoats and Newbiggin, very like the young. 
of this species, but differing in colour, and never approaching it 
in size. It may possibly be distinct, but we refrain from de- 
scribing it until we are better acquainted with the young of 7. 
Hombergit. We have named it in manuscript 7’. alba. Mr. 
Abbes has sent us the same variety from Whitburn. 

2. T. pLEBEIA, Johns. 
Tritonia piebeia, Johns. in Ann. Nat. Hist. i. 115, t. 3, £ 
3,4; Ald. and Hanc. Mon. Nudib. Moll., fam. 2, pl. 3. 

On old shells and zoophytes, especially on Alcyonium digita- 
tum, from rather deepish water, common. Cullercoats, New- 
biggin, and Whitburn. ) 


Fam. Kourpipa, D’Orbigny. 
12. DENDRONOTUS, Alder and Hancock. 
1. D. anBorgscens, AZi/1. 


Dendronotus arborescens, Ald. and Hane. Mon. Nudib. Moll., 
fam. 3, pl. 3. 
WOE IG Q 


114 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA 


Vars. Tritonia pulchella, Ald. and Hane. in Ann. Nat. 
Hist. ix. 33. 
Tritonia felina, Ald. and Hane. in Ann. Nat. Hist. 
ix. 33. 

Among the rocks near low-water mark at Cullercoats and 
Whitley, not uncommon. A specimen from Bamborough is 
labelled Tritonia Trevelyana by Dr. Leach in the British Mu- 
seum. 


13. DOTO, Oken. 
l. D. Fraatits, Forbes. 
Melibea pinnatifida, Johns. in Ann. Nat. Hist. 1. 116. 
Melibeca fragilis, Forbes Mal. Monen. 4, t. 1, f. 4. 
On Zubularia indivisa, in about fifteen or twenty fathoms 
water, not rare. Cullercoats and Newbiggin. 
2. D. cornonata, G'mel. 
Melibea coronata, Johns. in Ann. Nat. His. i. 117, t. 3, f. 
5-8. 
Doto coronata, Ald. and Hance. Mon. Nudib. Moll., fam. 3, pl. 6. 
Var. Melibeea ornata, Ald. and Hanc. in Ann. Nat. Hist. 
ix. 34. 
On corallines near low-water mark, rather rare; common on 
Plumularia falcata, from the coralline zone on most parts of the 
coast. 


14. EOLIS, Cuvier. 
1. HE. papriiosa, Linn. 
Holidia papillosa, Johns. in Loud. Mag. Nat. Hist. viii. 
376, f. 35. Ann. Nat. Hist. i. 118. 
Under stones among the rocks between tide marks, not un- 
common. 
2. E. rosga, Ald. and Hane. 
Folis rosea, Ald. and Hane. in Ann. Nat. Hist. ix. 34. 
Among the rocks at Cullercoats, rare—A. H. This is rather 
a doubtful species, and may possibly be a variety of the last. 
3. E. oprusauis, Ald. and Hane. 
Folis obtusalis, Ald. and Hane. in Ann. Nat. Hist. ix. 34. 


OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 115 


From the fishing-boats, Cullercoats; rare.—J. A. 

This is also nearly allied to H. papillosa, and requires further 
observation for its complete establishment. 

4. E. Peacutt, Ald. and Hane. 
Folis Peachti, Ald. and Hance. in Ann. Nat. Hist. 2nd 
series, 1. 191. 

One specimen obtained from thefishing boats, Cullercoats.—J. A. 
5. HE. cornonata, Lorbes. 

Eolis coronata, Ald. and Hane. Mon. Nudib. Moll., fam. 3, 
pl 12: 

This very beautiful species is one of the commonest on our 

coast, near low-water mark. 
6. KE. curta, Ald. and Hane. 
Kolis curta, Ald. and Hane. in Ann. Nat. Hist. x11. 234. 

One specimen found among the rocks, at Whitley.—d. H. 

Very nearly allied to #. Drummondi, of which it may be a 
variety. 

7, E. RUFIBRANCHIALIS, Johns. 
Eolidia rufibranchialis, Johns. in Ann. Nat. Hist. i. 121. 

Among the rocks between tide marks, rather rare. Cullercoats 
and Whitley. 

8. E. pentucipa, Ald. and Hance. 
Folis pellucida, Ald. and Hanc. in Ann. Nat. Hist. xii. 
234. Mon. Nudib. Moll., fam. 3, pl. 19. 
On a coralline brought in by the fishing boats at Cullercoats, 
very rare.—A. H. 
9. H. eractuts, Ald. and Hane. . 
Holis gracilis, Ald. and Hanc. in Ann. Nat. Hist. xiii. 
166. 

Among the rocks north of Cullercoats, rare—A.H. New- 
biggin—J. A. <A variety occurs, smaller, less slender, and with 
the branchiz of an orange colour: it may be distinct. We have 
also met withan Eolis, apparently belonging to this species, but 
with the branchie of a beautiful green colour. So great a vari- 
ation in colour is not usual in the genus. These varieties re- 
quire a re-examination, but the rarity of the species has hitherto 
prevented it. 


116 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA 


10. EK. anaunata, Ald. and Hane. 
Holis angulata, Ald. and Hane. in Ann. Nat. Hist. xiii. 
165. Mon. Nudib. Moll., fam. 3, pl. 23. 

On a stone brought in by the fishermen, Cullercoats—A. H. 

Il. HE. nana, Ald. and Hane. 
Holis nana, Ald. and Hane. in Ann. Nat. Hist. ix. 36. 
Mon. Nudib. Moll., fam. 3, pl. 25. 
Among the rocks at Cullercoats and Whitley, occasionally. 
12. E. conctnna, Ald. and Hane. 
Holis concinna, Ald. and Hance. in Ann. Nat. Hist. xii. 
234. Mon. Nudib. Moll., fam. 3, pl. 24. 

Under a stone at low-water mark, Whitley—A. H. Four in- 
dividuals were found under the same stone in 1843, since which 
time the species has not been again met with. 

13. EH. ontvacea, Ald. and Hane. 
Holis olivacea, Ald. and Hanc. in Ann. Nat. Hist. ix. 35. 
Mon. Nudib. Moll, fam. 3, pl. 26. 

Among the rocks between tide marks, frequent. Cullercoats, 

Whitley, and Whitburn. 
14. HE. aurantiaca, Ald. and Hane. 
Folis aurantia, Ald. and Hane. in Ann. Nat. Hist. ix. 34. 

Near low-water mark, Cullercoats and Whitley, rather rare. 
15. E. cineunata, Ald. and Hane. 

Holis Hystriz, Ald. and Hane. in Ann. Nat. Hist. ix. 35. 
Lolis cingulata, Ald. and Hane. Mon. Nudib. Moll, fam. 
3, pl. 28. 

A few specimens were found at low-water mark among the 

rocks north of Cullercoats, in 1841.—J. A. 
16. K. virrata, Ald. and Hane. 
Folis vittata, Ald. and Hane. in Ann. Nat. Hist. ix. 35. 

Two individuals, both rather injured, have been obtained at 
different times on corallines brought in on the fishing lines at 
Cullercoats. 

17. E. nortuumBrica, Ald. and Hance. 
Eolis Northumbrica, Ald. and Hance. in Ann. Nat. Hist. 
xiii. 165; Mon. Nudib. Moll., fam. 3, pl. 31, f. 2, 3. 
On a coralline from deep water, Cullercoats——A. H. 


OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 117 


18. E. prota, Ald. and Hane. 
Eolis pallida, Ald. and Hane. in Ann. Nat. Hist. ix. 35. 
Eolis picta, Ald. and Hane. Mon. Nudib. Moll, fam. 3, pl. 33. 
Among the rocks at Cullercoats, Whitley, and Tynemouth, 
frequent. Newbiggin.—J. A. 
19. E. tricotor, Lorbes. 
Eubranchus tricolor, Forbes Mal. Monen. 5. 
Eolis violacea, Ald. and Hane. in Ann. Nat. Hist. xiii. 166. 
Eolis tricolor, Ald. and Hane. Mon. Nudib. Mol., fam. 3, pl. 
34. 

One specimen found on a coralline from the fishing boats, Cul- 

lercoats.—J. A. 
20. H. ametuystina, Ald. and Hane. 
Eolis amethystina, Ald. and Hane. in Ann. Nat. Hist. xvi. 316. 

One specimen found among the rocks at the north end of Cul- 
lercoats sands.—A. H. 

21. E. pesprcta, Johns. 
Holidia despecta, Johns. in Ann. Nat. Hist. i. 123. 
Lolis despecta, Ald. and Hane. Mon. Nudib. Moll., fam. 3, pl. 
t3.6: 

Eighteen or twenty individuals were found together under a 
stone among the rocks at Whitley, feeding upon Laomedea gela- 
tinosa.—A. H. 

We have not met with the Holidia Cuviert of Dr. Johnston, 
found by him in Berwick Bay, though it is most likely an inha- 
bitant of the Northumberland coast. 

A small Holis from Whitley rocks was described in the Annals 
of Natural History, under the name of Holis minuta. The de- 
scription was taken from an imperfect specimen, and as it has 
never occurred again, and there is a degree of uncertainty at- 
tending it, we have left it out of the present Catalogue. 


Orper. PELLIBRANCHIATA, Alder and Hancock. 
15. LIMAPONTIA, Johnston. 
1. L. nara, Johns. 
Limapontia nigra, Johns. in Loud. Mag. Nat. Hist. ix. 79. 


On a conferva, in pools near high-water mark, Cullercoats ; 
plentiful in the summer months.—A. ZH. 


118 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA 


Orpver. INFEROBRANCHIATA, Cuvier. 


16. PLEUROBRANCHUS, Cuvier. 
1. P. prumuLa, Mont. 
Bulla plumula, Mont. Test. Brit. 214, t. 15, f. 9, and vign. 
2, f. 5. 
Pleurobranchus plumula, Johns. in Berw. ©. Proc. ii. 27. 
Between tide-marks, Holy Island.—Dr. Johnston. 


OrpEeR. TECTIBRANCHIATA, Cuvier. 


Fam. Aptysrapa, D’Orbigny. 
17. APLYSIA, Linneus. 
1. A. punctata, Cuv. 
Laplysia depilans, Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 42, t. 21, f. 21. 
Aplysia mustelina, Johns. in Berw. C. Proce. 1. 29. 

On sea-weeds beyond low-water mark, not uncommon ; rare 
between tide-marks. Cullercoats, Whitley, and Newbiggin. 

A specimen got at Newbiggin had the horny dorsal plate lined 
with a thin coating of shelly matter, not unlike what is seen in 
Pleurobranchus membranaceus ; but as we did not observe any 
difference in the animal, we attribute it to the effect of age. — 

This Aplysia is very variable in its markings. It is often 
blotched and spotted with white. 


Famity. Buuiipm, D’Orbigny. 


18. BULLZGA, Lamarck. 
1. B. carena, Mont. 
Bulla catena, Mont. Test. Brit. 215, t. 7, f. 7. 
Bullea catenata ? Thorpe Brit. Mar. Conch. 138. 

In shell sand, frequent. Tynemouth, Whitley, Newbiggin, 
and Cheswick. It has not been found alive on this coast, but 
appears to inhabit the Laminarian zone. 

The description of Bullwa catenata, in Thorpe’s “ British Ma- 
rine Conchology,” agrees with this species, being a slight altera- 
tion of Montagu’s, but the figure is that of B. pectinata, which is 
the Scaphander catenata of Leach. ‘The latter species is described 
in the Addenda to the same work, under the name of Bullewa 


catenulifera, Macg. 


OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 119 


2. B. puncrata, Adams. 
Bullea punctata, Clark in Zool. Journ. ii. 339. 

In shell sand, with the last, but not so common. Rarely 
found alive in pools among the rocks within tide marks. 

This species has frequently been confounded with the last, but 
is perfectly distinct. The characters are accurately pointed out 
by Mr. Clark in the Zoological Journal. 

3. B. peotinata, Dillw. 
Bulla scabra, Mull. Zool. Dan. ii. 41, t. 71, f. 11, 12. 
Bulla pectinata, Dillw. Cat. 481. 
Scaphander catenata, Leach. Moll. (ined.). 
Bulleea angustata, Phil. Moll. Sic. i. 121, t. 7, f. 17,b. ¢. 
Bullea catenulifera, Macg. Moll. Aberd. 187. 
Bulla dilatata, 8. Wood in Charlesw. Mag. Nat. Hist. 11. 
ta (i, £3. 
Philine scabra, Lovén Ind. Moll. Scand. 9. 
Bulla granulosa, Sars. (sec. Lovén). 

Not uncommon in the Coralline Zone, and frequently found in 
the stomachs of haddocks, but the shell is seldom cast on shore. 
It occurs, however, in shell-sand, in the north of Northumber- 
land. 

We have more than once seen the animal in a fresh state but 
not alive. It is white, and above twice the size of the shell. 
The frontal disc is long, and without apparent eyes or tentacles, 
the sides of the foot broadly reflected, and the cloak, which pro- 
bably covers the shell in a living state, is withdrawn when dead. 
The animal bears a great resemblance to that of Bulla lignaria, 
and the similarity in the form of the shell is also striking. We 
think it may probably have to be placed with that species in the 
genus Scaphander of Montfort, but the animals of this tribe re- 
quire to be more carefully studied, and in the mean time, we pre- 
fer retaining the name Bullea, of Lamarck, for these species, 
rather than making any further changes till the limits of the ge- 
nera are better understood. The gizzard of Bullewa pectinata 
has more resemblance to the same organ in B. aperta, than to 
that of B. lignaria, having three triangular testaceous plates, 
similar to those of the former, but more slender and pointed. 


120 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA 


As this species has had the misfortune to be much misunder- 
stood, we have thought it desirable to give the synonyms of dif- 
- ferent authors. Philippi published it in the first volume of his 
“Enumeratio Molluscorum Siciliz,’ underthe name of B. angustata, 
but changed it in the second volume to B. punctata, Adams, and 
quotes B. catena, Mont., as a synonym. 

4. B. quaprata, S. Wood. 
Bulla quadrata, Wood in Charlsw. Mag. Nat. Hist. iii. 460, 
eed 
Philine scutuluwm, Lovén Index Moll. Scand. 9. 

Shell white, sub-diaphanous, globoso-quadrangular, rounded on 
the back and a little constricted above ; covered with catenated 
spiral striz, and having, in fresh specimens, one or two faint opake 
bands. Apex subtruncated, sunk in the centre, but not umbili- 
cated, exposing scarcely one volution. Aperture large and wide, 
occupying nearly the whole of the shell: outer lip expanded 
above, and nearly straight at the side, the edge thin and slightly 
crenulated by the striae ; a little angulated below; base wide and 
nearly straight ; inner lip thin, bent a little above from the 
bulging of the body whorl into the aperture, not reflected but 
having a pretty strong margin of enamel laid over the whorl. 
Length + in., breadth 2-tenths. 

Of this interesting species a few fine specimens have been 
obtained at Whitburn, by the Rev. G. ©. Abbes and Mr. R. 
Howse. It adds another to the species found fossil in the Crag, 
which have lately been ascertained to be still living in our seas, 

Bulla quadrata differs from B. catena in the more globose and 
subquadrate form ; also in having the apex broader and more 
depressed. In outline it more nearly resembles B. aperta. We 
have inserted a description of the recent shell, as its characters 
have not been all distinctly made out from the fossil. 

5. B. prurnosa, Clark. 
Bulla pruinosa, Clark in Zool. Journ. 111. 339. 

A specimen of this rare species was dredged by Mr. R. Howse, 
off Whitburn, and another has also occurred to him in the sto- 
mach of a fish. 

Bullcea aperta is included in Sir C. Sharp’s list of Hartlepool 


OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 121 


shells, and Captain Brown states that it is not uncommon on the 
Northumberland coast. We have not, however, been so fortu- 
nate as to meet with it, nor to hear of any one in this neighbour- 
hood who has. We have, therefore, excluded it from the present 
list, more especially as we have no record of its having been met 
with by recent collectors on the north-eastern coast of Great 
Britain. It stands as a Frith of Forth shell on the authority of 
Captain Laskey. 


19. BULLA, Linneus. 


1. B. Crancuu, Leach. 
Bulla Cranchii, Flem. Brit. Anim. 292.—Johns. in Berw. 
C" Proe: 11. 30. 
Bulla punctura, Johns. in Edinb. New Ph. Journ. v. 79. 
From the haddock grounds, rare. All the specimens we have 
seen have been obtained from the stomachs of haddocks. It was 
first noticed on our coast by the Rev. W. Mark. Several years 
ago we got about twenty individuals in one season, since which 
time we have not met with it again until a few months ago, 
when four specimens were obtained from one fish. We have ex- 
amined several of the animals in a decomposed state, but could 
not find any trace of a gizzard. The shell has long been known 
to collectors as the Bulla (Roxania) Cranchii of Leach, first 
announced as British by Dr. Turton, and we presume it is the 
same described by Dr. Fleming under that name, though we can 
scarcely recognise our shell in his description. It is not, how- 
ever, the B. cornea of Lamarck, which that author states he had 
from Dr. Leach under the name of Bulla Cranchit. That spe- 
cies is the B. hydatis of British authors. 
2. B. umpruicata, Mont. 
Bulla umbilicata, Mont, Test. Brit, 222, t. 7, f. 4. 
Very rare. Two specimens have been obtained from the sto- 
machs of fish—J. A. 
3. B. cytinpracna, Penn. 
Bulla cylindracea Mont. Test. Brit. 221, t. 7, f. 2. 
From the coralline zone, frequent. 
We have only once met with the animal alive. It is ofa pale 
VOL. I. R 


122 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA 


straw colour, rather small in proportion to the shell, and retrac- 
tile within it. The frontal disc is large, slightly bilobed behind, 
but not produced into tentacles, and without apparent eyes. The 
foot is small and a little extended, and folded up at the sides. 
The epidermis when fresh is of a rusty orange colour. 
4, B. rruncata, Adams. 

Bulla truncata, Mont. Test. Brit. 223, t. 7, f. 5. 

Frequent in shell-sand, and occasionally found alive in pools 
among the rocks. 

The animal has been described by Dr. Johnston. It differs 
from the last in having the disc, which is short and square, pro- 
duced posteriorly into longish pointed tentacles, with eyes at the 
anterior base. It is the type of the genus. Cylichna of Lovén, in 
which he also includes the two preceding and the following 
species. This genus we should gladly have adopted, but that 
we have doubts whether the species he has referred it to really 
belong to the same generic group, which an examination of the 
animals alone can decide. 

d. B. optusa, JZont. 
Bulla obtusa, Mont. Test. Brit. 223, t. 7, f. 3 
Rather rare. In sand at Cheswick, and N cubic ees AT 


20. AMPHISPHYRA, Loven. 
1, A. Hyatina, Zurt. 
Bulla hyalina, Turt. in Loud. Mag. Nat. Hist. vii. 373. 
Utriculus pellucidus, Brown, Lllust. Rec. Conch. 59, t. 19, 
1G JMO) hile 

In shell sand, not rare. We have once or twice found it alive 
in pools between tide-marks at Cullercoats. 

The specimens from which Dr. Turton described his Bulla 
hyalina, we found in sand collected at Tynemouth. The Utr- 
culus pellucidus, U. candidus, and U. minutus of Capt. Brown 
appear to us to be this shell in different stages of growth. 

The animal of this species differs so materially from the other 
Bullide that we hesitate not to adopt the genus proposed for it 
by Professor Lovén. The absence of the frontal disc and the 
position of the tentacles (which are short and obtuse) in front 


OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 123 


of the head and before the eyes, sufficiently distinguish it from 
the other genera of the family. The animal is white and retrac- 
tile within the shell, from which it is seldom much protruded, 
keeping its eyes under the protection of the transparent shell, 
through which it looks as through a window. ‘This practice we 
have noticed in several of the Mollusca, whose shells are trans- 
parent. It has no gizzard nor operculum. 


Faminy. Actmonipa, D’Orbigny. 
21. ACT ALON, Montfort. 


1. A. TorNaTILis, Linn. 
Voluta tornatilis, Mont. Test. Brit. 231. 

From deepish water, rather rare. Occasionally found in the 
stomachs of fish. 

The animal of this genus comes very near to that of Bulla, 
having a broad lobed dise in front, without tentacles. We find, 
too, that the branchial aperture is lateral, the cloak being 
closed across the front, and open only on the right side, which 
further confirms us in assigning it a place in this order. The 
operculum can scarcely be considered of more than generic im- 
portance. 


Orpver. PULMONATA, Cuvier. 


Famity. Limactpa, Fleming. 


22. ARION, Feérussac. 


1. A. ater, Linn. (Common black Slug). 
Arion ater, Gray Turt. Man. 104. 

In woods, fields, and hedges, very common. 

Férussac considers the black head and tentacles, and the trans- 
verse black lines round the margin of the foot, to be the only 
permanent distinctive characters in this very variable species. 
The varieties we have observed in this neighbourhood are the 
following :— 

1. Entirely black. 
2. Black, with the sides of the foot yellow or orange. 


124 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA 


3. Blackish above, with a black band on each side of the 
body, and the sides yellowish white. 
4. Yellowish or greenish white, with black tentacles. 

The young are always much paler than the adults, and are 
sometimes of a transparent white. We have not met with the 
rufous variety in this district. 

2. A. FLavus, Mull. 
Arion flavus, Fér. Hist. des Moll. Supp. 96; Bouchard 
Chantereaux Cat. des Moll. du Pas-de-Calais, 23. 
Limax flavus, var. y, Nilsson Moll. Suec. 5. “ Pallidus, 
clypeo flavo, dorso sub-cinerascente.” 

The variety has once occured to us ; found on the moors near 
Haltwhistle by Mr. J. Blacklock. 

M. Bouchard Chantereaux considers this species distinct from 
A. ater, and it has not the characters of the latter pointed out by 
Ferussac ; but we know too little of it to give a decided opinion 
in so difficult a genus. Our individual was about an inch in 
length, with the body whitish, having a faint greyish tinge above. 
The shield and the posterior part of the body near the tail were 
of a pale canary yellow. Tentacles, grayish white. The mucus 
was deep orange-yellow. The mucus of A. ater is colourless or 
very faintly tinged with yellow. 

3. A. HorTENsis, Jér. 
Arion hortensis, var. 2, Gray Turt. Man. 107. 
Limax fasciatus, Nilsson Moll. Suec. 3. 
Limax circumscriptus, Johns. in Edinb. Phil. Journ. v. 77. 

In gardens, common. 

A variety, or, as we are inclined to think, a species nearly al- 
lied to this, is found in woods. It is about twice the size of the 
garden slug, and its colour invariably yellowish fawn, inclined 
to amber, with a brown band on each side. We have never 
found the two kinds mixed, the one inhabiting woods, and the 
other cultivated grounds. This variety, we find, is well known 
to the Rev. B. J. Clarke, who also finds it constant in colour and 
markings. The mucus is orange yellow. 


OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 125 


23. LIMAX, Linneus. 
1. L. maximus, Linn. 
Limacz cinereus, Mill. Verm. 5; Drap. Hist. Moll. 124, t. 
Ort tale 
Limaz maximus, Gray Turt. Man. 112; Clarke in Ann. Nat. 
Elist xi 3339, .t, LOMEe le 
In woods and fields, frequent. 
2, L. arBorum. Bouchard. 
Limax arborum, Bouch. Chan. Moll. du Pas-de-Calais, 28. 
Limax arboreus, Clarke in Ann. Nat. Hist. xii. 334, t. 11, 
f. 4-10. 
In woods at Wolsingham and Shotley Bridge—Mr. W. 
Backhouse. Howick woods.—Mr. R. Embleton. 
3. L. FLavus, Linn. 
Limax variegatus, Drap. Hist. Moll. 127. 
Lima flavus, Gray Turt. Man. 114; Clarke in Ann. Nat. 
asta 338, t. Dl fly 12: 
In cellars, not common. Newcastle—J. A. Sunderland.— 
Mr. Rk. Howse. 
4. L. Sowxrst, Fér. 
Limax carinatus, Gray Turt. Man. 115. 
Limax Sowerbii, Clarke in Ann. Nat. Hist. xii. 338, t. 12, 
f. 14, 15. 
Near Benwell.— Ur. W. Backhouse. 
5. L. tenetius, Jlill. 
Limax tenellus, Mill. Verm. 11. 11. Nilsson Moll. Suec. 
10; Drap. Hist. Moll. 127. 

In a wood at Allansford, near Shotley Bridge. 

A specimen of this interesting species was brought us from the 
above locality by Mr. Blacklock. It was of a pale, dull yellow, 
very transparent and lubricous, with an obscure band on each 
side of the shield and back ; the posterior part of the shield 
rounded ; the tentacles black ; length rather more than an inch; 
the mucus orange-coloured. In all these particulars it agrees 
with the description of Limaw tenellus, given by Nilsson, in his 


126 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA 


excellent little work, “ Historia Molluscorum Sueciz.”* Wishing 
to have the opinion of the Rev. B. J. Clarke, whether this was 
the young of any of the species he has so admirably described, 
we sent him a drawing and description of it. Mr. Clarke states 
that but for the black tentacles he would have thought the 
drawing to represent the young of Limax flavus, but taking the 
description into consideration, he thinks us justified in consider- 
ing it distinct. The blue tentacles are a permanent character in 
L. flavus, and M. Bouchard Chantereaux says that its mucus is 
colourless. 
6. L. agrestis, Linn. 
Liman agrestis, Gray Turt. Man. 117; Clarke in Ann, 
Nat. Hist. xii. 338, t. 12, f. 13. 
In fields and gardens; much too common. 
7. L. srunnevs, Drap. 
Limax brunneus, Johns. in Berw. C. Proc. i. 154; Gray 
Turt. Man. 117. 

In damp woods, frequent. 

This species was introduced into our Fauna by Dr. Johnston, 
and considered to be the Z. brunneus of Draparnaud, partly, per- 
haps, in conformity with our opinion. Draparnaud’s species, 
however, is very obscure, and was unknown to Férussac. M. 
Bouchard Chantereaux finds a species in the north of France, 
which he considers to be the Z. brunneus. His description of 
it agrees pretty well with our animal, but a comparison of the 
specimens would be necessary to pronounce on their complete 
identity. It is quite distinct from the dark variety of Z. 
agrestis. 


*As this is the first time the species has been noticed as British, we insert 
Nilsson’s description :—‘* Animal parvum, vix 1} une. longum. Clypeus lineis 
subtilibus concentricis striatus, apertura laterali postica. Collum supra linea 
longitudinali elevata, lateribus subreticulatis. Dorsum posticé compressum. 
Color clypei et dorsi postici luteus; dorso supra luteo-virescente levissime 
cinerascente, subtus albo. Tentacula, caput, et linea colli utrinque nigra. 
Mucus luteus. Habitat in sylvis inter folia putrescentia, humida, rarius.”— 
Nils. Hist. Moll. Suec. 10. 


OF NORTHUMRERLAND AND DURHAM. 127 


Fam. Heuicrpa, Jeffreys. 
24, VITRINA, Draparnaud. 
1, V. pentucipa, Jill. 
Vitrina pellucida, Gray Turt. Man. 120, t. 3, f. 21. 
Among decayed leaves and under stones in woods, on old walls, 
and on the sea banks; frequent. Abundant in short grass, on 
and near St. Mary’s Island, Hartley ; where, in some states of 


the weather, it is difficult to walk without crushing numbers of 
them. 


25. SUCCINEA, Draparnaud. 
1. S. purris, Linn, 
Suceinea amphibia, Drap. Hist. Moll. 58, t. 3, f. 22, 23. 
Succeinea putris, Gray Turt. Man. 178, t. 6, f. 73. 
Var. Succinea gracilis, Ald. in Newe. N. H. Trans. 11. 338. 
Succinea Pfeifferi, Gray Turt. Man. 179, t. 6, f. 74*. 

On aquatic plants in marshy places, and at the borders of ri- 
vulets, common. 

This species is subject to very great variety. Further obser- 
vation inclines us to unite with it the S. gracilis of our former 
Catalogue, though opinions are still very much divided upon that 
point. The S. Pfeiferi of Rossmassler does not appear to be ex- 
actly equivalent to our S. gracilis, though doubtless a nearly 
allied variety. Rossmassler describes it to be thick, and with a 
pearly lustre inside, which is not the case with ours. There isa 
very stunted and dwarf variety with the animal nearly black, 
not uncommon on plants and stones close to the edge of rivulets, 
and frequently on stones surrounded by the stream ; which, if 


S. gracilis be retained as a species, seems entitled to a similar 
rank. 


26. HELIX, Linneus. 
1. H. asprersa, Mull. 


Helix aspersa, Gray Turt. Man. 128, t. 4, f. 35. 


In gardens and on hedge sides, common. Very abundant on 
the sea banks on a limestone soil. 


128 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA 


2. H. arspustorum, Linn. 
Helix arbustorum, Gray Turt. Man. 137, t. 3, f 25. 

In woods and on sea banks, frequent. 

3. H. nemorais, Linn. 
Helix nemoralis, Gray Turt. Man. 132, t. 3, f. 23. 

On hedge sides and sea banks, common. 

4. H. nortensts, J/ ull. 
Helix hortensis, Gray Turt. Man. 130, t. 3, f. 24. 
Var. Helix hybrida, Gray Turt. Man. 132. 

In woods and on hedge sides, frequent. The Z. hybrida is 

found at Stella. 

5. H. cantrana, Jont. 
Helix carthusiana, Drap. Hist. Moll. 102, t. 6. f. 33. 
Helix cantiana, Gray Turt. Man. 144, t. 3, f. 26. 

On road sides and hedge banks, occasionally. 

6. H. rurescens, Penn. 
Feliz glabella, Drap. Hist. Moll. 102, t. 7, f. 6. 
Helix rufescens, Gray Turt. Man. 156, t. 3, f 28. 

Under stones and on plants by hedge sides, &c. Not uncom- 
mon near Sunderland, and in other parts of the magnesian lime- 
stone district. It is not met with in the neighbourhood of 
Newcastle. 

7. H. uwisprpa, Mill. 
Helix hispida, Gray Turt. Man. 154, t. 4, f. 41. 

On plants in woods and waste places, common, 

Var. 1. Helix concinna, Jeff., Gray Turt. Man. 154, t. 12, 
f. 135. 

Common on nettles and other plants by hedge sides, about 
Newcastle, where it takes the place of H. rufescens. 

Var. 2. H. sericea (JMiull.?) Fér, Ald. in Newe. N. H. 
Trans. ii. 340; Gray Turt. Man. 153, t. 12, f. 134. 

In woods, rare: Cawsey Dean, Tanfield, and in the Bath 
Wood, Dinsdale. 

The great difficulty in distinguishing these hispid shells by 
any permanent character, has induced us to consider them all 
varieties of the same species, of which H. concinna and H. seri- 
cea form the two extremes. 


OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 129 


8. H. granunata, Alder. 
Helix hispida, Mont. Test. Brit. 423. 
Helix granulata, Ald. in Newe. N. H. Trans. 1, 39; Gray, 
Turt. Man. 151, t. 3, f. 29. 

In woods, rather local, but generally plentiful where it occurs. 
Stella and Walbottle Deans. Claxheugh, near Sunderland.—J/r. 
Rk. Howse. 

This is much more permanent in its character than the last. 
It is generally paler, and always more globular, light, and hispid. 
9. H. rusca, Mont. 

Helix fusca, Gray, Turt. Man. 147, t. 4, f 36. 

On brambles, and other plants, in moist woods, frequent. 
10. H. nxcavata (Bean MS.), Alder. 

Helix excavata, Ald. in Newe. N. H. Trans. 1, 38. 
Zonites excavatus, Gray, Turt. Man. 175, t. 12, f. 138. 

Under decayed wood and timber that has lain awhile on the 
ground, rare. Stella Dean, where it was first observed by the 
Rev. Wm. Mark; also in Gibside Woods (whence we have got a 
white variety,) and in one or two of the adjoining deans, but 
sparingly. 

11. H. nuctpa, Drap. 
Zonites lucidus, Gray, Turt. Man. 174, t. 4, f 38. 

In marshy places, rare. Heaton Dean, and near Dinsdale.—— 
J. A. 

12. H. napratua, Alder. 
Helix radiatula, Ald. in Newe. N. H. Trans. i. 38. 
Zonites rad ‘atulus, Gray, Turt. Man. 173, t. 12, f. 137. 
Var. Helix vitrina, Fér. Tab. des Moll., No. 217. 

In wet moss, not uncommon. ‘The variety in Gibside woods. 
13. H. nrtipuna, Drap. 

Zonites nitidulus, Gray, Turt. Man. 172, t. 12, f. 136. 

Under stones by hedge sides and in woods, common. 

14, H. autrarra, Miller. 
Zonites alliarius, Gray, Turt. Man. 168, t. 4, f. 39. 

Under stones, decayed leaves, and moss, in woods and on hedge 
banks, common, 

VoL. I. 8 


130 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA 


15. H. cenuaria, Aull. 
Zonites cellarius, Gray, Turt. Man. 170, t. 4, f. 40. 

In cellars and yards, also in gardens, and under stones in fields 
and woods, common. ‘This species is found in the centre of New- 
castle, and is the only shell-snail we are acquainted with inhabit- 
ing such situations. 

16. H. pura, Alder. 
Felix pura, Ald. in Newe. N. H. Trans. i. 37. 
Zonites purus, Gray, Turt. Man. 171, t. 4, f 43. 
Var. Helix nitidosa, Fér. Tab. des Moll., No. 214. 

Under stones, decayed leaves, &c., in woods, not uncommon. 
17. H. crystauuina, Mill. 

Zonites crystallinus, Gray, Turt. Man. 176, t. 4, f. 42. 

In moss and under dead leaves in woods, d&c., common. 
18. H. runva, Mill. 

Helix trochiformis, Mont. Test. Brit. 427, t. 11, f 9. 
Helix fulva, Gray, Turt. Man. 148, t. 5, f. 47. 
Var. Helix Mortont, Jeff. in Linn. Trans. xvi. 332. 

In moss and under stones in woods, frequent. The variety is 
found in a marshy spot in Heaton Dean. 

19. H. pamenuata, Jeff. 
Helix Scarburgensis, Ald. in Newe. N. H. Trans. i. 36. 
felix lamellata, Gray, Turt. Man. 150, t. 5, f. 48. 

Under dead leaves in moist woods. Gibside woods, Walbottle 

Dean, and Tanfield. 
20. H. acuteata, Will. 
Helix aculeata, Gray, Turt. Man. 149, t. 4, f. 33. 

In moss and under stones in most of our woods, sparingly. 
21. H. puncuenua, Mull. 

Helix pulchella, Gray, Turt. Man. 141, t. 5, f. 49. 

In moss and under stones, local,—generally on limestone. West 
Boldon, not uncommon; Marsden, and Castle Hden.—J/. A. Clea- 
don, Ryhope, and Claxheugh (at the latter place abundant.)—Mr. 
kt. Howse. Wehave found it very sparingly on St. Mary’s Is- 
land, and on the sea banks, near Tynemouth; the only localities 
yet observed in this district, where it occurs off the limestone. 


OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 131 


22. H. pramzZa, Drap. 
Zonites pygmeus, Gray, Turt. Man. 167, t. 5, f. 46. 

Under decayed leaves in woods, not uncommon. 

23. H. rnupestris, Drap. 
Helix umbilicata, Mont. Test. Brit. 434, t. 13, f. 2. 
Zonites umbilicatus, Gray, Turt. Man. 166, t. 5, f. 45. 

In old quarries, and walls in exposed situations, local, and ap- 
parently confined to Limestone. Very abundant in old limestone 
quarries at Marsden. 

Mr. Gray has claimed priority for Montagu’s names for this 
and some other species over those of Draparnaud, but we are in- 
formed by the Abbé Dupuy that the names of Draparnaud bear 
date from the publication of his “Tableau des Mollusques,” in 
which this, along with other species, was described in 1801, two 
years prior to the appearance of Montagu’s “ Testacea Britan- 
nica.” The “Tableau des Mollusques” being unknown, except- 
ing by name, to British naturalists, they have been accustomed 
to consider Draparnaud’s species to date from the publication of 
his “ Histoire Naturelle des Mollusques, d&ve.,” in 1805. 

24. H. rorunpata, JZull. 
Zonites rotundatus, Gray, Turt. Man. 165, t. 5, f. 44. 

Under stones by way sides, in woods, &c., common. We have 
found the beautiful greenish white variety in Benwell Lane and 
at Tanfield, but very rare. 

25. H. caperata, Dont. 
Helix striata, Drap. Hist. Moll. 106, t. 6, f. 18-21 (not 
Miller). 
Helix caperata, Gray, Turt. Man. 162, t. 4, f. 32. 

On dry banks and in old quarries, common near the sea, es- 
pecially on limestone ; rarerinland. We once met with a con- 
siderable number of them after a shower, on the banks of the 
Tyne, near Benwell, studding the trunk of a tree as high up as 
we could reach. 

26. H. vireata, Da Costa. 
Helix variabilis, Drap. Hist. Moll. 84, t. 5, f£ 11, 12. 
Helix virgata, Gray, Turt, Man. 160, t. 4, f 31. 
On plants in old quarries on road sides and sea banks, al- 


132 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA 


ways on a limestone soil ; local, but generally abundant where it 
does occur ; plentiful near Sunderland, and at Bamborough. 
27. H. EricEtorum, Linn. 
Helix ericetorum, Gray, Turt. Man. 163, t. 4, f. 37. 
On banks and dry pastures near the sea, not uncommon. Most 
plentiful on limestone. 


27. BULIMUS, Bruguiére. 
1. B. opscurus, Jill. 
Bulimus obscurus, Gray, Turt. Man. 183, t. 6, f. 63. 
Under stones in old quarries and in woods, frequent, but more 
plentiful on a limestone soil. 


28. ZUA, Gray. 
1. Z. tusrica, Mull. 
Bulimus lubricus, Drap. Hist. Moll. 75, t. 4, f. 24. 
Zua lubrica, Gray, Turt. Man. 188, t. 6, f. 65. 


In moss and under stones, common. 


29. ACHATINA, Lamarck. 


1. A. actcuna, Aull. 
Achatina acicula, Gray, Turt. Man. 191, t. 6, f. 71. 

Rare. One specimen found alive in the gardens at Whitley 
House.—J. H. F. At the roots of an Ornithogalum in a gar- 
den at Darlington — Mr. W. Backhouse. In the rejectments of 
the river Tyne at Bywell—Mr. Benjamin Johnson, Jun. The 
shell occurs sometimes on the sands at Tynemouth, probably 
washed from the banks. 


30. AZECA, Fleming. 


1. A. tripEens, Wont. 
Helix (Heliomanes ) Goodalli, Fér. Tab. des Moll. No. 492, ter. 
Azeca tridens, Gray, Turt. Man. 189, t. 5, f. 52. 

On mossy banks in woods, rather local but generally plentiful 
where it does occur. Scotswood, Meldon, Stella, Tanfield, Castle 
Eden, and Middleton-one-Row. 'unstal Hope, Pallion.—Wr. 
R. Howse 


OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. i 133 


31. CLAUSILIA, Draparnaud. 


1. C. pamrnata, Mont. 
Clausilia bidens, Gray, Turt. Man. 212, t. 5, f. 53. 

In woods, frequent. Mr. Hanley informs us that this is not 
the Turbo bidens of Linnzus, for which the name must be re- 
served. 

2. C. pupra, Drap. 
Clausilia dubia, Ald. in Newe. N. H. Trans. 11. 339; Gray, 
Turt. Man. 216, t. 12, f. 143. 
On rocks at West Boldon and Castle Eden. Tunstall Hill and 
Ryhope Dean.— Ur. Fe. Howse. 
3. C. rugosa, Drap. 
Clausilia rugosa, Drap. Hist. Moll. 73, t. 4, f. 19, 20. 
Clausilia nigricans, Gray, Turt. Man. 217, t. 5, f. 58. 
Var. More slender, and nearly smooth. 
Clausilia parvula, Turt. Man. Ist Ed. 74, f. 58 (not C. par- 
vula of continental authors). 

On stones, trees, &c., in woods and rocky places, not uncom- 

mon. The variety in Tanfield and Castle Eden Deans. 


32. BALZBA, Gray. 


1. B. perversa, Linn. 
Pupa fragilis, Drap. Hist. Moll. 68, t. 4, f. 4. 
Balea perversa, Gray, Turt. Man. 207, t. 6, f. 70. 
In moss and on old walls, not common. Castle Eden.—J. A. 
Ryhope Dean.—WU/r. RF. Howse. 


33. PUPA, Draparnaud. 
1. P. mareinata, Drap. 
Pupa marginata, Gray, Turt. Man. 196, t. 7, f£. 79. 
On the sea banks, frequent. 
2. P. umpruicata, Drap. 
Pupa umbilicata, Gray, Turt. Man. 193, t. 7, f. 78. 
Under stones in old quarries, woods, &c., common. 
3. P. Aneuica, Fér. 
Pupa Anglica, Gray, Turt. Man. 195, t. 7, f. 82. 


134 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA 


In moss and under stones, rather rare. Walbottle Dean, Cas- 
tle Eden, and sea banks at Cullercoats—J. A. Near Ridley 
Hall—Mr. J. Thompson. Sea banks near Ryhope.—WMr. R. 
Howse. “Near Twizell House.”—Brown’s Illust. Rec. Conch. 


34. VERTIGO, Miller. 


1. V. cyninprica, Fér. 
Pupa muscorum, Drap. Hist. Moll. 59, t. 3, f£ 26, 27. 
Vertigo cylindrica, Gray, Turt. Man. 200, t. 12, f. 140. 

This rare species has lately been added to our local list by 
Mr. R. Howse, who has found several specimens at the roots of 
grass on a bank at Claxheugh, Bishop Wearmouth. 

The animal is pale transparent gray, with two black lines 
along the back ; in other respects agreeing with the character of 
the genus. 

2. V. EpentuLA, Drap. 
Vertigo edentula, Gray, Turt. Man. 199, t. 7, f. 80. 

Among grass and under dead leaves in woods, frequent. We 
once met with this species in great abundance, by sweeping the 
long grass in Castle Eden Dean, with a hand net, after a shower 
of rain ; in dry weather they lie under dead leaves and moss. 

3. V. pyamma, Drap. ‘ 
Vertigo pygmea, Gray, Turt. Man. 201, t. 7, f. 83. 

Under stones and on old walls, generally in dry situations ; 
not rare. 

4. V. aupestris (Fér. MS. ), Alder. 
Vertigo alpestris, Ald. in Newe. N. H. Trans. ii. 340; Gray, 
Turt. Man. 202, t. 12, f. 141. 
On an old wall near Lipwood House.—M>r. J. Thompson. 
5. V. patustris (Leach), Jeff. 
Vertigo palustris, Gray, Turt. Man. 204, t. 7, f. 85. 

In marshy places, rare. In a bog near Darlington.—WUr. W. 
Backhouse. Sea banks near Ryhope.—J/r. R. Howse. “ Near 
Twizell House.”—Capt. Brown, Illust. 

6. V. supstRiata, Jeff. 
Pupa sexdentata, Ald. in Newe. N. H. Trans. i. 34. 
Vertigo substriata, Gray, Turt. Man. 202, t. 7, f. 84. 


OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 135 


In wet moss in woods, rather rare. Heaton Dean, Tanfield, 
Ravensworth, Gibside, and Stella. 
7. V. pustuua, Mull. 
Vertigo pusilla, Gray, Turt. Man. 205, t. 7. f. 86. 
In damp moss in woods, rather rare. Tanfield—aA. H. 
Near Crowhall Mill —Mr. J. Thompson. 


Famity. CycLostomipa, Cray. 


35, ACME, Hartmann. 


1, A. trneata, Drap. 
Auricula lineata, Drap. 57, t. 3, f. 20, 21. 
Acme fusca, Gray, Turt. Man. 223, t. 6, f. 66. 

In wet moss, Castle Eden Dean, rare. 

The Abbé Dupuy informs us that this species has an ex- 
tremely thin, transparent, subspiral operculum. This interesting 
discovery accounts for the very great resemblance of the animal 
to Cyclostoma, which we had previously remarked. The oper- 
culum must be very thin and inconspicuous, as it has hitherto 
been entirely overlooked. 

This is probably the species of Walker, which Montagu calls 
Turbo fuscus, but as Walker does not use any specific name, that 
of fuscus can only date from Montagu, and consequently does 
not take precedence of Draparnaud’s. 


Faminy. AURICULIDA, Gray. 
36. CARYCHIUM, Miiller. 
1. C. minimum, Jill. 


Carychium minimum, Gray, Turt. Man. 221, t. 7, £77. 
Among moss and decayed leaves in woods, &., common. 


37. CONOVULUS, Lamarck. 
1. C. penticunatus, Mont. 
Conovulus denticulatus, Gray, Turt. Man. 225, t. 12, f. 144. 
Var. Voluta ringens, Turt. Conch. Dict. 250. 


Carychium personatum, Mich. Comp. Drap. 73, t. 15, 
f, 42, 43. 


136 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA 


In crevices of the cliff a little above high-water mark at the 
south end of South Shields sands (the variety), rare—A. ZH. 
Whitburn.— Rev. G. C. Abbves. 

2. C. Bripentatus, Mont. 
Conovulus bidentatus, Gray, Turt. Man. 227, t. 12, f. 145. 

In sand at Tynemouth, rare.—J. A. We have not met with 
this species alive, but it will most likely be found to inhabit the 
crevices of rocks near high-water mark. 


Famity. Limnzrn, Jeffreys. 
38. LIMN AIA, Lamarck. 
1. L. stagnatis, Linn. 
Limneus stagnalis, Gray, Turt. Man. 236, t. 9, f. 104. 

In ponds at Prestwick Car. It occurs in a pond in Mr. 
Sewell’s grounds, Heaton Dean, but may possibly have been in- 
troduced.— A. HZ. 

2. L. patustris, Linn. 
Limneus pulustris, Gray, Turt. Man. 239, t. 9, f. 107. 

In ditches and marshes, not uncommon. 

In Prestwick Car, and in other marshes and still waters, they 
grow to a large size, but at the margins of rivers they are very 
much stunted in growth, and have the aspect of a distinct spe- 
cies. On the shores of the Tyne, where they are abundant, they 
are not larger than the common-sized L. truncatula, and might be 
taken for that species, but for the less ventricose whorls, and that 
the latter species is also found in the same situations in an equally 
dwarfed condition. 

3. L. truncatoa, Aull. 
Limneus minutus, Drap. Hist. Moll. 53, t. 3, f. 5, 6, 7. 
Limneus truncatulus, Gray, Turt. Man. 240, t. 9, f. 108. 

In ditches, common. 

The variety y of Draparnaud, found at the margins of rivers, 
has a very delicate and beautiful shell. The curious monstro- 
sity mentioned by Dr. Turton, with the spire completely sunk 
into the body whorl, was found by us some years ago in Elswick 
Lane, and presented to Dr. Turton, who omitted to mention the 
locality. 


OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 137 


4. L. evasra, JIZull. 
Limneus glaber, Gray, Turt. Man. 242, t. 9, f 106. 
Limneus elongatus, Drap. Hist. Moll. 53, t. 3, f 3, 4. 
In ditches and ponds, not uncommon near Newcastle. 
5. L. perecRrA, Will. 
Limneus pereger, Gray, Turt. Man. 233, t. 9, f 101. 
Var. Limneus ovatus, Drap. Hist. Moll. 50, t. 2, f. 30, 31. 

In ponds, ditches, and slow streams, very common. 

The numerous varieties of this common species, in form, size, 
and consistency, are very perplexing to the conchologist. We 
have got it with a rather strong shell, and the spire much pro- 
duced, at Redheugh and on Holy Island ; and a curious variety 
in the opposite extreme has been sent us from Darlington, by 
Mr. Wm. Backhouse, with a very thin delicate shell, and scarcely 
any spire. The latter comes very near to the form got by Mr. 
Thompson in Lough Neagh, which is the Gulnaria lacustris of 
Leach. 

6. L. auricunartra, Linn. 
Limneus auricularius, Gray, Turt. Man. 232, t. 9, f 100. 

At Prestwick Car (a small variety)—A.H. In ponds near , 
Darlington.—/r. W. Backhouse, from whom we have received 
very fine specimens. 


39. PH YSA, Draparnaud. 


1. P. rontinatis, Linn. 
Physa fontinalis, Gray, Turt. Man. 251, t. 9, f. 110. 

In ponds and ditches, not common. Preswick Car, Gosforth 
Lake, Mill Stream near Busy Cottage, Ryton, Marsden, and near 
Stockton. 

2. P. nypnorum, Linn. 
Aplexus hypnorum, Gray, Turt. Man. 255, t, 9, f. 113. 

In ditches and ponds, frequent. 


40. PLANORBIS, Miiller. 
1. P. cornzus, Linn. 
Planorbis corneus, Gray, Turt. Man. 258, t. 8, f. 95. 


In a pond in Mr. W. Backhouse’s grounds at Darlington. 
VOL. I. T 


138 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA 


2. P. atsBus, Jill. 
Planorbis albus, Gray, Turt. Man. 259, t. 8, f. 97. 
In ponds and slow streams, frequent. 
3. P. pavis, Alder. 
Planorbis levis, Ald. in Newe. Nat. Hist. Tran. ii. 337. 
Gray, Turt. Man. 261, t. 12, f. 148. 
In ponds at Whitley Quarries, and on Holy Island. 
4. P. nautitEeus, Linn. 
Planorbis imbricatus, Gray, Turt. Man. 261, t. 8, f. 94. 
In ponds, frequent. 
5. P. carinatus, Mill. 
Planorbis carinatus, Gray, Turt. Man. 262, t. 8, £. 89. 

Rare. Near Stockton.—Mr. W. Backhouse. 

6. P. umpriicatus, Jill. 
Planorbis complanatus, Ald. in Newe. N. Hist. Trans. i. 31. 
Planorbis marginatus, Gray, Turt. Man. 265, t. 8, f. 87, 88. 
In ponds and ditches, not common. Prestwick Car, Ryton 
Haughs, and near Stockton. 
7. P. sprrorpis, Linn. 
Planorbis spirorbis, Gray, Turt. Man. 268, t. 8, f. 98. 
In ditches, common. 
8. P. nrtipus, Mull. 
Planorbis nitidus, Gray, Turt. Man. 268, t. 8, f. 93. 

Rather rare. In ponds at Redheugh. Benwell engine pond. 
—W. Sutton. Near Middleton-one-Row and Stockton.—J/. A. 
9. P. conrortus, Linn. 

Planorbis contortus, Gray, Turt. Man. 270, t. 8, f. 96. 

In ditches and ponds, not common. Prestwick Car, Gosforth 

Lake, Ryton Haughs, near Wooler, and near Stockton. 


41. ANCYLUS, Geoffroy. 


1. A. rLuvratiuis, Dill. 
Ancylus fluviatilis, Gray, Turt. Man. 249, t. 10, f. 125. 
On stones in rivulets, common. 
2. A. tacustris, Aull. 
Velletia lacustris, Gray, Turt. Man. 250, t. 10, f. 126. 
On aquatic plants in ponds and ditches, not common.  Prest- 


OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 139 


wick Car, Crag Lake, in ponds near Benwell, and at Middleton- 
one-Row. 


OrpEeR. PECTINIBRANCHIATA, Cuvier. 
Faminy. PaLtupinipa, Lisso. 
42. BITHINIA, Gray. 


1. B. reytacurata, Linn. 
Paludina impura, Ald. in Newe. Nat. Hist. Trans. 1. 29. 
Bithinia tentaculata, Gray, Turt. Man. 93, t. 10, f 120. 

In ditches and ponds, not common. Prestwick Car, and mill 
stream in Jesmond Dean. “Abundant near Stockton.”—J/r. 
Hogg. 

Dead specimens of Paludina achatina are occasionally thrown 
up on our shores, but as the shell is frequently brought in ballast 
from the south of England, we attribute them to that source. 


43. VALVATA, Miiller. 


1. V. prsctnatts, Jill. 
Valvata piscinalis, Gray, Turt. Man. 97, t. 10, f. 114. 

In ponds and slow streams, rather rare. Mill streams in Jes- 
mond Dean. “Common in streams about Stockton.”—Wr. 
Hogg. 

2. V. ornistata, Mill. 
Valvata cristata, Gray, Turt. Man. 98, t. 10, f. 115. 

In ponds at Prestwick Car, rare. 


FAMILY 
44, STYLIFER, Broderip. 
1. S. rurtont, Brod. 
Phasianella stylifera, Turt. in Zool. Journ. ii. 367, t. 13, f. 11. 
Stylifer globosus, Johns. in Berw. Club Proc. i. 275. 
On the spines of Hchinus sphera, rare. Newbiggin and 


Cullercoats.—J. A. On an Echinus at Sunderland.—WUr. R. 
Howse. 


We lately obtained a specimen of this species alive on the 


140 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA 


spines of an Echinus at Cullercoats, but rather injured, and in 
2 very sickly state. We placed it in a glass of fresh sea-water, 
“oping that it might recover, and display itself more distinctly ; 
but in this we were disappointed, as it soon died, and being left 
unlooked at for a while had partially decayed. The animal was 
white, had a rather large foot, without operculum, and a rounded 
head with two cylindrical tentacles, and minute eyes at the (ex- 
ternal or posterior) base. No portion of the shell was covered 
by the fleshy parts, but we are not prepared to say that, in a 
state of vigour, the animal has not the power of extending some 
part of the mantle or foot overit. In these particulars it does not 
differ much from the Stylifer described by Mr. A. Adams, from 
the coast of Borneo; but we cannot agree with Mr. Gray in plac- 
ing this genus in the family Maticide, as the very large and pe- 
culiar disc in front of the head in Natica is entirely wanting 
here. The animal has much more the appearance of an Hulima.* 
The remains of the animal examined under a microscope did not 
show any denticulated tongue. 


45. EULIMA, Risso. 
1. E. pistorta, Desh. 
Hulima distorta, Phil. Enum. Moll. Sic. i. 135. 

A beautiful fresh specimen of this interesting little shell was 
got at Whitburn by the Rev. G. C. Abbes. 

The animal has two long subulate tentacles, with very large 
eyes at their posterior base ; the foot is slender, much produced 
in front, and has a bilobed flap (the mentwm of Lovén) on its 
upper surface. The body is yellow, beautifully variegated with 
carmine, which forms an irregular band on each side ; the ten- 
tacles and foot, white. These are the prevailing colours of the 
genus, but the disposition of them is different in different spe- 
cies, and appears to be sufficiently permanent to be taken as a 
specific character. In /. polita the animal is white, excepting 


* «¢ Hulima. Animal proboscide longa preditum recondenda; lingua in- 
ermis ? ’—Lovén, Index Moll. Scand. Mr. Broderip states that Stylifer has a 
retractile proboscis, and the Stylifer subulatus, Bred., figured in Sowerby’s 
Genera of Shells, greatly resembles an Zulia. 


OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 141 


the tentacles and margin of the mentwm, which are of a deep 
golden yellow. The liver, as seen through the shell, is green in 
. distorta, and purplish in #. polita. 
2. H. wrneata, Sow. 
Helix subulata, Mont. Test. Brit. Supp. 142 (small variety). 
Rissoa subulata, Johns. in Berw. Club Proe. i. 272. 

In shell-sand, rather rare, One specimen alive from the boats 
at Cullercoats—J. A. One live and two dead specimens were 
dredged by Mr. R. Howse, off Whitburn. 

The animal is white with two long subulate tentacles, ap- 
proximating at the base, with the eyes immediately behind 
them. The foot extends a good deal before the head, and has a 
bilobed flap on the upper surface in front, which appears to be 
common to the genus, as we have observed it in all the British 
species. The head is seldom protruded beyond the shell, which, 
being transparent, the animal can easily see through. 

Two species appear to be included under the name of Z#. swbw- 
lata. 'The shell figured, and described by Donovan, which is 
much larger than this, and has several bands on the body 
whorl, is rare. It ought to retain the name of F. subulata, 
and is also the Melania Cambessedesii of Payraudeau. The 
smaller and much more common species has only two bands, 
placed close together in the centre of the body whorl, with oc- 
casionally a faint indication of another on the upper or lower 
margin. ‘The shell is thinner and more transparent than in the 
larger species, the whorls less oblique, the lower one a little 
more ventricose, the aperture not so much contracted, and the 
columellar margin not quite so straight. This is probably the 
species called #. lineata by Mr. Sowerby, whose name we adopt, 
though we would gladly change it to bzlineata, the better to ex- 
press its distinguishing character. A species in the British 


Museum, from Madeira, comes very near to this, but has only 
one band. 


46. SCALARIA, Lamarck. 
1. S. communis, Lam. 
Turbo clathrus, Mont. Test. Brit. 296. 


142 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA 


A single specimen was obtained from the fishing boats at 

Cullercoats.—J. H. Ff. 
2. S. Turtronis,* Z'wrt. 
Turbo Turtonis, Turt. Conch. Dict. 208, t. 27, f. 97. 

One specimen found at Whitburn by the Rey. G. C. Abbes. 

In order to form a correct judgment of the probability whe- 
ther these two species were natives of our coast, or had come 
there by accident, we enquired of Mr. Bean if they had been 
found on the coast of Yorkshire. That gentleman informs us 
that he had never met with Scalaria communis, but that he had 
got several living specimens of §. Z’urtonis at Scarborough. 

3. S. TREVELYANA, Leach. 
Scalaria Trevelyana, Johns. in Berw. Club Proe. i. 263. 

From deepest water (Coralline zone), rather rare. 

This species was first published (but not described) by Mr. 
Winch in his list of the shells of Lindisfarne. Annals of Phil., 
New Series, 1822. It is the only Scalaria that has been found 
alive here; and though rare, has been occasionally got on most 
parts of the coast. The Zurbo clathrus of Sir Cuthbert Sharp’s 
list is most likely this shell. 


47, CHEMNITZIA, D’Orbigny. 


1. ©. Funvocineta, Zhomp. 
Turritella fulvocincta, Thomp. in Ann. Nat. Hist. v. 98. 
Turbonilla rufa, “ Phil.” Lovén Ind. Moll. Scand. 18. 
Two specimens have occurred in a worn state from the fishing 
boats.—A. H. 
2. C. rnpistincta, Mont ? 
Turbo indistinctus, Mont. Test. Brit. Supp. 129? 
In shell-sand at Tynemouth, rather rare. 
The Turbo indistinctus of Montagu has not been very satis- 
factorily made out. The present species is what we have been 
accustomed to consider agreed best with his description, but we 


* We give this name as it is written by Dr. Turton. If it be considered 
desirable to change the termination, it ought to be rendered Turtone, and 
not Twrtoni, as it was named by Dr. Turton after his daughter, Miss Turton, 
who first pointed out its specific differences. 


OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 143 


have seen a specimen of a nearly allied species, kindly submitted 
to our inspection, with other minute shells, by Mr. Barlee, which 
has “much finer longitudinal ribs or striz,” and on this account 
agrees better with Montagu’s description; our species having 
the ribs scarcely finer than in his 7’. interstinctus, with which he 
compares it. We leave the matter for further investigation. A 
shell in the British Museum named “ 7’. indistinctus, Mont.,” ap- 
pears to be a worn specimen of C. fulvocincta. 

3. C. unica, Mont. 

Turbo unicus, Mont. Test. Brit. 299, t. 12, f 2. 

In shell sand, rare. Tynemouth, Whitley, and Cheswick.— 
hy ale 
4, C. nrvrpisstma, JZont. 

Turbo nitidissimus, Mont. Test. Brit. 299, t. 12, f. 1. 

We obtained a specimen of this exquisite little shell out of 
sand from Cheswick, sent us by our friend, Dr. Johnston.— 
Though always described as smooth, and even appearing so un- 
der a common magnifier, on closer inspection with the micro- 
scope, we find the vestiges of delicate spiral striz. The species 
has never been obtained alive, but in that state we have no doubt 
that it will be found to be distinctly striated. 

5. C. actcuna, Phil. ? 

Shell turreted, slender, cylindrico-subulate, tapering to a ra- 
ther obtuse point, of a semi-transparent white, with eight smooth 
whorls, rather flattish, but well defined by a deeply-impressed 
suture; the first whorl is placed at right angles to the rest; the 
last whorl is a good deal rounded at the base. Aperture about 
one-fifth the length of the shell, ovate, scarcely angulated by the 
projection of the body whorl; outer lip thin; pillar lip nearly 
straight, slightly arched outwards in the centre, and rounded 
below; behind it is a slight impression, but no umbilicus. 
Length scarcely 12 tenths; breadth about one-fourth the length. 

Hulima acicula, Phil. Enum. Moll. Sic. ii. 135, t. 9, £ 62 

This species come very near to the Hwlimella gracilis, Jeff. in 
Ann. Nat. Hist. xix. 311 (Zulima afinis, Phil 2), but it is rather 
smaller, flatter in the whorls, and the apex is not so much produ- 
ced, in consequence of the first whorl being a little more sunk in 


144 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA 


the second. It has been got in the south of England by Mr. Jef- 
freys, Professor E. Forbes, and Mr. M‘Andrew, but some little dif- 
ference of opinion appears to exist as to what species it ought to 
be referred to, or whether it is undescribed. We have, therefore, 
thought it neeessary to insert a description. 

Two specimens of this interesting addition to our Fauna have 
been found at Whitburn by the Rev. G. C. Abbes, and one, much 
worn, was dredged off the same place by Mr. R. Howse. 

6. C. MACANDREI, Yorbes. 
Lulima Macandrei, Forbes, in Ann. Nat. Hist. xiv. 412, 
it OS 

Two specimens have been got from the fishing boats at Whit- 
burn, by the Rev. G. CO. Abbes, and one by Mr. R. Howse, who 
has also dredged it alive in seventeen fathoms water at the 
same place. 

This and the preceding species have been referred to Hulima, 
and Professor E. Forbes has more recently proposed for them 
the genus HLulimella, but we prefer considering them to belong 
to Chemnitzia, from which they only differ in the more polished 
surface of the shell. The apical nucleus, and the form of the 
aperture, indicate their place in this genus, independently of the 
animal, which, according to our observations, is essentially the 
same in each. 


48. ODOSTOMIA, Fleming. 


1. O. unrpEytata, Mont. 
Turbo unidentatus, Mont. Test. Brit. 324. 
Odostomia plicata, Flem. Brit. Anim. 310. Hanley in 
Thorpe’s Brit. Mar. Conch. xxxv. f. 13. 

In shell-sand, Tynemouth and Cullercoats, rather rare. At 
the roots of corallines from the boats at Cullercoats and Whit- 
burn.—A. H. 

Much misunderstanding exists with respect to this species and 
the Turbo plicatus of Montagu, which no two conchologists, ex. 
cepting where one has copied the other, have described alike- 
The description of Montagu is sufficiently characteristic of our 
shell ; but Dr. Fleming reverses the two, with the remark thaé 


OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 145 


“the descriptions had, by some accident, been intermingled in 
the Testacea Britannica.” Specimens sent by Dr. Turton, under 
the name of 7. unidentatus, and now in the Newcastle Museum, 
we find to be O. pallida, though his description in the Con- 
chological Dictionary is correct, being a copy of Montagu’s. The 
species described by Mr. Hanley under this name, in the Zoological 
Proceedings, and in Thorpe’s “ British Marine Conchology,” is, as 
he informs us, the Awricula conoidea of Philippi ; his Odostomia 
plicata being our O. unidentata. The O. unidentata of Mac- 
gillivray, and the figures given by Capt. Brown of his Jaminia 
unidentata, do not appear to belong to this species. 

A variety, if not a distinct species, is found on our coast, ra- 
ther narrower and more rounded at the base, and with a larger 
umbilicus. As we have only met with two rather worn exam- 
ples, we shall not attempt to decide upon it at present. 

2. O. turRita, Hanley. 
Odostomia turrita, Hanley in Zool. Proc., 1843. Thorpe’s 
Brit. Mar. Conch. xxxvi. f. 10. 
In shell-sand at Tynemouth, rare.—J. A. 
3. O. ALBELLA, Lovén. 
Turbonilla albella, Lovén Index Moll. Scand. 19. “T, 
turrito-conica, tenuis, anfr. 6 rotundatis, apertura fere 
At. t., ovata, vix effusa, plica parva, 3:¢-m m.” 

In shell-sand, Tynemouth and Cullercoats, rare—dJ. A. 

Our shell agrees with the outline figure given by Professor 
Lovén in the “ Ofversigt af Kongl. Vetenskaps-Akademiens 
Forhandlingar,” 1846, t. 1. f 11. It is broader and less turreted 
than the last. Both species have the tooth very small. 

There is yet another shell, which we find at Tynemouth, nearly 
allied to these two, and to O. plicata, though apparently dis- 
tinct. It is intermediate in form between O. turrita and O. 
albella, and has a stronger tooth. The species of this difficult 
genus are extremely perplexing, and require a careful study, to 
which their rarity, especially in a living state, presents a great 
obstacle. 

4. O. patuipa, Mont. 
VOL. I. U 


146 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSGA 


Turbo pallidus, Mont. Test. Brit. 325, t. 21, f. 4. 

In shell-sand at Tynemouth, rather rare—J. A. At the roots 
of corallines brought in by the Cullercoats and Whitburn fish- 
ing boats—A. H 

The animal is of a pale yellowish colour. 

5. O. nivipa, Alder. 
Odostomia nitida, Ald. in Ann. Nat. Hist. xiii. 326, t. 8, £. 5. 

A single specimen was obtained in shell-sand from Tyne- 
mouth. It is perfectly distinct from any of the preceding. 
6. O. InscuLpra, Wont. 

Turbo insculptus, Mont. Test. Brit. Supp. 129. 

In shell-sand, Tynemouth and Cullercoats, rare.—J. A. 
7. O. sprratis, Mont. 

Turbo spiralis, Mont. Test. Brit., 323, t. 12, f. 9. 

In shell-sand, frequent. Occasionally found alive in pools 
among the rocks, and on corallines from the fishing boats. 

This is the commonest species of Odostomia on our coast. The 
animal is white, and has the tentacles ear-shaped, or longitu- 
dinally folded, with the eyes at the internal base,—characters 
common to this as well as the preceding genus. The figure 
given in the Annals of Nat. Hist. xii. t. 8, f 13, is deficient in 
not displaying these characters. From the minuteness and tran- 
sparency of the animal, the folds of the tentacles can only be 
seen in favourable lights. 

8. O. IntERSTINCTA, JZont. 
Turbo interstinctus, Mont. Test. Brit., 324, t. 12, f. 10. 

In shell-sand, Tynemouth and Cullercoats, rather rare. On 
corallines from the fishing boats, Whitburn.—M/r. R. Howse. 

In a fresh state the shell has the furrows between the ribs 
more deeply impressed at their termination towards the base of 
the body whorl, giving the appearance of a line of punctures, 
with sometimes a fainter one below it. ‘This is not usually seen 
in sand specimens, and was consequently overlooked by Mon- 
tagu. A variety is not unfrequently found in sand, which is 
more produced than the normal form, and may possibly turn out 
to be a distinct species, but the worn state of shells found in 
sand is unfavourable to the appreciation of minute characters. 


OF NORTHUMRERLAND AND DURHAM. 147 


Mr. Bean has distinguished it in his cabinet under the MS. name 
of O. costata. 
9. O. opLiqua, Alder. 
Odostomia? obliqua, Ald. in Ann. Nat. Hist. xiii. 327, t. 8, 
st, IY 
In shell-sand, Tynemouth, rare.—J. A. 


[In the preceding family, to which we have not ventured to give 
a name, we have brought together, provisionally, those genera 
formerly considered to belong to the Turbinidew, whose ani- 
mals have a retractile proboscis. In the four following fami- 
lies, the animals have the head more or less proboscidiform, 
but there is no real proboscis. | 


Famity. Lirrorinipa, Gray. 


49. RISSOA, Fréminville. 


1. R. costata, Adams. 
Turbo costatus, Mont. Test. Brit. 311, t. 10, f. 6. 
Rissoa exigua, Mich. Desc. du Rissoa, 18, f. 29, 30. 

In shell-sand, frequent. It has not been found alive here, but, 
like most of the small species found in sand, it probably inhabits 
the Laminarian zone beyond low-water mark. 

2. R. striata, Adams. 
Turbo striatus, Mont. Test. Brit. 312. 
Rissoa minutissima, Mich. Desc. du Rissoa, 20, t. 27, 28. 

In pools among the rocks, frequent. This is one of the com- 
monest of the shells thrown up in sand. 

Pyramis candidus and P. discors of Brown are apparently only 
varieties of this very common and widely diffused species. 

3. R. parva, Da Costa. 
Turbo parvus, Mont. Test. Brit. 310. 

In shell-sand, common ; and alive beyond low-water mark. 
This species is found alive, though sparingly, on small sea-weeds 
among the rocks left bare by the tide. Its principal locality 
appears to be beyond low-water mark, and a small variety, with 
a thinner and more glossy shell, is not uncommon on corallines, 
from about twenty fathoms water. 


148 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA 


When fresh, the shell is usually striated between the ribs on 
the lower portion, a character that has been overlooked in de- 
scriptions. 

4, RK. rnconspicua, Alder. 
Rissoa inconspicua, Ald. in Ann. Nat. Hist. xiii. 323, t. 8, 
5b Oh Cp 

On corallines from deepish water at Cullercoats, rather rare. 
Whitburn.—U/7. R. Howse. 

5. R. punotura, Mont. 
Turbo punctura, Mont. Test. Brit. 320, t. 12, f 5. 

On corallines from ten to twenty fathoms water, and in shell- 
sand ; frequent. 

6. R. semistRiaTa, Mont. 
Turbo semistriatus, Mont. Test. Brit. Supp. 136. 

Not uncommon in shell-sand, and occasionally found alive at 
the roots of corallines from the fishing boats. 

7. R. wrerrvuptra, Adams. 
Turbo interruptus, Mont. Test. Brit. 329, t. 20, f. 8. 

On small sea-weeds in pools between tide-marks, abundant. 
The shell is common in sand. 

8. R. crnernuus, Wont. 
Turbo cingillus, Mont. Test. Brit. 328, t. 12, f. 7. 

In shell-sand, rare. 

9. R. untrascrata, Wont. 
Turbo unifasciatus, Mont. Test. Brit. 327. 
Rissoa fulva, Mich. Desc. du Rissoa 15, f. 17, 18. 

Among sea-weeds, between tide-marks, at Whitley, rare.— 
Sf Jaks Ji 
10. R. utvm, Penn. 

Turbo ulve, Mont. Test. Brit. 318. 

In muddy estuaries, common. Holy Island, Budle Bay, Jar- 

row Slake, mouth of the Tees, dc. 
11. R. vewrrosa, Mont. 
Turbo ventrosus, Mont. Test. Brit. 317, t. 12, f. 13. 

From sand and sea-weeds at Cullercoats, very rare. 

The Rissoa pulla, Brown Conch. Illust. 13, t. 8, f 25, “found 
on the sands at Holy Island,” we have not been able to make 
out ; from the figure it appears to be a distortion. 


OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 149 


12. R.? prapHana, Alder. 
Rissoa ? glabra, Ald.in Ann. Nat. Hist. xiii. 325, t. 8, f 1-4. 

On sea-weeds in pools among the rocks at Cullercoats, rare.— 
J. A. 

When this species was published in the Annals of Natural 
History, it was referred to the Rissoa glabra of Brown’s Illustra- 
tions, but, since that time, we have seen, through the favour of 
Mr. Barlee, an allied species from the south coast, that more 
nearly agrees with Captain Brown’s figure, and we have, there- 
fore, now given this the name of diaphana. It is not a true 
Rissoa, as we have already pointed out. The peculiar character 
of the animal requires that it should be raised to the rank of a 
genus. 


50. LITTORINA, Férussac. 


1. L. urrrorea, Zinn. (common periwinkle.) 
Turbo littoreus, Mont. Test. Brit. 301. 

In shallow pools and on stones within tide-marks, common, 
especially at and a little above half-tide level. A red variety is 
not uncommon on some parts of the coast. 

2. L. nupis, Maton. 
Turbo rudis, Mont. Test. Brit. 304. 

On rocks and in pools near high-water mark, common. Beau- 
tifully banded varieties (L. zonata, Bean) occur at Newbiggin 
and Bamborough, as well as on some other parts of the coast. 

3. L. Rupisstma, Bean. 
Littorina rudissima, Bean in Thorpe’s Brit. Mar. Conch. 266. 

On rocks, bare of sea-weed, at and a little above high-water 
mark, abundant ; frequently found in crevices on the face of a 
cliff. 

The species of this most difficult genus are so extremely varia- 
ble, and approach each other so closely in the different varieties, 
that we are unwilling to speak very decidedly concerning them. 
The present, though very nearly resembling Z. rudis, has the 
shell always thinner and smaller, and is distinguished from the 
young of that species by having the columella not go broad, nor 
so much produced and angulated at the base. It has also the 
spiral ridges generally very strong and conspicuous; but in this 


150 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA 


respect it is extremely variable, and is sometimes quite smooth. 
It undergoes all the varieties of colour and banding found on the 
last species, besides which we have obtained, at N ewbiggin, a 
black, and a tessellated variety, coming so near to Z. tenebrosa, 
that we hesitate to call them distinct. The latter is generally 
found in mud, but we are inclined to think that the Turbo 
tenebrosus, and 7’. jugosus of Montagu are probably the two ex- 
treme limits that this very variable shell undergoes, 
4, L. neauecra, Bean. 
Intiorina saxatilis, “ Bean,” Johns. in Berw. C. Proc. i., 268. 
Littorina neglecta, Bean, in Thorpe’s Brit. Mar. Conch. 266. 

On rocks near low-water mark, bare of sea-weed, but covered 
with Balani and muscles. 

The habitat of this little species is different from that of the 
preceding, being always nearer low-water mark. This, with the 
difference of form and size, induces us to think it distinct. 

We have taken from the body of this species, embryos, well 
developed and covered with a shell —A. ZH. 

It was first described by Dr. Johnston under the name of 
saxatilis, given it in manuscript by Mr. Bean. In consequence 
of this name having been used by Olivi for another species (pro- 
bably the following), Mr. Bean subsequently changed it to 
neglecta, under which name he has described it among his new 
species in Thorpe’s “ Brit. Marine Conchology.” Having omitted 
to mention that it had been described before, the species appears 
twice in that work :—viz., under the name of Z. saxatilis, in the 
Addenda, and of Z. neglecta, in the Supplement. 

5. L. petrma, Mont. 
Helix petrea, Mont. Test. Brit. 403. 
Turbo cerulescens, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. 2nd Hd. ix. 217. 

On rocks at and above high-tide level, frequent, especially in 
crevices of the cliffs, where it nestles in company with L. rudissima, 
beyond the reach of the sea, excepting the dashing of the spray, 
and the high water of spring tides. 

There can be little doubt that the 7’. cewrwlescens of Lamarck, 
of which we have specimens from two localities in the Mediter- 
ranean, is a variety of this species, though Philippi, in his 
description of the animal, does not mention the milk-white 


OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 151 


band in front of the foot by which our species is distinguished, 
and his description altogether corresponds more nearly with that 
of ZL. rudissima. 

Philippi enumerates seven synonyns of this species, without 
taking into account our English name, and the Z’urbo neritoides 
of Linnzeus with which he is now inclined to indentify it. 

The Turbo ziczac found by Lady Wilson near Sunderland, 
and stated to differ from the West Indian specimens in wanting the 
ZICZAC markings, is most likely only a variety of this species ; at 
least a specimen so named in the cabinet at Wallington, which 
we had the opportunity of examining through the kindness of 
the late Sir John Trevelyan, Bart., certainly belongs to ZL. 
petroed. 

6. L. retusa, Lam. 
Nerita littoralis, Mont. Test. Brit. 467. 
Littorina neritoides, Johns. in Berw. C. Proc. i. 269. 

On sea-weeds, among the rocks near high-water mark, common. 

The Zurbo retusus and 7’. neritoides of Lamarck, are un- 
doubtedly only different forms of the Nerita littoralis of Lin- 
nexus, as we have satisfied ourselves by an examination of the 
Lamarckian specimens. As 7’. neritoides, Linn., is not considered 
to belong to this species, we adopt the former name. 7’. obtu- 
satus, Linn., we are assured by Mr. Hanley, is distinct. 

The Turbo aureus of Brown (Conch. Ilust. 2nd Ed. 17, t. 10, 
f, 23), found by Sir Walter C. Trevelyan, Bart., at Seaton, Nor- 
thumberland (qu. Durham 2), is referred in the appendix to the 
genus Margarita, and in the description of the plates is called a 
LInttorina. We think it scarcely belongs to either of these 
genera. 


51. LACUNA, Turton. 
1. L. paturpuna, Da Costa. 
Nerita pallidula, Mont. Test. Brit. 468. 
On sea-weeds between tide-marks, not uncommon. 
2. L. puteona, Zurt. 
Lacuna puteola, Turt. in Zool. Jour. iii. 191. 
On sea-weeds and in shell-sand, rather rare. 


152 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA 


The Z'urbo puteolus of Turton, in his “Conchological Dictionary,” 
and the Lacuna puteola of the same author, in the “Zoological 
Journal,” do not appear to be the same species. It is to the lat- 


ter that we refer our shell. 
3. L. vincta, ont. 


Turbo vinctus, Mont. Test. Brit. 307, t. 20, f. 3. 

Var. 1. Turbo quadrifasciatus, Mont. Test. Brit. 328, t. 20, 
£7, 

Var. 2. Turbo canalis, Mont. Test. Brit. 309, t. 12, f. 11. 

On sea-weeds at and below low-water mark. 

We cannot find any permanent character to distinguish these 
three supposed species of Montagu, and have therefore united 
them. The shell is extremely variable both in form and mark- 
ings. The more elongated form, both banded and unbanded 
(T. vinctus, and 7. canalis), is rare, but the short, banded va~ 
riety (7. quadrifasciatus) is abundant on the fronds of Lami- 
naria digitata, at and beyond low-water mark. 

4. L. uasrosa Lovén ? 

Shell ovate-oblong, tapering, whitish, rather solid, with five 
whorls, very slightly convex, the last occupying rather more than 
half the shell, and rounded, or very slightly carinated below. 
Outer lip a little expanded, and thin at the edge, within which 
it is thickened by a callosity which extends round the base of 
the aperture uniting with the expanded columellar margin be- 
low. Umbilical groove small. Length } inch, breadth 14 
tenths. 

Lacuna labiosa, Lovén Index Moll. Scand. 23 ? 

One specimen of this new species has occurred in sand at 
Cullercoats. The shell is thicker and more slender than JZ. 
vincta, and is somewhat intermediate between it and L. crassior. 
It agrees very well with Professor Lovén’s description, but is 
smaller, and, as we have not seen authentic specimens, we cannot 
speak with certainty of the species to which we have referred it. 
It appears, however. to be distinct from any of the other British 
Lacune. 


5. L. crassror, Jont. 
Turbo crassior, Mont. Test. Brit. 309, t. 20, f. 1. 


OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 153 


In sand at Tynemouth, Cullercoats, and Whitburn, rare— 
Alive in pools among the rocks at Cullercoats.—A. H. 


52. SKENEA, Fleming. 


1. §. puanorsis, Fab. 
Helix depressa, Mont. Test. Brit. 439, t. 13, f 5, 
On small sea-weeds between tide-marks, common. 
2. S. divisa, “ Adams?’ Flem. 
Skenea divisa, Flem. Brit. Anim. 314. 
On small sea-weeds between tide-marks, rare.-—J. A. 


Famity. Trocuipm, DOrbigny. 


53. TROCHUS, Linneus. 


1. T. macus, Linn. 
Trochus magus, Mont. Test. Brit. 283. 

Two or three specimens have been found on the beach at Sea- 
ton Carew by Miss Elizabeth Backhouse, and it is also in Sir 
Cuthbert Sharp’s list of Hartlepool shells ; but we have no re- 
cord of its occurrence on any other part of the coast. It isa 
doubtful native of the north-eastern coast of Britain, and may 
have been introduced in ballast. Mr. Bean informs us that one 
dead shell has been found at Scarborough. 

2. T. cinERARIUS, Linn. 
Trochus cinerarius, Mont. Test. Brit. 284. 
In pools among the rocks between tide-marks, common. 
3. T. rumipus, Mont. 
Trochus tumidus, Mont. Test. Brit. 280, t. 10, f. 4. 
From deepish water, frequent. 
4, T, mintEeRanvs, Phil. 
Trochus Martini, Smith in Wern. Mem. viii. 51, t. 1, f£ 26. 
Thorpe Brit. Mar. Conch. 164, f. 36. 

Two or three specimens have been obtained from the deep- 
water fishing boats by Mr. W. King, and Mr. R. Howse. Mr. 
Embleton has also got it at Embleton. 

5. T. zizypuinus, Linn. 
Trochus zizyphinus, Mont. Test. Brit. 274. 

VOL. I. 5 


154 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA 


Not uncommon in the Laminarian zone, especially in the north 
of Northumberland and south of Durham ; less frequent in the 
intermediate district. Capt. Brown figures “a beautiful smooth 
variety dredged in deep water, off Sunderland, by Mr. Dixon of 
Bishop Wearmouth.” 


54. MARGARITA, Leach. 


1. M. wenictna, fab. 
Helix margarita, Mont. Test. Brit. Supp. 143. 
On sea-weeds, and under stones, near low-water mark, fre- 
quent. Common on the northern parts of the coast. 


Famizty. Neritina, D’Orbigny. 

Neritina fluviatilis, Linn., has been frequently met with on 
our coast, but as it is a common ballast shell, we attribute it to 
this source. Mr. Hogg states that he found it in the vicinity of 
Stockton, but he is not quite certain of its having been alive. 
It is found in the Ouse at York. 


Faminy. TUuRRITELLID&. 


55. TURRITELLA, Lamarck. 


1. T. rerEpRa, Linn. 
Turbo terebra, Mont. Test. Brit. 293. 

On weedy ground in a few fathoms water, not uncommon, but 
seldom thrown upon the shore, excepting in a very young state, 
in which form it has been taken for a distinct species, and called 
Turritella Lamarckii. It is sometimes brought up pretty plen- 
tifully in the trawl-nets by the fishermen at Cullercoats. 

The animal, from its broad proboscidiform head, and short 
lateral tentacles, bears a great resemblance to Cerithium. It is 
very shy and sluggish, and will lie for days together without 
shewing itself beyond the mouth of the shell, or attempting to 


crawl about. 


Faminy. Cerirarape, Mleming. 


Cerithium reticulatum, Da Costa, has been frequently found on 


OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 155 


the shore near Sunderland and Whitburn, by the Rev. G. C. 
Abbes and Mr. Howse, but is supposed to have come from bal- 
last. It has also been found by Miss E. Backhouse at Seaton. 

Cerithium tuberculare, Mont. One specimen found on Whitley 
sands.—J. H. F. Perhaps from the same source as the last. 

Cerithium fuscatum, Brown ( Turbo tuberculatus, Penn. Brit. 
Zool. t. 82, f. 111), is stated by Mr. Pennant to be “ from the 
coast of Northumberland.” We think there must be some mis- 
take in this, or it may be a foreign shell thrown by accident on 
the coast. 

Cerithium cancellatum, Brown (Illust. Rec. Conch. 2d Ed. 9, 
t. 5, f. 64), is also stated to have been found “on the Northum- 
berland coast at Holy Island.” We do not know it, but are 
inclined to think that none of the Cerithia are indigenous to our 
coast. 

The Strombus costatus of Sir C. Sharp’s list is also a Cerithium, 
but it is now generally believed that this shell, common in fo- 
reign collections, has been introduced into the British Fauna by 
mistake. The shell found at Hartlepool was most likely Ceri- 


thium reticulatwm. 


56. APORRHAIS, (Da Costa) Dillwyn. 


1. A. PEs-PELECANI, Linn. 
Strombus pes-pelecant, Mont. Test. Brit. 253. 
From deepish water, not common. 


Famity. Muricipa, Fleming. 
57. PLEUROTOMA, Lamarck. 


1. P. ters, Forbes. 
Pleurotoma teres, Forbes in Ann. Nat. Hist. xiv. 412, t.10,f. 3. 

A specimen of this fine species was got at Whitburn by the 
Rey. G. C. Abbes, and Mr. R. Howse also dredged a young shell 
in seventeen fathoms off the same place. 
2. P. costata, Penn. 

Murex costatus, Mont. Test. Brit. 255. 

In shell-sand from different parts of the coast, not rare. 


156 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA 


3. P. Booruit, Smith. 
Fusus Boothwi, Smith in Wern. Mem. viii. 50, t. 1, f, 1. 
A single specimen has been obtained by the Rev. G. C. Abbes, 
at Whitburn. 
4, P. uinearts, Mont. 
Murex linearis, Mont. Test. Brit. 261, t. 9, f. 4. 
In shell-sand frequent, and occasionally on corallines from the 
fishing boats. 
5. P. rura, Mont. 
Murex rufus, Mont. Test. Brit. 263. 
In shell-sand, not rare. The Rev. G. C. Abbes and Mr. R. 
Howse have occasionally got it alive. 
6. P. Trevetyana, Zur. 
Pleurotoma Trevelyanum, Turt. in Mag. Nat. Hist. vii. 351. 
From deepish water, rare. Cullercoats—J. A. and A. ZH. 
Whitburn.— Rev. G. C. Abbes. One specimen was dredged in 
17 fathoms off the latter place by Mr. R. Howse. 


58. FUSUS, Bruguieére. 


1. F. rurricuna, Mont. 
Murex turricula, Mont. Test. Brit. 262, t. 9, £ 1. 

From the fishing boats, and in sand, not uncommon. Dredged 
by Mr. Howse, off Whitburn. 

2. F. chaturatvs, Linn. 
Murex Bamfius, Mont. Test. Brit. Supp. 117. 

From deep water, not rare. Occasionally met with in the 
fishing boats at Cullercoats, as well as in the deep-water (or five- 
men) boats. Mr. R. Howse dredged a few alive in 17 fathoms, 
off Whitburn. The shell (but generally of small size) is found 
in sand. 

3. F. Barvicensis, Johns. 
Fusus Barvicensis, Johns. in Edin. Phil. Journ. xii. 225. 
Berw. Club Proe. 1. 235. 
fusus asperrimus, Brown Illust. Rec. Conch. 8, t. 6, f. 2. 2 

From deep water, rare. A fine specimen, nearly an inch long, 

was dredged in 60 fathoms water by Mr. R. Howse. 


OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 157 


4, F.-eractiis, Da Costa. 
Murex corneus, Mont. Test. Brit. 258. 
Fusus Islandicus, “ Martini,” King in Ann. Nat. Hist. xviii. 
246. 

In the coralline and deep-water zones, frequent. The variety 
from deep water is more ventricose than the common form, and 
has the epidermis thinner, smoother, and sometimes of a reddish 
colour. The shell figured by Captain Brown in his “Illustrations 
of the Recent Conchology of Great Britain,” t. 6, f 11, 12, found 
by Sir W. C. Trevelyan, Bart., at Seaton, appears to be an un- 
usually short specimen of this variety. 

Much confusion has arisen in the name of this species from 
the circumstance of Linneus having included more than one shell 
in his Murex corneus; but as it is now agreed that the name 
should belong to the Mediterranean shell (Pusus lignarius of 
Lamarck), and being of opinion that our species is not the /usus 
Islandicus of Chemnitz, to which it has lately been referred, we 
follow Professor Lovén in adopting Da Costa’s name, the earliest 
undisputed appellaticn. 

5. F. PROPINQUUS, 2. s. 

Shell fusiform, white, covered with a brown epidermis, striated 
spirally ; the strie rather variable, but generally deep and dis- 
tant on the upper whorls, more closely set on the lower, and 
often rising into ridges towards the base of the shell. Whorls 8, 
flattish, or very slightly convex, and a little tumid above at the 
suture ; they are broader in proportion to their height than in 
the last species, and consequently the spire is a little less pro- 
duced. The nucleus, forming the apex of the shell, consists of 
two or three very small whorls, the first very little raised, and 
only to be seen from above; the apex is rather slender, not 
mammillated, and generally stained of a ferruginous colour ; 
aperture oval, rather contracted, and ending in a short canal of 
moderate width, a little bent towards the left side ; outer lip 
thin ; pillar smooth, a little arched inwards in the centre, and 
produced in old shells into an obtuse rounded angle towards the 
entrance of the canal. Length 14 in., breadth $ in. 


158 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA 


A variety from deep water is shorter in the spire, and more 
tumid in the body whorl, and has the canal very much twisted 
to the left side. The epidermis is thin, pale yellowish horn- 
coloured, and hispid. The apex is frequently incrusted with 
black. Animal white. 

Found in the same situations with the last, but rare. 

This species very much resembles /’. gracilis but never grows 
to half the size, and may readily be distinguished from it by an 
examination of the apex. The nucleus of /. propinquus con- 
sists of two or three small compact whorls, while that of F. gra- 
cilis has only about a whorl and a half, which are large, and 
rather produced at the top, giving the apex a mammillated ap- 
pearance. The embryos of these two species must, therefore, dif- 
fer as much from each other as those of #. Turtont and /. Nor- 
vegicus. The shell of /. propinquus is rather more tumid, and 
the whorls rather flatter in the middle, and more raised towards 
the suture than in 7’. graciiis: the striz also are closer, the aper- 
ture more contracted towards the canal, and the latter a little 
more bent. The variety from deep water, dredged by Mr. Howse 
in sixty fathoms, has much the aspect of a distinct species, but 
a shell in that gentleman’s possession seems to unite it with the 
normal form. Mr. Howse has figured the variety in the Ann. of 
Nat. Hist. vol. xix., t. 10, fi 5. 

6. F. Isnanpicus, Chemn. 
Fusus Berniciensis, King in Ann. Nat. Hist. xviii. 246. 
Tritonium Islandicum, Lovén Ind. Moll. Scand. 11. 
Var. Buccinum Sabini, Gray in Parry’s lst Voyage, 211? 

Two specimens of this rare species have been obtained from 
the deep-water fishing boats by Mr. King. 

Through the kindness of Mr. Gray we have had the oppor- 
tunity of examining his specimens of Bb. Sabini, which appears 
to be a small variety of this, but the species of this group come 
so very near to each other, that we should not like to speak de- 
cidedly. Further investigation induces us to consider our spe- 
cies the true Fusus Islandicus of Chemnitz. 

7. F. Turtont, Bean. 


OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 159 


fusus Turtoni, Bean in Mag. Nat. Hist. vii. 493, f. 61. 
King in Ann. Nat. Hist. xviii. 245. Howse in Ann. 
Nat. Hist. xix. 162, t. 10, f 6—10. 

From deep water, rare. A few specimens of this fine species 
have been obtained from the fishermen by Mr. W. King and Mr. 
R. Howse. The ova capsules and young have also been got by 
the latter and are figured by him in the Annals of Natural 
History. 

8. F. Norveaicus, Chemn. 
Fusus Norvegicus, King in Ann. Nat. Hist. xviii. 244. 
Howse in Ann. Nat. Hist. xix. 162, t. 10, f. 1—3. 

From deep water, rare. This, with the last, was first noticed 
to be an inhabitant of our coast by Mr. King, who has procured 
some beautiful specimens from the fishermen. Specimens have 
likewise been got by Mr. R. Howse, who dredged the ova cap- 
sules in sixty fathoms water, off the coast of Durham. See Ann. 
Nat. Hist., as above. 

9. F. antiquus, Linn. 
Murex antiquus, Mont. Test. Brit. 257. 

Common in the coralline and deep-water regions on all parts 
of the coast. The deep-water variety is thinner and more ven- 
tricose than the other, and generally has the outer lip reflected. 
Our largest specimen from the coralline zone (got at Newbig- 
gin), measures 7+ inches in length, and 34 in breadth. Dr. 
Johnston, however, has a specimen, found by Miss I. Forster 
near Alemouth, which is 8 inches long, and 34 broad. (Berw. 
Club. Proc. 7. 234.) The largest from deep water, as mentioned 
by Mr. King, is 7 inches long and nearly 5 broad. These 
specimens from our coast appear to be the largest that have been 
recorded. 

10. F.? minimus, JZont. 
Buceinum minimum, Mont. Test. Brit. 247, t. 8, f 2. 

In shell-sand at Tynemouth and Cullercoats, rare-—J. A. 

Fusus punctatus, Brown Illust. Rec. Conch. 7, t. 5, f. 56, 57, 
found by Capt. Brown at Holy Island, we have not been able to 
make out. 


160 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA 


MUREX, Linneus. 


M. erinaceus, Linn. Two or three dead shells of this species 
have occurred, but we think they are probably from ballast. 


Famity. Bucoinipa, Fleming. 
59. TRICHOTROPIS, Broderip and Sowerby. 
1. T. BorzAtts, Brod. and Sow. 
Trichotropis borealis, Brod. and Sow. in Zool. Jour. iv. 375. 
Trichotropis umbilicatus, Thorpe Brit. Mar. Conch. 209, f. 54. 
In deepish water, rare. We have got two or three shells of 
this species from haddocks, and some fine specimens have been 
obtained from the fishing boats at Whitburn by the Rev. G. C. 
Abbes. Mr. Howse also dredged it at that place in 17 fathoms.— 
Found alive in the fishing boats at Cullercoats—<A. H. 


60. PURPURA, Bruguieére. 


1. P. napinivs, Linn. 
Buccinum lapillus, Mont. Test. Brit. 239. 
On rocks between half-tide and high-water mark, common. 


61. BUCCINUM, Linnaeus. 


1. B. unpatum, Linn. (common waved Whelk). 

Buccinum undatum, Mont. Test. Brit. 237. 

Common on all parts of the coast. 

The varieties of this shell are numerous. Three principal 
ones occur on this coast, inhabiting different zones of depth, to- 
gether with a few other forms of less importance. 

Var. 1. Shell rather thin and slender, with the volutions 
rounded, and a strong hairy epidermis: inside 
white, occasionally yellowish or purple. From 
deep water, generally on a muddy bottom. 

2. Shell thick and strong: whorls not much raised 
and strongly undulated : epidermis ‘generally 
wanting : inside white or rarely yellowish. From 
the coralline zone on rocky ground. 


OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 161 


3. Shell moderately strong, (or sometimes rather thin), 
short, and ovate: the whorls flattish, and the un- 
dulations obsolete : epidermis variable, sometimes 
wanting: inside deep purplish brown or yellow, 
rarely white. At low-water mark, generally 
among rocks. 

Buccinum carinatum of Turton, an accidental variety of this 
species, has been found at Sunderland by the Rey. Mr. Law ; as 
has also another accidental variety, or lusus, agreeing pretty 
nearly with the Buccinum acuminatum of Broderip. The speci- 
mens were presented by Mr. Law to the Newcastle Museum. 

2. B. ovum, Turton. 
Buccinum ovum, Turt. in Zool. Journ. 11. 366, t. 13, f 9. 

A dead and rather worn specimen of this shell has been got 
from the fishing boats by Mr. W. King. 


62. NASSA, Lamarck. 


1. N. neticunata, Linn. 
Buccinum reticulatum, Mont. Test. Brit. 240. 

From the fishing boats, Cullercoats.—J. H. F. Whitburn.— 
Rev. G. C. Abbes. Sunderland.—Mr. W. Backhouse. 

The fresh state of some of Mr. Abbes’s specimens shew them to 
have been either living or recently dead shells; but as this 
species is common in ballast, it must be received with caution. 
It is in Sir C. Sharp’s Hartlepool list. 

2. N. rvorassata, Jill. 
Buccinum macula, Mont. Test. Brit. 241, t. 8, f. 4. 

On the rocky parts of the coast at and beyond low-water mark, 
common. ‘The shell is abundant on most of our sandy shores. 


Famity. Cypraipa, Gray. 


63. CYPRAAA, Linneus. 
1. C. Huropma, Mont. 
Cyprea Europea, Mont. Test. Brit. Supp. 88. 
The shell of this species is thrown up very plentifully on our 
sands, and it is occasionally found alive, though rarely, among 


the rocks at spring tides. Its habitat appears to be a little 
VOL, I. Mi i 


162 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA 


below low-water mark. The plain variety only is found on this 
coast, which is the C. arctica of Montagu in the “ Testacea Britan- 
nica.” He afterwards united it with C. Huropea in the Sup- 
plement. 


Faminy. Naticipa, Gray. 


64. NATICA, Adanson. 
1. N. catena, Da Costa. 
Nerita glaucina, Mont. Test. Brit. 469. 
Natica monilifera, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. 2nd Ed. viii. 638. 

On sandy shores, not common. Embleton Bay, rare—WMr. R. 
Limbleton. Seaton Carew.—Mr. W. Backhouse. Whitburn.— 
Rev. G. C. Abbes. 

2. N. Aupert, Porbes. 
Nerita glaucina, var. B., Turt. Conch. Dict. 125. 
Natica Alderi, Forbes Mal. Monen. 31, t. 2, f 6, 7. Thorpe 
Brit. Mar. Conch. 148, f. 82. 

From the coralline zone, common. Frequently met with in 
the stomachs of haddocks. 

We have seldom, if ever, observed this species cast on shore. 
It seems to live in deepish water on our coast, though on the 
western coast of Scotland near Ardrossan it inhabits the sand 
near low water mark, and is thrown up plentifully on the beach 
along with WV. catena. We have observed that several other mol- 
lusks inhabit shallower water on the western coast of Great 
Britain than they do with us. 

The Rev. G. C. Abbes and Mr. R. Howse have met with the 
plain variety at Whitburn. 

3. N. rvtricata, Don. 
Nerita intricata, Don. Brit. Shells, t. 169. 
From the fishing boats, Cullercoats—J. H. 1. 
4. N. Montagu, Lorbes. 
Nerita rufa, Mont. Test. Brit. Supp. 150,+. 30,f32 (excl. var.) 
Natica Montagui, Forbes Mal. Monen. 32, t. 2, f. 3-9. 

From the coralline and deep-water zones, rather rare, occa. 
sionally met with in the fishing boats at Cullercoats and Whit- 
burn. Mr. Howse dredged several living specimens in seventeen 


OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 163 


fathoms at Whitburn, and has also got it in sixty fathoms by 
deep-water dredging off the Durham coast. 
5. N. Granuanpica, Beck. 
Natica Groenlandica, “ Beck,” Méler Index Moll. Greenl. 7. 
Natica livida, Bean in Thorpe’s Brit. Mar. Conch. 265, f. 55. 
In deep water, rare. Obtained by Mr. W. King from the fish- 
ing boats, and afterwards dredged alive by him in fifty fathoms. 
Mr. R. Howse has also got a few specimens from the boats and 
by deep-water dredging. 
6. N. HELIcormpEs, Johns. 
Natica helicoides, Johns. in Berw. Club Proce. 1. 69. 
Very rare. Two specimens have been met with by Mr. R. 
Howse from the fishing boats at Sunderland. 


Faminy. VELUTINIDA, Gray. 
65. VELUTINA, Fleming. 


1. V. Lavieata, Penn. 
Helix levigata, Mont. Test. Brit. 382. 

On large shells and stones from the coralline zone, frequent. 
2. V. puicatiuis, Jul. 

Bulla fiexilis,, Mont. Test. Brit. Supp. 168. Laskey in 
Wern. Mem. i. 396, t. 8, f. 6. 

In shallow water, rare. We have got two individuals from 
the stomachs of flat-fish, and one was obtained some years ago 
by Mr. Wm. Backhouse among the rocks at the “Bear’s Back,” 
Cullercoats. The Rev. G. ©. Abbes and Mr. R. Howse have 
since got several specimens, at Whitburn. 

3. V.? ois, Turt. 
Helix otis, Turt. Conch. Dict. 70. 

A number of specimens of this interesting little species were 
got several years ago on the rocks between tide marks on the 
Marsden coast, particularly on the sides of the great rock. 
Since that time we have frequently looked for it in vain. The 
animal is transparent white,aud rather large for the shell, within 
which it can scarcely be withdrawn: the tentacles are very 
short and triangular ; the eyes are immersed in the tentacles 
apparently towards the inner base, but, from the transparency of 


164 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA 


the latter, are seen on either side. The muzzle is very large 
and broadly bilobed. This animal evidently is very different 
from that of Velutina levigata, but the drawings we made are 
too imperfect to establish a generic character upon.* 


66. LAMELLARIA, Montagu. 


1. L. persprova, Linn. 
Bulla haliotoidea, Mont. Test. Brit. 211, t. 7, f. 6. 

In shallow water, rare. Several specimens have been got 
from the fishing boats at Whitburn, by the Rev. G. C. Abbes. 
The shell has also been found cast on shore at Whitley.—J. H. F. 
2. L. tentacunata, Mont. 

Lamellaria tentaculata, Mont. in Linn. Trans. xi. 186, t. 
IESE tay, 
Coriocella tentaculata, Johns. in Berw. Club Proce. i. 275. 

Among rocks at low-water mark, Cullercoats. Rather rare. 


Orper. SCUTIBRANCHIATA, Cuvier. 


Famity. Fissureviipz, D’Orbigny. 
67. EMARGINULA, Lamarck. 


1. E. rrssura, Linn. 
Patella fissura, Mont. Test. Brit. 490. 
From the fishing boats, rare. The shell is occasionally found 


in sand. 
68. PUNCTURELLA, Lowe. 
1. P. noacuina, Linn. 
Fissurella noachina, Thorpe Brit. Mar. Conch. 134, f. 78. 

We got a living example of this species adhering to a Fusus 
antiquus brought in by the fishermen at Cullercoats in 1842. 
Mr. W. King subsequently dredged an individual “in 50 fathoms 
water 60 miles to the east of the north coast of Durham.” One 
or two dead and worn shells have been got from the deep-water 
fishing boats. 


* While these sheets are going through the press, we have received from 
Mr. Gray, of the British Museum, his valuable “ List of the Genera of Recent 
Mollusca,” in which we observe that the genus O/ina is proposed for this spe- 


cies. 


OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 165 


The animal scarcely differs from that of Hmarginula, having 
similar short appendages on the sides between the foot and cloak. 
In our individual there were five on each side. 

Captain Brown mentions the Northumberland coast as a habi- 
tat of Missurella Greca, but we think this must be a mistake. 


Famity. CALYPTREIDA, Cray. 
69. CAPULUS, Montfort. 


1. C. nuNGaARICcUS, Linn. 
Patella ungarica, Mont. Test. Brit. 486. 
From deepish water, rather rare, and usually of small size. 


Orper. CYCLOBRANCHIATA, Cuvier. 


Faminy. Paretuipa, D’Orbigny. 
70. PATELLA, Linneus. 


1. P. vuneata, Linn. (common limpet). 
Patella vulgata, Mont. Test. Brit. 475. 

On the rocks between tide-marks, common. 

In the neighbourhood of our fishing villages the limpet has 
become much less common than formerly, in consequence of the 
great numbers that are gathered for bait. Large-sized limpets 
are rarely now to be met with on the rocks at Tynemouth and 
Cullercoats. A very conical variety, with coarse ribs, is not un- 
common at Holy Island, and other parts of the north of Nor- 
thumberland ; this is the “var. 4, conica” of Brown’s Ilust. t. 
PAs aa 
2. P. atatetica, Bean. 

Patella athletica, Bean in Thorpe’s Mar. Conch. 264, f. 101, 
Patella vulgata, var. 3, albumina, Brown Illust. Rec. Conch. 
63, t. 20, f. 12-14. 

On rocks close to low-water mark, rather rare. 

“T first noticed this very beautiful variety on rocks at Culler- 
coats, near Tynemouth, Northumberland, in 1810..”—Captain 
Brown. 

In some parts of England we have seen this limpet range 
much higher up between tide-marks than it does on our coast, 
where it is scarcely to be gathered but at spring tides. On the 


166 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA 


southern coast, too, there is frequently an intermediate form be- 
tween this and the last, which looks very like a hybrid, but with 
us they keep constantly distinct. The fishermen recognise the 
difference between them, and call this the horse-limpet, rejecting 
it as too tough for bait. 
3. P. petiuctpa, Linn. (Blue-rayed Limpet.) 

Patella pellucida, Mont. Test. Brit. 477, 

On the fronds of Laminaria digitata at and beyond low-water 
mark, common. 

4, P. travis, Penn. 
Patella coerulea, Mont. Test. Brit. Supp. 152. 

At the roots, and occasionally on the stems, of Laminaria 
digitata, common. 

Great difference of opinion has always existed as to whether 
or not this is a distinct species from the last. As far as our ob- 
servations go, we are inclined to think itis. Professor Lovén 
remarks that this is not found along with P. pellucida on the 


Scandinavian shores. 


71. LOTTIA, Gray. 


1. L. virarnea, JZull. 
Patella parva, Mont. Test. Brit. 480. 

Under stones and on rocks, near low-water mark, frequent. 

We are aware that we do some violence to an artificial ar- 
rangement by placing this species here, but it isso evidently one 
of the Patellide, that we should do much greater violence to the 
natural affinities by removing it to another order. We cannot, 
however, agree with Professor Lovén in considering it merely a 
section of the genus Patella. 


Famity. Currontpm, D’Orbigny. 
72. CHITON, Linneus. 


1. C. FascrcuLaRis, Linn. 
Chiton fascicularis, Mont. Test. Brit. 5. 
Under stones near low-water mark, not uncommon. 
2. C. Hanusyi, Bean. 
Chiton Hanley, Bean in Thorpe’s Brit. Mar. Conch. 263, f. 57. 


OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 167 


Rare. Dredged in about 20 fathoms water at Cullercoats in 
1837.—/J. A. A-specimen has also been got from the fishing 
boats at the same place.—J. H. F. 

Mr. Bean’s description was taken from young shells, and is in 
some respects imperfect. Our specimen is about half an inch 
long, and nearly black ; the granules are disposed in longitudinal 
beaded lines, which are small, and rather faint on the dorsal 
ridge, and become coarse and less regular at the sides. When 
alive, the spines of the marginal band are slightly fasciculated, a 
few of them standing erect near the junctions of the valves ; but 
these fall after the animal dies, and the margin then appears uni- 
formly hispid. 

3. C. MARGINATUS, Penn. 
Chiton marginatus, Mont. Test. Brit. 1. 

Common under stones between tide-marks, and very variable 
in colour and markings. 

4. C. crnEreEvs, Linn. 
Chiton cinereus, Mont. Test. Brit. 3. 

On stones and old shells from deepish water, frequent. Oc- 
casionally found on stones at low-water mark.—A. H. 

The variety found on our coast is rather small, grey, and 
usually freckled ; but is seldom covered with the black incrusta- 
tion so common on some of the large varieties of the Scottish 
coast. 

5. C. RuBER, Linn. 
Chiton ruber, Flem. Brit. Anim. 289. 

Under stones near low-water mark, and at the roots of Lamin- 
aria digitata, frequent. 

6. C. tavis, “ Penn.” Mont. 
Chiton levis, Mont. Test. Brit. 2. 
Under stones at low-water mark, rare. 
7. C. Lavieatus, Flem. 
Chiton levigatus, Flem. Brit. Anim. 290. 

Among the rocks below Dunstanborough Castle, very rare.— 

Mr. k. Embleton. A single living specimen was also got at 


Cullercoats—A. H. The disunited valves are sometimes thrown 
on Whitley sands.—J. H. F. 


168 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA 


Orper. CIRRHOBRANCHIATA, Blainville. 
Famity. Dentatiapa, Gray. 
73. DENTALIUM, Linn. 


1. D. entauis, Linn. 
Dentalium entalis, Mont. Test. Brit. 494. 
From deep water, not common. 
Capt. Brown states that he met with a specimen of Denta- 
lium octangulatum at Holy Island.—Zdlust. Rec. Conch. 117. 


74. CAECUM, Fleming. 
1. C. tracuEa, Dont. 
Dentalium trachea, Mont. Test. Brit. 497, t. 14, f. 10. 
Rare. One specimen found in sand at Tynemouth.—J/. A. 
2. C. euaBrum, JJont. 
Dentalium glabrum, Mont. Test. Brit. 497. 
In sand from Cheswick and Fern Islands, rare.—J. A. 
Though aware of Mr. Clarke’s interesting unpublished re- 
searches on the animal of this genus, we are unwilling to re- 
move it from the vicinity of Dentaliwm, until its true place shall 
be more accurately made out. No genus has had more various 
places assigned to it ; and, having no personal knowledge of the 
subject, we do not wish to be the first to give it another. 


+* ACEPHALA. 
Cuass. CONCHIFERA, Lamarck. 
OrpeR. PALLIOBRANCHIATA, Blainville. 


Famity. TEREBRATULIDA, Gray. 


75. TEREBRATULA, Miiller. 


1. T. psrrtacea, Gmelin. 
Terebratula psittacea, Turt. Brit. Biv. 236. 
Hypothyris psittacea, King in Ann. Nat. Hist. xviii. 238. 
One perfect and a broken specimen of this species have been 


OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 169 


obtained from the deep-water fishing boats by Mr. King. They 
were found attached to the byssus of a Modiola valgaris brought 
up from a depth of forty fathoms, twenty-five miles from the 
coast of Northumberland. As this is the third time that this 
species, a well-known inhabitant of the north seas, has been 
found between the Tyne and the Frith of Forth, there can be 
little doubt that it inhabits the deep water of our coast. 


Orper. LAMELLIBRANCHIATA, Blainville. 
Sus-OrpEer. Monomyarra, Lamarck. 
Famity. Ostreipa, Guiding. 

76. ANOMIA, Linneus. 


1. A. epHrpprum, Linn. 
Anomia ephippium, Mont. Test. Brit. 155. 

On most parts of the coast, but not common. 

The Anomia electrica of Brown, found at Cullercoats, is most 
likely a variety of this species. 

2. A. squamuna, Linn. 
Anomia squamula, Mont. Test. Brit. 156. 
On oysters, pectens, and other shells, frequent. 
3. A. PATELLIFORMIS, Linn. 
Anomia undulata, Mont. Test. Brit. 157, t. 4, f 6. 

On the under sides of rocks and stones between tide-marks, 
frequent. 

The Ostrea striata of British authors, first noticed by Lister 
as common upon the sands at the mouth of the Tees, we take to 
be this species, the upper valve of which is frequently thrown up 
on our shores, and has the inside green, with a white muscular 
impression as described by Lister. The under valve (which 
would have shewn it to be an Anomia) is very thin and fragile, 
and, in such cases, always absent. 

4, A. acuLEata, Mill. 
Anomia aculeata, Mont. Test. Brit. 157, t. 4, f. 5. 

On sea weeds between tide-marks, frequent. 

5. A. cyninprica, Gmel. 
Anomia cymbiformis, Mont. Test. Brit. Supp. 64. 

VOL, I. Z 


170 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA 


Anomia cylindrica, Turt. Brit. Biv. 232. 
On the stems of sea-weeds, not uncommon. 


77. OSTREA, Linneus. 


1. O. Eputis, Linn (common oyster). 
Ostrea edulis, Mont. Test. Brit. 151. 

Not common. Frequently found on the shells of crabs. The 
only oyster-bed on the coast is at Holy Island. 

The following remarks on this oyster-bed are from our friend 
Dr. Johnston’s “ Catalogue of the Bivalved Shells of Berwickshire 
and North Durham” :— 

“Tn the inventory of the Priory of Holy Island for 1381-2, 
we find expended for ‘a sloop (iavicula), bought of a certain 
Scotchman (de quodam Skoto), with the oysters and other 
goods contained in it, 100s.’ From the nature of the purchases, 
Mr. Raine thinks it may be inferred ‘that there were at that 
period no oysters to be procured at home’ ; and suggests that 
the oysters of this very cargo were the founders of the present 
valuable colony.—(Hist. V. Durham, p. 110.) The conjecture 
is, I believe, unfounded ; for not many years since, the oysters 
being exposed by the unusually great recess of a spring tide 
during the night to a severe frost, were all killed, and the bed 
had to be renewed from Preston Pans ; and if my information is 
correct, a similar accident has occurred more than once during 
the last half century.”—Johns. in Berw. Club. Proc. i. 80. 


Famity. Prcrinipm, Broderip. 
78. PECTEN, Miller. 
1. P. maximus, Linn. 
Pecten maximus, Mont. Test. Brit. 143. 
In deepish water, rather rare. Cullercoats. Hartlepool. Fre- 
quent in the north of Northumberland.—M/r. R. Hmbleton. 
2. P. opercuLARIS, Linn. 
Pecten opercularis, Mont. Test. Brit. 145. 
In shallowish water, frequent. 
The depth at which this species lives appear to vary consider- 
ably, as we have a white variety presented to us by Mr. Richard 


OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 171 


Howse, which was got in fifty fathoms off the coast of Northum- 
berland ; and Mr. King got the dead valves in abundance in 
fifty fathoms off the edge of the Dogger Bank. We are not 
aware of any large scallop beds near the coast. 
3. P. striatus, Jill. 

Pecten Landsburgi, Smith in Wern. Mem. viii. 58. 

Dredged in thirty fathoms water off the Northumberland coast. 
—WMr. W. King. Also obtained in fifty fathoms by Mr. R. 
Howse. Whitburn.—Rev. G.C. Abbes. Newton.—Mr. Rk. Hmbleton. 
We think Dr. Johnston’s Pecten spinosus may be this species. 
Mr. King’s specimen, which is nearly an inch long, is the largest 
we have seen. 

4, P. tierinus, Jul. 
Pecten obsoletus, Mont. Test. Brit. 149. 

In shallowish water, frequent. A small variety is the most 
common, and is often found in the stomachs of flat-fish. The 
larger kind is generally from deeper water. The varieties of 
colour and markings are almost endless. 

5. P. simiuis, Laskey. 
Pecten similis, Laskey in Wern. Mem. i. 387, t. 8, f. 8. 
Pecten tumidus, Turt. Brit. Biv. 212, t. 17, f 3. 

Rare. Taken from the roots of corallines brought in by the 
Whitburn fishermen,—A. H. Several dead valves were dredged 
by Mr. R. Howse off Whitburn, and we have once or twice found 
it in the stomachs of flat-fish. 

6. P. varius, Linn. 
Pecten varius, Mont. Test. Brit. 146. 
On most parts of the coast, but not common. 
7. P. pistortus, Da Costa. 
Pecten destortus, Mont. Test. Brit. 148. 
Hinnites sinuosus, Desh. in Lam. Anim. s. Vert. 2nd. Ed. 
vil. 149. 

In the cavities of stones and among the roots of sea-weeds at 
various depths, frequent. 

In its adult state it is often found attached by the under valve, 
in the manner of an oyster, and when confined in cavities, be- 
comes very irregular ; under favourable circumstances, however, 
and generally in its young state, it is perfectly regular and un- 


172 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA 


attached excepting by a bissus. In this state we take it to be 
the Pecten spinosus of Capt. Brown, which he says he “ first 
found on the Herd Sands at South Shields. 

A specimen of Pecten septemradiatus, Miill.,* was presented 
to the Newcastle Museum by the Rev. Josh. Law, who thinks he 
obtained it from the fishermen at Sunderland, and that it was 
probably got off our coast. It is similar to Swedish specimens 
sent to us by Professor Lovén, and we have also seen a similar 
variety from the west of Scotland. There is therefore no impro- 
bability of its occurring here, but the present instance is scarcely 
sufficient to warrant its admission. 


79. LIMA, Bruguiere. 
1. L. Loscompr, Sov. 
Pecten fragilis, Mont. Test. Brit. Supp. 62. 

From deep water, rare. Holy Island and Cullercoats.—J. A. 
Whitburn.— Rev. G. C. Abbes. 

2. L. supauricuLata, Mont. 
Pecten subauriculata, Mont. Test. Brit. Supp. 63, t. 29, f. 2 4 
Var. ? Lima sulculus, Lovén Index Moll. Scand. 32. 

A single valve was dredged by Mr. R. Howse off Whitburn, 
agreeing with a specimen of Z. sulculus we have received from 
Professor Lovén. It is rather more slender, and has the ribs 
stronger than the usual form of LZ. swhawriculata, Mont., but we 
are not sufficiently acquainted with the latter to decide concern- 
ing their specific distinction. 


Sus-orDER. Dimyaria, Lamarck. 
Famity. Arcipa, Gray. 
80. PECTUNCULUS, Lamarck. 
1. P. prnosus, Linn. 
Arca pilosa, Mont. Test. Brit. 136. 

Embleton Bay, rare.—Mr. Rk. Embleton. 

Mr. Embleton informs us that he got this from a number of 
Artemis exoleta and Tellina crassa brought from deep water by 


* Pecten nebulosus, Brown, mentioned in our prefatory remarks as not un- 
ommon in the west of Scotland, may be a variety of this. 


OF NORTHUMRERLAND AND DURHAM. 173 


the boats engaged in the brat fishing. It is in Mr. R. Maclau- 
rin’s list of Bivalved Shells, found in Coldingham Bay, where it 
is stated that dead shells are not rare. We are not aware of its 
having been got on other parts of the coast. 


81. ARCA, Linnaeus. 


1. A. carptssa, Lam. 
Arca fusca, Mont. Test. Brit. Supp. 51. 
In cavities of stones and old shells from deep water. Fre- 
quent in the north of Northumberland.—W/r. R. Embleton. Cul- 
lercoats—J. H. F. St. Mary’s Island.—A. ZH. 


82. LEDA, Schumacher. 


1. L. caupata, Don. 
Arca minuta, Mont. Test. Brit. 140. 

From deepish water, frequent. Several living individuals 
were dredged in seventeen fathoms off: Whitburn, by Mr. R. 
Howse. 

The Arca minuta of Fabricius appears to be distinct from this. 

Capt. Brown mentions having found a single valve of “ Vu- 
cula rostrata” at Holy Island. May it not have been a large 
variety of this, which has sometimes the posterior part much 
incurved in old shells ? 


83. NUCULA, Lamarck. 


1. N. nuctzvs, Linn. 
Arca nucleus, Mont. Test. Brit. 141. 

Not uncommon. Mr. R. Howse dredged it in great abundance 
off Whitburn, along with the last. 

2. N. nrtrpa, Sow. 
Nucula nitida, Sow. Conch. Illust. f 20; Thorpe Brit. 
Mar. Conch. 248, f. 31. 

In deepish water, and thrown up in sand, rather rare. Cul- 
lercoats. A rayed variety has been got at Whitburn by the 
Rev. G. C. Abbes. 

3. N. tenuis, Wont. 
Arca tenuis, Mont. Test. Brit. Supp. 56, t. 29, f. 1. 


174 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA 


Frequent in the coralline zone. Not uncommon in the sto- 
machs of haddocks. 


Faminy. Mytinipm, Fleming. 
84. MYTILUS, Linneus. 


1. M. evuuis, Zinn. (common Mussel.) 
Mytilus edulis, Mont. Test. Brit. 159. 
Var. 1. Thin, with coloured rays. 
Mytilus pellucidus, Mont. Test. Brit. 160. 
Var. 2. Thick and incurved. 
Mytilus incurvatus, Mont. Test. Brit. 160. 
Var. 3. Thick, flattened and subangular. 
Mytilus subsaxatilis, Williamson in Mag. Nat. Hist.* vii. 
354. 
Var. 4. Small, and sometimes rather hispid. 

Within tide-marks, or a little beyond, on a hard or stony 
bottom, and among rocks, very common. 

No species undergoes a greater degree of variation from locality 
than the common Mussel. For its full development a mixture of 
fresh with salt water appears to be necessary ; it is, therefore, 
met with in the greatest perfection at the mouths of rivers. In 
such localities the typical form of the species is to be found, and, 
when left undisturbed, it usually forms large beds. On the 
more rocky and exposed parts of the coast it assumes a stunted 
appearance, running into the varieties of form mentioned above ; 
always small on the exposed surface of rocks, but attaining a 
larger size in hollows and crevices, where it generally takes the 
form called Mytilus incurvatus. A more flattened variety is 
found at the roots of tangle. 

Mussels are much used for bait in this neighbourhood. The 
Cullercoats fishermen make an annual excursion to the mouth 
of the Tees for the purpose of collecting them, the beds at the 


* « J first noticed this variety in 1810, in company with my late valued friend 
Mr. Hancock, of Neweastle, at the mouth of the Tyne, below Tynemouth, ad- 
hering to stones left dry by the tide, in small groups.”—Captain Brown. 
(Illust. Ree. Conch. 77.) 


OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 175 


Lowlights being found insufficient for their supply. The Mus- 
sels got on these occasions are kept alive in pools among the rocks, 
built round with loose stones. 


85. MODIOLA, Lamarck. 
* SMOOTH. 
1. M. vonearis, Flem. 
Mytilus modiolus, Mont. Test. Brit. 163. 
Var. Mytilus barbatus, Mont. Test. Brit. 161. 

From deep water, common. The variety is frequently found 
on rocky ground, near low-water mark. 

It is remarkable that the large form of J. vulgaris is always 
found with us in deep water, never approaching the shore, and 
even rare in a depth of 20 or 30 fathoms, while on the western 
coasts it is found frequently in shallow water, and even close to 
low-water mark. 

*k RIBBED AT BACH END (Lanistina, Gray). 
2. M. niora, Gray. 
Mytilus descrepans, large var., Mont. Test. Brit. Supp. 65, 
t. 26, f. 4. 
Modiola nigra, Thorpe Brit. Mar. Conch. 249, f. 58. 

From deep water, rare. Cullercoats—J. A. Whitburn.— 
Rev. G. OC. Abbes. Mr. Howse dredged it alive in 17 fathoms. 
Mr. King has also got it from the fishing boats. 

The animal of this species is transparent white, with the mar- 
gin of the cloak and siphon speckled with brown and opake 
white. 

3. M. pescrepans, JZont. 
Mytilus descrepans, Mont. Test. Brit. 169. 

At the roots of sea-weeds between tide-marks, common. Also 
in corallines from deeper water, where it attains a much larger size. 

The animal is white, and, assisted by its long strap-shaped 
foot, can move about pretty quickly ; but it generally prefers a 
stationary life, and forms for itself a kind of nest or case by 
stitching together the small sea-weeds or corallines with its 
byssal threads ; here it remains attached by its byssus awaiting 
the food that may come within its reach. 


176 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA 


When viewed in a living state there appear to be two siphons 
at the longer end of the shell, but only the posterior of these has 
the walls complete ; the other has its anterior side open, formed 
by a fold in the cloak as in the siphons of the zoophagous 
gasteropods. The animal has consequently only two pallial 
apertures. 

4. M. marmarata, Forbes. 
Mytilus descors, Mont. Test. Brit. 167. 

Imbedded in the skin of Ascidia tuberosa and A. sordida, (espe- 
cially the former) from deepish water, common. 


86. CRENELLA, Brown. 


1. ©. piscussata, Jfont. 
Mytilus decussatus, Mont. Test. Brit. Supp. 69. 
Crenella elliptica, Brown’s Ilust. Rec. Conch. 75, t. 23, f. 12-14. 
In shell-sand at Tynemouth, and the Fern Islands, rare. A 
specimen was got by Mr. King in a cavity of a small stone from 
deep water, brought in by the fishermen. Dredged alive in 
seventeen fathoms off Whitburn, by Mr. R. Howse. 
This genus undoubtedly comes very near to the costated division 
of the last ; the crenulated hinge plate, and the deep-seated inter- 
nal ligament appear to be the chief distinguishing characteristics. 


Famity.- Unionipa, Fleming. 
87. ANODON, Cuvier. 


1. A. anatinus, Linn. 
Anodon cygneus, var. 8, anatinus, Gray, Turt. Man. 292. 

In ponds, frequent. 

Captain Brown figures a specimen from Prestwick Car, which 
is about six inches in breadth. It has not occurred to us of so 
large a size. 

88. UNIO, Retzius. 
1. U. prctorum, Linn. 
Unio pictorum, Gray, Turt. Man. 295, t. 2, f. 11. 

Mr. Hoge states that this has been found in the ponds at Wyn- 
yard, on the authority of Sir W. C. Trevelyan, Bart. It has not 
been met with further north. 


OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 177 


2. U. MARGARITIFERA, Linn. 
Alasmodon margaritiferus, Gray, Turt. Man. 293, t. 2, f. 9. 
In mountain streams, and rivers in the early and more preci- 
pitous part of their course. Very fine in the Reed above Otter- 
burn. 


Faminty. Carprapa, Pleming. 


89. CARDIUM, Linneus. 
1. C. ecutnatum, Linn. 
Cardium echinatum, Mont. Test. Brit. 78. 

In deep water, frequent. 

The Cardium aculeatum of Sir C. Sharp’s list is probably a 
variety of this. 

2. C. epuLe, Linn. (common cockle.) 
Cardium edule, Mont. Test. Brit. 76. 
On some of our sandy shores, abundant. The cockles of Bu- 
dle Bay are celebrated for their large size. 
3. C. rascratum, Mone. 
Cardium fasciatum, Mont. Test. Brit. Supp. 30; Lovén, Ind. 
Moll. Scand. 35. 
Cardium exiguum, Hogg, Nat. Hist. Stock. 28 2 

In fifteen or twenty fathoms, and perhaps also in shallow 
water, not uncommon. 

Our shell agrees perfectly with Montagu’s description, with the 
addition of spines on the posterior margin, which are very liable 
to be worn off. Montagu’s figure appears to have been taken from 
the young of C. edule ; hence the difficulty there has been in as- 
certaining the species. The C. elongatum of Turton’s “ Bivalves” 
is a variety of this. 

4. C. noposum, JZont. 
Cardium nodosum, Mont. Test. Brit. 81. 

At the roots of corallines from the fishing boats, Whitburn, 
rare.—Mr. R. Howse. 

5. O. Norvecicum, Spengler. 
Cardium levigatum, Mont. Test. Brit. 80. 

In deep water, not rare. 

Cardium mediwnm was introduced as a British species by 

VoL. I. Aa 


178 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA 


Donovan, who figures it from a specimen “found near Hartlepool, 
on the coast of Durham.” The shell had most likely got there 
by some accident, as the species is not known to inhabit our 
coast, and is scarcely British. 


Famity. VENERIDA, Fleming. 
90. ARTEMIS, Poli. 
1. A. ExoLeta, Linn. 
Venus exoleta, Mont. Test. Brit. 116. 

From deep water, frequent ; more especially towards the north 
of Northumberland. ; 
2, A. uincta, Pult. 

Cytherea lincta, Flem. Brit. Anim. 445. 
Var. Artemis comta, Lovén Index Moll. Scand. 39. 

At different depths, on most parts of the coast, not uncommon. 

A specimen of his Artemis comta, sent to us by Professor 
Lovén, enables us to state that it is similar to what we consider 
a variety of Artemis lincta, found on our coast. 

3. A. UNDATA. 
Venus undata, Mont. Test. Brit. 117. 

From deepish water, not common. 

We place this species provisionally here, though scarcely a true 
Artemis, as there is some difficulty in assigning it a generic appel- 
lation. The name of Mysia, given to it by Dr. Leach, has been 
appropriated by Capt. Brown to a different shell, Zedlina rotun- 
data, Mont, (Conchologists’ Text Book, 150), and is consequently 
synonymous with Diplodonta, Bronn. 


91. VENUS, Linneus. 


1. V. verrucosa, Linn. 
Venus verrucosa, Mont. Test. Brit. 112. 

Seaton Carew, single valves.—Miss Elizabeth Backhouse. It 
is also in Sir C. Sharp’s Hartlepool list, and Capt. Brown says 
that it is found on the Northumberland coast. We have never 
been so fortunate as to meet with it, and suspect it may have 
been derived from ballast. 


OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 179 


2. V. casina, Linn. 
Venus casina, Mont. Test. Brit. Supp. 47. 

From deep water, rather rare. “Holy Island.’—Mr. Winch. 
Newton.—Ur. Rk. Embleton. Whitburn—Rev. G. C. Abbes. 
“ Seaton, W. C. Trevelyan, Esq.”—Hogg’s Nat. Hist. of Stockton. 
3. V. Fascrata, Da Costa. 

Venus paphia, Mont. Test. Brit. 110. 

In deep water, rather rare. 
4. V. gauuina, Linn. 

Venus striatula, Mont. Test. Brit. 113. 

Var. 1. Without rays, ridges sharper and closer. 
Venus rugosa, Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 95, t. 56, f. 50. 

Var. 2. Shell more compressed, and produced transversely ; 
strie sharp and distant. 
Venus Prideauaxiana, Leach, Macg. Moll. Aberd. 266. 

This species is subject to very great varieties. The normal 
form, Venus gallina of authors, is plentiful on some of our sandy 
shores, living at a little distance below low-water mark. The 
first variety, Venus rugosa of Pennant, and perhaps also V. lami- 
nosa of Laskey and Montagu, is very rare on our coast and its 
habitat unknown to us. The second variety, V. Prideausxiana, 
Leach, is always found in deep water, and is not uncommon ; 
sometimes plain, but generally with about three brown rays. 
The plain kind appears to be the V. laminosa of Turton’s “ Bri- 
tish Bivalves,” and his V. pallida looks like a variety of the 
littoral form with the ridges obsolete. The V. costata of Brown 
(Illust. Rec. Conch. 90, t. 36, f. 13), “found at Seaton, Nor- 
thumberland,” we take to be a short variety of the deep-water 
form. 

5. V. ovata, Penn. 
Venus ovata, Mont. Test. Brit. 120. 

From deep water, rather rare. 

Venus triangularis of Mr. Hoge’s list is more likely Astarte 
compressa. There is also a Venus triangulus, Brown, MSS., in 
the same list, with which we are unacquainted. Mr. W. Back- 
house has suggested to us that the Venus chione of Sir C. Sharp’s 
“History of Hartlepool,” may be a variety of Cyprina Islandica, 


180 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA 


which we think probable. The range of Cytherea Chione in 
Britain does not extend much beyond the Cornish coast. 


92. PULLASTRA, Sowerby. 
1. P. aurga, Gmel. 
Venus aurea, Mont. Test. Brit. 129. 

From the fishing boats, Cullercoats, rare—J. H. F. Whit- 
burn.— Rev. G. C. Abbes. 

2. P. virainEa, Linn. 
Venus virginea, Mont. Test. Brit. 128. 

On most parts of the coast, but not common. 
3. P. pEcussata, Linn. 

Venus decussata, Mont. Test. Brit. 124. 

In shallowish water, not common. Low Lights. South 
Shields sands—A. H. Alnmouth Bay, rare—AMr. Hmbleton. 
Holy Island, and Hartlepool. 

4, P. vuLGARIS, Sow. 
Venus pullastra, Mont. Test. Brit. 125. 

On sandy shores mixed with stones, not uncommon. 

5. P. perrorans, Mont. 
Venus perforans, Mont. Test. Brit. 127. 

In the shale rocks of our coast, common. 

This species does not appear to excavate its own habitation, 
but merely to occupy the holes bored by the Pholades. It is also 
often found in crevices of the rocks. 


Famity. Cyprinip#, Porbes. 
93. CYPRINA, Lamarck. 
1. C. Isnanpica, Linn. 


Venus Islandica, Mont. Test. Brit. 114. 
In deep water, common. 


94. ASTARTE, Sowerby. 
1. A. Danmontra, JZont. 
Venus Danmonia, Mont. Test. Brit. Supp. 45, t. 29, f. 4. 
In deep water, not uncommon. Mr. R. Howse dredged it in 


OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 181 


great abundance in sixty fathoms, about fifty miles from the 
shore. 
2. A. Scortca, Maton and Rackett. 

Venus Scotica, Mont. Test. Brit. Supp. 44. 

In deep water, rather rare. Cullercoats—J. 4. Mr. Howse 
dredged a few of this species along with the last. Mr. King 
mentions having got a specimen “ with the basal margins plain, 
but whose posterior and anterior margins are crenulated.” 

3. A. ELLIPTICA, Brown. 
Crassina elliptica (and ovata), Brown Illust. Rec. Conch. 
96, t. 38, f. 3, 12, 13. 

From deep water, rare. Mr. King procured specimens of this 
shell from the fishing boats, which he considered to be sub-fossil, 
and concludes that it is not living on our coast at the present 
day. The Rev. G. C. Abbes, however, has met with it evidently 
in a recent state. 

4, A. compressa, Wont. 
Venus compressa, Mont. Test. Brit. Supp. 43, t. 26, f. 1 
(exe. large var.). 
Astarte striata, Lovén Index Moll. Scand. 37.° 

From about twenty fathoms water, frequent. Mr. Howse 

dredged it alive in seventeen fathoms. 

5. A. TRIANGULARIS, Jfont. 
Mactra triangularis, Mont. Test. Brit. 99, t. 3, f. 5. 
Goodalha triangularis, Turt. Brit. Biv. 77, t. 6, f. 14. 

In shell-sand, rare. Fern Islands. 

We cannot find any good character to distinguish the genus 
Goodallia of Turton from Astarte. Dr. Turton says the ligament 
is internal, but in this he is certainly mistaken. 


Famity. TeLtiniva, D’Orbigny. 
95. DONAX, Linneus. 
1. D. anatina, Lam. 
Donax trunculus, Mont. Test. Brit. 103. 
On most of our sands, not uncommon. 
We have received specimens of this shell from Mr. Damon, of 
Weymouth, dredged up alive by his brother in eighteen fathoms 


182 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA 


water, ten miles from the coast, off Shields. This is a curious 
locality for a species usually found living in the sand close to 
low-water mark. The specimens are more brightly coloured, 
and rather smoother than usual. 


96. TELLINA, Linneus. 


1. T. tenuts, Da Costa. 
Tellina tenuis, Mont. Test. Brit. 59. 

On many of our sandy shores, common. Newbiggin, Holy 
Island, Hartlepool, and Seaton. 

2. T. FABULA, Gmelin. 
Tellina fabula, Mont. Test. Brit. 61. 

Not uncommon on all our sands. 

It is not so local as the last, but less plentiful in particular 
spots. Like most of the other bivalves, it has now become rare 
on Tynemouth and Whitley sands. 

3. T. ponactna, Linn. 
Tellina donacina, Mont. Test. Brit. 58. 

On sandy shores, rare. Warkworth sands (a single specimen). 
—WMr. k. Embleton. Hartlepool— Mr. Septimus Peacock. 

4, T. pvamma, Lovén. 

Shell ovate oblong, very finely striated, much produced an- 
teriorly ; and very short, subtruncated, and obtusely angulated 
posteriorly, without perceptible flexure; colour reddish, yellow, 
or white, with sometimes a few interrupted rose-coloured rays. 
Length rather more than two-tenths of an inch ; breadth, four- 
tenths. 

Tellina pygmeea, Lovén, Ind. Moll. Scand. 42. 

We found a few specimens of this species on the sands at Holy 
Island in 1837, but from its great similarity to 7. donacina, we 
had not ventured to characterise it as distinct from the young of 
that shell, until Dr. Lovén’s description drew our attention to it, 
and a more careful examination of its characters has convinced 
us that it is distinct. The shell is a little more produced in 
front, and shorter and more truncated at the posterior end than 
in 7. donacina; the umbones are consequently more lateral, 
which becomes very obvious when the shell is laid open. The 


OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 183 


anterior lateral tooth is also more remote, and the sinus of the 
pallial impression proportionately smaller than in 7”. donacina, 
as pointed out by Dr. Lovén. A specimen sent us by that dis- 
tinguished naturalist enables us to speak with confidence as to 
the identity of the species. 
5. T. sonmpuna, Put. 

Tellina solidula, Mont. Test. Brit. 63. 

Not uncommon on many of our sandy shores. 

6. T. crassa, Penn. 

Tellina crassa, Mont. Test. Brit. 65. 

At Holy Island and some other parts of the north of North- 
umberland, not uncommon. Embleton Bay, plentiful. 
E'mbleton. Cullercoats, rare. We take the Arcopagia ovata of 
Brown (found at Newbiggin) to be a variety of the young of this 
species, which is much more ovate in its early stages. 

Tellina punicea. “ We met with dead shells with the valves 
united, by dredging off Holy Island.”—Capt. Brown, Ill. Ree. 
Conch. 100. 

Tellina pellucida, Brown Ilust. Rec. Conch. 101, t. 40, f. 22, 
“found at Seaton, county of Durham,” by Sir W. C. Trevelyan, 
we are unacquainted with, but, judging from the description 
and figure, it does not appear to belong to this genus. 

Tellina squalida of Sir C. Sharp’s list we have reason to be- 
lieve is only a large variety of 7’. tenuis. 

Tellina carnaria has probably been introduced into Mr. 
Winch’s list by some mistake. It is not a British species. 


97. PSAMMOBIA, Lamarck. 


1. P. Feroensts, Gimel. 
Tellina Feroensis, Mont. Test. Brit. 55. 
From deep water, frequent. 
2. P. vEsPERTINA, Gmel. 
Solen vespertinus, Mont. Test. Brit. 54. 
From the fishing boats, Cullercoats, rare.—J. H. F., and Mr. 
Chas. M. Adamson. Whitburn.—ev. Gt. C. Abbes. 
3. P. TELLINELLA, Lam. 
Psammobia florida, Turt. Brit. Biv. 86, t. 6, f 9. 


184 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSOA 


From deepish water, rather rare. Cullercoats. Newbiggin. 
Fern Islands— A. H. Seaton Carew.—Wr. W. Backhouse. 


98. SYNDOSMYA, Recluz. 


1. S. auBa, Wood. 
Mactra Boysii, Mont. Test. Brit. 98, t. 3, f. 7. 
On sandy shores, not uncommon. Plentiful at Whitburn. 
2. S. prismatica, JZont. 
Ligula prismatica, Mont. Test. Brit. Supp. 23, t. 26, f. 3. 
In deepish water, frequent. Often found in the stomachs of 
haddocks. 
3. S. tenurs, Mont. 
Mactra tenuis, Mont. Test. Brit. 572, t. 17, f. 7. 
Rare, “Seaton. Mr. J. Backhouse.” —Hogg Nat. Hist. Stock. 
From the stomach of a duck shot at Holy Island—2J*. Chas. 
M. Adamson. 


Faminty. Mactriva, Fleming. 
99. SCROBICULARIA, Schumacher. 


1. S. prana, Da Costa. 
Mactra compressa, Mont. Test. Brit. 96. 
Within tide-marks, or a little beyond, on a muddy bottom, 
generally at the mouths of rivers, not rare. Jarrow Slake, &c. 


100. MACTRA, Linneus. 


1. M. sonmpa, Linn. 
Mactra solida, Mont. Test. Brit. 92. 
Var. Mactra truncata, Mont. Test. Brit. Supp. 34. 
On sandy shores, not common. The truncated variety, J. 
truncata, Mont., is frequent in the north of Northumberland. 
2. M. evirprica, Brown. 
Mactra elliptica, Brown Illust. Rec. Conch. 108, t. 41, f. 6. 
From deepish water, not uncommon. 
3. M. sustruncata, Da Costa. 
Mactra subtruncata, Mont. Test. Brit. 93. 
On sandy beaches, frequent. Two varieties occur. The more 
usual kind is thick, solid, and strongly wrinkled, but there is a 


OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 185 


thinner variety from deeper water, which is smoother and more 
produced at the posterior end. The latter is rather rare. 
4, M. stunttorvum, Linn. 
Mactra stultorum, Mont. Test. Brit. 94. 
Var. Mactra cinerea, Mont. Test. Brit. Supp. 35. 
Common on most of our shores, living just beyond low-water 
mark. The plain variety (J/. cinerea, Mont.) is rather rare. 


Famity. Lucrnipa, D’Orbigny. 
101. LUCINA, Bruguiére. 


1. L. BorEALIs, Linn. 
Tellina radula, Mont. Test. Brit. 68, t. 2, f. 1, 2. 

Embleton Bay, near low-water mark, plentiful Mr. Rk. Em- 
bleton. Not common on other parts of the coast. Whitburn.— 
Rev. G. C. Abbes. Cullercoats.—J. A. 

L. spinifera, Mont., is stated in Mr. Hogg’s Natural History 
of Stockton to have been found at Seaton by Sir W. C. Tre- 
velyan, Bart. 

L. lactea, Mont., has been got at the same place by Mr. Hogg. 

L. rotundata, Mont., also got at Seaton by Sir W. C. Tre- 
velyan, and a single valve has occurred to the Rev. G. C. Abbes 
at Whitburn; but we suspect that this and the last, which 
are south country species, have been derived from ballast. 


102. CRYPTODON, Turton. 


1. C. ruexvosus, Mont. 
Tellina flexuosa, Mont. Test. Brit. 72. 
Axinus flexuosus, King in Ann. Nat. Hist. xviii. 242. 

Rare. Two or three specimens have been found at different 
times at Whitburn by the Rev. G. C. Abbes, where it has also 
been got by Mr. Howse, who afterwards dredged it in seventeen 
fathoms off that place. Mr. King has met with one specimen 
from the fishing-boats, which he states “came up on the lines 
after they had been down in thirty fathoms water, twenty-five 
miles east of the Fern Islands.” 

VOL, I. Bb 


186 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA 


Faminty. Cycnapipa, Fleming. 
103. CYCLAS, Bruguiére. 
1. C. cornna, Linn. 
Cyclas cornea, Gray, Turt. Man. 280, t. 1, f. 2. 
In ditches and ponds, common. 
2. C. catyouLata, Drap. 
Cyclas lacustris, Gray, Turt. Man. 281, t. 1, £ 3. 
Cyclas calyculata and lacustris, Ald. in Newe. Nat. Hist. 
Trans. i. 40, 41. 

In ponds, not common. Carr’s Hill, Newcastle Town Moor, 
Tynemouth, &c. This may possibly be the Vellina lacustris of 
Miller, but as continental authors consider it distinct, we have 
adopted Draparnaud’s name. 


104, PISIDIUM, Pfeiffer. 


1. P. optusatz, Pfeiffer. 
Pisidium obtusale, Gray, Turt. Man. 282, t. 12, f. 149. 

In a pond near Darlington.—M/r. W. Backhouse. 

2. P. pusmutum, Trt. 
Pisidium pusillum, Gray, Turt. Man. 283, t. 1, f. 7. 

In ditches and ponds, frequent. 

3. P. nrvipum, Jenyns. 
Pisidium nitidum, Gray, Turt. Man. 283, t. 12, f. 150. 

In ponds at Prestwick Car.—d. H. Near Darlington.—/r. 
W. Backhouse. 

4. P. pULCHELLUM, Jenyns. 
Pisidium pulchellum, Gray, Turt. Man. 284, t. 12, f. 152. 

In ponds and ditches, not uncommon. Var. d Jen. is found 
in ponds on Ryton Haughs. 

5. P. cinereum, Alder. 
Pisidium cinereum, Ald. in Newe. Nat. Hist. Trans. 11., 341 ; 
Gray, Turt. Man. 286, t. 12, f 152. 

Plentiful in a pond at the bottom of Castle Eden Dean. A 
more ventricose yariety is found in ditches near Brandling Place, 
Newcastle. 

6. P. amnicum, Mull. 
Pisidium amnicum, Gray, Turt. Man. 285, t. 1, f. 5. 


OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 187 


In slow streams, rather rare. Mill Race, Jesmond Dean. Near 
Stockton.—Mr. Hogg. 


Famity. Kenitapa, Forbes. 
105. LEPTON, Turton. 


1, L. convExuM, 7. s. 

Shell rather convex, transversely ovate, white ; covered with 
minute transversely oblong punctures ; hinge with the central 
tooth rather large, and the lateral laminz small. 

A single valve of a minute shell with these characters has oc- 
curred to us at Cullercoats. It is evidently a Lepton, and differs 
from ZL. sgquamosum in being rather more convex, in having the 
punctures of the surface oblong instead of circular, and in the 
greater proportional size of the tooth. These seem to indicate a 
specific distinction, but as the specimen is scarcely a line in dia- 
meter, and probably young, we cannot speak very confidently. 
The nucleus on the umbo is, however, so much smaller than that 
of LZ. squamosum, that we conclude it never attains the same size. 


106. KELLIA, Turton. 


1. K. suporpicunaris, Jfont. 
Mya suborbicularis, Mont. Test. Brit. 39, t. 26, f. 6. 

At the roots of Laminaria digitata, and other sea-weeds, un- 
der stones, and in the cavities of stones and old shells; not 
rare. 

This species is subject to great variety of size and form ; so 
much so, that we have thought more than one species might be 
confounded under the name, but we have failed to obtain any 
distinguishing character that can be depended upon as _ per- 
manent. Two varieties may be mentioned; the one thin, 
transparent, and with a delicate play of iridescent colours on 
the surface. This is generally found at the roots of tangle. The 
other, which is more common among rocks between tide- 
marks, is smaller, more orbicular, more strongly striated, and 
covered with an ochreous crust near the umbones. Intermediate 
forms occur. 

The animal of Kellia is very remarkable, and constitutes a new 


188 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA 


form among the Conchefera. All the bivalves hitherto known 
have the siphons, when there are any, at the posterior end of the 
shell: the peculiarity of this genus is—that it has a large si- 
phonal tube in front, as well as a short one behind. The ani- 
mal of Kellia suborbicularis is white and semi-transparent ; the 
mantle has three openings ;—the first is in front, and is produced 
into the siphonal tube above mentioned, which is very broad, and 
can be extended to a length equalling the diameter of the shell. 
This tube is not divided inside, and the margin of its aperture is 
plain. The second opening, which is at the base of the shell, is 
the largest of the three, and gives egress to a longish strap- 
shaped foot. The third opening is posterior, and forms a very 
short siphon, seldom protruded beyond the shell. The margins 
of these apertures are smooth, but there is a very delicate fringe 
of small and distant filaments, close within the margin of the 
shell, which can only be seen when the animal is fully extended. 
With a good magnifier, a current of water may be observed to 
pass in at the anterior siphon, and to be expelled at intervals by the 
posterior one. The animal moves about freely by means of its 
strap-shaped foot, which is frequently protruded in all direc- 
tions. Its progress is usually forwards, but, sometimes, it crawls 
backwards or sidewise, especially when it is ascending a perpen- 
dicular surface, which it frequently does for the purpose of sus- 
pending itself by its byssus. The byssal aperture is about half- 
way up the foot on the posterior surface, from 
which the animal produces a very delicate 
thread, and suspends itself freely by a single, 
almost inconspicuous, fibre, strengthened by a 
double attachment at the top. The accompa- 
nying figures represent the animal (a little 
magnified) in a state of activity, and also sus- 
pended by its byssus in a state of rest. 
2. K. rusra, JZont. 
Cardium rubrum, Mont. Test. Brit. 83, t. 27, f. 4. 

Among small sea-weeds near low-water mark, Whitley.—J_ 
H. F. At the roots of Lichina pygmea, on the rocks below 

amborough Castle—Mr. W. Thompson, of Belfast. 


OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 189 


The animal of this species has the same large anterior sipho- 
nal tube as the last ; the foot, too, is long and strap-shaped, but 
a little more robust than that of A. suborbicularis. 

M. Récluz has separated this species from Kellia, and has 
formed of it, and some other small shells, the genus Peronia, 
We have carefully read over M. Récluz’s very elaborate descrip- 
tion, with our British specimens before us, and cannot perceive 
any difference between this and the last species that can be con- 
sidered more than specific. The ligament, upon which M. 
Récluz founds a part of his distinction, appears to us to occupy 
the same situation in each, with the exception that it is longer 
and more deeply seated in K. rubra than in K. suborbicularis. 
The teeth, too, are pretty nearly alike in number and position, 
though a little different in form. Taking, therefore, into consi- 
deration the similarity of the animals, we see no good reason for 
dividing them. The characters of the animal of Peronia given 
by M. Récluz are indeed very different from ours, but he does 
not appear to have met with it in a living state, and has conse- 
quently taken them from the Peron of Adanson, which from its 
external ligament and two posterior tubes, appear to be a dis- 
tinct genus. 


107. TURTONIA, Hanley. 


1. T. minuta, Fab. 
Venus minuta, Fab. Fau. Greenl. 412. 
Mya purpurea, Mont. Test. Brit. Supp. 21. 

On small sea-weeds, in pools within tide-marks, common. 

The animal of this species differs very considerably from that 
of Kellia. The mantle is widely open anteriorly, giving passage 
to a strong foot, broad towards the body, and angulate at the 
posterior base. There is only a single siphon, which is very 
small and slender, and is placed at the posterior or elongated end 
of the shell, 


108. MONTACUTA, Turton. 
1. M. srpentata, Mont. 


Mya bidentata, Mont. Test. Brit. 44, t. 26, f. 5. 
From the fishing boats, and in sand, not uncommon, 


190 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA 


The foot is large, subtriangular, and strongly kneed or angu- 
lated behind. It is protruded from the longer end of the shell, 
which in this genus is anterior. We have not been able to de- 
tect any siphons. Professor Lovén was the first to notice that 
this species, which is the MJesodesma exiguwm of his “ Index,” 
has an ossicle. By carefully opening some of our specimens we 
have also observed it. It appears to be a calcification of the 
lower part of the hgament, which is very easily detached, and 
is generally wanting in dead shells. We have not found the 
same process in the following species. 

2. M. supstriata, Mont. 
Ligula substriata, Mont. Test. Brit. Supp. 25. 

Taken abundantly by Mr. R. Howse, on the spines of Spa- 
tangus purpureus, from 60 fathoms water, 50 miles off the coast 
of Durham. 

Mr. Howse’s observations on the animal of this species agree 
with ours on J. bidentata, as to the shape and position of the 
foot, and the apparent absence of siphons. All the animals of 
this family appear to attach themselves by a byssus. 

3. M. rerrvuernosa, Wont. 
Mya ferruginosa, Mont. Test. Brit. Supp. 22, t. 26, f. 2. 

Under stones among the rocks at Cullercoats, and in sand, rare. 


Famity. ANATINIDA, Cray. - 
109. NEAERA, Gray. 
1. N. cusprpata, Olivi. 
Thracia brevirostra, Brown Illust. Rec. Conch, 110, t. 44, 
f. 11—14, 

First noticed on this coast by the Rev. W. Mark, who got two 
individuals from the stomachs of haddocks. From a fishing 
boat, Cullercoats (one specimen).—A. H. Mr. R. Howse has got 
one or two specimens from haddocks at Whitburn. 


110. CORBULA, Bruguiere. 


1. C. arppa, Olive. 
Mya inequivalvis, Mont. Test. Brit. 38. 
Corbula nucleus, Lam. Anim. s. Vert, 2nd Hd., vi. 139. 


OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 191 


From deepish water, not rare. Dredged in seventeen fathoms 
by Mr. R. Howse. 


111. THRACTA, Leach. 


1. T. convexa, Wood. 
Anatina convexa, Turt. Brit. Biv. 44, t. 4, f. 1, 2. 

From the fishing boats, Cullercoats, rare—A. H. Whitburn. 
—Rev. G. C. Abbes. Only single valves have occurred. 

2. T. pHAsEouiIna, Lam. 
Mya pubescens, small variety, Mont. Test. Brit. 40. 
Thracia phaseolina, Kiener. 7, t. 2, f. 4. 
On sandy beaches, not uncommon. 
3. T. vitLostuscuLa, JJacg. 
Anatina villosiuscula, Macg. in Edinb. New Ph. Journ. ii. 
3105. T, f 10; 11. 
Thracia ovata, Brown, Hust. Ree. Conch. 110, t. 44, f. 4. 

From deeper water than the last, rather rare. 

This is rather a doubtful species, but we think may prove dis- 
tinct. It is shorter posteriorly than the last, and has the lower 
angle of the pallial sinus much more obtuse. The ligamental 
plate of the hinge is also a little less produced. The Thracia 
ovata of Capt. Brown. founded on a specimen got on Cullercoats 
sands, we take to be synonymous with A. villosiuscula, Macg., 
though Capt. B. refers the latter to his 7. pubescens (our 7. pha- 
seolina ). 


112. ANATINA, Lamarck. 
1. A. prateNvIs, Petiver. 
Mya pretenuis, Mont. Test. Brit. 41, t. 1, f. 2. 
On sandy beaches, rare. Newbiggin.—J. A. South Shields 
sand.—A. H. 
2. A. pistorta, Mont. 
Mya distorta, Mont. Test. Brit. 42, t. 1, f. 1. 


Cullercoats, rare. In a piece of limestone from deep water.— 
J. H. F. 


192 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA 


113. LYONSIA, Turton. 


1. L. Norvrerca, Chemn. 
Lyonsia striata, Turt. Brit. Biv. 35, t. 3, f. 6, 7. 
From the fishing boats, Cullercoats, rare. Seaton Carew.— 
Miss FE. Backhouse. Whitburn.—Rev. G. C. Abbes, and Mr. R. 
Howse. 


Famity. Myapa, Fleming. 
114. LUTRARIA, Lamarck. 


1. L. evurprica, Lam. 
Mactra lutraria, Mont. Test. Brit. 99. 

On sandy beaches near and below low-water mark, rather local, 
but abundant in some places. Blyth sands. Embleton.—W/r. 
fi. Embleton. Hartlepool and Seaton. “Ad ostium fluminis 
Tees copiossissimé reperiunter.’— Lister Anim. Angl. 171, 
Anno 1678. 

A thick and rather more elongated variety is found on this 
coast, which has been sometimes taken for Z. oblonga. It is 
figured by Capt. Brown (Illust. Rec. Conch. t. 43, f. 3), from a 
specimen in the cabinet at Wallington. 


115. MYA, Linneus. 


1. M. rruncata, Linn. 
Mya truncata, Mont. Test. Brit. 32. 

Within tide marks on a stony bottom mixed with sand and 
mud, where it lives buried just deep enough to reach the surface 
with its long tube when the tide is up: mostly at the mouths of 
rivers. Low Lights, where it was first observed by the Rey. W. 
Mark. It was noticed by Lister at the mouth of the Tees, It 
occurs also in deeper water, and Mr. King dredged dead shells in 
50 fathoms, not far from the edge of the Dogger-bank, and about 
sixty miles east of Sunderland. 

Mya Uddevallensis, Forbes. Two or three dead valves of this 
species have been got from the deep-water fishing boats. Mr. 
King supposes them to be fossil, and that the shell-bank from 
which they were obtained may be a Pleistocene stratum, existing 


OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 193 


beneath the sea. We see no good reason for this conclusion, as 
the shells got from it are all varieties of existing species. That 
Mya Uddevallensis has net been brought up alive on the fisher- 
men’s lines, may be accounted for from its habit of living buried 
in the sand. The specimens obtained appear to have been at- 
tached to the byssus of Modtola vulgaris, a not unusual mode of 
getting shells from deep water, but such are generally in a bad 
state. 
2. M. arenartia, Linn. 
Mya arenaria, Mont. Test. Brit. 30. 

On stony ground within tide marks, with the last. Low Lights. 

“ Hartlepool.” —Sir C. Sharp. “ Holy Island.”—Mr. Winch. 


116. PANOPAHA, Lamarck. 


1. P. Norveatca, Spengler. 
Panopea giycimeris, Bean in Mag. Nat. Hist. viii. 563, f. 51. 
Panopeea arctica, King in Ann. Nat. Hist. xviii., 243. 
Two or three specimens of this rare species have been obtained 
from the deep-water fishermen by Mr. W. King, and Mr. R. 
Howse. 


Famity. SoLenipm, Fleming. 
117. SOLEN, Linneus. 
1. S. srzrqua, Linn. 
Solen siliqua, Mont. Test. Brit. 46. 

Common on some of our sandy beaches, where it lives in the 
sand near low-water mark. It is plentiful at Newbiggin and in 
the north of Northumberland, as well as at Hartlepool and Sea- 
ton; but it is not found on Cullercoats or Whitley sands, and 
rarely in the north of Durham. Capt. Brown found a specimen 
at Holy Island measuring twelve inches. 

2. 8. Ensts, Linn. 
Solen ensis, Mont. Test. Brit. 48. 

On sandy shores, frequent; generally in the same places as the 
last. 

3. §. PELLUCIDUS, Penn. 
Solen pellucidus, Mont. Test. Brit. 49. 

VOL. I. ke 


194 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA 


Cullercoats, rare. South Shields sands—A.H. Dredged in 
60 fathoms off the Durham coast by Mr. R. Howse, who has also 
got it at Whitburn. “ Hartlepool.”—Sir OC. Sharp. 

Solen legumen is in Sir C. Sharp’s list of Hartlepool shells, 
and Mr. Winch’s for Lindisfarne. We have not heard of its being 
recently met with. 


Faminy. Gastrocua£nipa, Forbes. 
118. SAXICAVA, Lamarck. 


1. S. rugosa, Penn. 
Mytilus rugosus, Mont. Test. Brit. 164. 
Solen minutus, Mont. Test. Brit. 53, t. 1, fi 4. 

Tn limestone rocks, frequent. We have never found it boring 
into any other description of rock in this neighbourhood. It is 
often met with, attached by the byssus, at the roots of tangle 
(Laminaria digitata), and other large sea-weeds; as well as 
among zoophytes and old shells from deeper water. The varie- 
ties of form and size are very numerous, but we have not been 
able to make out more than one species. 


Faminy. Poouapipa, Cray. 
119. PHOLAS, Linneus. 


1. P. crispata, Linn. 
Pholas crispatus, Mont. Test. Brit. 23. 

In shale rocks, and occasionally in limestone, and the softer 
sandstones, on different parts of the coast, common. Mr. Hogg 
informs us that he found this and the following species living in 
decayed wood, below the sand, at Seaton. 

2. P. canpipa, Linn. 
Pholas candidus, Mont. Test. Brit. 24. 

In shale, &c., along with the last, frequent. 

The mode by which the Pholades perforate rocks has long been 
a subject of dispute, but from recent observations there can be 
little doubt that it is principally, if not entirely, mechanical; and 
that it is effected by the soft parts of the animal, namely, the 
foot and mantle, which appear to have minute crystalline par- 
ticles, probably siliceous, imbedded in their surface. 


OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 195 


Pholas dactylus is included in Mr. Winch’s list of Lindisfarne 
shells, and also in Mr. Hoge’s “ Natural History of the Vicinity 
of Stockton,” on Mr. Winch’s authority. In both cases we think 
Pholas candida has been mistaken for this species. The Pholas 
parva of Donovan, mentioned in the latter work, is the young 
of P. crispata. 


120. XYLOPHAGA, Turton. 
1. X. porsatis, Zurt. 
Xylophaga dorsalis, Turt. Brit. Biv. 253, t. 2, f. 4, 5. 
From an old piece of oak, apparently part of a root, washed up 
at the mouth of the Tees.—Mr. W. Backhouse. Whitburn.— 
Rev. G. C. Abbes. 


121, TEREDO, Linneus. 


1. T. Norveetca, Spengler. 
Teredo navalis, Mont. Test. Brit. 527. 
This species is occasionally met with in the timbers of old 
ships, but is scarcely native. 


Cuass. TUNICATA, Lamarck.* 
Orper.—(Les Agcrpres Simpizs, Milne Hdwards. ) 
Famity. PeLonarapa#, Porbes. 

122, PELONAIA, Forbes and Goodsir. 


1. P. conrugata, Morb. and Goods. 
Pelonaia corrugata, orb. and Hanl. Brit. Moll.i., 43, t. B.,f. 4. 
From the fishing boats, Cullercoats, occasionally. —J. A. 


Famity. Ascrp1apa, Forbes.. 
123. CYNTHIA, Savigny. 
C. ruserosa, Macg. ? 
Body irregularly ovate or roundish, pale brown, attached to 
shells or other marine substances by a broad base: branchial 
aperture terminal, tubular, much produced and broadly conical 


* By J. Alder and A. Hancock. 


196 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA 


towards the lower part, where it gradually unites with the out- 
line of the body ; anal aperture tubular and prominent, situated 
about one-third down the side ; both are quadripartite and of a 
deep red colour. Outer tunic very thick, tough, and rugose, 
tuberculated and furrowed in an irregular manner; inside 
smooth and shining. Inner tunic bluish white, streaked with 
rose-colour at the apertures, and tinged with red in the centre 
from the ovaries shining through ; these last are round granu- 
lated protuberances of a red colour, studding the inside of the 
tunic in longitudinal rows. Branchial sac, with about twelve 
strong longitudinal folds, and finely reticulated, without papille 
at the intersections. Tentacular filaments, round the entrance 
to the branchial cavity, simple and linear. Length, two inches ; 
breadth, an inch and a half. 

Oynthia tuberosa, Macg. Moll. Aberd. 311 ; Forb. and Hanl. 

Brit. Moll. i. 37. 

From the fishing boats at Cullercoats, not uncommon. 

The characters here given agree pretty well with the Cynthia 
tuberosa, Macg., and we therefore follow the opinion of Professor 
E. Forbes in considering ours to be a larger state of that species. 
We have never, however, seen the tubercles so prominent as Pro- 
‘ fessor Macgillivray describes; and the tubular apertures are 
very conspicuous when the animal is expanded in sea-water : 
when removed from that element, they, as well as the whole body, 
contract greatly, in which state they agree better with Professor 
Macgillivray’s description. ‘This species is often covered with 
corallines and other small marine bodies, and the Modiola mar- 
morata is usually found imbedded in its skin. 

2. C. cornraczea, Ald. and Hane. 

Body elongated and cylindrical when extended, nearly hemis- 
pherical when contracted, of a pale brownish colour, attached to 
shells, &e., by a broad base, equalling the diameter of the body. 
Apertures, terminal, approximating, tubular, nearly equal in size, 
pale, with a faint line of red round the margins. Outer tunic 
rough, coriaceous, transversely wrinkled and longitudinally fur- 
rowed, covered with minute granules. Inner tunic thin, white, 
sometimes spotted with brown. Ovaries large and white, lining 


OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 197 


the tunic with cylindrical convolutions. Branchial sac thin, 
with about ten longitudinal folds, and finely reticulated ; the 
longitudinal fibres strongest. Length nearly an inch ; breadth 
half an inch. 

From the fishing boats at Cullercoats, with the last but less 
common.—ZJ. A. 

This species differs from the preceding in having both the 
apertures terminal, and placed near together, as well as in 
the minute granulations of the surface. It is capable of 
greater contraction and elongation than most of the other spe- 
cies, and in the two states might be taken for different animals. 
It has sometimes small corallines attached, but we have not ob- 
served any Modiole imbedded in its skin. 

3. C. ampuLLa, Brug. 

Cynthia ampulla, Forb. and Hanl. Brit. Moll. 1. 40. 
Brought in on the fishemen’s lines at Cullercoats.—J. A. 
This species which has hitherto been overlooked as British, is 

not uncommon with us. It is unattached and cased in a thick 
coat of sand, held together by the long slender hairs of its tunic, 
assisted by a glutinous secretion. Its proper characters cannot 
be observed without removing the sand, which is sometimes 
equal in bulk to the whole of the animal. The long cylindrical 
tubes are often beautifully streaked and spotted with carmine. 
4, C. rustica, Linn. 

Cynthia rustica, Forb. and Hanl. Brit. Moll. i. 39. 
Common on stones, and at the roots of the larger sea-weeds, 

between tide-marks, and a little beyond. 

A small, lenticular, red Cynthia, which we have always taken 
for the young of this species, is common in similar situations. 
This, we believe, is the C. grossularia of Van Beneden (Forb. 
and Hanl. Brit. Moll. i. 40). 


124, MOLGULA, Forbes. 
1. M. arEenosa, Ald. and Hane. 
Body nearly globular, hyaline, rather glossy, smooth to the 
naked eye, but appearing very slightly rugose under a magnifier; 
unattached. Apertures very close together, sublateral, tubular, or 


198 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA 


conical, but not much produced, and when retracted, so completely 
on a level with the surface, as to be imperceptible. Outer tunic 
soft, transparent, and colourless, shewing the viscera and branchise 
very distinctly within : the intestine is seen forming a yellowish 
brown coil; a bright reddish spot indicates the stomach ; and 
the ovaries form an opake white central mass oneachside. The 
inner tunic is very thin, soft, and colourless. The branchial sac 
has about twelve deep and broad longitudinal folds, which are di- 
vided by transverse bars into small cells, opening externally to- 
wards the tunic, and, when viewed through its transparent walls, 
appearing like rows of chains or festoons ; the intermediate re- 
ticulations are small. The aperture to the branchial sac is 
fringed internally with a circle of beautifully branched yellow 
tentacles. Diameter about three-quarters of an inch. 
Molgula tubulosa, Forb. and Hanl. i. 36, t. C, fi 5. 

Brought up plentifully on the fishermen’s lines at Cullercoats. 

It is always encrusted with sand, but not so deeply as Cynthia 
ampulla, and there is often a transparent spot, free of sand, at 
one side, which gives to these little balls somewhat the appear- 
ance of detached eyes. They are so abundant in some parts of 
the fishing grounds that they are caught by the hooks in con- 
siderable numbers, to the great annoyance of the fishermen. 

We cannot find any description agreeing with this species. 
It appears to us to come nearest to the Ascidia punum of Miil- 
ler, but our friend, Professor H. Forbes, who has seen our draw- 
ings of it, refers it to Ascidia tubularis of the “Zoologia Da- 
nica.” That species, however, is described to be greenish, 
opake, and verrucose,—while ours is hyaline, transparent, and 
smooth. It is also stated to be attached by its base to the roots 
of Fuci: ours is always free. We have thought it best, there- 
fore, to consider it as undescribed, and to give such details of it 
as may serve for its recognition in future. 

M. crrriwa, Ald. and Hance. 

Body convex, ovate, attached to stones in a diagonal direction 
by a broad base; nearly smooth, yellowish and semi-transparent, 
with a deep yellow or orange-coloured patch at the lower end 
from the viscera appearing through. Branchial aperture sub- 


OF NORTHUMRERLAND AND DURHAM. 199 


terminal slightly tubular, tuberculated or echinated, and divided 
at the top into six pointed segments, Anal aperture about one- 
third down the body on the upper side, sub-tubular, slightly 
tuberculated and divided into four segments, shorter than those 
of the branchial aperture. Length three-eighths of an inch. 

On the under side of stones between tide-marks, Cullercoats 
and Whitley, not common. 


125. ASCIDIA, Linneus. 
* Cylindrical or rounded, and partially attached. 
1. A. INTESTINALIS, Linn. 
Ascidia intestinalis, Forb. and Hanl. Brit. Moll. 1. 31. 

Not uncommon between tide-marks ; laterally attached to 
stones at its posterior extremity. It inhabits various depths, 
and is occasionally brought in on the fishing lines. Those from 
deep water are larger than the shore variety, and of a greenish 
yellow colour. This species is flaccid, when out of water, and 
very contractile. 

2. A. sorpipa, Ald. and Hane. 

Body ovate, of a dull semi-transparent yellowish white, nearly 
smooth, but coarse and with an uneven surface ; attached by a 
narrow base. Apertures terminal and not far apart, papillose or 
very slightly tubular, more or less echinated or tuberculated ; 
the branchial aperture eight-cleft, the anal six-cleft, with a red 
eye-spot at the base of each division. Outer tunic transparent, 
vitreous, and colourless, rather tough, with very little power of 
contraction or expansion. Inner tunic about one-third less than 
the outer one, soft, yellowish, and generally very much blotched 
and spotted with crimson, towards the upper end. Branchial 
sac, with small even reticulations a little thickened at the inter- 
sections. Circle of tentacular filaments simple and slender. 
Length about two inches ; breadth an inch and a quarter; but 
very variable in size. 

This is one of the commonest Ascidice brought in on the fish- 
ing lines at Cullercoats. It is usually attached to corallines ; 
occasionally to shells and other substances. In its young state 
it is gregarious, and is found in clusters on Gemellaria loriculata, 


200 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA 


and sometimes inside dead bivalve shells. It is then very tran- 
sparent and hyaline. MJodiola marmorata is occasionally found 
imbedded in the older individuals. This species may be the 
Ascidia prunum of Macgillivray but not of Miiller. 
3. A. virarngea, Mill. 

Ascidia opalina, Macg. Moll. Aberd. 312. 

Ascidia virginea, Forb. and Hanl. Brit. Moll. i. 33, t. O, f. 4. 

From the fishing boats at Cullercoats, rare. 

The hyaline transparency of the outer tunic, and the bright 
yellow and red markings of the inner, render this one of the 
most attractive of our Ascidie. The anal tube is much the 
longest ; an unusual circumstance in this family. 

4, A. vitrEA, Van Beneden ? 
Ascidia vitrea, Forb. and Hanl. Brit. Moll. i. 35. 

On small sea-weeds brought in by the trawl-boats from a few 
fathoms water.—J. A. 

We have not had the opportunity of seeing Professor Van Be- 
neden’s figures of Ascidia vitrea, but our specimens agree very 
well with the description of it in the “ History of British Mol- 
lusca,” with the addition that the inner tunic is spotted with 
yellow, and there is a yellow ring near the entrance to the bran- 
chial sac. We had at first thought that this might possibly be 
the young of the last, but it differs in being more ovate, and in 
having the anal aperture small and little prominent, as well as 
in the absence of red markings on the inner tunic. 

5. A. atprpa, Ald. and Hane. 

Body ovate, white, transparent, and slightly tuberculated ; 
attached laterally by a narrow base to small sea-weeds. Bran- 
chial aperture lateral or subterminal, large but not very promi- 
nent, the margin divided into eight points with intermediate 
red ocelli. Anal aperture a little distant from the other, and 
nearly half way down the body on the upper side ; largish, and 
little prominent, with six red ocelli. Outer tunic hyaline and 
colourless, covered with distant small tubercles. Inner tunic, 
transparent white with bluish lines on the upper part; below, 
opake white slightly spotted with yellow. There is a large 
opake white spot on the ganglionic prominence between the 


OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 201 


apertures, near which are a few small reddish marks. Length, 
half an inch ; breadth, one-third less. 

On small sea-weeds brought in by the trawl-boats, with the 
last, not uncommon.—/. A. 

Professor H. Forbes thinks this species may be a variety of 
Ascidia scabra, Miill., but the latter has the apertures terminal 
and rather prominent, the inner tunic of a uniform red, and the 
outer tunic closely covered with small granules; characters 
which do not agree with our animal. The opake white spot 
between the apertures appears to be permanent, and a good 
distinctive character in this species. 


+** Depressed, and attached through their whole length. 


6. A. pEprEssa, Ald. and Hane. 

Body oblong ovate, very much depressed, pale green ; attach- 
ed laterally through its entire extent by a distinct expansion 
or disc, surrounding the whole. Apertures distant : the branch- 
ial one terminal, not much produced, and divided into eight 
points, with intermediate red ocelli ; anal aperture about two- 
thirds down the body on the left side, with six segments and 
intermediate ocelli. Outer tunic transparent, granulated or 
tuberculated on the upper surface, the granules sometimes a little 
incrusted with brown ; under or attached side, smooth and very 
thin. Inner tunic one-third less than the outer, yellowish 
green, of a deeper colour and sometimes inclining to orange 
in the lower part. The intestine is often very conspicuous, form- 
ing a dark sigmoid coil, but this is more or less the case in 
all the transparent species. Branchial sac finely reticulated with 
tubercles at the intersections. Length, nearly an inch. 

Common; attached to the underside of stones among the rocks 
at Cullercoats and Whitley. 

This species comes very near to the Ascidia orbicularis of 
Miiller (Zool. Dan. t. 79, f. 1, 2), but differs in the position of 
the apertures, which in that species are represented to be rather 
near together at the anterior end, while in ours they are widely 
separated. 

7. A. exurptica, Ald. and Hane. 

Body elliptical, a little convex on the upper side, and flat 
beneath, of a dull and sub-opake brownish or yellowish white ; 

VOL. I. pd 


202 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA 


attached through its whole length by a rather inconspicuous dise. 
Branchial aperture not quite terminal, at the anterior end, pa- 
pillose, very little elevated, and divided into eight tubercular seg- 
ments. Anal aperture situated a little below the branchial one 
on the left side, not prominent, with six tubercles. Outer tunic 
tough, sub-opake, nearly smooth but rather coarse ; inner tunic 
opake white or flesh-coloured with a few spots of red between 
the apertures. The red ocelli of the apertures, which are scarce- 
ly visible outside, are distinct in the inner tunic. Branchial 
sac reticulated, with slender papille at the intersections of the 
larger meshes. Length three-quarters of an inch; breadth 
about one-third less. 

Attached to the underside of stones, within tide-marks, Culler- 
coats, not common.—aA. HZ. 

Professor E. Forbes has referred our drawings of this species 
to Ascidia prunum of Miller, but in this opinion we cannot 
agree. A. prunum is described as rounded, lax, hyaline, and very 
pellucid, and is a free or slightly attached species dwelling in mud. 
It consequently does not belong to this division of the genus. 

8. A. peLLuorpA, Ald. and Hane. 

Body depressed, hyaline, subtriangular, attached laterally by a 
broad disc. Branchial aperture terminal, wide and tubular, divided 
into eight segments with red ocelli. Anal aperture situated a 
little below it on the left side, tubular and curved inwards 
towards the upper surface, with six ocellated segments. Outer 
tunic smooth, coriaceous, colourless and perfectly transparent. 
Inner tunic not above one-half the size of the outer one, opake 
yellowish white, inclined to red on the lower part. Length half 
an inch. 

Under stones within tide-marks, Cullercoats, rare,—A. H. 


OrpEer.—(Lxs Ascrprus socraLes, Milne Hdwards.) 
Famity. CLAVELLINIDZ, Forbes. 


126. CLAVELLINA, Savigny. 


1. C. pepapiFormis, Jill. 
Clavellina lepadiformis, Forb. and Hanl. Brit. Moll. i. 26, t. 
EH, f. 1. 


OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 203 


Under stones at low-water mark, rare. St. Mary’s Island.— 
A. H., 


Orper.—(Lus Ascrpres composes, Milne Edwards.) 


Famity. Borryiups, McLeay. 


127. APLIDIUM, Savigny. 


1. A. Ficus, Linn. ? 
Aplidium ficus, Forb. and Hanl. Brit. Moll. i. 11? 
Under stones among the rocks at Cullercoats, rare.—A. H. 
The specimen we refer, with doubt, to this species, formed an 
irregular lobed mass of a brownish colour, with the animals 
thickly disposed through it, without apparent pattern. Longest 
diameter nearly two inches. 
2. A. FALLAX, Johns. 
Aplidium fallax, Johns. in Loud. Mag. Nat. Hist. vii. 15, 
f. 4; Forb. and Hanl. Brit. Moll. i. 11. 
On sea-weeds, in pools between tide-marks, at Cullercoats, 
rare.—J. A. 


128. SIDNYUM, Savigny. 
1. S. rurBrInatum, Sav. ? 
Sydneum turbinatum, Flem. Brit. Anim. 469? 

A species, which we had always taken to be this, is not rare on 
our coast, but it differs from that figured in Forbes and Hanley’s 
“British Mollusca.” It is inversely conical, sometimes adhering 
by a narrow base, and is of an orange-red colour, with the animals 
vertically and concentrically arranged: their branchial apertures 
are eight-cleft. The masses are of different sizes, from a quar- 
ter to half an inch high, erect, and frequently clustered. 


129. POLYCLINUM, Savigny. 
1. P. aurantium, Jf. Edw. ? 
Polyclinum aurantium, Forb. and Hanl. Brit. Moll. 14, t. A, 
f. 3. 


On the under side of stones between tide-marks at Cullercoats, 
rather rare.—A. 


204 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA 


Our specimens are paler than those described by M. Milne 
Edwards, being of an ochreous yellow, with only a tinge .of 
orange at the sides. The mass frequently forms a cluster of dif- 
ferent sized flattened balls. The general apertures, irregularly 
disposed over the surface, are large and prominent. 


130. LEPTOCLINUM, Milne Edwards. 


1. L. puncratum, Lorbes. 
Leptoclinum punctatum, Forb. and Hanl. Brit. Moll. i. 18. 
On the under side of stones between tide-marks, Cullercoats 
and Whitley, not uncommon. 


131. BOTRYLLUS, Geriner. 


1. B. Scutossert, Pallas. 
Botryllus Schlossert, Forb. and Hanl. Brit. Moll. i. 19, t. A, 
8 

Incrusting the under side of stones, and on the stems of the 
larger Fuci, between tide-marks and a little beyond, common. 

This species may usually be known by a red spot on the thorax 
of each individual composing the stars, though in one or two in- 
stances within our knowledge it has been wanting. The general 
envelope is thick and rather tough. 

2. B. rusens, Ald. and Hane. 

General envelope thin and transparent, dull brown, with nu- 
merous opake yellow granules. Individuals forming circles, or 
stars, of from four to fifteen, generally averaging seven or eight ; 
their colour is various shades of red, from reddish-yellow to dark 
brick-red: there is usually a circle of dark red round the 
branchial aperture, and at a little distance from it, and a streak 
of the same down the centre of the thorax ; the remainder of 
the body is pale red or yellowish, thickly sprinkled with opake 
yellowish-white spots. General aperture of each system, rather 
small. ‘The stars are smaller, and not so closely set as in the 
last species. 

On the under side of stones between tide-marks, Cullercoats, 
frequent. 

We have occasionally seen the central red line of the body so 


OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 205 


much diminished that it leaves little more than a spot, and in 
that case the species might be taken for the last ; but it may 
always be known from it by the thinness of the general envelope 
and the more variegated reddish colour of the inclosed animals. 
3. B. virescens, Ald. and Hane. 

General envelope moderately thick, olive-brown coloured, 
sprinkled with yellow spots. Individuals forming circles of from 
six to twelve. Colour grass-green, varying to greenish yellow, 
and occasionally to pale grey ; the colour is in most cases con- 
fined to the lower part of the animal, the upper portion being so 
nearly the colour of the envelope as to be with difficulty distin- 
guished from it. Branchial apertures large, with a faint red 
margin ; the tentacular filaments very conspicuous within them, 
of a pale yellowish colour. When magnified, the colour of the 
body is shown to be formed of a copious sprinkling of opake 
spots, mostly confined, as before stated, to the lower part of the 
animal, but sometimes extending round the disc. Common cen- 
tral apertures largish, margined with red. 

Not uncommon on the under side of stones within tide-marks, 
along with the last. The arrangement of the markings distin- 
guishes it from the B. smaragdus of Milne Edwards. 

4, B. potycycius, Sav. ? 

General envelope thin, dull greenish brown. Individuals 
forming circles of from 4 to 9 each, generally of a purplish hue, 
occasioned by a spotting of claret-colour and blue intermixed 
with spots of opake white ; the white usually forming one or two 
large blotches in the centre of the body on a dark blue ground 
and there is also a circle of white, or sometimes reddish, spots 
round the disc. General apertures rather small; the edges 
thickly sprinkled with white and blue. 

Botryllus polycyclus, Forb. and Hanl. Brit. Moll. i. 21. 

On the under side of stones within tide-marks, not rare, but 
less frequent than the three preceding. 
d. B. castangus, Ald. and Hane. 

General envelope very thin and pellucid, with a few scattered 
brown marks and black punctures on the margin. Individuals 
large, placed in irregular circles of from 6 to 8, of a chesnut 


206 CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA 


colour, irregularly blotched with purple-brown, and minutely 
sprinkled with opake white. Branchial aperture small, general 
aperture moderate. Stars rather far apart, and surrounded with 
a few large opake yellowish white globular bodies. 

On the under side of stones in pools between tide-marks, Cul- 
lercoats, rare.—A. H. 

The envelope of this species is thinner than in any other we 

are acquainted with, and, when removed from the stone, is ex- 

tremely flaccid. The patches are large, being sometimes 5 inches 
across. 


132. BOTRYLLOIDES, Milne Edwards. 


1. B. Leacuttr, Sav. ? 
Botrylloides Leachit, Forb, and Hanl. Brit. Moll. i. 23 ? 

The species we now refer, though with considerable doubt, to 
Botryllus Leachit of Savigny, is common among the rocks at 
Cullercoats and Whitley, encrusting the under side of stones in 
largish patches. The general envelope is brownish, and the in- 
dividuals are usually of a nearly uniform ochreous yellow, form- 
ing large brain-like folds. The colour occasionally varies to 
brick-red, and even to a purplish hue. There may possibly be 
more than one species included in this, but, hitherto, we have not 
been able to detect any difference among them excepting in 
colour. 

2. B. raprata, Ald. and Hane. 

General envelope yellowish olive, with yellow granules.— 
Individuals rather small, broadly pear-shaped, pale ochreous 
yellow or straw colour, spotted with white, and having a paler 
rim round the branchial aperture, with rays diverging from it 
and uniting into a disc beyond, giving a petaloid or wheel-like 
appearance to it. A darkish line runs down the thorax. The 
systems are arranged in much shorter and more compact folds 
then in the last; some parts occasionally assuming the appear- 
ance of a circular arrangement. The common apertures are 
usually situated at no great distance from each other. 

On the under side of stones, among the rocks at Cullercoats and 
Whitley, frequent. 


OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 207 


The smaller size more varied markings, and shorter and more 
rounded convolutions, distinguish this species from the last.— 
The wheel-like markings ally it to the B. rotifera of Milne-Ed- 
wards, but the colour never approaches to red, and the folds of 
B. rotifera appear more elongated than in ours. In this respect 
our species approaches more nearly to the arrangement of B. 
albicans. 

3. B. atpicans, I, Edw. 
Botrylloides albicans, Forb. and Hanl. Brit. Moll. i. 24, t. A, 
38 (Sh 

On the under side of stones between tide-marks, St. Mary’s 
Island.—A. H. 

4, B. ramunosa, Ald. and Hane. 

General envelope colourless, pellucid, with a few pale yellow 
spots on the margin. Systems of individuals winding, much in- 
volved ; and having a broad cream-coloured belt down the cen- 
tre, following the sinuations. Animals of an obscure brownish 
yellow, with the lower half pale opake yellow. 

On the under side of stones in pools between tide-marks at 
Cullercoats, rare.—A. H. 

This species, which is in patches of upwards of an inch and a 
quarter across, is at once distinguished from B. Leachit by the 
opake belt of cream-colour that passes along the centre of the 
various systems of animals. 


The above attempt to describe the Tunrcata of our coast, im- 
perfect as it is, may serve as a ground-work for future investiga- 
tions. Some other forms are known to us which we have 
not ventured to describe, though we have seen sufficient 
to convince us that many species yet remain to reward the la- 
bours of future enquirers. The compound species are extremely 
difficult to make out, both on account of their great similarity, 
and because the same species, and even the same individual, is 
very apt to vary under different circumstances. 


INDEX TO THE GENERA. 


PacE 
Achatinaernacyivanccisvscetavese cause 132 
PAG) eur pec aRE eT CE CCP Ee EERE ICC 135 
ACEBOMAES Ease vest senece tense etaees 123 


Amphidesma, v. Syndosmya. 
Amphisphyra, 


TCAs sceeevisveseses Sas cuawes Siesecauee 173 
Arion, ata ABER I 43) 
Artemis, ......0.. Shesanescaonees sooner dl gs} 
Ascidia, .......0. ssecieneneacrstaceeces 199 
MAIS bartesee ds newass Gone cee ce cea taoes 180 
Auricula y. Conovulus. 

ZOCAMRSO cs senatconecne ceseeen tees 
Balen ass tse ioc emecceecsecceeeteutiad 
Bithiniasycesecseecs 
Botrylloides, 
IBotryllusiiiec..ccisccseosee cee sseteees 
Buccinum, 

IBULIMUSs | eccosactcectsesstsesteanscecs 132 
Bulla eR GeO aieae menens 121 
Bullea, ......- Betsisceherces SS eee 118 
Cas CUI A eeikeccceostascessessecnesace 168 
Capulus, ....... pcpanedadHodacronbddes 165 
Cardiumns eeseouestscoestacneesecneeoss 177 
Cary chigimimccsce:) casscesctecnecsses aloo 
Geri thiumsmrccceseccceseee coset: 154 
Chemnitzidaeuncesctonecenteetecses 142 


Chitonse eiesiecsecdessdascsceeeene lOO: 
Clasiliany ecccscencccecssetescccsee LOS 
Clavellinascersconecptsiscsseccoccesessese 202 


CWonovulgs: oeiievecwsccseccsscecescese 135 
Corbilascecscesdescseceacssse Bethan 190 
Coriocella, v. Lamellaria. 

Crenella, .........6 Bale dles Seanccctlesnes 176 
Cryptodon, 

Cyclasieii.sce- 

Cynthia, 

Gy preeayrasesceccecoccoscsisesescmsccssass 

Wy primase yecsnctecccaceatscdeceesese 
Dendronotus, .......c0...seecececeees 113 
Dentaliumyy Wiiietecncsessssscese sees 168 
IDYeS RES GacodgEasocdboddsens0o000G0000000 181 
WD OvISs secon tcecescticceecse sacs podacébaEcS 109 
IDG), aecoeoboaneonanosecocgdaSHboadc6000 114 
led ones escce se iasacoventscsuenseoens 107 
Himarginula, ....0....sesceseeseeseenees 164 
TOE egaqoe0b0005000 aessies silanes asesives 114 
Mulia secercesrteecsasesesess eelecseeens 140 


PAGE, 

Giomlodorisy 2iorcesccstecscccscecceeeee 111 

C)E Se Sa ae ees 127 
TIGEITE NS oonconnone salsa cacueuecaueniaeiees 112 
Keelliai, tos esisrdscd ie caiee g Sie ualoes 187 
IDE O10) nie Ree HE SN EMEEE EH SNaricHaotood.cb0 151 
Tamellariagiscstss accesses meses 164 
Toediay c8eseengecneoes bea) uaa BS eee 173 
Leptoclinum, .......... panb0000000000 204 
Liepton sccscadivecscissetvecceoesuescnsese 187 
Biman so ae ecm 172 
Limapontia, ....cc..2) seeasverececsss 117 
WiMax: 5c sacanestoessce coone sheen RPLZO 
Limnea, 8 AS eae 136 
Littorimay <tc. ...cesnevessseccesteseees 149 
WOO, velecetesscsstcs cur qeereusnuene 108 
WOttia, ee sceeet causa uensueeeeneeee 166 
Liucina, ......000....- stiesenaseeaaeceaee 185 
Wutrarias vscuceeseetee ee ee 
Lyonsia, ...... vewdeesse agncueacuenontes 192 
Mactras ic ik ected eee 
Margarita, 
Modiola, 
Molgula, 
Montacuta, y 
Murex, ....... ease sselaesnes Ooee ee eeeee 160 

Yagi eek esac sawes scovedeeareseeer ecole 
MiyGilusssasicecesmestss se aecleeseuortasee 174 
TEAST a ee a 161 
IN abi Cae yee. Stiweaoncees aseeaeociteres 162 
ING2OLascacrecaeecessecvccstcceseesereres 190 
Neritinas 7 22.020) iigedste Ween coeeemloe 
Nuculay ss. 2iccc ie vcactasrendseennesees 173 
Octopus, v. Eledone. 
QOdostomia, Geeccccessscessceorecsess 144 
(O75 hy st: Rian nR PRB eer rioacnebuicctincooccod 170 
Paludina, v. Bithinia. 
Panopeea, .........- sesegnoseeaseceneees 193 
Patella, ijccestscssseceesestecsenoaers «. 165 
Rectenspeetecisnccrsteserccccersecscerene 170 
Pectunculussssasccessuoceceenterneneee 172 
Pelonaiasiiscccccccctscsctencieessdcascees 195 
TPO ENS Gap Gaonocenbecoa0Gbo0bad000000000 194 
Phy sae or Ue ease ete ane snes oo dlBis 
PISiGivim, eas cosheesessecessoseseoee 186 
Planorbisy iiewsccvsoeccestoeceseeee 1857/ 
Pleurrobranchus, .........scesereeeres 118 
Bleurotomas)....<-eccssceemstccseettcs 155 
Roliyceras c..cvcesscesesecessncsecmacas Jil 
Bolyclinum, -...---.ccceseeeeeroesisn 00 
Psammobias) scocs.ccesccesiecoseessinc 183 
IRullastras oapescossoeccesesccrosenteee 180 
Puncturellan.cencdcseccescecsseccces 164 
LEAT OF oaescnococooacossonse condbde00 000000 133 
IPI DITR SAGnoncccoosnoononss0000000000 160 
Rissoas, cocsssetstencsesetecccscseoueens 147 
SEPA TCER ny ipodoopoconboobadgoncoGo0 ode000 194 


INDEX TO THE GENERA, Wc. 


Ncalariasiissscs Badal csaraaatuusteressees 
Scrobicularia, 

Sepia, . 

Sepiola, 

Sidnyum, 

Skenea, 

Sole eno ene esecauiekec mentee 
Stylifer, 

Succinea, ....... Bee ecau a Goes: tea 127 
B\IGIOSTINE) ccodoseasocnododsaneeo0seo0 184 
iellimavpe secon. cosece sees ooses tua ween 182 
Merebratulases mec s oor 168 
MRCPE COM er eee aa Aess cots ace ease 195 
MITA Claaneet eee kane ote cnn, eas eleeace 191 
MTiCHOLLOPISsesnaceecentiecrescccessoets 160 


AD EKO coodsonbabendcSbsadoooa0ade 
IDritOmigeweeert costae renee 
PYOCHUS i seceet cee ses sencesetuees 


Turbo v. Littorina. 


Miuarnitellasmearesensecscscesese siete 
MUrtOMlasmecdsceccosnesusince eee 
Win TOs Ee eens Vageldoaens 
WENO “oneasepooneccosscnon edo 
Welutimasprcsnsasectscecssecsesse 
WEBS Gospoboncosabssoccasenboo0n 
WertigOsrecccsccsrsccccecssansencee 
WiLEDIM a eels ecsces ness wees een scene 
Xtvlophagasweadesecssuccecceseiee 
VANE While dene raccdnceadeacne nace rion 


ABBREVIATIONS OF AUTHORS’ NAMES. 


Ald. and Hane., Alder and Hancock. 
Bouch. Chant., Bouchard Chantereaux. 
Brod., Broderip. 

Brug., Bruguiére. 

Chemn., Chemnitz. 

Cuy., Cuvier. 

Desh., Deshayes. 

Dillw., Dillwyn. 

Don., Donovan. 

D’Orb., D’Orbigny. 

Ewd. (M.), Milne Edwards. 

Fab., O. Fabricius. 

Fer., Férussac. 

Flem., Fleming. 

Forb. and Hanl., Forbes and Hanley. 
Gmel., Gmelin. 


Jeff., Jeffreys. 
Jolins., Jolinston. 
Lam., Lamark. 
Leuck., Leuckart. 
Lion., Linneeus. 
Macg., Macgillivray. 
Mich., Michaud. 
Mont., Montagu. 
Miill., Miller. 
Penn., Pennant. 
Phil., Philippi. 
Pult., Pulteney. 
Sow., Sowerby. 
Thomp., Thompson. 
Turt., Turton. 


VOL. I. He 


THE 
PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS 


THE SECOND ANNUAL MEETING, 


MARCH 30, 1848. 


GeytLemen,—It falls to my lot, as President of this Society, 
and before resigning my not very arduous duties, to read to you 
the proceedings of the Club during our wanderings last year, 
which I shall preface by one or two observations, according to 
the example of my predecessor. 

Our Society has now existed two years, and I think we may 
fairly congratulate ourselves on its success ; we have been 
steadily adding to our numbers, and our body now consists of 
above a hundred members, but I observe with regret that the 
number of those who take the field does not increase in proportion. 
I was in hopes that as our force increased, so would the numbers 
at our meetings, and I will observe in passing that there would 
be one among the many advantages connected with a larger at- 
tendance of our members, which is, that we should be thus com- 
pelled, as it were, when the weather permitted, to dine “swb Jove,” 
which is, to my taste, and I believe to that of many of our body, 
far more agreeable than passing a large portion of the day in the 
close, damp atmosphere of a public-house, and especially as any 
long written contributions from members are now only read at 
the Meetings held in this town. 

It is hardly possible, I should imagine, to select any locality 
near Newcastle for our rambles which has not been thoroughly 
ransacked by our more experienced botanists and geologists, 
and it is to be feared that some do not attend our meetings be- 
cause they are so well acquainted with the ‘country that they 


PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 211 


cannot hope to find any thing new. I may be wrong in my 
supposition, but should this be the case, it will have a bad 
effecb upon us younger naturalists ; there are many amongst us 
who require to be instructed and encouraged in these delightful 
studies to make themselves acquainted with the best geological 
districts, and with the habitats of our wild plants, which they 
can only do thoroughly with the assistance of more experi- 
enced members. 

There is another subject which, as a Botanist, occurs to my 
mind at each of our Field Meetings ; when gathering any rare 
plant on its native soil, I regret that our Society cannot be made 
more useful than it now is to those who cannot, as we do, see 
the plant growing in its own locality ; the specimen goes to my 
herbarium, part of it tomy garden at Stamfordham, and becomes, 
as 1t were, lost to the world. Now, I believe, there are many 
people extremely fond of Botany, who, owing to unavoidable cir- 
cumstances, cannot find time to gratify their taste or to improve 
their knowledge. Now, could no piece of ground be found near 
this large and healthy town, where we might bring any contri- 
butions collected in our rambles, and thus give people an oppor- 
tunity of seeing their native plants growing? This would tend 
greatly, I am sure, towards promoting the science amongst us, 
and might, in time, form the nucleus of a Botanical Garden in 
or near Newcastle. I was in Belgium last spring, where I ob- 
served that nearly every town of any pretensions has a Botanical 
Garden, but then the foreigners go to work on a totally different 
plan from us in this country, they begin at the bottom of the 
ladder and go gradually up increasing their works in proportion 
to their funds. Now, it strikes me, that our fault in England 
is to undertake too much at once; instead of beginning in a 
small way, our ambition leads us to aim at once at perfection ; 
hothouses, conservatories, dvc., are built, which cannot be kept up 
without a great annual outlay, as has been found, I understand, 
to be the case at Liverpool. 

I do not think that our proceedings last year have been 
marked by anything of importance, but we have passed some 
very pleasant days in rambling about the country ; besides the 


NY) PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 


pleasure our meetings have afforded us, there is another still 
more important object gained by them, which is, that in learn- 
ing accurately to observe the works of nature, we are insensibly 
led to remember the God who made them. 

Before reading the report of our meetings I beg to resign the 
office of President, to which you so kindly elected me last year, 
and trust that my successor will discharge his duties more ably 
and with more benefit to the Society than I have done. 


The first Field Meeting for 1847 was held on the 21st of May, 
in Morpeth and its vicinity. The party, in consequence of the 
uncertainty of the weather, was small. An exceedingly pleasant 
day, however, was spent on the banks of the Wansbeck, from Mor- 
peth, to a little way below Bothal. The banks of the river are 
lofty and thickly wooded, and many of the views are extremely 
picturesque. The party visited the lofty viaduct now in progress, 
132 feet in height, over the Wansbeck, and such other points as 
were considered of most interest, and to which they were conducted 
by Mr. Creighton, of Morpeth. The day, notwithstanding the pre- 
vious bad weather, was exceedingly fine, and thus added to the 
charms of the delightful scenery through which their course was 
directed. The members breakfasted and dined at the Queen’s 
Head Inn, Morpeth. After dinner, the only business transacted 
was the election of Mr. Creighton as a member of the Club, 
and the fixing of the day of the next Meeting, which it was de- 
termined should be held at Castle Eden, on Wednesday, the 16th 
of June, and the passing of the following resolution. Moved by 
Mr. R. R. Dees, and seconded by Mr. Loftus, “That all papers, 
&e., presented for printing in the Transactions of the Club, be 
first submitted to the Committee, who shall have the power of 
accepting or rejecting them, or of printing only such portions of 
them as they may deem of sufficient importance. In the latter 
case, the author to have the power of withdrawing the paper if 
ye should think fit.” 

The Second Field Meeting was held on Wednesday, the 16th 
June, at Castle Eden Dene, and notwithstanding the unsettled 
state of the weather both previous to and after the meeting 


PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. PLS 


the party had a day most delightful for their excursion, 
thus affording an illustration of the frequently local nature of 
falls of rain ; for on the 16th it rained heavily a few miles up 
the Tyne, whilst it was fair at Castle Eden ; and on the 17th it 
rained heavily at Castle Eden and was fair up the Tyne. It is 
unnecessary to dwell long upon the attractions of a place so well 
known for its picturesque beauty and for the number and rarity 
of the plants it produces. It is sufficient to say that all the 
scarce plants were observed by one or other of the party, more 
especially the rare and conspicuous Lady’s Slipper ( Cypripedium 
Calceolus). Four plants, bearing two flowers, of this pride of 
our Northern Flora, were seen, but as great treasures and with a 
due regard to that excellent rule of the Club, which pledges itself 
to prevent as far as possible the extirpation of rare species—they 
were left undisturbed. 

In the other departments of natural history but little was 
done, arising in a measure from the floral attractions being so 
great, and from the peculiar and beautiful scenery of the Dene 
being new to many of the party. A species of Saw Fly, which 
had not before been taken by any of the party, was caught, but 
this was the only insect taken worth notice, although the loca- 
lity, as might be expected, affords several rare species. The 
party was entirely a pic-nic one, for, from the great distance, it 
was impossible for those present to dine together as usual, without 
being too late to return home that day. 

The Third Meeting took place on Monday, July 12th, in a 
range of country extending from Haydon Bridge to Walltown 
and Haltwhistle ; a district highly interesting to the geologist 
and botanist, and also to the antiquarian, from its possessing the 
most extensive remains of the Roman Wall now in existence. 
The face of the country is very much broken by irregular hills 
of limestone and sandstone ; and at Walltown, and from thence 
towards the North, the edge of the great whin sill shews itself, 
after having been thrown up by the great Stublic Dyke. In the 
hollows are numerous hags or mosses, and here and there a small 
lake. As might be expected, many of the plants peculiar to 
such districts are found here in abundance, some of them 


214 PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 


rare British species. Several scarce species of Carex occur, 
especially Carex irrigua, which was first noticed as a Bri- 
tish Plant by Mr. John Thompson, then of Crowhall Mill; and 
who has added many species observed in the neighbourhood al- 
luded to, to the Northumberland Flora. Amongst them may be 
enumerated Mieracium prenanthoides and Crepis succiscefolia. 
Allium schenoprasum was found in full blow, in which state it 
does not often occur, Geraniwm columbinum, was abundant on 
the Walltown Crag, and in a pond to the south-east of it, Vym- 
phea alba, and Nuphar lutea, were flowering in great profusion, 
and Ranunculus lingua grew at a short distance from its edge. 
The day was remarkaby fine, and the party, after a pleasant, 
though long wander, reached Haltwhistle just in time for a hasty 
dinner, and to return home by the last train from Carlisle. 

The Fourth Meeting was held, August 12, at Prestwick Car, 
near Ponteland, a space of flat, marshy and boggy land, about 
two miles across, with a considerable pool of rather shallow 
water communicating with the little river Pont by a deep ditch 
of about one-third water and the remaining two-thirds of filthy 
mud. It is difficult to account for this flat expanse of bog, 
marsh, and water. That it has once been more elevated is evi- 
dent, as the stumps of trees blackened, as is usual in bog wood, 
are scattered over its whole surface. When the lake is low, they 
may be seen in considerable numbers just showing themselves 
above the water. Two kinds of trees may be distinguished ; a 
species of fir, probably the Common Scotch Fir, as the wood, 
when sliced and put under the microscope, sppears to belong to 
that plant. The other tree is the Common Birch ; in this the 
bark in many cases is almost quite sound, whilst the wood is 
soft or altogether gone: thus furnishing us with the means of 
accounting for the fact, that in most of the larger fossil plants of 
our coal mines, we have the impression of the bark only, the 
place of the wood being usually occupied by mud or sand. How 
the trees at Prestwick Car have got into their present situation 
it is difficult to say : the appearance of the place, an extensive 
flat, like the bottom of a large dish, rising ground on nearly every 
sides forming the edge, would suggest the idea of subsidence of the 


PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 215 


land at this particular spot, more especially as the Car itself is no 
so low a level, that the waters of the Pont frequently flow into it, 

As might be expected, numerous water and bog plants are to 
be met with, for some of which it is the only convenient station 
near Newcastle. In the ditches as well as in the lake, Callitriche 
autumnalis, Chara aspera, and C. hispida, are abundant.— 
Amongst the other plants may be mentioned—Ranunculus lingua, 
Listera cordata, Enanthe phellandrium, Triglochin palustre, Alis- 
ma ranunculoides, Hippuris vulgaris, Utricularia vulgaris, and 
U. intermedia, Carex pauciflora, Potamogeton lucens and P. 
heterophyllum, Anagallis tenella, Parnassia palustris, Nuphar 
lutea, Eleocharis multicaulis, Andromeda polifolia, Habenaria 
bifolia, Gymnadenia conopsea, Globularia pilulifera, Lycopodium 
selago, and L. selaginoides ; and most of the common North of Eng- 
land heath and bog plants, both cryptogamic and flowering. Many 
fresh-water shells are found in the lake and the ditches which run 
into it, but they do not appear to be so numerous as they were a 
few years ago. At one time the Car was not preserved, and the 
water birds were driven away, and the shells on which they fed 
were abundant ; but now that the place is strictly preserved, the 
birds abound and the shells have evidently become scarcer. 
Water birds, as might be expected, have resorted in greater num- 
bers to the Car since they have been less disturbed, and this year 
they appear to be more numerous than usual. Several species 
also have bred in greater numbers this season than usual, and 
some have bred which had not been previously noticed at the 
Car in the breeding season. Several broods of the Redshank 
were brought out; the Water Crake, bred there this season, and 
a Ruff and a Reeve were seen by Mr. R. Reay, of Berwick Hill. 
Mr. John Hancock, from whom this information is furnished, 
obtained the egg of the Redshank. Amongst the other birds ob- 
served was a flock of about thirty Ring Dottrels, a number unusu- 
ally large to be seen together at Prestwick Car. The only busi- 
ness transacted at the meeting was the election of four new 
members ; and the presentation, by Mr. J. Hancock, of a notice 
of the capture of the Thrush Nightingale (Sylvia turdoides major ), 
the largest European warbler, near the village of Swalwell, three 


216 PEPSIDENT’S ADDRESS. 


or four miles west of Neweastle. The attention of Mr. Thomas 
Robson, of Swalwell, a gentleman perfectly acquainted with the 
notes of our different warblers, was, towards the end of May, at- 
tracted by a note which he did not recognise. After some trou- 
ble he succeeded in seeing and afterwards obtaining the bird, 
which proved to be the male of the above-named species. A1- 
though this was the only specimen obtained, yet, from the time of 
year, and other circumstances, there is little doubt that this fine 
warbler is a regular visitant, its peculiarly retired habits having 
hitherto concealed it from observation. Mr. Hancock has in his 
possession an egg obtained in Northamptonshire, which agrees 
exactly with the description of that of the Thrush Nightingale. 
But from not supposing the bird to be a native of England, Mr. 
Hancock was unwilling to assign the ege to this species : now, 
however, that the bird has been obtained here in the breeding 
season, there seems no reason to doubt that the egg got from Nor- 
thamptonshire was that of this warbler. 

The Fifth and concluding Field Meeting, in accordance with 
an invitation of the Berwickshire Naturalists’ Club, was held at 
Alnwick, on Wednesday, September 22. In conjunction with 
the former Society, a few members also of the Durham Botanical 
Society joined the party. The members present breakfasted 
with Mr. Dickson, Clerk of the Peace for Northumberland, after 
which they proceeded to Alnwick Castle, where they spent a short 
time, and then assembled at the Swan Inn for the transaction 
of business. It being the anniversary meeting of the Berwick- 
shire Club, the annual address of the President of that body, on 
his retirement from office, was read, and his successor was elected. 
There were no long papers read or presented by either Society. 
Mr. Selby, of Twizel House, read a short notice of the occurrence 
of some birds and insects in greater abundance than usual dur- 
ing the last year. Amongst other insects he mentioned the 
Death’s Head Hawk Moth, and the Convolvulus Hawk Moth. 
Of the former he had procured several caterpillars, but had not 
been able to rear any moths. He mentioned that when he was 
unable to procure potato leaves, on which plant the Death’s 
Head Moth is usually found in this country, he had substituted 


PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. Paley s 


those of a plant of the same genus, the common nightshade or 
bittersweet of the hedges (Solanum dulcamara), and found 
that the moth fed as freely on it as on the potato. Mr. Selby 
described a caterpillar as large as that of the Death’s Head 
Moth, but differing from it in colour and in the shape of its 
markings, which he had also found on the potato. This cater- 
pillar, he thought, might be a variety of that of the Death’s 
Head Moth, but he had not been able to meet with any account 
of that species in which such a variety was described, nor was he 
aware of any other species to which it could be assigned. Mr. 
Alder, of Newcastle, read an account of the peculiar character of 
the animal, of Kellia suborbicularis, a bivalve mollusk not uncom- 
mon on our shores, shewing it to be a new type of form among 
the bivalves, differing from the others in having a large anterior 
tube. He also exhibited a drawing, and read a description, of 
the animal of Lepton squamosum, an allied genus, likewise very 
peculiar in its characters. He took the opportunity of Dr. 
Johnston being present to draw his attention to a curious new 
British Zoophyte, of very anomalous characters, found by Mr. 
Cocks, at Falmouth, and examined by Mr. Alder, in conjunction 
with that gentleman, during a recent visit to Cornwall. A 
drawing of the animal was exhibited to the meeting, and a ver- 
bal description given. Some account of its mode of development 
was also communicated. Dr. Johnston considered it quite dis- 
tinct from anything with which he was acquainted. Mr. Tate, 
of Alnwick, exhibited several specimens of mountain Limestone 
Fossils, remarkable for their perfection and beauty. This gen- 
tleman possesses one of the best collections of the fossils of this 
formation in the kingdom. After the business matters were 
concluded, and the rain had ceased, which fell heavily during the 
middle of the day, some of the party returned to the castle where 
they had spent a portion of the morning, and where, by the 
courtesy of the noble owner every facility was given for the ex- 
amination, both of its feudal remains and of its modern decora- 
tions. There is a small museum, containing objects of anti- 
quity, as well as specimens of most departments of Natural His- 
tory: amongst the latter are some very interesting fossil remains. 
VOL, I. Ef 


218 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 


The most remarkable part of the collection, however, is that con- 
taining the Hgyptian Antiquitics, obtained by the noble duke 
himself when in Egypt. On leaving the castle the party had a 
short walk through the park and returned to the White Swan 
Inn, where they sat down to an excellent dinner, to which the 
thoughtful courtesy of the duchess had added a splendid dessert. 
The only business transacted after dinner was the election of 
three new members to the Berwickshire Club; and the propo- 
sal of a vote of thanks on the part of the three clubs to the 
Duke and Duchess of Northumberland for the attention they had 
shewn to the meeting. The invitation from the Berwickshire 
Club was made for “the proniotion of friendly feeling” between 
the clubs ; and when the party broke up, which it did at an 
early hour, every one present felt that the intended object had 
been attained. 


(219) 


VI.—A Catalogue of the Fossils of the Permian System of the 
Counties of Northumberland and Durham, drawn up at the 
request of the Tyneside Naturalists’ Field Club. By Ricuarp 
Tlowse. 


Tus earliest notices of the fossil remains of the Magnesian-lime- 
stone of this district are those made by Mr. N. J. Winch, in a 
paper entitled “ Observations on the Geology of Northumberland 
and Durham,” published in the Geological Transactions, Ist ser., 
Vol. IV. In this paper nine species only are mentioned as oc- 
curring in the Magnesian-limestone of the neighbourhood of 
Sunderland. As they are rather vaguely described, it is very 
difficult to say what species are intended. About the same time 
that Mr. Winch’s paper was read before the Geological Society, 
several less important communications, on the same subject, 
were made to the Annals of Philosophy, and the Philosohical Ma- 
gazine. ‘Ten years later, Professor Sedgwick gave a much longer 
list of these fossils,in his valuable paper “On the geological 
relations and internal structure cf the Magnesian-limestone,” 
etc, in the Geological Transactions, 2nd ser., Vol. III.— 
More than thirty species from our district are included in this 
list, but, unfortunately, some of them are so slightly noticed that 
the species cannot now be recognised. The last and by far the 
most complete list, is the one given in the Geology of Russia. 
The fifty-eight species mentioned in it from the Magnesian-lime- 
stone of Northumberland and Durham are included in the tabu- 
lar list of the Fauna of the Permian System of Europe, and form 
about one-third of the total number of species peculiar to these 
rocks. Within the last few years, additional species have been 
discovered in our limestone, some few of which have been before 
noticed in the equivalent rocks on the continent ; the others 
appear to be entirely new. 

The Permian System includes all those rocks which are situated 
between the Carboniferous and Triassic Systems. Its principal 

VOL. I. Gg 


920 CATALOGUE OF THE FOSSILS OF THE PERMIAN SYSTEM 


members in the ascending order are—the Lower-new-red-sand- 
stone, Marl-slate, Magnesian-limestone, and Upper-new-red- 
sandstone. These rocks occupy the whole of the eastern part of 
the county of Durham, from a line drawn through the following 
places, wiz. :—Westoe, Harton, Cleadon, West Boldon, Hylton 
Castle, Pallion, Clack’s Heugh, Painshaw, West Herrington, 
Houghton-le-Spring, Moorsley, Pittington, Sherburn, Quarring- 
ton, Coxhoe, Cornforth, Thrislington, Ferry hill, Merrington, 
Westerton, Coundon Grange, Eldon, East Thickley, Midderidge 
Grange, West Thickley, Newbiggen, Shackerton Hill, White- 
house, Houghton-le-Side, Langton, Ingleton, Morton-Tinmouth, 
and Pierce Bridge, where it crosses the Tees. The greatest 
width of the Magnesian-limestone is about fourteen miles, be- 
tween Cornforth on the west and Hartlepool on the coast. In 
the south-eastern part of the county, the whole of the surface is so 
much covered with alluvium that the nature of the subjacent 
rock cannot be easily ascertained. Three remarkable outliers 
belonging to this system are situated in Northumberland. The 
largest of these is near Whitley, the second is near Culler- 
coats, and the third forms the cap of the cliff on which Tyne- 
mouth Priory is situated. At a former period these outliers 
must have been connected with each other, and with the general 
mass of Magnesian-limestone which is seen on the coast at the 
south end of Shields sands. 

As the Lower-new-red-sandstone and Marl-slate are generally 
seen only in the escarpment they do not occasion any material 
change in the outward appearance of the country, but the ex- 
ternal features of the Magnesian-limestone are well mark- 
ed, and peculiar. The escarpment on the west is rather 
abrupt, and forms an undulating line of more or less ele- 
vated eminences. In the interior the surface is broken by nu- 
merous, low, rounded hills, which are separated from each other 
by shortened vallies or “hopes.” Towards the coast, extensive 
“denes” occur; which afford a passage for the small streams or 
burns which run from the escarpment towards the sea. Some 
of these denes are extremely picturesque and beautiful. In the 
first part of their course they are open and shallow, but as they 


OF THE COUNTIES OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 221 


approach towards the sea they become deep and narrow, with 
precipitous masses of rock on either side, covered with foliage of 
luxuriant growth. Occasionally they are widened out into large 
amphitheatres, with sloping banks covered with trees and rare 
and peculiar plants, and afford shelter and food for many in- 
teresting animals. The coast-line is rather varied, and the cliffs 
generally low, but in a few instances where hills occur on the 
coast, the cliffs are high and precipitous. In several places 
along the coast, large picturesque masses of wave-worn rock, na- 
tural arches, and islets, which have been separated from the 
general mass of limestone, break the uniformity of the coast scene. 
Except in the south of the county of Durham very few sands oc_ 
car, and these happen only where the limestone has been former- 
ly denuded to the sea level. 

All the above appearances, perhaps, are referrible to the va- 
riable nature of the limestone, some parts of which are very 
earthy and rubbly, and easily worn by the action of water, where- 
as other portions are hard and compact, and able to withstand 
the strongest denuding force. 

In many localities between Boldon Hill and Midderidge 
Grange, at the base of the escarpment before mentioned, a bed 
of coarse incoherent sandstone of very variable thickness, and ge- 
nerally of a yellow colour, is situated. Beds of a reddish micaceous 
sandstone, more coherent than the former, and bands of red or 
dark coloured marls are oftentimes associated with it. These beds 
are at the base of the formation in this district, and rest more 
or less unconformably on the coal measures. They are the 
“ Lower-new-red-sandstone” of English Geology, and from their 
relative position, are considered equivalent to the “‘ Rothe-todte- 
liegende” of Germany. In Northumberland, the former of these 
beds is seen in the cliff at Cullercoats Bay, and the latter is 
well exposed near Tynemouth Haven. Fragments of a Lepido- 
dendron and a Calamite have occasionally been found in the 
sandstone quarries between South Shields and Westoe, where 
the last mentioned bed is of great thickness. 

A small deposit of “ Marl-slate,” equivalent to the “ Kupfer- 
schiefer” of Germany, generally succeeds. It very rarely ex- 


222 CATALOGUE OF THE FOSSILS OF THE PERMIAN SYSTEM 


ceeds a yard in thickness, and sometimes is either entirely ab- 
sent or represented by a few thin yellowish bands, which 
alternate with the compact lime-stone. It is generally of a dark- 
grey colour, graduating into yellow or buff, in several localities. 
When first quarried it is very close and refractory, but after a 
short exposure to the weather, it easily splits into thin lamin 
or plates. This bed is exceedingly interesting on account of the 
numerous remains of fishes which are preserved in it. They are 
found, pressed quite flat between the lamine of which this bed 
is composed, in the following localities :—Whitley Quarries and 
Cullercoats Bay, Northumberland ; Boldon Hill, Houghton-le- 
Spring, Quarrington Hill, Thrislington Gap, East Thickley, Mid_ 
deridge, Aycliffe, and a few other localities in the county of Dur- 
ham. A few marine plants and a shell or two also occur in this 
bed. 

All the fishes of this formation belong to the Ganoid order, 
and have the vertebral column continued into the upper lobe of 
the tail. They are covered with stout, rhomboidal, highly enam- 
elled scales, which are strongly articulated together, and so 
placed that one row overlaps another in a manner similar to the 
arrangement of tiles or slates on the roof of a house. This may 
account for the external covering being oftentimes so perfectly 
preserved, though the internal structure has, in most cases, entirely 
disappeared. In a few instances, however, traces of a vertebral 
column and spinous processes extending to the fins are distinctly 
visible. Very few fishes belonging to the Ganoid order now exist, 
and these few are very rare, and confined almost to the inter-tro- 
pical rivers of Africa and America. This circumstance taken in 
connection with the fact that the older Palwonisci, and several 
other genera, are found in fresh-water limestones and shales, con- 
taining land plants, is a strong presumptive proof that these 
fishes also inhabited rivers, which, probably, at this period, flow- 
ed through the coal-measures. It has been conjectured from the 
contorted forms of many of the specimens that they were sud- 
denly destroyed by an infusion of sulphuret of copper into the 
waters they inhabited.* The great quantity of copper ore con- 


* Agassiz, Poiss. Foss. II., p. 70. 


OF THE COUNTIES OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 223 


tained in the equivalent bed in Germany, has, without doubt, 
given rise to this supposition ; but if this had been the case, 
would not the bony covering have been considerably eroded, if 
not entirely destroyed ? and might not considerable quantities of 
metallic sulphurets be expected to occur in this bed in connec- 
tion with the fishes? In the marl-slate of this district, however, 
such metals are rarely found, and no signs of erosion are observa- 
ble on the scales. In whatsoever way they were destroyed, it is 
most probable that they floated in the water till the internal parts 
were destroyed, and that they were driven towards the sea by 
sudden floods along with the sediment in which they were finally 
embedded. The preservation of a Lingula and a few fucoid 
plants, the stems of some of which are nearly upright, clearly 
prove that this bed was deposited along some coast and its simil- 
arity in appearance and mineral composition to some of the coal- 
measure shales probably indicates the sources from which it was 
derived. 

In a few localities, as at Clack’s Heugh on the Wear, the Marl- 
slate is entirely absent, and the lowest bed of limestone, which is 
seen in one part of the section resting on the sandstone, is very 
thin and earthy. In most localities, however, this lowest bed of 
limestone is very hard, compact, pure, of great thickness, and 
strong-bedded. On this account it is extensively quarried 
in many parts of the escarpment, where it is generally well ex- 
posed, as it is also in the well-known outlier near Whitley, in 
Northumberland. It contains a few fossils identical with species 
which are found in some of the higher beds of the formation. 
This bed has been identified with the German “ Zechstein,” to 
which it is related both in position and fossil contents ; and it is 
succeeded by a large series of beds of limestone and yellow marl, 
which it is not possible to separate from it either by a natural 
line of demarcation, or fossil remains; it might therefore, 
perhaps, be more correctly grouped with the following extensive 

_ Series of beds of limestone and yellow marls which are well 
known by the distinctive term “ Magnesian-limestone,” as many 
of them contain a considerable portion of carbonate of magnesia 


224 CATALOGUE OF THE FOSSILS OF THE PERMIAN SYSTEM 


in their composition. No other series of rocks are so complicated 
and variable in structure and appearance as these, so that it is 
almost impossible to give a description of a particular bed that 
will apply to every appearance of it. The following beds, which 
occur on the coast, are, perhaps, some of the most common and 
instructive forms presented by these rocks. 

At the end of South Shields’ sands a bed of coarse, irregularly- 
formed limestone is seen resting on, and passing into, the upper 
part of the compact bed before mentioned. It is of considerable 
thickness, and extends along the coast, nearly to Marsden Bay. 
This limestone is not sub-divided into smaller beds, but forms 
an irregular mass of a coarse concretionary structure, filled with 
shapeless cavities after exposure to the weather, and rent into 
large blocks by cracks and fissures, which cross it in almost 
every direction. In consequence of this fracturage, large masses 
are frequently disengaged from the upper part of this bed and 
are spread about at the base of the cliff. On entering Marsden 
Bay the appearance of the coast is slightly changed, and large 
piles of rock, which have for many years resisted the unceasing 
action of the tides, stand isolated among the waves. The cliff 
is here of great height, and is composed of an extensive series 
of compact and earthy laminated beds, among which irregular 
brecciated masses are situated. Some of the laminated beds are 
very hard, and of a yellowish-brown colour, emitting a foetid 
smell when forcibly struck. These are intermixed with others, 
which are of an earthy texture, and yellowish colour, and which 
are often so finely laminated that they may be easily split into 
sheets not thicker than common pasteboard. This variety is 
slightly flexible. The brecciated masses associated with these 
appear to have been formed by the breaking up of some of the 
hard laminated beds into innumerable, different sized, angular 
pieces. These pieces are confusedly mixed, and connected to- 
gether by a yellowish limestone, which serves as a cement to the 
whole mass. Leaving Marsden Bay, the cliff is composed of beds 
of an earthy appearance, intermixed with others which are slaty, 
hard, and very compact. Between Souter Point and Whitburn 


OF THE COUNTIES OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 225 


the cliff is rather low, and composed of numerous beds which are 
hard, strong-bedded, and flag-like, associated with others which 
are more earthy in structure. At Byers’ Quarry, a thin, crys- 
talline bed occurs, in which a few shells are preserved. The 
same kinds are also found in some of the earthy beds further to 
the south. To the north of Whitburn, a bed of limestone, of 
small concretionary structure, appears in the cliff. This is fol- 
lowed by another, which is very strong-bedded and earthy, but 
before reaching Whitburn Sands, a bed, composed of globular 
masses, is seen at the base of the cliff. For about two miles 
along the coast the limestone disappears, but near Roker the 
last-mentioned bed occupies the whole of the cliff, which is here 
not very high. The globular concretions in this part of the bed 
vary from the size of a pea to more than a foot in diameter. At 
Fulwell, a short distance from the coast, this bed occurs with 
others of a more complicated structure. A piece of this rock, 
when the concretions are of a small size, very much resembles a 
bunch of grapes, and hence has been termed botryoidal limestone. 
It is called cannon-ball limestone when the concretions are very 
large. Many of the concretions in these beds are not solid, but 
are formed of lamine, partly united, leaving numerous regularly 
arranged cavities, filled with a powdery substance between the 
harder parts. When cleaned from this powder, pieces of this 
rock slightly resemble a portion of honey-comb, and consequent- 
ly this variety has been termed honey-comb limestone. Beds 
identical with these occur in much the same form at Building 
Hill, near Sunderland, and slightly modified in the cliff between 
Hendon and Ryhope, and in an adjoining quarry. The lime 
stone here resembles masses of coral compressed together, and 
might be termed coralliform limestone, if a distinctive name 
were required. At Roker the globular masses sink for a short 
distance beneath the surface, and a thick bed of light-coloured, 
earthy limestone resis on it. This bed is composed of numerous 
thin layers which have a grooved appearance on the face of the 
cliff. The beds between Ryhope and Castle Eden are either of 
a laminated or of a coarse concretionary structure, resembling 
those which occur near Shields; but near Black Halls, a short 


226 CATALOGUE OF THE FOSSILS OF THE PERMIAN SYSTEM 


distance south of Castle Eden Dene the cliff presents the same 
laminated and brecciated beds as are seen at Marsden. At 
Black Halls the limestone sinks below the surface, and is not 
seen again on the coast, but in the mass on which Hartlepool is 
situated, several beds occur in the cliff-section, which are com- 
posed of concretions so small and regular that they perfectly 
resemble true ovlitic rocks. In the south-eastern part of the 
county the beds of Magnesian-limestone are succeeded by a de- 
posit of reddish sandstone and marl, which are supposed to be- 
long to the “Upper-new-red-sandstone.” These are generally 
concealed beneath heaps of alluvial clay and rubbish, and can 
only be examined in a section or two on the banks of the Tees, 
and another on the coast near Seaton. 

The bed of limestone in which most of the marine remains 
peculiar to this system are found, and which by way of eminence 
may be styled the fossiliferous, is first seen capping the low- 
rounded hill, umbleton, on the south side of the Durham and 
Sunderland road. It is here of considerable thickness, very hard, 
and somewhat crystalline, though some portions of it are earthy 
and rubbly. More or less changed in appearance in each of the 
following localities, it is preseut in the series of low hills which 
range from Ilumbleton Hill by Silksworth, and Tunstall Hill to 
Ryhope, Dalton-le- Dale, and Hawthorne Hive, where the line is 
broken by the coast. It must be observed that the fossils are 
not equally distributed throughout this bed. In some parts of it 
there are no traces of them, but other parts are entirely composed 
of shells, broken corals, and encrinital stems matted together. 
In Humbleton quarry, when the shell is preserved, the outer sur- 
face is nearly obscured by a thin coating of lime, but most fre- 
quently the casts only remain, the shell falling to pieces imme- 
diately the stone which contains it is broken. In this case a 
cast of the outer surface of the shell is contained in the matrix. 
At Tunstall Hill the limestone is very hard and crystalline. 
The outer surface of the shells imbedded in it are generally well 
preserved, and they are either filled or lined internally with 
crystals of carbonate of lime. At Silksworth and Dalton they 
are either in casts or with the shell well preserved. In the lat- 


OF THE COUNTIES OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 2216 


ter locality and at Tunstall they occasionally are found in a 
powdery substance, which fills the cavities between the harder 
portions of the rock. In this situation they are often finely pre- 
served, and can frequently be so entirely extricated from the en- 
veloping matter as to shew both the external appearance and 
internal structure. 

In some of the specimens from the thin crystalline bed at 
Byers’ Quarry and in some of those from Tunstall-hill, the ori- 
ginal structure of the shells has become crystalline. This change 
must have taken place at the time when the rocks in which 
they are imbedded, assumed their present appearance, for they 
possess the same cleavage and are oftentimes the nucleus of a 
radiated crystalline mass. Though this renders it extremely 
difficult to extricate the shell from its matrix, yet the original 
form of the shell has not been in the least injured nor the mark- 
ings on the outer surface obliterated. 

It has been supposed, from the comparative scarcity of marine 
remains found in these rocks, that many species of mollusca, 
fishes, etc. existed during this period and were afterwards im- 
bedded in the sediment, of which the different beds are formed, 
but owing to the earthy nature of the surrounding matrix 
and to the crystalline movements which took place after their 
deposition, have entirely disappeared.* From the observations 
which have just been made on the state of these fossils, it 
appears that they are found in some parts of this deposit, which 
are quite earthy and pulverulent as well as in those of a concre- 
tionary and highly crystalline structure. Indeed shells are pre- 
served in some of these rocks under conditions apparently so 
unfavourable to their preservation as entirely to prevent a conclu- 
sion being drawn that any have wholly disappeared for want of 
& proper matrix to secure them. 

It is worthy of remark that most of the species which are found 
in the compact limestone of Whitley, etc., occur also in some of 
the thin crystalline beds along the coast, in the concretionary 
beds of Marsden Hill, and in the fossiliferous bed at Humble. 
ton, etc., from the lowest to the highest fossiliferous beds of the 

Sedgwick, Geol. Trans. 2nd ser. iii., p. 99 . Ansted’s Geology, i., p. 236. 

VoL. I. Hh 


228 CATALOGUE OF THE FOS, ILS OF THE PERMIAN SYSTEM 


formation. It would appear from this that no material change 
in the marine fauna took place during the whole time the lime- 
stone was being deposited, and further, perhaps, it may be safely 
concluded that a very correct representation of the marine fauna 
that actually existed during this period, is still preserved in these 
rocks. . 

The greater part of the shells found in the fossiliferous bed are 
of full sized individuals, and from the circumstance of a Serpula 
and a Spirorbis having grown to the internal surface of many of 
them, they must have been some time dead before they were 
finally embedded. Generally, the bivalves are either entirely 
separate or slightly opened, and the plates of a Chiton are found 
at considerable distances from each other. Some of the corals 
are broken into small pieces and much spread about; and the 
joints of an Encrinite are strewn all through the bed. The shells, 
however, do not appear to have been in the least broken, and 
very few of them have been worn by the action of water. A 
conclusion from these appearances may be safely drawn that this 
bed was quietly and gradually deposited. 

If the shells enumerated in the list are carefully examined it 
will be found that most of them are referrible to genera which 
live either on the coast or in water of moderate depth, and, there- 
fore, as the most common and characteristic forms bear a de- 
cidedly littoral aspect, it seems only right to infer that this bed, 
at least, was deposited in comparatively shallow water, and at no 
great distance from land. 

It was long since asserted by several eminent Geologists, 
that the fauna of this formation bore a greater resemblance to 
those of the Carboniferous and the older rocks generally, than 
to others of more recent date.* This opinion has lately been 
fully established by a careful comparison of the faunas of these 
rocks in different parts of Europe with each other, and with 
those of the older and of the more recent systems.t In this exa- 
mination several allied species are supposed to occur in all the 
older rocks from the Silurian up to the Permian system inclu- 


* Sedgwick, Geol. Tr. 2nd ser., iii., p. 99; Phillips, Palasoz. Foss. p. 165. 
+ Geology of Russia, Vol. I., p. 199. 


OF THE COUNTIES OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 229 


sive, and a few are said to be common to the Carboniferous and 
the Permian rocks. The most conspicuous of these are Pleu- 
votomaria (H.) carinata, Sow., Spirifer (T.) cristata, Schloth., 
Terebratula elongata, Schloth. and Fenestella (Gorg.) antiqua, 
Goldf. After carefully examining the specimens from the Mag- 
nesian-limestone, and comparing them with the descriptions and 
figures of those with which they have been united, it appears from 
characters that will be stated under each species, that Plew- 
rotomaria carinata does not occur in the Magnesian-limestone, 
that Spirifer cristata is quite distinct from Spirifer octopli- 
cata, Sow., that the Terebratula elongata is very different from 
T. hastata, Sow., and that the Penestella (G.) antiqua, Goldf. 
is not identical with the species referred to it by Mr. M‘Ooy, 
Prof. Phillips, and Prof. Lonsdale. This reference, however, by 
such distinguished authors of species peculiar to one system to 
those peculiar to another, though not satisfactory as it regards 
species, is yet the strongest proof that can be given of the 
close relations of the faunas of these two systems. 

Many of the genera which occurred and were common in the 
Carboniferous rocks did not ascend into the Permian system. 
Of these the most remarkable are the genera Orthoceras, Belle- 
rophon and Goniatites among the Cephalopoda ; Kuomphalus, 
Cirrus and Loxonema among the G'asteropoda ; Posidonia and 
Pleurorhynchus among the Conchifera ; Leptena and Chonetes 
among the Brachiopoda ; the whole family of Trilobites among 
the Crustacea ; and many families and genera among the Hchino- 
dermata and Zoophyta. This loss of families and genera is at- 
tended with a diminution in the number of species, and in the 
size of the individuals of those genera which have survived. 
Though the Brachiopoda are sufficiently numerous in the Per- 
mian system, andare still large enough to be considered the most 
characteristic group, yet some of them occur in these rocks for 
the last time, as the genus Orthis; and several genera, as Pro- 
ductus and Spirifer, which are found again in more recent 
systems, are so dwindled in size and are so few in number as to be 
easily overlooked. For the sake of comparison and in proof of 
the great diminution of species, the number of fossils which occur 


230 CATALOGUE OF THE FOSSILS OF THE PERMIAN SYSTEM 


in the Carboniferous rocks of the North of England is included 
in the following table :— 


No. of Genera and Species peculiar to [2S as x 
the Permian System, mentioned s S s os 
pacer ie o wo 
% : Sue are SSR SS 
CLASSES. S8e $e Jos | S87 83 g [SSS sa 
gssesel =ss ] sf] sS2 | esses 
es pes" SSs | SS] aes | sssss 
este fie SP Se] ss" [Sasse 
FROptilia, viesccccccessessoscocsceconsschl) —= —|— FJ—|—} 4] 5] — — 
IPISCESs voor cn sacet tov cte sees soon tetel 7 511149 6)13)16 |] 43] — | few. 
Cephalopoda,.......c.ccscescceseree 1 11) at a} Pam A Te B34 Pas 89 
Gasteropoda, ..........cesccsscescees 3 6{ 8} 7| 12] 11 | 22} 14? | 100 
Conchifera, Lamellibranchiata} 12 9 | 16 412) 20715 |] 42417? | 60 
, Palliobranchiata,..J 4 4/1249 7\164 7} 304% 6? | 120 
AMne]iday. siustetsesseacceestersesse 1} 1) 2} 3] 1). 2]— _ /few 
COLUStAC As secccctescceceesscererscess — —|—y—|—] 2) 2) 1 8 
Echinodermata Echinide, ...J — Ty foe RY Pe) a Te} dt 2 
— Crinoidea, ... 1 Te pbs | abi all poi 1} 8 40 
ZOOPHY tA, Ueccczsscevetecssessscuccesep| 17S 5| 74 4) 9} 7 | 15418 41 
Miscellaneous, .......c0c.ccsceeeel 3 —}|—Fi—| 7} —| —] — 
Total, . 33 33 | 58 83] 66 |166 | 66 | 463 
() 


Besides our own collection, we have had an opportunity, while 
drawing up the following Catalogue, of examining the fine collec- 
tion of fishes from the Marl-slate in the Museum of the Natural 
History Society of Newcastle, and the collections of fossils from 
the Magnesian-limestone in the possession of Mr. W. K. Loftus 
of Newcastle, Mr. G. Tate of Alnwick, and Mr. T. E. Backhouse 
of Sunderland. 


OF THE COUNTIES OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 231] 


VERTEBRATA. 
Cuiass. PISCES, Linneus. 
Orper GANOIDES, Agassiz. 


Famity Leprporpss, Ag. 
1. PALZEONISCUS, Ag. 


1. P. comtus, Ag. 
Paleoniscus comtus, Ag., Poiss. Foss. ii., p. 97, pl. 10 b, f. 1-3. 
Paleothryssum magnum, Blainv., Geol. Tr. 2nd ser., iii., 
Paulie ply sy bel 
Palcothryssum macrocephalum, Blainv., Geol. Tr. 2nd ser., 
aI Duell fanple9, tera. 

In the Marl-slate ; not uncommon. Whitley, Cullercoats, 
Boldon Hill, Quarrington Hill, Ferryhill, East Thickley. 

Of all the fishes which occur /in the Marl-slate, the P. comtus 
is the most common and characteristic species. “The head is 
about one-fourth of the whole length of the body ; all its bones 
have the outer surface marked with points disposed in irregular 
rows. ‘The pectoral fins are of a moderate size, but proportion- 
ally larger than the ventrals, the anal, and the dorsal. The 
tail is large, but its rays are less slender and more bifurcated 
than in the following species. The transverse articulations _ 
of the rays of this fin are also more distant, but those of the dor- 
sal and anal are less than in P. elegans. The scales vary consi- 
derably in size and form, according to the part of the body 
which they occupy. Those of the flank are largest, they are 
higher than wide, and all their surface is ornamented with fur- 
rows and very close punctures, which are nearly parallel, and 
which terminate on the posterior side in a finely serrated margin. 
The superior side of the scales is concave, and the inferior con- 
vex. The scales of the upper lobe of the tail become more elon- 
gated as they approach towards the extremity. In addition to 
these characters, it will be easy to distinguish this species by its 


232 CATALOGUE OF THE FOSSILS OF THE PERMIAN SYSTEM 


general form.”"—Ag. It is frequently found in the before men- 
tioned localities. 

Last summer, while working some Marl-slate in Cullercoats 
Bay, to which our attention was directed by Mr. A. Hancock, we 
obtained two specimens of a Paleeoniscus which differ in a few 
particulars from the ordinary appearance of P. comtus. The 
body, fins, and scales, are rather larger and stouter than we have 
seen in the above species. The scales are nearly square, very 
closely punctured, and the posterior margin is finely and closely 
serrated. Without a more complete specimen we cannot be cer- 
tain that it is distinct. 

2. P. ntucans, Sedgu. 
Palconiscus elegans, Ag., Poiss. Foss. ii., p. 95, pl. 10 b, 
f. 4, 5. 
Paleothryssum elegans, Sedgw., Geol. Tr. 2nd ser., iii., p. 
Dolo ete 

In the Marl-slate; rather rare. Ferryhill, Thickley, Mid- 
deridge, Whitley, Cullercoats Bay. 

“The P. elegans is distinguished from the other species of this 
genus by its more elegant form and well-proportioned dimen- 
sions. Its head equals about one-fifth of the whole length of the 
body. The surface of all the head bones is ornamented with 
diverging rays in the direction of their growth. The pectorals, 
ventrals, dorsal, and anal, are proportionally small. The trans- 
verse articulations of the dorsal and anal are always very distant, 
but they do not appear to be so, because these divisions alternate 
from one ray to another. The tail has exactly the same form as 
that of the P. Frieslebent of Germany, but the superior lobe 
is narrower, and the inferior is longer, than in that species. 
It is this appearance which has caused Professor Sedgwick to 
remark that the lobes of this fin were less unequal than in the 
other species. Its rays are also very slender, and as they are 
continually bifurcated almost from their base, they appear yet 
more fine and slender. ‘The transverse articulations of the rays 
of the superior lobe are so close that they appear but little 
longer than wide, but those of the inferior are more distant. 
The scales are nearly of the same form on all parts of the body, 


OF THE COUNTIES OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 233 


but they are alittle larger on the anterior part, and about as high 
as wide. ‘Their surface is nearly smooth, only a few strize are 
seen near the anterior side. The posterior margin is denticu- 
lated. Near the end of the tail the strie and denticulations 
gradually disappear, and completely fail on the little elongated 
scales which cover the upper lobe. It is to be remarked that 
the superior and inferior sides of the scales, especially those of 
the tail are straighter than their posterior side, while in the 
P. comtus they are sensibly arched.”—Ag. 
3. P. guapHyrus, Ag. 

Palconiscus glaphyrus, Ag., Poiss. Foss. ii., p. 98, pl. 10 ¢, 

ale: 

In the Marl-slate; rare. Ferryhill, Thickley. 

“The head of this fish is proportionally very small. It equals 
about one-fifth of the total length of the body, and is of less 
width than the trunk. The rays of the fins are more distant, 
and the bifurcations are less numerous than in the other species 
belonging to this genus, but they are very much jointed. The 
scales are proportionally very large on all the surface of the 
body. Their exterior surface is quite smooth, and their sides 
are straight ; the posterior side is distinguished by very distinct 
notchings. All the scales are very thin. The most characteristic 
features of this fish are its great scales and its short body.” —Ag. 

We have seen a fragment of a fish found by J. H. Fryer, Esq. 
in a laminated nodule of Magnesian-limestone, from Marsden 
Bay, which appears to belong to this species. 

4, P. tonaisstmus, Ag. 
Paleoniscus longissimus, Ag., Poiss. Foss. ii., p. 100, pl. 10c., 
f. 4. 

In Marl-slate ; rare. Ferryhill. 

“ This fish may be distinguished from all others of the genus, 
by its great length. The head equals about one-sixth of the 
whole length of the body. The fins are proportionally small, and 
owing to the great length of the body, they are very distant; the 
dorsal is opposed to the ventrals, and occupies the middle of the 
back. The anal fin is nearer to the tail than to the ventrals ; the 
fins are bifurcated about one-third of their length, and as 


234 CATALOGUE OF THE FOSSILS OF THE PERMIAN SYSTEM 


their transverse articulations are rather distant, the joints are 
longer than wide. The rays of the inferior lobe of the tail are 
larger than those of the superior, and more bifurcated to- 
wards their extremity. The scales are of a middling size ; 
their surface is marked with irregular strie, and punctures which 
are most numerous on the anterior scales.”—Ag. 

This species, with the preceding, must be considered as com- 
paratively rare. 

5 P. MacRopTuHALmts, Ag. 
Paleoniscus macropthalmus, Ag., Poiss. Foss. ii., p. 99, pl. 
Over has: 

In the Marl-slate; rather rare. Cullercoats Bay. 

“The head of this fish is larger in proportion to the rest of 
the body than in the other species. It is rather more than one- 
fourth of the length of the body. The fins are very small, and 
their rays are very thin, and bifurcated nearly to their ex- 
tremity. The transverse articulations are very distant. The 
scales are very small, and of nearly the same size on all parts of 
the body. The surface of the scales is furrowed with many ir- 
regular striz. The posterior side of the scale is not serrated." —Ag. 


2, PLATYSOMUS, Ag. 


1. P. macrurvs, Ag. 
Platysomus macrurus, Ag., Poiss. Foss. ii, p. 170, pl. 18, 
f. 1, 2.—Sedgw., Geol. Tr. 2nd ser., iii., pl. 12, f. 1, 2. 
In Marl-slate ; rather rare. Hast Thickley, Thrislington Gap. 
This is by much the largest species of Platysomus found in 
the Marl-slate. It may be easily distinguished from the other 
species by its large tail, and the great width of the anterior part 
of the body. A specimen in the Newcastle Museum has the 
teeth finely preserved. They are of a tubercular form, and very 
much polished. 
2. P. striatus, Ag. 
Platysomus striatus, Ag., Poiss. Foss. ii., p. 168, pl. 17, £ 1— 
4,—Sedew., Geol. Tr., 2nd. ser. iii., pl. 12, f. 3, 4. 
In the Marl-slate ; rather rare. Whitley, Thrislington Gap. 
The body of this fish is rounder than in the other species. Its 


OF THE COUNTIES OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 235 


greatest width is near the middle of the back. The scales are of 
a moderate size, much larger in the middle than on the upper 
and lower portion of the body. All the scales are covered with 
fine, wrinkled striz, which are disposed obliquely over the surface. 
3. P. parvus, Ag. 
Platysomus parvus, Ag., Poiss. Foss. ii., p. 170, pl. 18, f. 3. 
Chetodon, Winch, Geol. Tr. Ist ser., iv., pl. 2. ; Clanny, 
Ann. Phil. vi., p. 115. 

In Magnesian-limestone; very rare. Pallion, near Sunderland. 

The unique specimen, from which the following characters 
are taken, is at present preserved in the Sunderland Museum. 
It is exceedingly interesting, as well for its fine state of preser- 
vation as for being the first fish noticed in the Magnesian- 
limestone. It was first made known to geologists by Mr. N. J. 
Winch, who published a reduced figure of it, in the Geological 
Transactions. The figure given by M. Agassiz is only a copy 
of this, and as he has named it parvus, a name quite inappli- 
cable to this fine species, it is probable that he supposed the 
figure to be of the natural size. It is also figured by Dr. Clanny 
in the Annals of Philosophy. 

The general form is sub-rhomboidal, broadest near the posterior 
extremity. The head is rather angulated, and about one-third 
the whole length of the body. The fins are arranged, as in the 
preceding species, from the middle of the dorsal and ventral 
margins to the tail. The pectorals are rather small, and finely 
rayed, and the joints of the rays are rather distant, and 
longer than wide. The rays of the dorsal and ventral are 
rather distant, and strong; and the joints are short, and 
of the same width. The tail is comparatively very small, 
and only a small portion of the body is continued into its 
upper lobe. The rays of this lobe are very fine, but in 
the lower they are much stronger and closely articulated. The 
scales are rather large, rhomboidal or square, and arranged in 
curved rows from the anterior of the body to the tail. The 
scales are largest in the middle, and gradually decrease in size 
towards the upper and lower portions of the body. They are 
covered, as in the former species, with obliquely-arranged, finely- 

VoL, I. Ii 


236 CATALOGUE OF THE FOSSILS OF THE PERMIAN SYSTEM 


wrinkled striz. This fish measures about eight inches and 
a half in length, and the greatest width is about five and a half. 


Famity. Savrorpss, Ag. 
3. ACROLEPIS, 4g. 


1. A. Sepewicku, Ag. 
Acrolepis Sedgwicku, Ag., Poiss. Foss. ii., p. 80, 2° ptie., 
pl. 52.—Sedgw., Geol. Tr. 2nd ser., ii1., pl. 8. 
In Marl-slate ; rare. Ferryhill. 
“The finest specimen of this rare species was in the possession 
of the late H. T. M. Witham, Esq. Fragments are also in the 
possession of Lord Enniskillen and Sir Philip Egerton.”—Ag. 


4. PYGOPTERUS, 4g. 
1. P. manprsunaris, Ag. 
Pygopterus mandibularis, Ag., Poiss. Foss. i1., p. 76, 2° ptie., 
pl. 53, 53 a.—Sedg., Geol. Tr. 2nd ser., iii., pl. 10, 11. 

Im Marl-slate; rather rare. Whitley, Cullercoats, Ferry-hill. 

“This fish is of a great size, lanceolate form and remarkable 
for the extraordinary development of the fins. The tail is very 
large, widened, and composed of a considerable number of rays, 
which are very much subdivided in the middle. The upper lobe 
is covered with scales, nearly to its extremity. The scales are of 
an uniform size on all parts of the body. The surface is finely 
dotted, but the dots are so small that they cannot be seen with- 
out alens. The posterior sides of the scales are not serrated.” —A g. 
2. P. scunptus, Ag. 

Pygopterus sculptus, Ag.. Poiss. Foss. ii., 2° ptie., p. 77. 

M. Agassiz who has indicated but not yet described this species, 
says “It comes from the same bed as the P. mandibularis, but dif- 
fers from it in the ornaments of the scales, which are sculptured. 
Its form is short and thick.” 


Famity C@LacantuEs, Ag. 
5. CHLACANTHUS, 4g. 
1. C. granuLatus, Ag. 


Celacanthus granulatus, Ag., Poiss. Foss. ii., pl. 172, 2° ptie. 
jo, G2, 


a OF THE COUNTIES OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 237 


In Marl-slate; rare. Ferryhill. This species has been found 
only in the above locality. The only fragments known were in 
the possession of the late H. T. M. Witham, Esq. 


Orpur. PLACOIDES, Ag. 
Famity. [cntHyopoRULitHEs, Ag. 
6. GYRACANTHUS, 4g. 
A cast of a spine evidently belonging to a fish of this genus 
was found a few years ago in the quarries of Lower-new-red- 


sandstone, between South Shields and Westoe. It is preserved 
in the Newcastle Museum. 


MOLLUSCA. 


Ciass. CELPHALOPODA, Cuvier. 
OrperR. TETRABRANCHIATA, Owen. 


Famity. Navrinipa, Gray. 
7. NAUTILUS, Linneus. 


1, N. FRInsuesent, Gleinitz. 
Nautilus Frieslebent, Gein., N. Jahrb., p. 637, pl. 11, f. 1. 
Ammonites 2? Sedgw., Geol. Tr. 2nd ser.,1i1., p. 118. 

In Magnesian-limestone; not common. Whitley, Humbleton- 
hill, Tunstall-hill, Silksworth, and Dalton-le-dale. 

The whorls of young individuals are slightly angulated, ite 
they are much rounder in full-grown specimens. The chambers 
are small and numerous, and the siphuncle is close to the ventral 
margin. The dorsal margin is slightly sinuated ; the umbilicus 
moderate, and the surface covered with obscure strie of growth. 
It is not very common, and is generally in fragments when 
found. 


238 CATALOGUE OF THE FOSSILS OF THE PERMIAN SYSTEM 


Crass. GASTEROPODA, Cuvier. 


OrpER. PECTINIBRANCHIATA, Cuvier. 


Famity. [anrurnipg, Gray. 
8. PLEUROTOMARIA, Defrance. 


1. P. penza, d Vernewil. 
Pleurotomaria penea, d’Vern., Geol. Russ. ii., p. 336, pl. 
XK to cau: 

In Magnesian-limestone; rare. Dalton-le-Dale. 

This species is somewhat conical, with a short spire and about . 
four whorls, very much flattened above and slightly convex be- 
low. We have seen only two specimens of this species, which 
were not very well preserved, but as far as they could be com- 
pared they agreed with the P. penea of Russia. 

2. P. nopunosa, King. 
Pleurotomaria nodulosa, King, Geol. Russ. i., p. 225. 

In Magnesian-limestone; not common. Humbleton, Tun- 
stall, Garmonsway, near Coxhoe Hall. 

This species is easily distinguished from all others found in the 
limestone by its beautifully decussated surface, and by having 
one row of distinct wavy nodules round the suture, and another 
round the slit in full-grown specimens. In young specimens the 
nodules are absent. It is the largest species found in the Mag- 
nesian-limestone. We possess one specimen more than an inch 
in length and width. 

3. P, SEDGWICKII, 2. s. 
Pleurotomaria carinata, Geol. Russ. 1., p. 225 ; not Sow. nor 
Phill. 

Shell rather conical, small; spire, elevated ; whorls, 6 or 7, 
slightly keeled, flattened above, slightly convex beneath ; 
suture not deep, rather below the keel of the previous whorl ; 
surface with obsolete lines of growth ; pillar-lip straight, 
slightly reflexed, forming a small umbilicus, sub-angulated 


OF THE COUNTIES OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 239 


at the base ; outer-lip deeply curved towards the slit ; slit 
long, narrow. 

In Magnesian-limestone ; common. Humbleton, Tunstall, 
Silksworth, Dalton-le-Dale. 

VaR. AMPULLOSA. 

Shell rather depressed, ampullose ; spire less elevated ; 
whorls rounded, convex above and below ; suture deep. 

-Rather rare. Silksworth. 

P. Sedgwickti is very distinct from the P. (H.) carinata, Sow., 
of the Mountain-limestone, to which it has been referred. The 
spire of this species is very conical, and composed of seven or 
more whorls, which are very much flattened above and which in- 
crease very gradually in size, whereas in the P. carinata the 
whorls are fewer in number, rounder in form and increase more 
rapidly. The striz of growth are also much less distinct in the 
present species. In general form it much resembles the P. Kar- 
pinskiana, of the Mountain-limestone of Russia. The specimens 
which are considered as a variety of this species differ from the 
general form in having a shorter spire and rounder whorls. 

In dedicating this neat species to Professor Sedgwick, we are 
desirous of expressing our admiration of his excellent paper “ On 
the Geological Relations and Internal Structure of the Magnesian- 
limestone,” etc., published in the Geological Transactions. This 
paper contains a more detailed and correct account of the Mag- 
nesian-limestone of this district than any other work on the same 
subject. 


Famity. Lirrorrnipa, Gray. 
9. LITTORINA, Ferrusac. 
1. L. Mancuntensts, Brown. 
Turbo Mancuniensis, Brown, Manch. Geol. Tr. 1, pl. 6, f. 
I 3k 
Turbo minuta, Brown, Manch. Geol. Tr. 1, pl. 6, f. 4, 5. 


In Magnesian-limestone; not uncommon. Tunstall, Humble- 
ton, Silksworth. 


This species varies considerably in appearance. The spiral 


240 CATALOGUE OF THE FOSSILS OF THE PERMIAN SYSTEM 


ribs in some specimens are very distinct, with a deepish furrow 
and a smaller rib between them ; in others the ribs are indistinct 
and the surface is covered with spiral planes. The ribs are 
smaller and more numerous on the under part of the whorls. 
The striz of growth are generally very strong. The 7’. minuta 
appears to be only the young of this species. 

2. L. TUNSTALLENSIS, 7. s. 

Shell small, conical ; spire elongated, composed of 4 or 5 
gradually enlarged whorls, which are very round and 
finely ribbed or sulcated ; aperture round ; prilar-lip 
rather flattened. 

In Magnesian-limestone ; rather rare. Tunstall-hill. 

Though found with the former species, it is easily distinguished 
from it by the gradual enlargement and roundness of the whorls, 
the fineness of the ribs, the comparative length of the spire, and 
the absence of a slit behind the pillar-lip. It is also less com- 
mon and much smaller. Specimens sometimes occur which are 
nearly smooth. 

3. L. minima, Brown. 
Natica minima, Brown, Manch. Geol. Tr.i., pl. 6, f. 22—24. 

In Magnesian-limestone ; not common. ‘Tunstall, Silksworth. 

This smooth species has the pillar-lip flattened with an 
angulated base, but so slight, as not to destroy the orbicular form 
of the mouth ; when not worn, it is covered with fine strie of 
growth. 

With the former species this very much resembles some of the 
recent Littorinew. The outer-lip of some of the specimens has 
been fractured and again repaired similarly to what may often 
be observed in many littoral species. 


10. TURRITELLA, Lamarck. 


1. T. Paruurpsit, 2. s. 
Melania » Phill., Geol. Trans. 2nd ser., iii., p. 118. 
Shell elongated, narrow, slightly tapering, turretted,; spire 


with 12 or more rounded whorls, which are rather conveu 
and slightly flattened behind, suturedeep,; piltar-lip slightly 
angulated in front; aperture sub-orbicular. 


OF THE COUNTIES OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 241 


In Magnesian-limestone ; not common. Tunstall, Humbleton, 
Dalton-le-Dale. 

In the Geological Transactions this shell is indicated as a Mela- 
nia by Professor Phillips. Itis evidently a marine shell bearing a 
greater resemblance to Turritella than to any other genus we are 
acquainted with. It is dedicated to the above-named gentleman, 
who first noticed it as occurring in these rocks. 

2. TUNSTALLENSIS, 2. s. 
Melania , Geol. Trans. 2nd ser. ii, p, 118. 


Shell elongated conical; spire with 8 whorls, which are 
much rounded,, smooth ; suture deep ; aperture orbicular. 

In Magnesian-limestone ; not common. Tunstall-hill. 

The spire is shorter, and the whorls are more convex, and en- 
large more rapidly in this than in the preceding species. As it 
has not been noticed before it must have been considered iden- 
tical with the former species. 


11. CHEMNITZIA, D’Orbigny. 


We procured a fragment of a small shell from Tunstall-hill, 
which possesses more of the characters of this genus than of any 
other we are acquainted with. It has a few gradually increased 
whorls, which are very convex, and deeply fluted. The suture 
is deep, and the pillar straight. This may be the shell included 
in the tabular list in the Geology of Russia, as Loxonema rugi- 
fera. It cannot, however, be referred to that species, nor to the 
genus Loxonema, as the suture is deep, and not pressed against 
the former whorl, as in that genus. It is also destitute of strie. 


12. EULIMA, Risso. 


1. E. symmerrica, King. 
Macrocheilus symmetricus, King, Geol. Russ., p. 225. 
In Magnesian-limestone; rather rare. Tunstall, Silksworth. 
This elegant little shell is rather subulate in form. The spire 
has about eight slightly-convex whorls, which are quite smooth. 


It is sometimes nearly an inch in length, and a quarter of an 
inch in width. 


242 CATALOGUE OF THE FOSSILS OF THE PERMIAN SYSTEM 


Orpver. SCUTIBRANCHIATA, Cuvier. 


Faminy. CALYPTRHIDA, Gray. 
13. CALYPTRAMA, Lamarck. 


1. C. ANTIQUA, 2. s. 

Shell small, patelliform ; strongly ribbed longitudinally ; 
margin crenulated ; two deep furrows internally, from the 
apex to the margin, corresponding with two strong ribs on 
the outer surface. 

In Magnesian-limestone ; rare. Tunstall-hill. 

Only one small specimen of this shell has occurred. The cha- 
racters noted above are very conspicuous, and its strong resem- 
blance to many of the Calyptrea has induced us to place it in 
that genus. 


Orper. CYCLOBRANCHIATA, Cuvier. 


Faminy. Curronipz, D’Orbigny. 
14, CHITON, Linneus. 


Chiton, Ann. Nat. Hist., vol. xiv.; London Geol. Journal, 
1846, p. 10. 

In the Magnesian-limestone; rare. Tunstall, Humbleton, 
Silksworth. 

Plates of a Chiton were first discovered in the limestone of 
Tunstall-hill, by W. K. Loftus, Esq., of Newcastle, in company 
with Mr. W. King. We have since taken specimens at Humble- 
ton and Silksworth. The plates have, hitherto, been found se- 
parate, but not far distant from each other. Figures of the 
plates of this Chiton are given in the London Geological Jour- 
nal, by Mr. W. King. 


OF THE COUNTIES OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 243 


Criass. CONCHIFERA, Lamarck. 


Orver. LAMELLIBRANCHIATA, Blainville. 
Faminy. Teviripa, D’Orbigny. 
15. TELLINA, Linneus. 
1. T. DunELMENSIS, 7. s. 

Shell elliptical; beaks small, not prominent, situated near 
the anterior end, which is somewhat rounded ; posterior 
elongated more acute than the anterior; two cardinal teeth 
in each valve. 

In Magnesian-limestone, rare. Humbleton Hill. 
Differs very slightly in general outline from the Sanguinolaria 
Romeri, figured in the Geology of Russia. 


FamILy, 
16. SANGUINOLITES, MM*Coy. 


1. S. ELzeans, King. 
Allorisma elegans, King, Ann. Nat. Hist., xiv., p. 316. 
In Magnesian-limestone ; rather rare. Humbleton, Tunstall ? 
This fine species is generally badly preserved. It is a trans- 
versely elongated shell, with the posterior much lengthened and 
obliquely truncated, and the anterior short and acutely rounded. 
It is slightly constricted near the anterior extremity. 


FAmIty, 
17, EDMONDIA, de Koninck. 


1. E. ELONGATA, 7. s. 

Shell elongated oval ; beaks prominent, near the anterior 
end; anterior short, rounded ; posterior elongated, the 
dorsal margin on a line with the beak ; surface convex, 
covered with strong concentric lines of growth ; hinge mar- 
gin without teeth ; wmbonal cavity divided longitudinally 
by an elongated, thin, slightly-curved visceral plate, de- 
pending towards the cavity of the shell. 


VoL. I. Kk 


244 CATALOGUE OF THE FOSSILS OF THE PERMIAN SYSTEM 


In Magnesian-limestone ; rare. Tunstall, Humbleton. 

It is more elongated than the Z. unioniformis of the Moun- 
tain-limestone. ‘The margins are also more nearly parallel, and 
it is of a smaller size. 


FAmiIny. SOLENIMYADZA. 
18. SOLENIMYA, Lamarck. 


1. S. ABNORMIS, 7. s. 

Shell transversely oval ; beaks not prominent ; posterior 
short, narrow, rounded ; anterior elongated, rounded, 
much wider than the posterior ; surface slightly waved 
concentrically, plain; muscular impressions obliquely 
placed, deep. 

In Magnesian-limestone ; rare. Tunstall, Silksworth. 

From the S. primeva of the Mountain-limestone, this species 
differs in being destitute of the radiating ribs so conspicuous in 
that species, and also in being less arcuated, and broader on the 
anterior portion of the shell. The anterior muscular impres- 
sions of this species are also larger and less obliquely placed. 
It is very rare. 

2. S. NORMALIS, n. 8. 

Shell, transversely oval, narrow, slightly arcuated ; beaks 
indistinct near the posterior end; anterior elongated ; 
muscular inypressions large, slight ; a few raised lines di- 
verging from the beaks to the free margins on the cast; 
external surface smooth. 

In Magnesian-limestone ; rare. Humbleton Hill. 

A single valve of this apparently rare shell was found in Hum- 
bleton quarry. It slightly resesembles the S. biarmica of the 
Russian Permian rocks, and another species from the Mountain- 
limestone of Northumberland, but the beak is near the posterior 
end, and the shell is narrower than it is in those species. It 
very strikingly resembles a recent species from the Mediterra- 
nean. 


OF THE COUNTIES OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 240 


FAMILY. 


19. MYOCONCHA, Sowerby. * 
1. M. costata, Brown. 
Arca costata, Brown, Manch. Geol. Tr. i., pl. 6, f. 34, 35. 
Modiola costata, Geol. Russ. i., p. 224. 
In Magnesian-limestone ; common. Humbleton, Tunstall, 
Silksworth, Roker, Souter Point, Whitley. 
This species is of an oblong ovate form, with the anterior very 
slightly produced and rounded. The posterior is much elongated 
and slightly rounded. The surface is ornamented with five or 


more radiating ribs, which are slightly elevated and confined to 
the posterior portion of the shell. The surface between these 
ribs is flattened and covered with strong lines of growth. The 
hinge-margin of the right valve is furnished with a distinct, ob- 
lique tooth or callosity, which fits into a corresponding depres- 
sion in the left valve. The anterior muscle secretes a small 
ridge or bar under the beak, which leaves a groove in the cast. 
The scar of the posterior muscle is large and oval, and no sinus 
has been observed in the pallialline. It agrees very well in gene- 
ral characters with the Myoconcha of Sowerby. Externally it 
strikingly resembles the J/. Helmersiana, an oolitic fossil of 
Russia. 

2. M. moprotirormis, King. 

Pleurophorus modioliformis, King, Geol. Russ., p. 224 ? 

In Magnesian-limestone ; not uncommon. Humbleton, Tun- 
stall, Silksworth. 

This species is shorter and more tumid than the former, and 
very much resembles in general form some of the recent Modiole. 
It sometimes has a few radiating ribs on the posterior surface, 
but at other times it is almost smooth. 


20. AXINUS, Sowerby. 
1. A. TRUNCcATUS, King. 
Schizodus truncatus, 1845, King, Geol. Russ. i., p. 224; ii, 
p. 309. 


* Sowerby, Min. Conch., tab. 467. 


246 CATALOGUE OF THE FOSSILS OF THE PERMIAN SYSTEM 


In Magnesian-limestone ; not uncommon. Humbleton, Tun- 
stall, Silksworth, Cornforth ; Whitley Quarries. 

In this species the margins are more nearly parallel, and the 
posterior end is much wider and more truncated than in the JA. 
obscurus. ‘The anterior is rather convex, and very much rounded. 
The beaks are prominent, and the surface of the valves is slight- 
ly waved and ornamented with numerous concentric acute 
ridges, which are most conspicuous on the anterior extremity. 

2. A. opscurus, Sow. 
Axinus obscurus, Sow. Min. Conch. tab. 314. 

In Magnesian-limestone ; not common. Marsden, Byers’ 
Quarry, Roker. 

The specimens which are referred to this species occur in seve- 
ral of the thin beds of limestone on the coast between South 
Shields and Sunderland. They are generally much smaller than 
those which occur in Yorkshire. 


Famity. Arcana, Gray. 


21. ARCA, Linn. 
1. A. LorrusIANa, 7. s. 

Shell transversely elongated, sub-rectangular ; anterior, 
short, tumid ; posterior, elongated, often slightly compressed, 
obliquely truncated ; beaks prominent, approximating ; sur- 
face strongly ribbed ; ribs, numerous, strong, rarely bi- 
furcated, granulated on the anterior and posterior ; hinge- 
line, with four or five oblique teeth on the anterior, and 
two or three parallel teeth on the posterior side. 

In Magnesian-limestone ; not common. Tunstall, Humbleton. 

The general form of this shell is slightly rectangular owing to 
the free margins being almost parallel to the hinge-line, and to 
the posterior being much elongated. The anterior in some spe- 
cimens is very tumid, in others slightly compressed, compara- 
tively short and rounded. The posterior is very much elonga- 
ted, widened, flattened, and obliquely truncated. The surface is 
covered with numerous strong radiating ribs, which are covered 
with distinct, close granulations on the posterior and anterior 
parts of the shell. The beaks are large and placed near to the an- 


OF THE COUNTIES OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 247 


terior end, and as the ligamental area is small they are rather 
close. 

It may be easily distinguished from the A. tumida, Sow., by 
its more elongated and less tumid appearance. The anterior is 
rather longer and rounder, and the posterior much longer and not 
so sharply truncated. The margins are more nearly parallel and 
the ligamental area is smaller. It is also distinguised from the 
A. antigua, Minst., of the German Zechstein, by its less ovate 
and ventricose form. At first we were inclined to consider it 
identical with the A. Lacordairiana, of M. de Koninck, but it 
differs from that species in many particulars. 

We dedicate this species to W. K. Loftus, Esq., of Newcastle, 
to whom the naturalists of this district are indebted for the dis- 
covery of the Chiton at Tunstall-hill. 

2. A. TumIDA, Sow. 
Arca tumida, Sow. Min. Conch., tab. 474, f. 3. 

In Magnesian-limestone ; common. Humbleton, Tunstall, 
Silksworth, Dalton. 

This characteristic species is very tumid towards the anterior 
portion of the shell. The beaks are very distant, in consequence 
of the great size of the ligamental area. The surface is covered 
with strong radiating ribs, which rarely bifurcate, but gradually 
widen towards the lower edge of the shell. These ribs are dis- 
tinctly granulated on the posterior slope only. The free margin 
is very much curved, and the curve for the byssus is very large. 
The individuals of this species are generally well preserved. 
Many of them were bored by some carnivorous animal before 
they were imbedded in the rock. 

3. A. Kinerana, d Verneuil. 
Arca Kingiana, VVern., Geol. Russ. 11., p. 313, pl. xix.,f.11. 

In Magnesian-limestone ; rather rare. Tunstall-hill. 

This species is not very common in our limestone. The speci- 
mens are rather small. Some of them have a few obsolete 
diverging ribs on the middle and posterior portions of the shell, 


but do not otherwise differ from the description given of the 
Russian specimens. 


248 CATALOGUE OF THE FOSSILS OF THE PERMIAN SYSTEM 


22. LEDA, Schumacher. 
1. L. Vint, King. 
Nucula Vinti, King, Geol. of Russ. i., p. 224 ? 

In Magnesian-limestone ; rather rare. Whitley, Northumber- 
land ; Byers’ Quarry, near Souter Point. 

The anterior portion of this species is rounded and much more 
convex than the posterior, which is small and slightly rostrated. 
The surface is covered with numerous fine concentric lines of 
growth. It occurs in a thin bed of limestone in Whitley Quar- 
ries, and in a very thin crystalline bed near Souter Point. 


Famity. Myrinipa, Fleming. 
23. MYTILUS, Linneus. 
1. M. acumrnatus, Sow. 
Modiola acuminata, Sow., Geol. Tr., 2nd ser., 111, p. 119, 
No. 10. 
Mytilus Hausmanni, Goldf., Petrif., 138, f. 4. 
In Magnesian-limestone ; not rare. Tunstall, Humbleton, 
Silksworth, Dalton-le-dale. 
This common species is of an elongated subtrigonal form. 
The beaks are terminal and acute, furnished internally with a 
small pit or septum separated from the cavity of the shell by a 
thin plate. The hinge-margin is very much thickened internally, 
and the outer surface is covered with strong lines of growth. It 
is very common in some localities. 
2. M. squamostus, Sow. 
Mytilus squamosus, Sow., Geol. Tr., 2nd ser., fiii., p. 120, 
No. 11. 
In Magnesian-limestone ; not rare. Cleadon and Marsden 
Hill, Souter Point. 
This species is more ovate and less equivalved than the preced- 
ing. The surface is finely laminated. It is not so common as 
the former, and is generally very badly preserved. 


OF THE COUNTIES OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 249 


Famity. AvicuLips, Gray. 
24. MONOTIS, Bronn. 


1. M. erypuzorpes, Sov. 
Avicula grypheoides, Sow., 1829, Geol. Tr., 2nd ser., iii., p. 
119, No..-7. 
Avicula speluncaria, Quenst., 1835, Weigm. Arch., pl.i., f. 1, 

In Magnesian-limestone ; not rare. Humbleton, Tunstall, 
Silksworth, Ryhope, Dalton-le-Dale. 

This semi-flattened shell is very generally distributed in the 
fossiliferous bed of limestone, which is quarried in the above 
localities. The surface of the convex valve, which is generally 
imperfect, is covered with a few strong imbricated or granulated 
diverging ribs, between which there are others much finer and 
closer together. The flat valve is quite smooth, and has a deep 
triangular notch near the hinge-margin. 

As Mr. Sowerby’s name has the right of priority, we have 
adopted it, though that gentleman had subsequently applied the 
same name to another very different shell, probably an Inocera- 
mus, from the Green-sand ; see Geol. Tr. 2nd ser., vol. iv. 


25. AVICULA, Lamarck. 


1. A. antigua, Miinst. 
Avicula antiqua, Miinst., Goldf., Petrif., pl. 116, f. 7. 

In Magnesian-limestone ; not rare. Tunstall, Humbleton, 
Silksworth. 

This is the commonest and largest species of Avicula found in 
the limestone. The surface, when perfect, is covered with nu- 
merous, fine, elevated, lines of growth. In this species the pos- 
terlor extremity is broad, and slightly forked. 

2. A. KERATOPHAGA, Quenstedt. 
Avicula keratophaga, Goldf., Petrif., pl. 116, f. 6. 

In Magnesian-limestone ; not rare. Tunstall, Humbleton. 

This species is much smaller than the former. The posterior 
is narrower, more produced, and much forked. The anterior is 
small and pointed. The surface is finely striated, asin the A. 
antigua. 


250 CATALOGUE OF THE FOSSILS OF THE PERMIAN SYSTEM 


3. A. INFLATA, Brown. 
Avicula inflata, Brown, Manch. Geol. Tr. 1., pl. 6, f. 25, 26. 
Gervillia tumida, King, Geol. of Russ. i., p. 2251 

In Magnesian-limestone ; not rare. Tunstall-hill. 

This is a more tumid species than either of the former. The 
beaks are small and far apart, so much so that the dorsal margin 
has a wide flattened area, in which are slight indications of mar- 
ginal pits. The surface is striated as in the former species. 

We have several fragments which appear to belong to other spe- 
cies of Avicula, but they are too imperfect to be satisfactorily 
determined. 

Famity. Pzctenipaz, Broderip. 
26. PECTEN, Linnaeus. 
1. P. pusrtuius, Schloth. 
Pleuronectes pusillus, Schl., Mun. Ak., vi., pl. 6, f. 6. 
Pecten pusillus, Miinst., Goldf., Petrif., pl. 98, f. 8. 

In Magnesian-limestone; common. Humbleton, Tunstall, 
Dalton-le-dale. 

This little shell is very regular and convex in shape, having 
the ears nearly equal and the surface quite smooth. In one or 
two localities it is very abundant.. 

Two or three other species of Pecten are mentioned in the 
Geological Transactions, 2nd ser., vol. iii., as occuring at Hum- 
bleton, but after assiduously searching this locality we have not 
been able to discover a trace of them. It is probable that the 
young of I. gryphcoides has been mistaken for other species. 


Orper. PALLIOBRANCHIATA, Slainville. 
Famity. Lineups, Gray. 
27. LINGULA, Bruguire. 
1. L. mytiLorpEs, Sow. ? 
Lingula mytiloides, Sow. Min. Conch. tab. 19, f. 1, 2? 
In Marl-slate; not uncommon. Ferryhill, Thickley. 
Valves of a Lingula are found in the Marl-slate in several lo- 
calities, but it is doubtful whether they belong to the above spe- 
cies to which they have been for some time referred. The 


OF THE COUNTIES OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 25] 


compressed shell is oval and the surface is distinctly concentri- 
cally striated ; but all the specimens we have seen were too im- 
perfect to be determined satisfactorily. 


Famity. OrsicuLipa, Gray. 
28. ORBICULA, Cuvier. 


Two or three upper valves of an Orbicula were obtained from 
the Magnesian-limestone of Tunstall Hill, but they are so badly 
preserved that the specific characters cannot be correctly ascer- 
tained. 


Famity. TEREBRATULIDA, Gray. 
29. TEREBRATULA, Lhwydd. 


1. T. enoneata, Schloth. 
Terebratulites elongatus, Schloth., Petrif., pl. 20, f. 2. 
Terebratula elongata, Geol. Russ. ii., p. 66, pl. ix., f. 9 
a, b, c, d. 

In Magnesian-limestone; common. Humbleton, Tunstall, 
Silksworth, Dalton-le-Dale. 

This most common and characteristic Terebratula of the 
Magnesian-limestone is very variable in appearance. Some of 
the individuals are very convex, elongated, and truncated in 
front ; others are as correspondingly flattened, widened, and 
rounded. Generally, the perforated valve is slightly sinuated, 
and often has a distinct groove running down the middle. The 
other valve is slightly convex, with a slight indication of a sinus 
in themiddle. This shell is generally described as being smooth, 
but under the lens the surface is very distinctly shagreened. 
The imperforate valve is furnished with a simple loop-like 
process for the support of part of the animal, slightly re- 
sembling that of the recent 7. Australis. This character is 
sufficient to distinguish it from the 7. hastata, Sow., of the Moun- 
tain limestone, which has, according to Mr. M‘Coy, an internal 
support very distinct, and which slightly resembles that of the 
following species. Specimens of this shell have occurred nearly 
two inches in length, but generally they are not more than one- 
fourth of that size. 

VoL. I. ul 


252 CATLALOGUE OF THE FOSSILS OF THE PERMIAN SYSTEM 


2. T. ScutotHemmir, Von Buch. 
Terebratulites lacunosus, Schloth., Schrif. der Mun. Ak., vi., 
pl. 8, £. 15-20. 
Terebratula Schlotheimii, V. Buch iiber Terebr., p. 39, pl. 
2, f. 32 ; Geol. Russ, ii., pl. vili., f 4 a, b, ¢, d, e. 

Shell subpentagonal; perforated valve flattened on the 
sides, deeply sinuated in the middle; imperforated valve tri- 
lobed, elevated in the middle in the part corresponding to the 
sinus in the lower valve, gradually depressed towards the 
margin; anterior margin produced horizontally in the 
sinus and on the sides to a considerable distance beyond 
the cavity of the shell; surface with 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 more 
or less indistinct plaits, in the sinus, and as many on each 
side, covered with obsolete granulations, and a few distant 
stric of growth. 

In Magnesian-limestone ; common. Humbleton, Tunstall, 
Silksworth, Dalton-le-Dale. 

T. Schlotheimi occurs rather plentifully in the localities men- 
tioned above, and it is frequently associated with the two follow- 
ing species which appear to have been hitherto confounded with 
it. It is, however, easily distinguished from them by its neat- 
ness of form, by the narrowness of its sinus, the anterior part of 
which is higher than in either of the other species, and by the 
extensive development of the front margin in a horizontal direc- 
tion from the cavity of the shell. It is said to occur in the 
Zechstein of Germany, and in the Mountain-limestone of Russia. 
3. T. HuMBLETONENSIS, 7. s. 

Shell subtrigonal or obovate ; perforated valve with a 
broad sinus in the middle, rounded towards the lateral 
margins ; imperforated valve high in the middle, depressed 
towards the sides; the front margin of the sinus and 
sides produced horizontally a short distance from the 
cavity of the shell ; surface, with numerous plats in the 
sinus, which are sometimes bifurcated, and a few on the 
sides, granulated. 

In Magnesian-limestone ; not rare. Humbleton. 

Under this name we venture to separate some shells which 


OF THE COUNTIES OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 253 


occur with the former at Humbleton, and which seem to have 
been hitherto regarded as belonging to the same species. After 
examining an extensive series, however, of both these forms, we 
are obliged to conclude from the following constant characters 
that they are quite distinct. In the present species the form is 
more ovate, and the sinus is much wider and less elevated in the 
front. The plaits are always more numerous, and when they 
are not bifurcated they are more nearly parallel than in the pre- 
ceding species. It is.also of a much larger size, and occurs only 
in one locality. 

4. T. CORYMBOSA, 7. s. 

Shell nearly globular, about the size of pea; perforated 
valve sinuated in the middle; imperforate, very convex 
and high im the centre; surface, with two distinct plaits 
in the sinus, und one on each side, granulated. 

In Magnesian-limestone; not rare. Humbleton, Tunstall, 
Dalton-le-Dale. 

This small species, like the preceding, appears to have been 
confounded with the 7. Schlotheimet, with which it is generally 
found. It is, however, always more spherical, and has, uniformly, 
two plaits only in the sinus, and one on each side. The small 
size and rounded form distinguished it instantly from either of 
the former species. 


Famity. SPIRIFERID, Gray. 
30. ATRYPA, Dalman. 


1. A. PECTENIFERA, J. Sowerby. 
Atrypa pectenifera, Sow., Min. Conch., vii., pl. 616. 
Terebratula pectenifera, Geol. Russ. ii., pl. 8, f. 12 a, b. 

In Magnesian-limestone ; not rare. Humbleton Hill. 

This interesting shell, though very characteristic of the Mag- 
nesian-limestone, is yet very local in this district, occurring only 
in one locality. It is an orbicular lens-shaped shell, having the 
surface, when perfect, ornamented with lamelliform rows of close- 
set spines. The apex of the lower valve is furnished witha large 
perforation, and the internal processes are similar to those of 
Spirifer. 


254 CATALOGUE OF THE FOSSILS OF THE PERMIAN SYSTEM 


31. SPIRIFER, Sowerby. 


1. S. unpuLAtus, Sow. 
Spirifer undulatus, Sow., Min. Conch., tab. 562, f. 1 ; Gen. 
Shells, Spir., f 3. 
Terebratulites alatus, Schloth. Min. Taschb. vii., pl. 2, f. 1, 
3, 6. 

In Magnesian-limestone ; not common. Tynemouth Cliff, 
Humbleton, Tunstall, Thickley. 

This fine Spirifer varies considerably in appearance, some in- 
dividuals being almost semicircular, and others subtrigonal and 
very much winged. On the casts the apical recesses of the lower 
valve are very granulous. ‘The spiral coil is large and nearly 
fills the cavity of the shell, and is finely preserved in specimens 
found at Humbleton. The quarrymen term this shell the 
“ butterflee.” 

2. S. oristatus, Schloth. 
Terebratulites cristatus, Schloth., Min. Ak. vi., pl. 1, f. 3. 

In Magnesian-limestone; notcommon. Tunstall, Humbleton. 

The general form of this shell is semicircular. The lower 
valve is rather deep, and almost divided into two parts by a 
large mesial plate which extends from the beak nearly to the 
centre of the valve. The upper valve is slightly convex. The 
outer surface of both valves is folded into nine or more sharply 
angulated plaits, and covered all over with minute elevated gra- 
nulations. Internally the shell is minutely punctured. The 
lines of growth are generally very distinct. It may be ques- 
tioned whether this species is identical with the S. octoplicatus, 
Sow. In the latter the general form is more tumid and the 
beaks are more recurved than in the former species. 

3. S. muLtrpTicatus, Sow. 
Spirifer multiplicatus, Sow., Geol. Tr. 2nd ser. iii., p. 119. 

In Magnesian-limestone ; not rare. Humbleton, Silksworth, 
Dalton, Tunstall. 

This species is more common than either of the former, and 
owing to the manner in which it is preserved it is by far the 
most interesting. It often occurs in a soft powdery substance, 


OF THE COUNTIES OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAN. 255 


which fills some of the cavities between the harder parts of the 
rock at Tunstall. In this state it can be easily cleaned from the 
surrounding matter, and shews the structure of the shell almost 
as conveniently as if it were recent. 

In general form it is round and tumid. The beak of the 
lower valve is slightly curved upwards, and the area is not well 
defined. The plaits on the surface and the extremities of the 
hinge-line are slightly rounded. These characters will readily 
distinguish it from the preceding species. The specimens from 
Dalton are much rounder than those from the other localities. 

A small shell, apparently belonging to this genus, is found in 
the lowest bed of limestone at Whitley and Pallion, but the spe- 
cimens we have seen were so imperfect that the species could not 
be ascertained. 


Famity. ORtTHIDs. 
32. ORTHIS, Dalman. 


1. QO. prLaRGonaTa, Schloth. 
Terebratulites pelargonatus, Schl., Mun. Ak. vi.,pl. 8, f. 21, 24. 

In Magnesian-limestone; rather rare. Dalton-le-Dale, Hum- 
bleton, Silksworth, Tunstall. 

This pretty shell is very irregular in general form. It much 
resembles, when seen from above, some of the recent Thecidea. 
It belongs, however, to an unattached genus, of which it is the 
only representative in the Permian system of England, and ap- 
parently one of the last species of the genus which existed. 

The lower valve is comparatively deep, and the beak is curved 
either to one side or the other. Between the beak and the hinge- 
margin is a large flattened area and a slightly convex distinct, 
closed deltidium. The upper valve is slightly convex, rather 
hollowed in the middle. The outer surface is covered with 
distinct radiating ribs, which are slightly raised, and bifur- 
cated near the margin. The lines of growth are distant till the 
shell attains nearly its full size, and then they are very close. 
The hinge-line of the lower valve is straight, and furnished with 
two small condyles, one on each side of the deltidium. In the 
other valve two callosites, one on each side of the umbonal cavity, 


256 GATALOGUE OF THE FOSSILS OF THE PERMIAN SYSTEM 


diverge from the middle of the hinge-line, and are produced into 
two elongated processes which fit into the deltidium of the lower 
valve. A socket on each side of these processes receives the arti- 
culating condyles of the other valve. This species is said to oc- 
cur in the Zechstein of Germany, and a closely allied species, 
the 0. Wangenheimei, is found in the Russian Permian rocks. 


Famity. Propvctipa, Gray. 
33. PRODUCTUS, Sowerby. 
1. P. Horripus, Sow. 
Productus horridus, Sow., Min. Chon., tab. 319, f, 1. 
Productus caluus, Sow., Min. Chon., tab. 560, f. 2—6. 
Gryphites aculeatus, Schl., Min. Taschb. vii, pl. 4, f. 1, 2, 3. 

In the Magnesian-limestone; common. Whitley Quarries, 
Humbleton, Tunstall, Dalton-le-Dale, Garmonsway. 

P. horridus is very characteristic of the Magnesian-limestone, 
as it is the largest and oftentimes the most abundant species. 
The specimens from the lowest compact limestone have been de- 
scribed as a species, P. calvus, by Mr. Sowerby. They are 
sometimes larger than those which occur at Humbleton. As 
only part of the shell is generally preserved, the spines are not 
always visible. This appearance has led to the erroneous conclu- 
sion that this variety was spineless, and consequently distinct 
from P. horridus. 

In this species the hinge-line cf both valves is furnished with 
a row of large spines. The spines are hollow, and seem to have 
served as a protection for filaments or tentacular appendages to 
the mantle or some other part of the body. The spines on the 
body of the shell were closed at the base as often as it became 
necessary for the animal to enlargeit. After the shell was suf- 
ciently enlarged, new spines were formed in lieu of the old ones, 
which were now no longer serviceable. 

2. P. LATIROSTRATUS, 2, S. 

Shell grypheoid or concavo-convex ; lower valve con- 
vex bilobed, or with a slight furrow or sinus in the centre ; 
upper valve slightly concave, or nearly flat; beak of lower 
or convex valve, large, and very much flattened ; hinge line 


OF THE COUNTIES OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 257 


of upper valve rather angulated, furnished with a large 
triangular button ; surface of convex valve covered unth a 
few distant spines. 

In Magnesian-limestone ; rare. Dalton-le-Dale, Tunstall. 

This Productus is the rarest we have in the limestone. In ge- 
neral form it somewhat resembles the young of the preceding 
species, but may be readily distinguished from it by the large 
flatttened beak of the lower valve. It never attains to the size 
of the former species, and though the muscular impressions are 
similarly arranged, yet they are not so deep. 

The P. latirostratus forms a passage from the P. horridus to 
the following species, which have a very flattened beak, a distinct 
close deltidium, and two condyles on the hinge-line of the 
lower valve. 

3. P. sprnrrerus, King. 
Productus spiniferus, Geol. Russ. i., p. 223 2 

In Magnesian-limestone ; not uncommon. Humbleton, Tun- 
stall, Dalton-le-Dale, Clack’s Heugh. 

This species, which is rather common at Humbleton, has the 
spines of the convex valve very much pressed against and lying 
along its surface. The surface of both valves is covered with 
fine wrinkled, radiating striz. This is the only species of Pro- 
ductus found in the Permian system with a striated surface. 

4, P. Morristanus, King. 
Productus Morrisianus, Geol. Russ. i., p. 223 4 

In Magnesian-limestone ; not uncommon. Tunstall, Humble- 
ton, Dalton-le-Dale, Garmonsway. 

A very irregular shell with the beak of the convex-valve pro- 
duced and pressed downwards. Both valves are covered with 
close-set spines. It generally occurs with the former. 

5. P. ASPERRIMUS, 7. S. 

Shell small, concavo-convex ; lower valve convex ; beak 
with a small flattered areca, and a closed deliidiwm on the 
upper side; hinge-line straight with two condyloid pro- 
cesses, one on each side of the deltidium: upper valve 
slightly concave ; hinge-line with a small pointed process 
or button and a socket on each side of it to receive the con- 


258 CATALOGUE OF THE FOSSILS OF THE PERMIAN SYSTEM 


dyles of the lower valve: surface of both valves covered 
with close rows of small spines, which are rather regularly 
arranged. ; 

In Magnesian-limestone ; not uncommon. Humbleton, Tun- 
stall, Dalton-le-Dale. 

This is generally found with the preceding species. It may 
easily be distinguished from them by its neat and regular form, 
the smallness of the beak, and the regular disposition of the 
spines. 

In Prof. Sedgwick’s list two species of Productus, P. antiquata 
and P. spinosa, which are peculiar to the Mountain-limestone, are 
stated to have been found in the Magnesian-limestone at Mid- 
deridge and Humbleton. It is almost unnecessary to say we 
have not found either of these species which must have been in- 
troduced by mistake. 


ARTICULATA. 


ANNELIDA. 
34, SERPULA, Linneus. 


. §. MINUTISSIMA, 2. s. 
Serpula small, vermicular, nearly cylindrical, smooth. 

In Magnesian-limestone ; not uncommon. Tunstall, Humble- 
ton, Dalton-le-Dale. 

This small species of Serpula is generally attached to the outer 
surface of Terebratule, and the inner surface of valves of Pro- 
ductus and the chambers of a Nautilus. It is rather elongated 
and vermiform, and requires to be examined with a powerful lens. 


35. SPIRORBIS, Lamarck. 
. 8. atoBosus, I/‘Coy. 
Spirorbis globosus, M‘Coy, Carb. Foss. Ireland, p. 169, pl. 4, 
f. 10% 
In Magnesian-limestone ; rare. Humbleton. 


OF THE COUNTIES OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 2059 


A few specimens apparently belonging to this species were 
procured from Humbleton Quarry, attached to the inner surface 
of valves of Productus horridus. 

S. ompHatotzs, Goldf. 
Serpula omphatotes, Goldf., Petrif.i., p. 225, tab. 67, f£ 34 

In Magnesian-limestone; rare. Humbleton. 

Two or three specimens of a semiflattened Spirorbis, associated 
with the former species from Humbleton, agree very well with 
Goldfuss’ figure and description of Serp. omphalotes. The at- 
tached surface is very flattened, and the spire has two or more 
gradually increased turns. It is about the tenth of an inch in 
diameter. 


RADIATA. 


Ciass. ECHINODERMATA. 
Orper. EOHINIDA. 
Faminy. CIpaRID&. 
36. CIDARIS, Klein. 
Cidaris, Geol. Russ. i., p. 221. 
In Magnesian-limestone ; rare. Humbleton, Tunstall, Dalton- 
le-Dale. 
Fragments ofan apparently undescribed species of Cidaris are 
occasionally found in the above localities. 


Cuiass. CRINOIDEA. 


37. ENCRINITES, Miller. 


KE, pianus, Willer. 
Cyathocrinites planus, Mill. Hist., Crinoidea, p. 86 ? 
Encrinites planus, Scloth., Petref., tab. 26, f. 6 a—c. ? 
In Magnesian-limestone ; common. Tynemouth Cliff, Hum- 
bleton, Tunstall. 
VOL. I. Mm 


260 CATALOGUE OF THE FOSSILS OF THE PERMIAN SYSTEM 


Portions of the column of a species of Encrinite are frequently 
very abundant at Humbleton, but the cap very rarely occurs. The 
column is not quite cylindrical, some of the joints being more 
prominent than others. The articulating surface of the joints is 
strongly radiated. The outer surface of the stem is covered 
with fine waved concentric lines which are easily overlooked. 


Crass. ZOOPHYTA. 
OrpER. HELIANTHOIDA. 


Famity. Mapreporip2. 
38. CARYOPHILLIA, Lamarck. 


1. C. QUADRIFIDA, 7. s. 

Coral simple, with a nearly cylindrical tubular stem ; 
cup deep, gradually tapering, extending nearly the whole 
length of the coral, divided by three or four equally dis- 
tant, narrow, lamelle; surface longitudinally striated 
with distinct annular rings of growth. 

In Magnesian-limestone; rare. Humbleton Hill. 

The cup of this coral is very deep, and tapers gradually from 
the bottom to the top of the stem, where the edge is extremely 
thin. Internally it is divided by four thin plates or lamella, 
which are at equal distances from each other. The outer sur- 
face is striated or furrowed longitudinally, and the periods of 
growth are marked by distinct annular rings. In general form 
it slightly resembles some species of Turbinolopsis, but differs in 
having a deeper cup, and less solid stem. 


39. STENOPORA, Lonsdale. 
1. S. crassa, Lons. 
Stenopora crassa, Lons., Geol. Russ., 1, App. A., p. 632, pl. 
At 12. 
In Magnesian-limestone; not uncommon. Humbleton, Tun- 
stall. 
The specimens from the above localities are rather smaller 
than those described by Prof. Lonsdale. In addition to his des- 


OF THE COUNTIES OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 261] 


cription we may add that the outer surface is covered with 
minute tubercles, arranged in circles round the mouths of the 
cells. It is not uncommon at Tunstall. 


Orper. ASCIDIOIDA. 


Faminy. EscHarIp#. 
40. FENESTELLA (Mill.), Lons. 


1. F. anceps, Schloth. 
Ceratophytes anceps, Schloth., Mun. Ak. vi., pl. 2, f. 7. 
Gorgonia anceps, Goldf. Petrif., p. 98, tab. 36, f. 1 a, b, ¢, d ; 
Geol. Tr. iii., 2nd ser., pl. 12., f. 7. 

In Magnesian-limestone ; not uncommon. Tunstall, Hum- 
bleton. 

In this coral the longitudinal branches are not connected 
with each other by transverse processes, as in most of the species 
of this genus, but they are separate, frequently bifurcated, with 
short opposite lateral branches springing from the sides. The 
stem of the coral is flattened, covered on one side with four rows 
of cells arranged alternately, with a slightly elevated ridge be- 
tween each row. The cells are cylindrical, and curve over each 
other in the stem of the coral. 

2. F. ramosa, King. 
Hornera ramosa, King, Geol. Russ. i., p. 221? Geol. Tr. 
2nd ser., iii., pl. 12, f. 5. 

In Magnesian-limestone ; rather rare. Humbleton, Tunstall. 

This species is figured, but not described, in the Geological 
Transactions. It is more bifurcated than the former, and is 
also destitute of the numerous short lateral branches. 

3. FB. antigua, Goldf. 
Gorgonia antiqua, Goldf. Petrif., p. 99, tab. 36, f. 3a. 

Coral, with the branches very small, frequently bofur- 

cated and sharply angulated on the poriferous face; meshes 

nearlyrectangular, twice as wide as the branches; cells small, 

internal, 2 rows separated by an angulated ridge, the mouth 

of each cell furnished with a cup-like process ; transverse 

branches, not cellular, alternate, 2 or 3 cells distant ; re- 

verse smooth, or slightly furrowed longitudinally. 


262 CATALOGUE OF THE FOSSILS OF THE PERMIAN SYSTEM 


In Magnesian-limestone ; rare. Tunstall, Humbleton. 

Though not before recorded as occurring in our limestone, this 
coral appears to be the true Gorgonia antiqua of Goldfuss, who 
described from a Zechstein specimen. It is, however, very dis- 
tinct from the corals referred to this species by Prof. Lonsdale in 
the Silurian System, Prof. Phillips in the Paleozoic Fossils, and 
Mr. M‘Coy in the Carboniferous Fossils of Ireland, and appears 
to belong exclusively to the Permian rocks. [t approaches closely, 
in general appearance, to the F. flustracea, but the meshes are 
twice as wide as in that species, and the branches are more bifur- 
cated and irregular. The /. antigua is also destitute of the ele- 
vated row of tubercles running longitudinally between the cells 
so conspicuous in the following species. It is also of a less size, 
and not so common. 

4. F. ruustracea, Phillips. 
Retepora flustracea, Phill., Geol. Tr. 2nd ser., i1i., p. 120, 
Pal ERs: 

Coral depressed, funnel-shaped, much folded ; branches 
parallel, distantly bifurcatcd, meshes rectangular, as wide 
as the branches ; cells surrounded with an elevated cup-like 
process, in two rows scparated by a high longitudinal series 
of tubercles; transucrse branches thick, opposite, not cellular; 
reverse, flaltened, smooth or furrowed. 

In Magnesian-limestone; common. Tunstall, Humbleton, 
Ryhope, Dalton-le-dale. . 

This coral is occasionally found of a great size, and with the 
next species 1s very characteristic of the limestone of this dis- 
trict, and the Permian rocks generally. It differs from the J’. 
antiqua in the following particulars :—The branches are less bi- 
furcated, more flattened and closer ; there are only two cells in 
the distance between the transverse branches, and the angulated 
ridge between the cells is furnished with a row of elevated tu- 
bercles. This species is figured in the Geological Transactions, 
but it is not described. 

5. F. vircunacea, Phillips. 
Retepora virgulacea, Phill., Geol. Tr. 2nd ser., i1., 120, pl. 
A 


OF THE COUNTIES OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 263 


Coral conical or funnel shaped ; branches frequently 
bifurcated, compressed ; cells numerous, arranged in ob- 
lique irregular rows across the branches, an elevated ridge 
or cup-like margin round each cell ; transverse branches 
always cellular, very oblique ; reverse smooth or slightly 
furrowed longitudinally. 

In Magnesian-limestone ; common. Tunstall, Humbleton, 
Silksworth, Dalton--le-dale. 

This is another common and characteristic species of the lime- 
stone ; it often occurs of a great size. The branches are very 
irregular in breadth and thickness, and are scarcely ever in the 
same plane. The pores are more numerous and more irregularly 
arranged in this species than in any other belonging to the lime- 
stone of this neighbourhood. A characteristic figure of this 
species is given in the Geological Transactions. 

6. F. retrrormis, Schloth. 
Fenestella retiformis, Lons., Geol. Russ., 1., App. A, p. 631. 
Gorgonia infundibuliformis, Gold. Petrif. Tab. 36, f. 2, b. ¢. 

In Magnesian-limestone ; not common. Tunstall. 

The coral which we refer with some doubt to this species, 
somewhat resembles the F. virgulacea in its appearance, but the 
branches and cells are more regular, and the former less com- 
pressed. 


40. RETEPORA, Lamarck. 
1. R. Lonspaty, n. s. 

Coral narrow funnel shaped in its young state, folded 
into several compressed tubes in full grown individuals ; 
meshes, oval, numerous, arranged in quincunx ; cells, on 
the outer surface, tubular, not curved over each other, but 
piled horizontaliy, and arranged in two irregular rows 
along the interstices ; interstices narrow ; reverse inter- 
nal, smooth. 

In Magnesian-limestone; rare. Silksworth, near Sunder- 
land ; Tunstall-hill—M~. G. Tate. ; 

This is the only species of Retepora that we are acquainted 
with in which the cells are placed on the outside of the coral, 


264 CATALOGUE OF THE FOSSILS OF THE PERMIAN SYSTEM 


and the only one that resembles the R. membranacea of the Moun- 
tain-limestone in its singular funnel-shaped mode of growth. 


PLANTA: 
42, LEPIDODENDRON. 
Portions of the stem of a species of Lepidodendron are occa- 


sionally found in the Lower-new-red-sandstone at South Shields, 
and in the Marl-slate at Cornforth. 


43. CALAMITES. 


A fragment of a fine species allied to the C. approximatus of 
the Coal-measures was found in the sandstone quarries of South 
Shields, and is preserved in the Newcastle Museum. 


44. VOLTZIA. 


Several fucoid plants occur in the Marl-slate. One has been 
figured as a Voltziz in the “Fossil Flora,” vol. iii, p. 195. As 
they are imperfectly preserved, it is uncertain to what genus 
they really belong. Some of them have been termed Cauwlerpites 


(265) 


ADDRESS OF THE COMMITTEE OF THE TYNESIDE 
NATURALISTS’ FIELD CLUB, 
DELIVERED AT THE ANNIVERSARY MEETING, HELD 
APRIL 21st, 1849. 


GENTLEMEN,—In consequence of the unavoidable absence, and 
the numerous engagements, of our respected President, the Vicar 
of Newcastle, it has fallen to the lot of your Secretaries, under 
the direction of the Committee, to lay before you a statement of 
the proceedings of the Club during the past year. But, before 
giving, in detail, an account of the different Field Meetings, it may 
not be out of place to make a few remarks on the state and pros- 
pects of the Club, and also to notice what has been done by some 
of our members, in promoting a knowledge of the natural history 
of the district, independently of our regular meetings. The 
number of members, in our first printed list, was 87. The number 
on the list, as corrected to April, 1849, is 100, thus showing an 
increase of thirteen, notwithstanding that there have been twelve 
deaths, or resignations, since the first establishment of the Club. 
It was not to be expected that the number of members would ma- 
terially increase ; but it is gratifying to be able thus to show 
that there is so considerable a number of persons, in the district, 
who take an interest in the objects for the promotion of which 
the Club was established. During the past, as well as the pre- 
ceding years of the existence of the Society, several valuable and 
interesting papers have been read. Most of these have either 
been printed in full, or in abstract. Considerable progress has like- 
wise been made towards the formation of accurate lists of the differ. 
ent natural productions of the counties of Northumberland and 
Durham. Of the matter furnished towards the completion of this 
object, a considerable portion, as you are aware, has already ap- 
peared in your Transactions, and a good deal more is ready for 

VOL. I. Nn 


266 THE COMMITTEE'S ADDRESS. 


the press, or in the course of preparation. It isa matter of congra- 
tulation to notice the very favourable mention that has been made 
in the published proceedings of similar institutions, and in some 
of the periodicals of the day, both of the transactions of the Club, 
as a whole, and of individual papers. A notice which appears in 
the address of William Spence, Hsq., F. R.S., the President of 
the Entomological Society of London, as delivered at the last 
anniversary meeting, it may not be out of place to quote, “ Here 
also,” he observes, “may be mentioned papers on Anobewm 
molle, and on the damage done to wheat by Cucujus monilicornis 
and Calandra granaria, by Mr. Bold; on the occurrence of Lim-. 
noria terebrans, at the mouth of the Tyne, by Mr. Hancock; and 
the commencement of a Catalogue of the insects of Northumber- 
land and Durham, by Mr. Hardy and Mr. Bold, which appear in 
Vol. I. of the Transactions of the Tyneside Naturalists’ Field 
Club, published this year. These papers were read to the So- 
ciety in 1846, but I refer to them as well as to Mr. Darling’s 
paper on an anomaly in the history of the Honey Bee; Mr. Sel- 
by’s Notes on Insects in 1846; Mr. Hepburn’s Notes on noctur- 
nal Lepidoptera; Dr. Johnston’s Description of the Acarides of 
Berwickshire, and Mr. Hardy’s Synopsis of the Berwickshire 
Staphylinide, which appeared in the last part of the Transac- 
tions of the Berwickshire Naturalists’ Club,—both for the pur- 
pose of expressing a hope that the excellent examples of these 
two northern societies, of the Cotswold Naturalists’ Club, and 
others, will be very generally followed in every part of the Bri- 
tish empire. Nothing could be better calculated than a Na- 
turalists’ Field Club, in every district where a few naturalists 
reside, to serve at once to promote social and healthy excursions ; 
to animate and encourage, by mutual sympathy, their love of 
natural history; and to investigate, thoroughly, that of their 
locality, and thus discover new and rare species of animals, and 
new facts in their economy, which would otherwise escape ob- 
servation.” In the “ Phytologist,” and the “Literary Gazette,” 
very favourable notices of our transactions have appeared. The 
“Critic,” also, in a recent number, devoted considerable space to 


THE COMMITTEE'S ADDRESS. 267 


a review of our publications, dwelling upon the usefulness of the 
society, and quoting largely, both from the address of our first 
president, and the accounts of the field meetings. 

But whilst we may congratulate ourselves on the success of 
the Club, in promoting the objects for which it was instituted, 
and on the value of the papers which it has been the means of 
contributing to science, yet we must not forget that the cost of 
printing has exceeded what was originally anticipated, and that 
it will be necessary to curtail the expenses during the ensuing 
year. With regard to what has been done by some of our mem- 
bers, independently of the meetings, it may be mentioned that a 
paper which will be read by Mr. A. Hancock and Dr. Embleton, 
at the anniversary meeting at which this report is presented, 
contains an account of a species of Ribbon Fish (Gymnetrus J, 
lately taken off Cullercoats. Mr. Bold has, during, the past 
year, added several species of Coleoptera to our Fauna, and has 
also been fortunate enough to meet with one species, new to 
science. His researches have also added several new localities of 
rare species. The discoveries alluded to will be found embodied 
in a paper, which will also be read by the same gentleman at 
this meeting. 

It may, however, be observed, that the new species belongs to 
the genus Colymbetes, and that Mr. Bold has named it C. dispar. 
Mr. Albany Hancock, in pursuing his investigations into the 
mode in which those marine mollusks, whose habit it is to bore 
into wood, clay, rocks, or the shells of their congeners, were 
enabled, with such facility, to excavate their habitations, has 
ascertained that certain sponges also have the power of borirg 
into various substances. In his researches into the habits of 
these singular and obscure creatures, he was fortunate enough to 
detect nine new British species of Cliona, three of which belong 
to the coast of our district. A species of nudibranchiate mol- 
lusk also, which was sent to Messrs. Alder and Hancock, by Mr. 
Richard Howse, Jun., proves to be new, and will be duly de- 
scribed by those gentlemen, in their splendid work on the Bri- 
tish Nudibranchiate Mollusca, now publishing by the Ray So- 
ciety. The Rev. W. Greenwell gathered, at Kyloe Crags, fine 


268 THE COMMITTEE'S ADDRESS. 


specimens of Asplenium septentrionale ; and, although the habi- 
tat is not a new one, it is, nevertheless, gratifying to find that 
this rare and interesting fern still occurs within our district. 
Mr. Tate, of Alnwick, a gentleman well known for his geological 
investigations, more especially of the fossils of the mountain 
limestone, has detected, during the past year, Ceterach officinarum, 
on the ruins of Hulne Abbey—a species that has not before oc- 
curred in this district. Another plant, Zypericum androseemum, 
new to the Northumberland Flora, was discovered last year, in a 
wood, near Alnwick, by Mr. John Storey, Jun. This inter- 
esting addition to our local Flora, its discoverer believes to 
be indigenous. The following habitats, furnished by Mr. 
Bungey, are also worthy of notice :—Sambucus Hbulus, near the 
City of Durham ; Hottonia palustris, and Ranunculus Lingua, 
near Houghall ; Gagea lutea, banks of the Wear, at Butterby ; 
Pyrola rotundifolia, sea coast, near Horden Hall; Osmunda 
regalis, Crook Hall Wood, all in the county of Durham. Mr. 
John Thompson has also contributed a few habitats of some of 
our rarer plants, amongst which may be mentioned Jasione mon- 
tana, dry banks near the city of Durham ; Allium arenarium, 
and A. oleracewm, growing together near Middleton-one-Row ; 
and Rumex Hydrolapathum, near Butterby, Durham. The other 
discoveries, made by members of the Club, will be found in the 
following report of the proceedings of the various Field Meetings. 

The First Field Meeting of the year, was held in Gibside 
Woods. ‘The place of assembly named was Winlaton Mill; but 
only a few of the party met at the appointed place, and although, 
afterwards, a considerable number arrived, they rambled about 
in scattered parties of three or four, until evening, when they as- 
sembled at the hospitable board of Ralph Carr, Esq., of Dunstan 
Hill. After dinner, two papers were read, one by Mr. Carr, on 
the effects of the great heat of the summer of 1847, on larches 
and other trees, in the grounds near his seat at Dunstan Hill. 
The other paper was by Mr. W. K. Loftus, on “ Evidences of Di- 
luvial Action at Belsay.” Guibside and its woods have been too 
well examined to leave much chance of finding any objects of 
Natural History previously undetected ; and, therefore, although 


THE COMMITTEE'S ADDRESS. 269 


many interesting species, in various departments were observed, 
your Committee have none to record as new to the district. 

The Second Field Meeting was held at Hazleden Dene; but the 
extremely unfavourable state of the weather, caused the attend- 
ance to be very scanty. A few members, however, passed through 
the Dene, but nothing of any consequence was noticed. 

The Third Field Meeting, of the year, was held by the invi- 
tation of Thomas Sopwith, Hsq., F.R.S., at Allenheads, where 
that gentleman had made every arrangement both for entertain- 
ing the party, and for aiding in the investigations, for which they 
had assembled. The members, about twenty in number, visited 
the Allen Smelt-Mills, where they were shown every attention, 
by the principal manager, Mr. Thomas Steel. On the arrival of 
the party at Allenheads, Mr. Sopwith suggested, and his plan 
was adopted, that the party should form themselves into three 
divisions ; one to visit the interior of the lead mines ; the second 
to botanize on the adjacent moors ; and, the third to view the 
exterior of the mines, and to examine the geological features of 
the district. After being suitably equipped, the first party de- 
scended the mine, and were shown the several processes of min- 
ing operations, and also the principal phenomena of the veins, 
and the manner in which the ore is distributed in veins or 
strings, which are perpendicular or nearly so, or in flat workings, 
where the lead is found in a horizontal position, for a limited 
distance, seldom exceeding a few fathoms, on the side of the 
veins. The party, formed for examining the exterior of the 
mines, and the general geology of the district, were conducted 
by Mr. Sopwith, to a point from whence they could see an ex- 
tensive range of country, especially in a northern direction, ex- 
tending to the borders of Scotland, and embracing geological 
features of great magnitude and importance. Amongst these 
are the Burtree-Ford Dyke, which cuts off many of the principal 
lead veins ;—the line of dislocation of the Stublick Dyke, which 
has the effect of throwing down a part of the Newcastle Coal- 
field, into the midst of the Carboniferous or Mountain-limestone 
district ; and beyond this, a prominent line is formed by the 
bassett of the basaltic rocks, on which the Roman wall is founded. 


270 THE COMMITTEE'S ADDRESS. 


These, and the more local phenomena, were illustrated by maps 
and diagrams ; and the party were shown the washing floors and 
machinery where the ore is cleared from impurities, preparatory 
to being smelted. The botanizing party, in the meantime, were 
not idle, and besides many plants, common to such situations, 
several which are comparatively rare in our district were found. 
The more interesting perhaps were Vaccinium uliginosum, Lis- 
tera cordata, Saxifraga stellaris, and Sedum villosum ; for this 
last the habitat is new. The plants above noticed were princi- 
pally gathered by the Rev. John F. Bigge. In the evening the 
party assembled at the hospitable board of Mr. Sopwith, to whom 
the Club is wholly indebted for this day of high interest and 
social enjoyment. A notice, of the occurrence of a Fossil fish, 
was read, at this meeting, by A. Hancock, Hsq. 

The Fourth Field Meeting was held on the 18th of 
August, at Chevington Wood and the neighbourhood of 
Warkworth, a district interesting for its picturesque beauty and 
its romantic associations, as well as for its numerous and varied 
natural productions. As the best means of carrying out the pur- 
poses of the meeting, the members who had assembled divided 
themselves into parties, each set pursuing more particularly its 
favourite department, not forgetting, however, to bestow due 
attention on an examination of those curious antiquarian re- 
mains which have so long rendered Warkworth a noted place. 
Several interesting plants were observed. Mr. John Storey 
collected, in Chevington Wood, specimens of Callitriche platy- 
carpa, a species which has not hitherto been recorded as occur- 
ing in Northumberland. Mr. Storey likewise noticed Potamo- 
geton perfoliatus, in the Coquet. He also found, in the same 
stream, the Ruppia rostellata of Babington’s Manual. It is, 
perhaps, doubtful whether the plant, to which this name has 
been applied, is more than a variety of Ruppia maritima ; but 
as we are not aware that more than one other Northumberland 
habitat was previously known, it is interesting to note that the 
same species, or form, occurs in each, and therefore that the true 
Ruppia maritima has not yet been met with in the county, al- 
though the present plant is mentioned under that name, in 


THE COMMITTEE'S ADDRESS. 271 


“ Winch’s Flora of Northumberland and Durham.” Mr. Bungey, 
of Durham, met with @nanthe Lachenalit, in a pond near Wark- 
worth, This species was confounded by the late Mr. Winch 
with Gnanthe peucedanifolia. MG. Lachenalit likewise occurs 
in marshes on the Wear, between Hilton and Southwick, in the 
county of Durham, and is the only habitat, for the plant, men- 
tioned in Winch’s work. In other departments of Natural 
History, but little appears to have been done ; the only instance 
worth mentioning, perhaps, is the occurrence of a rare nudi- 
branch Folis despecta, on the tangle, at Coquet Island, where it 
was procured by Mr. Alder. 

The Fifth Meeting of the year was held on the 15th of Sep- 
tember, in the neighbourhood of Embleton, Dunstanborough 
Castle, &c. The party proceeded from Newcastle by an early 
train, to the Christon Bank Station, and thence, walked to the 
village of Embleton, where they breakfasted with Mr. Robert 
Embleton, by whose kindness also they were conducted to the 
localities most worthy of being inspected. This gentleman also 
exhibited to the party, living specimens of Alcyonella stagnorum, 
which were procured from a pond at Howick ; and, afterwards, 
a few of the members visited the locality, and had the satisfac- 
tion of seeing this interesting Zoophyte, in its naturalsite. The 
stern old ruin of Dunstanborough, and the extraordinary 
geological features of its immediate neighbourhood, occupied 
some of the party, whilst others examined the marine Jnverte- 
brata of the locality, and the various other natural productions 
which the neighbourhood affords. Hxamples of a few of the rarer 
species of plants were collected. Among these were Ranuncu- 
lus Lingua, in the fosse of Dunstanborough Castle. Geranium 
sanguineum, on the sea shore :—Potamogeton pusillus var. tenwis- 
simus. Koch, and P. plantagineus. The last named species, 
and the variety of P. pusillws were found by Mr. D. Oliver jun., 
and are new to our local Flora. In reviewing the preceding 
details, it is gratifying to see that the results of the year’s in- 
vestigations have been so considerable, more especially when it is 
remembered that most of the places of meeting had already been 
examined. We may, therefore, look forward with hope to the 


22, THE COMMITTEE'S ADDRESS. 


labours of succeeding years ; for, if so much has been done in 
such localities, what may not be expected from those portions of 
the two counties which have, as yet, been scarcely visited by the 
naturalist ? 


The following gentlemen were elected officers for the ensuing 


year :— 
PRESIDENT. 


Mr. Josuvua ALDER. 


VICE-PRESIDENTS. 


Mr. Ratru Carr. 
D. B. Wuirts, M. D. 
Mr. AuBany Hancock. 


TREASURER. 


Mr. Tuomas Burnet. 


SECRETARIES. 
Mr. Joun THORNHILL. | Mr. Joun Story. 
COMMITTEE. 
Epwarpd Cuaron, M.D. Dennis Emerton, M.D. 
Rev. J. F. Bieen, M.A. Mr. J. H. Fryer. 
Mr. G. C. ATKINSON. Mr. R. Y. Green. 
Mr. Joun Hanoock. Mr. Joun THompson. 
Mr. R. Howse. Mr. Witi1am Ket. 
Mr. T. J. Boro. Mr. D. Outver, Jun. 


MEMBERS ELECTED SINCE THE 30TH MARCH, 1848. 


Andrews, George, Durham. 

Bethune, Rev. Angus, Seaham Harbour. 

Bulman, George, Leazes Terrace, Newcastle. 

Brady, G. 8., Gateshead. 

Embleton, Robert, Hmbleton. 

Gibson, W. Sidney, F. 8. A., F. G.S., George Street, Newcastle. 
Storey, John, Jun., 1, Sé. Mary’s Place, Newcastle. 

Taylor, Arnold, Sunderland. 

Thompson, Edward Pett, Hiswick Villas, Newcastle. 


(273) 


VIL—Evidences of Diluvial Action, at Belsay, dc. By Wm. 
Kennett Lortvs, Esq. 


[Read May 18, 1848.] 


My object in submitting this brief notice to the members of our 
Club, is to draw their particular attention to an interesting phe- 
nomenon, exhibited in a quarry of the Carboniferous Limestone, 
in the grounds of Sir Charles Monck, at Belsay, and at a short 
distance from the new road to Otterburn. 

The quarry is worked for the purpose of procuring the stone 
for burning into lime in the adjoining kilns. On my first visit, 
some years ago, the uppermost bed, which crops out towards the 
north-east, was in working: the dip of the beds, consequently, » 
was in the opposite direction. 

On a subsequent visit, during a geological ramble in company 
with Mr. King, about three years since, I was so fortunate as to 
obtain an opportunity of seeing a surface of the stone exposed 
to view, over anextent of about half an acre, which had pre- 
viously been covered by a quantity of earth and rubbish, and 
which was now removed in order to extend the working of the 
quarry. ‘The strata then appeared to dip at an angle of nearly 
thirty degrees, and on the lowest part of the quarry, a bed of 
detritus rested, upwards of twenty feet in height. 

While collecting specimens of the few Fossils (Hncrinites and 
Trilobites) which the Limestone contains, our attention was soon 
diverted to the extraordinary appearance of the exposed surface. 
In the direction of the dip throughout, it was deeply scored and 
scratched by longitudinal, and nearly parallel, lines, of various 
width—so deeply, in fact, that, on standing at the bottom of the 
quarry, and looking upwards, we could plainly see the surface 
irregularly furrowed, in a transverse direction, which was evi- 
dently occasioned by the depth of the longitudinal grooves or 
scratches, which had acted with more or less force on different 

VOL. I. 00 


274 EVIDENCES OF DILUVIAL ACTION AT BELSAY, Wc. 


portions of the surface. Many of the furrows were six inches 
in depth. 

On looking around in hopes of finding some explanation of the 
cause of this phenomenon, we perceived that the mass of earth and 
rubbish, resting upon the lowest part of the quarry, was filled with 
stones of various sizes—from about a yard in diameter to a few 
inches. Lying upon the surface of the quarry, were several large 
blocks of too great size for the workmen to remove, and which 
were consequently left remaining there to be broken up. The 
whole of these had their edges and angles completely worn down 
and were scatched on all sides and in every direction, and were 
frequently also polished ;—evidently a proof that in causing the 
scratches and grooves on the surface of the quarry, they had 
likewise mutually rubbed and ground each other to the state in 
which we found them. 

As these Boulders are, I believe, all of the same limestone az 
the quarry, and similar beds among the Cheviot Hills, we may 
fairly presume that they have not been transported from any 
considerable distance. 

Along the whole of the road from Newcastle to Ponteland, 
blocks similarly scratched and polished may be seen among the 
heaps of stone, brought from the bed of the river Pont, for the 
purpose of mending the roads. 

At the mouth of the Tyne, several large blocks exhibit mark- 
ings of the same description, which must have been produced by 
the same agency,—whatever that may have been. Several of 
the party here present, may remember Mr. Carr's directing the 
attention of the Club to these blocks, on the occasion of our meet- 
ing at Tynemouth. 

The solution of the causes which have produced effects so 
wonderful and so extensive, 1s a subject of the greatest interest 
to the Geologist, and one which has created considerable discussion. 

That the “ Boulders,” which are found, in England, extending 
from Cumberland, through Yorkshire, to as far south as Hun- 
tingdonshire-—and known by the name of the “ Northern Drift,” 
—were conveyed by some mighty torrent from the North-West 
is generally admitted ;—but whether we can consider the “ Drift” 


NOTICE OF THE OOCURRENGE OF FOSSIL FISH. 275 


of Belsay Quarry, the Pont, and that at the mouth of the Tyne 
as having been transported by the same powerful agent, is a sub- 
ject worthy of investigation. 

In conclusion, I would notice two interesting examples of these 
Northern Boulders :—One is in the immediate neighbourhood of 
the place of meeting of to-day ; on the road to Lanchester, and 
a mile or thereabouts from Whickham, there lies a large block 
of porphyry, which, Mr. Alder, who first observed it, identifies 
with stone of the same description, im situ, in the lake district 
and whence he supposes it to have been transported. 

The enormous block of Granite, lying in the main street of 
Darlington, must have attracted the observation of every one 
passing through that town. From its peculiar composition, it is 
at once recognised as from Shap Fells, in Cumberland. 

I have ventured on intruding this notice on the attention of 
our Club, in the hope that the subject may attract some consi- 
deration, and induce us to fix an early meeting at Belsay, or 
some other locality, where we may attempt to investigate this 
interesting phenomenon, connected with this district. 


WM. KENNETT LOFTUS. 


Stand House, Newcastle, May 18, 1848. 


VIIL—WNotice of the Occurrence of Fossil Fish, in the Rocks, near 
the great Slip-dyke, at Cullercoats Haven. By Aupany Han- 
cock, Esq. 


[Read July 26, 1848.] 


Dounine the last summer, I was so fortunate as to procure a few 
specimens of fossil fish, from a locality where, I believe, they had 
not previously been observed. It is now several years since these 


276, NOTICE OF THE OCCURRENCE OF FOSSIL FISH, &c. 


interesting relics, of a by-gone fauna, were discovered in the quar- 
ries at Whitley ; and it will be remembered that, in 1838, a shaft 
was sunk there, 10 or 20 fathoms deep, to reach the Marl-slate, 
for the purpose of exhibiting its treasures to the members of the 
British Association, then assembled at Newcastle. A few speci- 
mens of fish were, at that time, procured. None, I believe, have 
been obtained since. From the pains taken, at this period, to 
get at the Marl-slate, it would appear that no one suspected that 
it cropped out to the day, a little more than half a mile from 
the spot where the shaft was sunk. Such, however, was the 
case ; and the Geologists who then examined the great slip-dyke, 
in Cullercoats Haven, must have trodden on the bed from which 
the fish, first alluded to, were procured. 

It is evident, on examining, in this locality, this gigantic 
dislocation of the coal measures, that the lower members, of the 
Magnesian-limestone, come into view ; and, as these rest on the 
Marl-slate, it might be expected to occur here. I therefore 
traced the line of the dyke, from the southern extremity of the 
haven, towards the banks, and, about mid-way, between these 
two points, observed that the limestone rested on a dark blue 
shale, and not on the yellow sandstone, which supports it a little 
further to the east. This shale, from its position, there could be 
little doubt, was the Marl-slate; but not being very familiar 
with its appearance, I broke a piece off, for future examination. 
One glance, however, at this fragment, was sufficient to set all 
doubt aside: it bore the impression of a fish. Since that 
time, Mr. Richard Howse and I have examined the locality 
more carefully, and, chiefly by the exertions of this gentleman, 
we have procured upwards of a dozen specimens, some of which 
are in fine order. 

The following species occurred Pygopterus mandibularis, Pa- 
leoniscus longissimus, P. glaphyrus, P. elegans, and P. comtus. 
The last mentioned was the most abundant. 


Newcastle, July, 1848. 


(277) 


IX.—A Century of unrecorded local Coleoptera, with a Descrip- 
tion of a new Colymbetes. By Tuomas Joun Boup. 


[Read at the anniversary meeting of the “‘ Tyneside Naturalists’ Field Club,” 
April 21st, 1849. ] 


1. Dyscuirius mnEvs, Zeigler. Two specimens, Cambois, May. 
—Mr. John Scott. 

2. NotapHus oBLiquus, Sturm. One specimen, found on the bed 
of the lake at Gosforth, in August. 

3. Hyproporus cranuLaris, Linn. Tolerably abundant in pools 
and ditches, Boldon Flats, May and June. 

4. H. gemrnus, Fab. One specimen from a pond at Gosforth, 
August. 

5. CotymBEtEs (AGABUS) DIsPAR, Mihi. 

Zoologist, January, 1849, Supp. xxiv. 

Ovatus, fortiter convexus, postice attenuatus, nigrofusco- 
subeeneus, subtiliter reticulato-strigoso-subpunctatus ; ore, 
labro, frontis thoracique marginibus, maculis duabus ver- 
ticis, palpis, antennis, pedibusque rufo-ferruginers ; ely- 
trorum marginibus basique plerumque, late testaceis. Long. 
Corp. 3-33 lin. | 

Male.—With somewhat of the habit of C. paludosus ; ovate, 
very convex, glossy, nigrofusco-subeneus, finely reticulate—stri- 
gose—subpunctate, more especially on the head and thorax. 
Head scarcely convex, with two deep frontal impressions between 
the antenne, and an obscure transverse vertical depression ; the 
mouth, labrum, head in front, two large spots on the vertex, the 
palpi and the antenne rufo-ferruginous ; the tips of the palpi 
and the apices of the joints of the antenne, those towards the 
base excepted, narrowly dusky. Thorax short, transverse, very 
considerably narrowed anteriorly, posteriorly not much nar- 
rower than the base of the elytra ; widely emarginate in front, 
the anterior angles reaching to the eyes, and closely embracing 


bo 


78 A CENTURY OF UNRECORDED LOCAL COLEOPTERA. 


the head, acute ; the sides oblique and rounded, distinctly mar- 
gined ; the base sinuated ; above convex, with a small fovea 
on the disk, a row of punctures at the apex, and another at 
the base, the former somewhat deep and irregular, the latter 
smaller, interrupted in the middle, crowded towards the pos- 
terior angles in a slight depression sunk on each side, continued 
on the lateral margins, where they become scattered ; the sides 
‘broadly ferruginous. Scutellum black, glossy, very finely stri- 
gose. Hlytra ovate, rather broad, the sides somewhat arcuate 
or rounded, gradually increasing in width to a little behind 
the middle, when they are rather abruptly and very consider- 
ably attenuated, the apex obtuse, slightly rounded ; very convex, 
especially towards the base, and gradually sloping from the 
middle to the apex ; more distinctly punctate towards the base ; 
glossy, nigrofusco-subzeneus ; the shoulders, the outer margins 
of the base, and the lateral margins broadly testaceous ; the 
apex concolorous ; a short row of fine, not very numerous punc- 
‘tures on each side of the suture posteriorly, and four rows of 
more distinct impressions on each elytron, of which the innermost 
is the most regular, the others being much scattered, especially | 
after the middle, and towards the apex. Body beneath, black ; 
abdomen attenuated, with the elytra projecting over it, the 
posterior edges of the segments and the apex, rufo-testaceous. 
Legs rufo-ferruginous ; the femora, more frequently only the 
posterior, slightly clouded with fuscous ; anterior and inter- 
mediate tarsi with the three first joints in each considerably 
dilated ; posterior, with the four basal joints beneath furnished 
with very long ciliz, which are often abraded. 
Female.—Obscure above, especially on the elytra, which resem- 
ble those of C. Sturmii; slightly broader behind, and shorter 
than the male; head, thorax, and scutellum shining ; elytra 
very finely, closely, and uniformly reticulate—strigose, much 
better marked than in the males ; the puncturing more obsolete, 
and the sides more fuscescent ; posterior and intermediate tarsi 
compressed, simple, not dilated ; posterior without long ciliz. 
Closely allied to C. uliginosus, from which the form, sculp- 
ture, and the obscure tint of the female will readily distinguish 


A CENTURY OF UNRECORDED LOCAL COLEOPTERA. 279 


it. It appears to have a still greater affinity with A. Reichei of 

Aubé (Iconog. et Hist. Nat. des Coleop. Europe. tome. V. 138, 

pl. 16, tig. 6), but as he does not mention the dissimilarity of the 

sexes, and as his character represents the sculpture as “ strigoso- 
subpunctatus,” which does not agree with our insect, it being 
distintly recticulate-strigose, I lean to the conclusion that it is 

a species not before described. 

Found in pools and ditches at Boldon Flats, in May and June. 
T have possessed a female of this species for some years, and 
although unable to assign it to any recorded British species, I 
was yet unwilling to describe it, until [ could do so from more 
ample materials, which last season placed at my disposal ; about 
twenty specimens having occurred, forming a series which exhi- 
bits little variation. 
6. CoLyMBETES GUTTIGER, G'yl/. In abundance in a pond at 
Gosforth, during May and June. 
7. Hererocervs mareinatus, Fab. Crawling on mud, Gos- 
forth. May and July. 
8. OctHEzIus BrcoLon, Kirb. Abundant in the same locality” 
as the preceding. 
9. Hyprocuus ELoneatus, Mab. Boldon Flats. May. 

10. Hy. Brevis, Herbst. About twenty specimens, from a pond 
at Gosforth, in May. They frequent the shallow, dirty 
parts of the pond, and are very lethargic in their motions. 

ll. Hy. parumocunatus, V. Sp. Newcastle—WMr. J. Hardy. 

12. Ocypus ruscatus, Grav. Rare. In decayed wood near Ax- 
well Park, and on the sand links near South Shields.— 
Under stones, at Marsden.—/r. J. Hardy. 

13. Oc. ater, Grav. Tasgius confinus Curtis, fol. 438. Rare. 
Beneath stones, on the sand banks near Hartley, in Sep- 
tember, and at the foot of the cliffs at Tynemouth Castle, 
in August. 

14. PutnontHus cHaLceus, Steph. Hartlepool, in April.—dr. 
J. Hardy. 

15. Pu. scuratus, Hrich. Not uncommon throughout the dis- 
trict ; appearing early in February, and continuing 
throughout the season. 


280 
16. 


Meeps 


18. 


19. 


20. 


21. 


22. 


26. 


27. 


28. 


31. 
32. 


A CENTURY OF UNRECORDED LOCAL COLEOPTERA. 


Pu. Fucicona, Leach. Beneath sea-weed, at Marsden, in 
May.—WMr. J. Hardy. 

Pu. Cepuatotss, Grav. In cellars, at Newcastle, and from 
Long Benton. Mr. Hardy met with it on the coast, near 
Hartlepool ; and in Ravensworth woods. 

Pu. Bipunotatus, Panz. A single specimen taken on the 
links at Hartlepool by Mr. Hardy. 

PH. VENTRALIS, Grav. Hot beds, Long Benton.—Hartlepool. 
—Mr. J. Hardy. 

PH. sPLENDIDULUS, Grav. Rare. Three specimens, taken at 
Long Benton. 

QuEDIUs RuFIcoLLIs, Kirby.—Raphirus ruficollis, Steph. 
Illust., Mand. V. 244.—Manual, No. 3125. Very rare. 
Long Benton. A specimen has also been taken by Mr. 
A. Hancock. 

Q. pettatus, Hrich.—Raphirus attenuatus, Steph. Illust., 
Mand. V. 242. Rare. In woods near Ravensworth and 
Swalwell— Mr. J. Hardy. 


. Q. semrosscurus, Marsh. By the marshy margins of rivu- 


lets and ditches. 


. Q. MAvRoRuFUs, Grav. In woods, but rare. 
. Q. prorpennis, Steph. Rare. Long Benton.—Mr. J. Hardy 


has specimens from Ravensworth, and Gateshead Fell. 

Q. atrenuAtus, G'yll.—Raphirus nitipennis, Leach, Steph. 
Iilust., Mand. V. 242. Ravensworth, Dunstan, and 
Gateshead Fell-—WU/r. J. Hardy. 

Q. FuscrrEs, Kirby.—Raphirus fuscipes, Steph. [llust., Mand. 
V. 243. One specimen taken at Long Benton in April. 

XANTHOLINUS FULGIDUS, Mab. Very rare. One specimen 
from Long Benton, and another, taken on the banks of 
the Tyne, in May. 


. X. tricotor, Mab. Long Benton. Mr. Hardy also found 


specimens near Marsden. 


. Lepracinus parumpunotatus, Gyll. Long Benton. 


L. Batycurus, Knoch. Common in hot beds. 
L. LINEARIS, Grav. 


33. 


34, 


30. 


36. 


37. 
38. 


39. 
40. 
41. 
42. 
43. 


44, 


45, 
46. 


47. 


48. 


49. 


50. 


A CENTURY OF UNRECORDED LOCAL COLEOPTERA. 281 


LATHROBIUM QUADRATUM, Payk. Rare. Jong Benton. Mr. 
W. Peacock met with it near Sunderland. 

LirmocHaRis ocuracea, Gyll—Sunius ochraceus, Steph. 
Iilust., Mand. V. 275. Hot beds, Long Benton ; fre- 
quenting boards laid on the dung, and hiding in crevices, 
and in holes made by Anobium striatum. According to 
Krichson it is found in Europe, America, and Brazil. 

Stinicus ruripss, Willer. Rare. South Shields, and on the 

- banks of the Derwent, near Axwell, in May.—ir. J. 
Hardy. 

S. arrinis, Hrich. South Shields, Marsden, and near Ax- 
well, in April, and May.—/r. J. Hardy. 

S. orsicuLatus, Payk. Not uncommon. 

DIANOUS C@RULESCENS, Gyll. Rare. One specimen found 
in the Ouse Burn Dene, in April. 

STENUS BUPTHALMUS, Grav. In marshy places. Gosforth. 
—Ravensworth, and Gibside—Mr. J. Hardy. 

S. meLANopus, Marsh. Ravensworth.—WMr. J. Hardy. At 
Gosforth, on the bottom of the lake, where the water was 
dried up. 

S. pusttius, Kirby. In moss, not uncommon. 

S. nanus, Steph. 

S. nraritutus, Gyll. Rare. Long Benton. 

S. Binotatus, Liungh. Borders of ponds. Gosforth, Long 
Benton, Boldon Flats. May and June. 

S. pussscens, Kirby. On pond plants. Gosforth. 

S. patiirarsis, Kirby. Onespecimen. Ravensworth.—J/r. 
J. Hardy. 

8. nitipus, Kirby. Gosforth and Long Benton.—Ravens- 
worth woods.—Mr. J. Hardy. 

S. prcrprs, Kirby. Gosforth, Long Benton, &c.—Ravens- 
worth— Mr. J. Hardy. 

S. niripruscuLus, Kirby. Gosforth and Long Benton.—Ra- 
vensworth, and South Shields.—M/7. J. Hardy.—Ryhope 
Dene.—Mr. W. Peacock. 

S. PROBOSCIDEUS, Gyll.—Long Benton, Gosforth, and Boldon 


VOL. I. Pp 


A CENTURY OF UNRECORDED LOCAL COLEOPTERA. 


Flats, Gibside, Ravensworth, and Marsden.—l/r. J. 
Hardy. 


. S. PALLIPES, Grav. Rare. Gibside, and Ravensworth. 


S. FLAvipgs, Kirby. Rare. Long Benton, and Boldon Flats. 
—Gibside, and Ravensworth. Wr, J. Hardy. 


. Bueprus opacus, Block. Rare. Two specimens taken near 


Axwell.— Wr. J. Hardy. 


. B. susterraneus, Jerkel. On the banks of the Derwent, 


above Winlaton Mill.—M>. J. Hardy. 


. TRoGopHLaus BILINEATUS, Kirby. Long Benton.—Ravens- 


worth — Wr. J. Hardy. 


. T. pustiuus, Grav. Long Benton. 
. CopRoPHILUS sTRIATULUS, Mab. Coast near Hartlepool. 


Mr. J. Hardy.—Sunderland.— Ur. Wm. Peacock. 


. Syntomium £NEUM, J/wller.—Syntomium nigroxeneum, Cwr- 


tis, pl. 228. Gosforth, Long Benton, and Gibside.—Ra- 
vensworth.— MU. J. Hardy. 


. Puimocuaris suprinisstmaA, J/annerh. Ravensworth, and 


Gibside.—Ur. J. Hardy. 
GropRomus pLAGIATus, /ab.—Lesteva plagiata, Steph. Gib- 
side, very rare—WMr. J. Hardy. 


. ARPEDIUM suBPUBESCENS, Kirby, Long Benton.—Near Win- 


laton Mill.—W/r. J. Hardy. 


. OmALium conrormatum, Hardy, MSS. Ravensworth, and 


South Shields—Mr. J. Hardy. 


. Microprrtus stapyyitnoipes, Marsh. Long Benton.— 


Marsden.—I/r. J. Hardy. 


. BoLerosius ForMosus, Grav. Fugar Bar—Mr J. Hardy. 


B. castanevus, Steph. Long Benton. 


. Mytuzna eractuis, Heer. Ravensworth—WUr J Hardy. 


Puytosus sprnirer, Awdd. Hartley—South Shields, and 
Marsden.—MUr. J. Hardy. 


. Tacuyusa FLAvITARSIS, Sahlb.—Aleochara ruficrus, Kirby ? 


A single specimen, taken near Long Benton, in March. 
T. carponarta, Mannerh. Rare. On the muddy bed of 
Gosforth Lake. 


40. 
V1. 
72. 


73. 


74, 


87. 


On visiting the Gosforth woods, in May, I was led to examine 


A CENTURY OF UNRECORDED LOCAL COLEOPTERA. 283 


Fanagria opscura, Grav. Hot beds, Long Benton, but rare. 

AUTALIA RIVULARIS, Grav. Gosforth, in May. 

AspPIDIPHORUS oRBICULATUS, Gyll. Near Axwell Park.—/r. 
J. Hardy. 

Hister puopectustriatus, Schrank. On hot-beds, and in 
vegetable refuse. Long Benton.—Tyneside-——Mr J. 
Hardy. 

H. necnecrus, Zenker. One specimen. South Shields.— 
Mr. J. Hardy. 


. Saprinus rotunpatus, J//. Very rare. Roker.—Mr. W. 


Peacock, 


. Asrzus cLoposus, nt. Heft. Hot-beds at Long Benton. 
. ApHopius Lapponuma, GyllApuopius suBALPInus, Har. 


dy, Ann., and Mag. Nat. Hist. xix.,380. Rare.  Prest- 
wick Carr.—lMr. J. Hardy. 


. A. MELANoPUs, Kirby. Same locality as the preceding. 
. Psammopius Sapueti, Payk. Banks of the Derwent, very 


rare—Mr. T. Pigg. 


. Cis restivus, Panz. A single specimen from Ravensworth. 


Mr. J. Hardy. 


. C. Brpentatus, Marsh. Ouse Burn Dene.—Mr. J. Hardy 


finds it at Gibside, and Ravensworth in Polyphorus versi- 
color. 


. SALPINGUS VIRIDIPENNIS, Zeigl. Rare. Ravensworth, and 


near Swalwell—r. J. Hardy.—I have also taken it at 
Tong Benton. 


. SPHAERIESTES IMMACULATUS, Steph. Rare. Greencroft, and 


Gosforth. September. 


. ORcHESIA mINoR, Walk. Rare. On the flowers of the Haw- 


thorn, and Guelder rose—Mr. J. Hardy. 


. Puatypema myua, Payk. Ryhope Dene-—WMr. W. Peacock. 
. CNEORHINUS EXARATUS, Maz'sh.—Philopedon exaratus, Steph. 


Manual. In meadows, near Axwell Park, and at Els- 
wick, in June. 
PissopEs Pini, Linn. 


some recently-felled Scotch firs, and was much pleased on find- 
ing specimens of this beautiful and rare insect. They were 


284 A CENTURY OF UNRECORDED LOCAL COLEOPTERA. 


living in apparent harmony with great numbers of Hylobius 
Abietis, and, like them, were feeding on the soft juicy bark 
of the young trees and branches. JI found them, in almost 
every case, on the underside of the trees or branches, and they 
appeared to prefer those lying amongst grass in damp places. 

The sexes are similar in appearance, excepting that the male 
has the rostrum shorter and stouter, and, with the thorax, more 
roughly punctured than in the female. The male is also generally 
smaller than the other sex, but both vary much in size, some 
specimens being as large again as others. Recently developed 
individuals are pale coloured; one that I dug out of a stump 
of Scotch fir, on the 22d of July, was softer, of a paler ferru- 
ginous, and had the scaly bands and spots much darker coloured 
than the generality of specimens. 

As above mentioned, I found them first in May, but by no 
means common ; they were most abundant in the beginning of 
June ; in July they were scarce ; and by the middle of August, 
became so rare, that I relinquished searching for them. 

Specimens have also been found at Dinsdale, by Mr. W. Pea- 
cock ; at Gibside, by Mr. T. Pigg ; and recently I had a pair 
brought me, which were found on Sunderland Pier. 

88. Doryromus agnaruos, Dahl. On willows, near Axwell 
Park. June—August. 

89. AnrHonomus Pomorum, Linn. Rare. Long Benton. 

90. Pacuyruinus cananicunatus, Marsh. Prestwick Carr. July. 

91. P. Comanri, Herbst. Prestwick Carr. July. 

92. P. 4-rupercunatus, Fab. Gosforth, Long Benton, and 
Tynemouth. 

93. Nepyus pyrruoruyneuus, Marsh. Near Axwell Park. 

94. N. Boractyis, Pk. Rare. Long Benton, in May. 

95. GyMNEZTRON NigRuM. Shotley Bridge. 

96. TryPODENDRON DomEsticum, Linn. Near Axwell, in March. 
—Mr. J. Hardy. | 

97. Tomicus Brpens, Fab. ? Gosforth, and Gibside. Found in 
the bark of felled Scotch fir, and, more rarely, in that of 
the Larch. 

I insert this species with doubt, the male having, at least, 


ON EXTENSIVE FISSURES, Wc. 285 


eight teeth on the retuse part of the elytra; two, small and 

acute, on the upper part; then, two large decurved ones, be- 

tween which and the apex are four very obscure denticulations. 

98. Macrocnema marcipa, J//. Sea-coast. In abundance on 
Cakile maritima. 

99. M. arrrnis. Boldon Flats. On the Bitter-sweet (Sola- 
num Dulcamara ). 

100. CoccrnetnA M-nierum, Fab. Rare. Sea-coast, near 
Whitley. 


X.—On extensive Fissures observed in the Stems of two living and 
healthy Trees of the Spruce Fir. By Raueu Carr, Esq.* 


[Read May 18, 1848.] 


Tux latter part of summer, and the beginning of autumn in 
1847, were remarkable, it will be recollected, for a long-pro- 
tracted drought. In the last week of September, I happened to 
be engaged in marking for the axe, a number of trees that were 
to be taken out of a plantation at Hedgeley, which, being then 
of the age of 19 years, required to be thinned for the third time. 
It formed a compact mass, occupying about eleven acres, upon a 
light surface-soil, under which lies, in many places, a substratum 
of clay, not unfavourable to the growth of oak. The species 
which I had planted were chiefly the last-named tree, to come 
forward as a permanent crop, accompanied by some Sycamore, 
and a liberal sprinkling of Birch. The nurses were Larch and 
Spruce Fir. The Larch had already begun to show symptoms 
of heart-rot, a disease to which that species is more peculiarly 
liable on land that has been recently under the plough, as had 
been the case with more than half of the surface in this instance, 


* Mr. Carr’s paper was not received in time for insertion in its proper place. 


286 ON EXTENSIVE FISSURES OBSERVED 


The Spruces, in most parts, had grown better than could have 
been expected on such light land, and were evidently more to be 
relied on than the Larches, although upon land of this descrip- 
tion not many of them could be expected to live to the age of 
full maturity, since the species requires either a strong soil, or 
otherwise a very regular and equable supply of moisture in the 
ground on which it stands. Under such circumstances, my ob- 
ject whilst thinning the plantation, was, first, to open out the 
Oaks, and next to give a preference and free space to the Spruces, 
in order that they should continue healthy as long possible, and 
especially that the vitality of their lower branches, so essential 
to the vigour and beauty of this tree, should not be destroyed, 
by exclusion from the air, the light, and the dew. It was neces- 
sary, therefore, to examine a vast number of Spruces indivi- 
dually and closely, to determine whether each was worthy of 
having some neighbouring Larch condemned to fall, in order to 
afford it room. 

After having gone over good part of the ground in this man- 
ner, I was much surprised to discover two Spruces (the Huropean 
Abies excelsa,) most singularly rent, almost from end to end of 
their stems, by a series of wide and extensive fissures, just as we 
see in the case of Larches that have been felled, peeled, and left 
exposed to the sun. The diameter of these two trees, at the 
lower end, was greater than that of a man’s thigh, yet the open- 
ings seemed to penetrate nearly to the centre of the wood. 
Strange to say, vegetation was in full vigour, there was not the 
slightest symptom of injury from lightning ; not a single spine- 
let of foliage was scorched, not a splinter along the course of the 
cracks was ruffled or displaced. Frost, in the preceding winter, 
could not have been the agency, for the fissures were as fresh as 
if I had opened them that very hour by means of a wedge ; nay, 
they were probably even then extending themselves. To attri- 
bute the effect to wind was impossible. In the first place, there 
had been no violent gales for a long time ; then, the Spruce Fir 
is a plant so accurately balanced by its form, that it can never 
suffer from the screwing motion which sometimes gives rise to 


the rending of the Ash, or Wych Elm during gales. Above 


IN TWO HEALTHY TREES. 287 


all, the plants in question stood near the centre of the planta- 
tion, exceedingly well sheltered. Could the long drought have 
been the cause of an appearance, which, so far as my experience 
has gone, must be rare in our climate? This seemed more pro- 
bable. 

Yet even against this solution of the difficulty there were 
some considerations not to be neglected. First, the spot, where 
these two Spruces and many others grew, was one of the best in 
respect of soil, within the limits of the plantation, and it was na- 
turally always rather moist, though not with stagnant water. 
The soil is of considerable depth, black, and of the nature of 
ancient peat or forest-soil, and, not having been under the 
plough, was always covered with a fresh green herbage. It was 
the most unlikely spot of all to be deprived entirely of moisture 
by the long drought, though doubtless it had reached a very un- 
usual degree of dryness. Again, I happened to remember that 
in the preceding month of May, I had cut out a number of 
Larches, and several Spruces also, from a distant part of the 
same plantation ; that the Larches were immediately peeled and 
left lying in the shade, whilst the Spruces had been carried out, 
in their bark, and laid together on the south side of the wood- 
land, so that they must have been exposed all summer to the 
sun. I was very curious to see whether these poles of Spruce 
had been cracked or “galed” by the heat and exposure. On 
going to the spot I found them lying as I expected, but without 
a single fissure. The Larches, though lying well shaded, were a 
good deal rent. 

I may now add, two years subsequently, that the health and 
vigour of the two Spruces in question has continued without 
any check. They are thriving as well as any of their neigh- 
bours. The fissures are superficially almost all closed. The 
lower branches, as well as those higher up, continue alive and 
healthy, and still clothe and protect the stems from excessive 
evaporation, as they did at the time of the injury. 

On the whole, it seems to me difficult to infer that drought 
could be the primary, or, at least, the only cause, of this occur- 
rence, to two trees only out of so many, and those but little ex- 


288 ACCOUNT OF A RIBBON FISH 


posed to the sun or to the air. So little is known of the action of 
electric and magnetic streams, in connection with the phenome- 
na of vegetation, that to refer what we cannot otherwise explain 
to their agency, with any degree of positiveness, would be ab- 
surd. Yet I think it more than probable that the ordinary 
course of the sap must have suffered some temporary and partial 
interruption or derangement, from some powerful, though ob- 
scure, cause, before such an unequal contraction of the woody 
tissue could occur, as to rend its whole substance so extensively. 
I hope, on some future occasion, to exhibit before our Club, cross 
sections from the stem of one of the trees, which I intend to fell, 
to obtain them, whilst its fellow shall live on. 

It is probable that in the spruce forests of Switzerland and 
Scandinavia, where the summers are both hotter than ours, and 
electricity often more active, such instances of living trees open- 
ing in fissures, may be well known. They may indeed be fami- 
liar to the owners of large resinous woodlands in our own country. 
Ifso, perhaps we shall receive authentic information on a subject 


of considerable interest. 


Oct. 5) 1849. 


XI.—Account of a Ribbon Fish (Gymnetrus) taken off the Coast 
of Northumberland. By Ausany Hancoox and Dennis Emu- 
BLETON, M. D., Lecturer on Anatomy and Physiology, in the 
Medical School of Newcastle upon Tyne.* 


[Read at the Anniversary Meeting, April 21, 1849.] 


Qn the 26th of March, 1849, a fine specimen of a species of 
Gymnetrus, or Ribbon Fish, was captured by Bartholomew Tay- 


* By the kindness of R. Taylor, Esq., F'. L. S., the Club has been supplied 
with copies of the plates which illustrated this paper in the Annals and Maga- 
zine of Natural History for July, 1849. 


TAKEN OFF THE COAST OF NORTHUMBERLAND. 289 


lor and his two sons, the crew of a fishing coble belonging to 
Cullercoats. It was found at about six miles from shore, and in 
from twenty to thirty fathoms water. The men having started 
from their fishing ground to return homewards, observed at a 
little distance what appeared to be broken water ; the old man 
being struck with such a novelty directed his lads to pull 
towards it ; on nearing the spot they perceived a large fish lying 
on its side on the top of the water. The fish as they approached 
it righted itself, and came with a gentle lateral undulating mo- 
tion towards them, showing its crest and a small portion of the 
head occasionally above water ; when it came alongside, one of 
them struck it with his picket—a hook attached to the end of a 
small stick, and used in landing their fish ; on this it made off 
with a vigorous and vertical undulating motion, and disappeared, 
Taylor says, as quick as lightning under the surface. In ashort 
time it re-appeared at a little distance, and pulling up to it they 
found it again lying on its side ; they plied the picket a second 
time, and struck it a little behind the head ; the picket again 
tore through the tender flesh by a violent effort of the fish, 
which escaped once more, but with diminished vigour ; on the 
boat coming a third time alongside, the two young men putting 
their arms round the fish, lifted it into the boat. Signs of life 
remained for some time after the fish was captured, but no doubt 
it was in a dying or very sickly state when first discovered by 
the Taylors. 

It was exhibited the same day at Tynemouth, North and 
South Shields, and brought to Newcastle next morning. In the 
afternoon we first saw it; we found it much injured by the 
strokes of the hook and by rough handling during its removals 
and the examinations it had undergone. The fins were a good 
deal torn, but the fish was evidently quite fresh. 

Its colour was a uniform silvery gray all over, resembling 
bright tin-foil or white Dutch metal, except afew irregular dark 
spots and streaks towards the anterior part of the body. On 
closer inspection the remains of a bright iridescence was seen 
about the pectoral fin and head, the blue tint predominating. 

External description.—The fish presents somewhat the form 

VoL. I. Qq 


290 ACCOUNT OF A RIBBON FISH 


of a double-edged sword blade, being excessively compressed ; 
its greatest thickness is decidedly nearer the ventral than the 
dorsal border ; from the thickest part it slopes gradually to each 
border, the dorsal being the sharper. The length of the fish is 
12 ft. 3 in., the mouth not being projected forward ; immediately 
behind the gills it measures 83 in. in depth ; from this point it 
gradually enlarges to a distance of upwards of two feet further 
back, where it attains its greatest depth of 111 in. ; this dimen- 
sion remains much the same for 13 ft. beyond ; it then gradually 
but perceptibly diminishes to the end of the dorsal fin, where 
the depth is 3 in. 

The thickness through the head at the gill-covers is 2 in., at 
the part of greatest depth 22 in. ; Plate I. fig. 2 shows a section 
at this part. Opposite the anus somewhat less ; it then gradually 
diminishes to the end of the dorsal fin, where it is upwards of 
three-eighths of an inch, fig. 3. 

The fishermen state that when this fish was first taken it was 
all over of a brilliant silvery iridescent hue, resembling in inten- 
sity that of the fresh herring, which soon faded, and shortly after 
we saw it, all traces of the iridescence except those already men- 
tioned had disappeared. The skin is covered over with a silvery 
matter in which no scales are visible to the naked eye, but 
which is most readily detached from the skin and adheres to 
anything it comes in contact with. Submitted to the microscope 
it is found to consist partly of minute convex scale-like bodies of 
elongated pyramidal outline with the base rounded, Pl. I., fig. 4, 
which are formed of fine clear crystalline-looking filaments, ar« 
ranged side by side, and radiating from the apex to the base of 
the scale; these filaments grow much finer towards the base, 
where a number of minute granules are also observed. The 
scales remind one of some of those seen on the wings of moths. 
The bulk of the silvery matter of the skin, however, is made up 
of a soft matter finely granular, and presenting numerous trans- 
parent fragments of what have the aspect of acicular crystalline 
bodies. We have not been able to detect the mode of arrange- 
ment of the scale-like bodies on the skin. Round the posterior 
margin of the preoperculum is a broadish dusky mark on the 


TAKEN OFF THE COAST OF NORTHUMBERLAND. 291 


skin, and near the top of the head above the eye a crescentic 
mark of a dark iridescent blue colour ; besides these there are 
on the side of the body several narrow, dusky black, slightly 
waved lines considerably apart from each other and obliquely 
inclined from before backwards ; of these eight or nine are above 
the lateral line and of unequal length ; below the same line they 
are more numerous, diminishing in size on the whole till they 
end in mere spots at some distance behind the anus. The lower 
series seems to correspond in some measure with the upper. In- 
terspersed among the lines are a few irregular spots of the same 
hue towards the head. The dorsal and ventral ridges are also 
dusky. The lateral line was at first smooth and very distinct, 
but after the fish had been a few days in Goadby’s fluid, elon- 
gated flat scales became apparent on the line ; it can be traced 
from the back part of the head above and behind the eye, sweep- 
ing down gradually to within 34 in. of the ventral margin at 
18in. from the snout ; at the anus it is 2 in. from the margin ; it 
thence runs backwards, still approaching the margin, to the 
caudal extremity. 

Four longitudinal flattened ridges, each rather more than | 
in. broad, extend from the head to the tail immediately above 
the lateral line, which cuts them off very obliquely in front ; 
the uppermost, which is the longest, running forwards almost to 
the eye. 

The surface of the skin of the body is studded with very nu- 
merous distinct and separate tubercles of bone ; the smallest and 
most depressed lie between the ridges and towards the ventral 
and dorsal margins, the largest, and most elevated upon the 
ridges, some of these last being =; in. in diameter. On the ven- 
tral ridge are numerous, irregular, and prominent tubercles 
slightly hooked backwards. The tubercles present no regular 
arrangement, they are imbedded in the skin, and it is difficult to 
say whether or not they had been covered by the silvery matter 
of the skin ; when we examined them, their apices were uncover- 
ed by it. Some were observed to have a perforation at the apex 
which was occupied by a soft papilla. The tubercles are replaced 


292 ACCOUNT OF A RIBBON FISH 


in the neighbourhood of the head by irregular depressed indu- 
rations of the skin. 

The head is small and short, measuring 9 in. from the snout 
to the posterior margin of the gill-cover ; the outline of the 
lower jaw is a wide arch convex below, and stretching forwards 
and upwards to the mouth, which is placed in an elevated posi- 
tion and opens upwards and forwards ; the mouth is small, near- 
ly circular, and capable of being projected 2 or 3 in. forwards 
when the lower jaw is depressed. The profile of the head from 
the anterior end of the crest is at first suddenly concave, the con- 
cavity facing forwards and upwards, and just behind the anterior 
end of the curve exists the nasal chamber which is small, and 
owing to the damaged state of the fish we could only find one 
small aperture, which was longer than it was broad. Beyond 
this concavity the premaxillary bones project nearly horizontally 
to the mouth. The eye is 13 in. in diameter, the iris of a beau- 
ful silvery white, and rather broader than the diameter of the 
pupil. The eye is situated 24 in. below the base of the crest and 
13 in. behind the frontal concave profile. There is a narrow im- 
perfect circle of a dusky colour round the contour of the eyeball. 
The eye is very flat. The tongue is rather prominent, but small, 
smooth and fixed. There are no teeth. The interior of the 
mouth is black. 

The gill-covers are large in proportion to the size of the head, 
prolonged backwards, their posterior angles considerably ele- 
vated. The preoperculum has somewhat of a crescentic form, 
the lower border convex ; the anterior horn is narrow and pro- 
longed to its articulation with the lower maxilla, the posterior 
border has an obtuse angle pointing backwards. This border 
corresponds to, and may rest upon, the edge of the concavity 
formed by the operculum above and the interoperculum below. 
The operculum is on the whole broad and irregularly quadrate, 
with the upper anterior angle prolonged forwards and upwards ; 
the upper margin is smooth and slightly concave nearly as far as 
the angle, it then curves suddenly downwards a little to the 
angle which is rather obtuse. Below this is the posterior border, 


TAKEN OFF THE COAST OF NORTHUMBERLAND. 293. 


which is somewhat sinuous and rather oblique from above down- 
wards and forwards. 

The inferior border is nearly straight, and directed upwards 
and forwards corresponding with the interoperculum. 

The remaining bone, which we take for the interoperculum, is 
narrow and thin, prolonged almost to a point under the jaw and 
widening gradually to its posterior end, which is rounded and 
projects backwards beyond the preoperculum. Its lower border 
is convex and lies almost horizontally. 

These are the only pieces observed as entering into the forma- 
tion of the gill-covers. The above bones are exceedingly deli- 
cate and fragile, and present the radiating lines of development 
with great prominence; the silvery skin covering them is re- 
markable for its delicacy. 

The branchiostegal rays are seven in number; the uppermost 
a broadish plate marked by radiating lines, the rest diminishing 
successively in size, having the ordinary characters of such rays. 

The four branchial arches diminish in size backwards, and the 
pharyngeal is less than the fourth branchial arch. The rays of 
the convexities of the branchial arches are very numerous; the 
concavities of these arches are beset with prominent blunt-pointed 
tubercles which are studded with a number of short sete or 
bristles, sharp-pointed but rather soft, which project inwardg 
towards the pharyngeal cavity. The first branchial arch has in 
addition a row of short pale-coloured rays or plates, the inner 
edges of which are also furnished with sete which project like- 
wise inwards. On the roof of the pharynx are two or three pairs 
of short laminz (pharyngo-branchial) furnished with similarsete, 
pointed backwards and downwards in the direction of the en- 
trance to the esophagus. 

The dorsal fin extends from immediately behind the upper and 
posterior end of the curved frontal profile to within 3 inches of 
the tail of the fish. The anterior part of the fin, more promi- 
nent than the rest, is composed of twelve rays, which were stated 
by the captors to have been 12 or 14 inches in length when the 
fish was taken, and to be each furnished with a membranous ex- 


294 ACCOUNT OF A RIBBON FISH 


pansion on its posterior edge, increasing in width upwards some- 
thing like a peacock’s feather. 

The first ray is a pretty strong spine arising just within the 
frontal curve, the three next are very slender, and much closer 
together than the rest, and when we first saw the fish, united for 
4 or 5 inches (their length at that time) by a membrane; the 
next is as slender as the preceding, but rather farther 
apart; the three or four after this are nearly as strong as the 
first, the rest diminish in strength and length, and become uni- 
form with the rays of the dorsal fin. 

It is difficult for us to say whether the twelve front rays con- 
stituted a detached crest or formed merely the anterior continu- 
ation of the dorsal fin, though after careful and repeated exami- ~ 
nations we found shreds of membrane in each interval between 
them, and their bases also were connected with a continuous 
membrane. In the interval between the twelfth and thirteenth 
rays the remains of a membrane were found connecting the base 
of these rays, and their shafts were ragged and woolly looking, 
as if a membrane had been torn off from them. We are, there- 
fore, inclined to conclude that the crest was really a continuation 
of the dorsal fin and not a separate structure, though it is pro- 
bable enough that the ends of its rays may have been for some 
distance free and even furnished with a membrane on their pos- 
terior margin widening to the top, giving them the appear- 
ance of peacocks’ feathers as asserted by the fishermen. This 
probability is heightened by the fact of the head of the Gymne- 
trus from the Cornish coast being provided with two long rays 
having broad membranous expansions at their ends, which would 
justify a casual observer in comparing them in form to the above 
feathers. It is not unlikely besides that the second, third, fourth, 
and fifth rays, on account of their resemblance in delicacy to the 
ordinary fin-rays, may have terminated differently from the rest. 
The rays having been broken, we cannot say of ourselves whether 
they were uniform in size or not; but from what we have learnt 
by questioning those who saw the fish, we conclude that the 
middle rays were the longest, those in front and behind them 


TAKEN OFF THE COAST OF NORTHUMBERLAND. 295 


gradually decreasing in length. The rays of the crest are more 
closely set generally than those of the rest of the dorsal fin, which 
stand about half an inch apart. Exclusive of the crest there are 
268 rays in the dorsal fin, They terminate in fine points that 
project a little beyond the margin of the very delicate connecting 
membrane. This membrane was colourless according to the 
fishermen, but was bordered by a pale red when we observed it. 
The rays of the back are highest about the middle of the fish, 
where they measure upwards of 34 inches, and at the termination 
of the fin are about one inch in height. 

From the end of the fin the dorsal margin slopes rather rapidly 

downwards to within about an inch of the ventral margin, and 
is then prolonged to a rounded point at the caudal extremity. 
There is no caudal fin. The skin at this part, it is true, was 
broken, but on pressing together the broken edges they seemed 
to leave no hiatus. The fishermen persisted that the part was at 
first entire, and that there was no appendage whatever. Ata 
distance from this point of about two inches along the ventral 
margin there exists a shallow notch. Both the margins of the 
fish at this part are very thin. On carefully inspecting the sur- 
face of the body, something like a series of transverse marks cor- 
responding with the bodies of the vertebra can be discerned, and 
the number of these has from this appearance been roughly esti- 
mated at about 110. 

The pectoral fins are placed close behind the gill-covers, and 
much nearer to the ventral margin than to the lateral line, which 
is at least half an inch above the points of the rays of the fins; 
these fins are colourless, delicate, subtriangular, and the longest 
rays measure two inches. They are eleven in number, and a 
good deal arched. 

The ventral fins are represented by a pair of very strong and 
straight spines, stated by the fishermen to have been 7 or 8 inches 
long and as if broken at the end, and furnished along the pos- 
terior edge with a delicate membrane about half an inch broad. 
When we saw them they were about 4 in. long, and the mem- 
brane was distinctly visible at their bases. These spines, which 
at their root measure about din. in diameter, project from each 


296 ACCOUNT OF A RIBBON FISH 


side of the ventral ridge immediately behind the pectoral fins, 
are inclined backwards, and capable of a limited lateral and back- 
ward motion. We are assured by a gentleman who witnessed 
the landing of the fish, that these spines were bright crimson 
and resembling the feelers of a boiled lobster ; hence we conclude 
that they must have been originally flexible towards the end, 
and much longer than 7 or 8 in. as stated by the fishermen .The 
same gentleman says that the rays of the dorsal crest were sim- 
ple and unbordered by a membrane. 

The whole fish is remarkably delicate and tender, and easily 
broken when bent laterally, as shown by the injuries it has sus- 
tained by being lifted in and out of the boat, dc. ; the flesh is 
white and fine. 

Internal examination.—On opening the fish, the abdominal 
cavity, Pl. II. fig. 2, is found to be small, and the eye is at once 
arrested by the bright pale orange vermilion colour of the liver, 
the rest of the viscera presenting no peculiarity of tint. 

The cesophagus, Pl. IT. figs. 2 & 3a, at first slightly funnel- 
shaped, soon assumes a diameter of one inch, and then forms a 
gradually increasing tube as far as the coming off of the duode- 
num 233 in. below the orifice, where it measures 24 in. in diameter. 

Nothing like any cardia or line of demarcation between the 
cesophagus and stomach exists in this tract. The duodenum 
comes off abruptly as a short tube Id in. in diameter, inclining 
forwards from the under surface of the stomach. The stomach, 
fig. 3 6, is continued on beyond the duodenum as a straight 
tube, gradually diminishing in diameter towards the posterior 
end of the fish, measuring an inch across opposite the anus. At 
this point it has the rectum or intestine lying below it, the ovaria 
and ureter above, the oviduct and ureter running down to the 
anus on its right side. 

It is slightly contracted opposite to the anus, and a little be- 
yond this enters a canal among the muscles, a continuation of 
the abdominal cavity, situated at about 1Jin. from the ventral 
margin and with tendinous walls, to which it is pretty firmly 
adherent throughout. It is enlarged slightly after entering the 
canal, and then diminishes gradually from the diameter of rather 


TAKEN OFF THE COAST OF NORTHUMBERLAND. 297 


more than an inch to the size of a crowquill. It can be traced 
backwards to within Ift. 8in. of the caudal end of the fish, 
gradually approaching the ventral border, and terminating in a 
blunt blind extremity, Pl. II. figs. 2 & 3c. Thecanal, in which 
the cecal prolongation is lodged, is prolonged for an inch or two 
beyond the end of this latter, and contains several small blood- 
vessels, and the cellular coating of the cecum arranged in cords, 
the vessels being gradually lost by passing backwards and out- 
wards into the surrounding muscular tissue, the cellular cords 
being attached to the sides of the termination of the canal. 

The anterior main part of the stomach, when laid open, was 
quite empty, the inner surface of the cesophagus and stomach as 
far as two inches below the pylorus perfectly uniform and smooth ; 
from the point here indicated, the upper wall of the stomach 
presents the gradual beginnings of a few longitudinal plice, on 
tracing which backwards they are found to increase in number 
until, at five inches in front of the anus, the whole inner surface 
of the tube is provided with them. They are continued on in 
the stomachic cecum to within two or three inches of its termi- 
nation. At about halfway along this cecum was found a small 
quantity of the spawn of some fish partially digested, several of 
the ova being still entire ; a little way in front of these was an 
angular bit of cinder. 

The pylorus, fig. 3d, coming off as above mentioned from the 
most enlarged part of the stomach, extends for only 1}in., when 
it becomes suddenly constricted, and presents internally the usual 
circular valve. 

The duodenum, figs. 2 & 3 e¢, beyond, is a cylinder of about 
lin. in diameter and 1ft. in length, perforated all round by very 
numerous circular openings, the orifices of the pancreatic ceca, 
which measure about 3 inch in diameter and 1 inch in length, 
and completely mask the whole duodenum. This part of the 
tube extends forwards, lying parallel to and beneath the stomach, 
and overlapped by the posterior lobes of the liver for about 
4in., and then, emerging as it were from the pancreatic caeca, is 
continuous with the remainder of the intestine, figs. 2 &3/f f, 
which then is suddenly bent backwards and runs along the 

VOL. I. RT 


298 ACCOUNT OF A RIBBON FISH. 


lower border of the pancreas obscured by the ceca of the right 
side ; and then keeping along the floor of the abdominal cavity, 
it passes on as a straight tube to the anus, figs. 2 & 3g, at the 
front of which it opens separately. The diameter of the duode- 
num is diminished one-half at its exit from the pancreas, and the 
intestine continues of the same size to within an inch or two of 
the anus, where it is gradually lessened to about }inch. The 
length of the intestine from duodenum to anus is 3ft. 5in. The 
inner surface of the intestine below the duodenum presents a 
very delicate honeycombed texture, the laminz being fine, of 
varying size, and crossing each other in all directions, the largest 
standing up pretty high and taking a longitudinal course. This 
form of valvule conniventes extends to within three or four inches 
of the anus. A few inches below the end of the duodenum was 
observed a delicate and transparent, but large and crescentic, 
membranous valve, projecting into the cavity of the intestine. 
There is no division into large and small intestine, unless the 
above valve point it out. No cecal appendage, except to the 
stomach. The intestine contained nothing but a quantity of 
pancreatic secretion. 

Attached to the upper surface of that part of the intestine 
which is opposite to the pylorus, is the spleen, fig. 3 4, ovoid in 
form, delicate and spongy in texture, 2 in. long by j in. broad, 
and of a very pale reddish brown colour. Large blood-vessels 
run along both the upper and lower borders of the intestine be- 
low the duodenum. 

The liver, figs. 2 & 3 i, is large, and extends 18in. backwards 
from the anterior end of the abdominal cavity lying below the 
esophagus, somewhat pointed in front, and becoming more bulky 
towards the posterior end, where it is truncated diagonally from 
above downwards and forwards. 

The upper surface has a deep fissure partially dividing it into 
two unequal masses, the left being larger than the right; along 
this fissure run the hepatic and pancreatic blood-vessels ; the gall- 
bladder and the cystic duct lie also attached to it. 

The gall-bladder, fig. 3 j, about 5 in. long and 14 in. broad, is 
of an irregularly elliptical form, its long diameter corresponding. 


TAKEN OFF THE COAST OF NORTHUMBERLAND. 299 


nearly with the length of the fish; the cystic duct comes off from 
its anterior end, and, running backwards parallel to it and to the 
hepatic duct, joins the latter just before coming to the posterior 
border of the liver: the common duct, fig. 3 4, after this runs 
backwards among the lower appendices pylorice of the left side, 
and debouches into the duodenum on a small papilla upwards of 
an inch distant from the pylorus. The gall-bladder contains a 
small quantity of yellow olive-coloured bile. The texture of the 
liver is so soft and fragile that it cannot be preserved. 

The ovaria, figs. 2 and 3 J, lie directly above the stomach, are 
about 3ft. 3in. long, and extend forwards nearly as far as the 
middle of the liver. Their ends taper to points diverging slightly 
from each other ; traced backwards, they gradually increase in 
bulk to #in. in diameter at their middle; soon after this they 
diminish in size, become more closely connected, and unite at 
27 in. from their anterior points into one body, which tapers 
gradually to Zin. in diameter, and then curving downwards to 
the external orifice on the right side of the stomachic cecum, only 
becomes rapidly smaller, and opens behind the intestine. On lay- 
ing open the common tube or oviduct, it is found for 2 or 3 in. 
from the orifice quite plain ; above this, longitudinal folds of the 
lining membrane appear small and irregular at first, but soon 
larger, more projecting, and then occupying the whole inner sur- 
face of the tube. These plicxe, which become tortuous and col- 
lected into rows of two or three together, are found to extend to 
the ends of the ovarian cavities, and are studded throughout with 
minute ova of unequal sizes in an undeveloped state. 

The ureter, figs. 2 and 3 m, a simple tube of the size of an ordi-~ 
nary goosequill, runs from the external orifice, just within which 
is a slight vesical dilatation, fig. 3 7, along the median line, lying 
above and attached to the ovaria, and in contact with the roof of 
the abdominal cavity, for a distance of 1 ft. 11in., when it per- 
forates the fibrous membrane separating the kidney from the 
other viscera. It runs obliquely forwards and upwards into the 
kidney, fig. 3 0, which, inclosed in its proper cavity, extends 
from an inch behind where the ureter joins it as far as the cra- 
nium, a distance of 2 ft., reaching farther forward than the di- 


300 ACCOUNT OF THE RIBBON FISH 


gestive cavity. The organ is partially and unequally cleft by a 
median fissure, the left side being larger than the right. Its 
tissue is reddish brown, spongy and friable. The posterior end 
of the kidney tapers to a point. The anterior end also tapers a 
little, but isrounded. The ureter enters the under surface of the 
gland, and terminates by opening into the general cavity which 
exists along the median line of the organ. Along the upper 
angle of this cavity and elsewhere are the openings of small 
canals bringing the secretion from the uriniferous tubules. These 
last can be readily seen with a common magnifying glass. 

The supra-renal glands, fig. 3 p, are two small ovoid bodies, 
much paler than the kidney, partially imbedded in that organ 
on its upper surface, at a distance of two inches from its posterior 
extremity. There is no trace of air-bladder. 

The heart, which is double the size of that of an ordinary cod- 
fish, occupies a spacious triangular cavity. Its ventricle is large, 
firm, and triangular. The bulb of the aorta is smaller than that 
of the cod. The auricle is capacious and of irregular form. 

The blood-vessels beyond were not examined, and we could not 
investigate the nervous system. 

In a little blood obtained from the heart, the blood-discs, Pl. I: 
fig. 5, are found to vary much in size, and also in form from sub- 
circular to elliptical and even fusiform, having their extremities 
or poles somewhat pointed. The nucleus is generally large and 
distinct, and presents several nucleoli of different sizes, giving it 
in many instances a granular appearance. 

General remarks.—Having referred to what we have been able 
to find recorded respecting the genus Gymmnetrus, we found that the 
figures as well as the descriptions of the external parts were very 
imperfect, and the anatomy little known; hence we thought 
it desirable to make the above description fuller than otherwise 
would have been necessary. Seven or eight species only have 
been recorded. Cuvier and Valenciennes, in vol. x. p. 365 of 
their ‘ Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, describe one species from 
a manuscript in the library of Sir Joseph Banks, which is pro- 
bably identical with ours, and to which they have given the 
name of G. Banksti. It was thrown up at Filey Bay, March 18, 


TAKEN OFF THE COAST OF NORTHUMBERLAND. 301 


1796, and taken to York market on the 21st. The description 
is as follows :—“La queue lui manquait aussi. Sa longueur 
était de treize pieds, son épaisseur de trois pouces, la longueur 
de sa téte de sept. Ses flancs étaient garnis de petites protu- 
bérances argentées disposées en séries longitudinales. La dor- 
sale, qui s’étendait depuis la téte jusqu’d l’autre extremité, était 
rouge, et avait deux cent quatre vingt dix et treize rayons (les 
treize rayons sont sans doute ceux de la nuque) ; la pectorale en 
avait douze; la ventrale un seul. I] n’y avait point d’anale ; 
on ne voyait point de dents ; l’intérieure de la bouche était noir ; 
la distance de anus a la bouche était de quatre pieds. Toutes 
circonstances qui, comme on voit, se rapprochent beaucoup de ce 
que nous avons observé dans nos Gymnétres de la Méditerranée.”* 

This description, though not conclusive, is sufficient to war- 
rant us in adopting the name given by the French naturalists, 
and thus to avoid running the risk of adding uselessly to the list 
of synonymes. 

Another species is described in the same work, vol. x. p. 298, 
under the name Gymnetrus Gladius, which very much resembles 
our specimen ; besides, however, some minor differences, the up- 
per border of the operculum differs materially—in the former it 
is convex, and presents three angular points ; in the latter it is 
smooth and concave.t 

There are two Norwegian species which appear generally to 
precede or accompany the shoals of herrings, and hence are 
called “King of the Herrings.” Of these, the Regalecus Glesne 
of Ascanius (G'. Ascanii of Shaw) seems to be the most nearly 
allied to our fish, but it is distinguished from it by the following 
marks :—It is 10ft. long and 6in. deep ; its length is, therefore, 
to its depth as 20 tol. From the measurements given in the 
former part of this paper, it will be seen that our fish is thirteen 

* It has not been in our power to refer to the work here mentioned ; but to 
the kindness of Mr. Adam White, of the British Museum, who called our 


attention to the above record, we are indebted for this extract, and also for 
another relative to G. Gladius. 


+ The G. Telum of the same authors is also different from our fish, this 
having 268, that 398 rays in the dorsal fin. 


302 ACCOUNT OF A RIBBON FISH 


times longer than it is deep. This has 268 rays in the dorsal 
fin ; that 120. 

Again, the G@. Ascanii is devoid of the transverse dusky streaks 
on the anterior part of the body so characteristic of our species, 
but is furnished with longitudinal rows of minute dusky spots, 
and has, moreover, three broad dusky bands across the posterior 
part of the body behind the anus, and its forehead is white ; it 
is also described as having teeth ; the crest also probably differs, 
if the figure given in the ‘Encyclopédie Méthodique’ be correct ; 
the dorsal fin is continued round the caudal extremity fora 
little distance along the ventral line, being somewhat elongated at 
the extremity, forming a kind of caudal fin. The gill-membrane 
has only four or five rays. Thus, though there is a striking 
general resemblance, there are several important points of distinc- 
tion between the G. Ascanw and the G. Banksit. 

The other Norwegian species named G. Grillii (Lindroth, Nou- 
velles Mémoires de Stockholm, xix. pl. 8) is noticed in Griffith’s 
‘Cuvier, as being 18ft. long, and having upwards of 400 rays in 
the dorsal fin, and we conclude, therefore, that it also is distinct 
from our species.* 

Of the so-called Indian species, one, the Russellian, described 
as a probable variety in vol. iv. pt. 2 of Shaw’s ‘ Zoology,’ is 
only 2ft. Sin. long, and has 320 rays in the dorsal fin, and differs 
in several other respects. 

The other is the Blochian Gymnetrus of Shaw, the G. Haw- 
kenit of Bloch, the figures of which are incorrect. This, how- 
ever, in all probability ought not to be considered as an Indian 
species. The history of it, so far as we can gather, is as fol- 
lows :-— 

It appears that on the 23rd February, 1788, a species of Gym- 
netrus was drawn on shore in a net at Newlyn, in Cornwall, and 
all that is really known of it is obtained from a figure with notes, 
which was in the possession of the late Mr. Chirgwin, of New- 
lyn, who freely granted permission to Mr. Couch, of Polperro, to 


* We have since been informed by Mr. J. E. Gray that G. Grillii has the 
same number of rays, and the same dark cross bands on the anterior part of the 
body, as the Cullercoats fish. 


TAKEN OFF THE COAST OF NORTHUMBERLAND. 303 


have a copy taken of it. Through the kindness of Mr. Couch, 
we have been favoured with a reduced copy of the above figure, 
made by Mr. Thomas Q. Couch ; and in the letter accompanying 
the drawing, Mr. Couch states that Mr. Chirgwin assured him 
that his figure was the only true original, the fish having been 
drawn ashore not far from his house ; that, however they might 
differ, all other figures were copied from his, and that the note 
written on his figure is the only one originally made from the 
specimen. Mr. Couch further says, that he has no doubt, from 
circumstantial evidence, that the figure and account of the G. 
Hawkenii were communicated to Bloch, by a Mr. John Hawkins, 
brother of the late Sir Christopher Hawkins, Bart. Mr. Haw- 
kins himself, as Mr. Couch concludes from Mr. Chirgwin’s re- 
marks, did not actually inspect the fish. The copier of the figure 
sent to Bloch, appears to Mr. Couch to have committed a great 
mistake by attempting to correct one which he supposed to have 
been made by the original draftsman, and the mistake consists 
principally in his having removed the two filaments in front of 
the dorsal fin to the situation of the ventral fin, thus making 
four filaments there instead of two. The same mistake appears 
to have been made with regard to the figure of the G. Hawkenis 
in Yarrell’s ‘ Fishes, that figure being, as Mr. Yarrell informs 
our friend Mr, Alder, incorrect as regards the number of ventral 
filaments, and the addition of the caudal fin. 

It appears therefore that the G. Hawkenii of Bloch, is simply 
the fish caught at Newlyn incorrectly copied. In the notes ap- 
pended to the drawing sent us by Mr. Couch, and whieh are 
copied from the original, are merely mentioned the date of the 
capture as above and the measurements ; “ its length without the 
tail, which it wanted, was 83 ft., its extreme breadth 103 in., and 
its thickness but 23in. 

Tts proportions therefore, allowing the tail to be somewhat 
deficient, come pretty near to those of our fish ; if the drawing 
however, is to be relied on, it differs from ours in having only two 
filaments from the head with expanded feather-like extremities, 
and. in having the ventral processes like those of the head. The 
fins also are crimson, and the body is marked all over by delicate 


304 ACCOUNT OF A RIBBON FISH 


roundish spots, and has a few obscure streaks obliquely placed 
below the lateral line. 

On the whole, then, we are inclined to believe the Cornish spe- 
cimen distinct from the G. Banksii, though, from the evident 
want of knowledge of the draftsman, much reliance cannot be 
placed on his details. 

Notwithstanding the rarity of the genus Gymnetrus, there is 
every reason to believe that specimens of it have been taken from 
time to time off the north-eastern coast of England. It appears 
by the ‘Annual Register, that a fish was captured off Whitby, 
January 22, 1759, closely related to, if not identical with, our 
species. The account, which may be interesting, we here re- 
produce. It is by Lionel Charlton, author of a ‘History of 
Whitby’ :-— 

“Yesterday (Jan. 22) a very extraordinary fish was brought 
here by our fishermen, which broke into three pieces as they were 
hauling it into the coble. It was 11 ft. 4 in. long, exclusive of the 
tail, had a head like a turbot or brat, was about a foot broad near 
its head, but not above 4 or 5 in. near the tail, and not anywhere 
more than 3in. thick. The thickest part was its belly, and it 
gradually diminished away towards the back, which was sharp, 
and had all along it one continued fin from the head to the tail. 
It was covered with an infinite number of white scales, which 
stuck to and dyed every thing that it touched ; and might be 
said in some sort to resemble the quicksilvered back of a look- 
ing-glass. It appeared, when laid on the sand, like a long oak 
plank, and was such a fish as nobody here ever saw before, which 
caused a vast concourse of people round it the whole day.” 

The breaking of the fish was owing to its great delicacy of 
structure, and probably its little capacity for lateral motion. It 
was necessary to take great care in removing the Cullercoats fish 
for fear of fracture from the same causes. 

We are informed by Mr. Stanton, of Newcastle, that upwards 
of fifty years ago a silvery fish, resembling in its general charac- 
ters the subject of this paper, was exhibited here, and we have 
been favoured by Mr. Robert Bewick with a copy of a hand-bill 
relating to a fish shown in this town March 27, 1794, undoubt- 


TAKEN OFF THE COAST OF NORTHUMBERLAND. 305 


edly referring to the specimen seen by Mr. Stanton. It is as 
follows :—“ To be seen at Moses Hopper’s, Flesh Market, a most 
curious fish, taken at Newbiggen by the Sea, 10 ft. long, 1 ft. bread, 
2 in. thick, and is thought to be the greatest curiosity that was 
ever seen in the kingdom before.” 

This fish was sketched by our celebrated townsman Thomas 
Bewick, but unfortunately the sketch has been mislaid. 

We have lately been favoured with a letter from Mr. George 
Tate, of Alnwick, respecting a fish of this genus, from which we 
make the following extract :—“ A fish was exhibited in January 
or February of the year 1845, similar in its general form to that 
a drawing of which you showed me when I was last in New- 
castle. One of the Preventive Service men observed this fish lying 
in a shallow pool in the sands, about a mile south of Alnmouth, 
where it had been left by the receding tide. Its great length 
and unusual appearance at once raised the man’s curiosity and 
excited his fears. On approaching it the creature bent itself 
round so as to appear like the rim of a coach-wheel, and the man 
supposing it was about to dart upon him, drew his sword and 
struck it on the head. The fish struggled much, but the man 
striking it repeatedly, at length succeeded in cutting off its head. 

“ This fish was 16 ft. long, 11 in. deep, and about 6 in. thick 
at the thickest part, from which it very gradually diminished 
both in thickness and depth. The eye was large, measuring 
about din. in circumference. The teeth very small and very 
acute. The skin was smooth, and no pustulations or hard points 
were observed, neither were any transverse streaks noticed ; but 
there were a few longitudinal ridges or corrugations about half 
an inch apart along the sides. The colour was a silvery gray, 
and the skin was covered by minute silvery-looking scales or 
particles, which were in such great quantity, that in the course 
of the struggles the creature made after being struck, the spot 
where it was found was covered over with them. There were no 
pectoral or ventral or anal or caudal fins, neither was any crest 
observed. These however may have been broken off, as the head 
was much injured by the blows which it had received. One fin, of 
a rich dark crimson colour, extended uninterruptedly from the 

VOL. I. 88 


306 ACCOUNT OF A RIBBON FISH 


neck along the back to within a few inches of the tail, which 
ended in an obtuse point. The fish was very beautiful ; the 
large eye, the rich crimson-rayed fin cresting its back, and the 
bright silvery hue of its body, rendered it a striking and attrac- 
tive object.” The fish thus described by Mr. Tate, it will be 
seen, resembles rather the Regalecus Gilesne, in its having teeth 
and being devoid of the transverse streaks. 

The following account of the capture of two fish of this genus 
has been taken down by us from the oral relation given by John 
Blackett Anderson, of Walker, near Newcastle. He states he re- 
collects the taking of two fish about fifty years ago at the outer 
Fern Islands. They were left by the tide in a shallow pool, and 
a signal being made by the keeper of the lighthouse, a boat went 
from the shore and brought them to Bambrough. They were 
sick when taken. One was about 4 ft. longer than the other, 
the larger specimen was 18 ft. long. It could not be less, for it 
was as long as the breadth of a house-end which measured 18 ft. 
and against which it was laid out on a bench. The fish were 
about a foot deep, and were flat ; their colour was silvery, like a 
silver fish, but not so white. There were four processes, about 
18in. long, from the head, of a red colour, like the feelers of 
boiled lobsters ; they tapered gradually towards their ends, which 
were enlarged to the form and size ofa large button. Thinks 
these specimens occurred in spring. They were kept till putrid, 
and then thrown away. They excited much interest throughout 
the neighbourhood. Recollects them well, for he was living then 
on the spot. Has not seen the Cullercoats fish. 

We have moreover learnt, from a Norwegian captain who fre- 
quents this port, and has traded to Archangel, that in the White 
Sea, fish closely resembling the Cullercoats one are occasionally 
seen ; the silvery colour, long attenuated form, and rapid undu- 
lating motion, being their chief characteristics. They are there 
called Stone Serpents. 

It has occurred at once to many here, and to ourselves also, on 
first viewing this Gymmnetrus, that it may possibly have been 
taken for the famous Sea Serpent. The Archangel name of the 
fish, seen there, strengthens the idea that it may at times ' 2ve 


9 


TAKEN OFF THE COAST OF NORTHUMBERLAND. 307 


deceived the eye of some credulous mariner, from its rapid un- 
lating motion, linear form, and from its occasionally eppearing 
at the surface, and leaving a lengthened wake behind it, thus 
creating an exaggerated idea of its extent. 

On consulting, however, the accounts which have appeared of 
the Sea Serpent, we find that they relate in most instances to 
creatures widely different from the Ribbon Fish, such as whales, 
seals, sharks, &c., seen under disadvantageous circumstances or 
imperfectly observed. Still, though the Gymnetrus may not have 
originated the idea of the existence of a marine serpent, we 
think it not improbable that the occasional appearance of this 
fish may very materially have tended to keep up among the Nor- 
wegian fishermen that faith which they are stated to hold in the 
existence of such a monster. 

Of the habits of the Gymnetrus little can be said. The deli- 
cate general conformation of the body, the smallness and tender- 
ness of the mouth, the absence of teeth, the delicacy of the fins, 
show clearly that it is a fish not organized for attack—the dorsal 
crest and the ventral processes being obviously for the purpose 
of balancing the body, and not for either attack or defence. Its 
means of defence may consist partly in the bone-studded skin, 
but chiefly in the adaptation for flight, evidenced in the com- 
pressed form of the body, and in the great length and power of 
the tail. The small amount of half-digested food found in the 
stomachal cecum goes so far to prove the non-rapacious habits 
of the Gymnetrus, and make it probable that its habitual food 
is confined to the spawn of other fish, and the soft, small, and 
defenceless inhabitants of the deep. The absence of air-bladder 
seems to indicate the sea-bottom as the natural resort of this fish, 
where its food would be most abundant. 

The only evidence of its being indigenous on the north-eastern 
coast rests in its having been observed six times since 1759. 
There is little doubt of the remarkable circumstance that all the 
six have been captured during the spring months. 

In conclusion, we have only to state, that the fish is now in 
the possession of Mr. Edward Whitfield, of Newcastle, who kindly 
granted us permission to make the necessary examinations, and 


308 ACCOUNT OF A RIBBON FISH 


we are happy in being able to state that that gentleman has ex- 
pressed his intention of presenting this rare fish to the museum 


of the Natural History Society of Northumberland, Durham, and 
Neweastle upon Tyne. 


Since writing the above we have received a pamphlet entitled 
“An Account of the Rare Fish, Regalecus Glesne, caught off Cul- 
lercoats,” &c. In it we find a copy of a figure of a Gymnetrus 
taken at Newlyn, in Cornwall, on Saturday, 23rd day of February, 
1788. This figure, with descriptive notes appended, is bound up 
at the end ofa copy of Pennant’s ‘ British Zoology’ in the Banks- 
ian Library. Mr. J. E. Gray supposes this figure and notes to 
be the authority for the various descriptions and figures of the 
Cornish specimen of G. Hawkenit. The Banksian figure, though 
possessing a good general resemblance to a Gymmnetrus, differs so 
widely from the figure we have been favoured with by Mr. Couch, 
that we believe neither of them to have been a copy of the other, 
and the differences in the measurements that accompany the 
figures are such as to strengthen this belief; the length of the 
Banksian specimen is said to be 8 ft. 10in., Mr. Couch’s 83 ft. 
The depth of the former is 10 in,, of the latter 103 in. ; the 
thickness of the former 24 in., of the latter 2?in. These dis- 
crepancies could scarcely have arisen from errors of copying, but 
are more likely to be the result of examinations by different ob- 
servers. It would therefore appear that there must either have 
been more than one fish caught on the Cornish coast, or else that 
different drawings and descriptions have been made of the same 
specimen. 

The figure in the pamphlet does not appear to us materially 
to elucidate the species of the Cornish fish ; indeed the details 
both of the figures and descriptions are so imperfect that they 
may quite as readily be taken for the G. Gladius as for the 
G. Banskii ; the spotting of Mr. Chirgwin’s drawing brings 
strongly to mind the markings of the G. Gladius. 

We are glad to be able, from a letter of Mr. Yarrell in the 
above pamphlet, to add to the list of specimens now put on record 
one which was cast on shore alive at the village of Crovie, near 


TAKEN OFF THE COAST OF NORTHUMBERAND. 309 


Macduff, after a severe north-easterly gale in March, 1844. It 
is thus described :—“ Length without the tail, which was wanting, 
12 ft., greatest depth 12 in., greatest thickness 2? in. The dor- 
sal fin was 24 in. in height, and extended from the back of the 
head to a point near the tail. Rays in the dorsal fin, apart from 
its anterior elongation on the head, 264. Filaments rising from 
the head, 15 ; the longest measuring 27 inches. They were con- 
nected at the base by a thin membrane, similar in consistency to 
that which connects the rays of the dorsal fin, and are evidently 
a continuation of that fin. The pectoral fin is 25 in. long, the 
rays 12in. The ventrals consisted of two filaments 3 ft. in length. 
They were fringed with a thin membrane on two sides, and had 
evidently been broken. The head was 9 in. long from the point 
of the lower jaw to the end of the operculum. The whole body 
was covered with a delicate silvery white membrane, under which 
appeared a series of tuberculated and smooth bands, extending 
over the whole length of the body ; twelve of these bands occu- 
pied the space above the lateral line. When the fish was in a 
fresh state these bands did not appear distinctly, but when the 
skin was taken off they appeared distinct enough. Behind the 
pectoral fins appeared a few narrow dark bands extending across 
the fish ; these were quite distinct when the fish was in a fresh 
state, but the skin does not retain a trace of them. ‘The dorsal 
fin had an orange tinge, and the lateral line extended along the 
lower third of the body. The distance of the vent from the end 
of the operculum was 46 inches.” 

We agree at once with Mr. Yarrell in pronouncing this to be 
the same species as the Cullercoats fish, and it is confirmatory of 
our opinion that the crest was really a continuation of the dorsal 
fin. This Scotch specimen, like the English ones, was caught in 
the spring, and makes the eighth British example of this fish, 
which is therefore not so extremely rare as has been supposed. 

We observe that in the last Number of the “Annals,” Pro- 
fessor J. Reid, of St. Andrews, has given a highly interesting des- 
cription of what he believes to be the first British example of the 
Deal fish, and we take the present opportunity of stating that 
in the Newcastle Museum there is a specimen which was taken 
at Newbiggen, on the Northumberland coast, June 18th, 1844. 


310 ACCOUNT OF A RIBBON FISH. 


This specimen is dft. 5in. long, and has Ift. maximum depth. 
The body was of a silvery gray, and the dorsal fin and tail red. 

Another example of the occurrence of the Deal Fish is given 
by Mr. Charles St. John, in his Field Notes and Tour in Suther- 
landshire. 

The following description is quoted from that work :—“ Length, 
3 ft. 6 in. ; depth, 7 in. ; greatest thickness, between half and 
three-quarters of an inch ; colour, bright silver, with one very 
thin crimson fin running the whole length of the back. The 
tail very transparent, fan-shaped, and of a bright crimson. A 
large flat eye and a small mouth, which the fish had a peculiar 
power of elongating to a considerable extent.” We have seen a 
very good coloured drawing of this individual by Mr. St. John, 
and understand that it was taken alive, hooked through the back 
by a common haddock hook. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATES I. ann II. 
PrareE I, 

Fig. 1. Anterior portion of Gymuetrus Banksii, the jaws being slightly 
protruded ; the dotted lines on the crest and ventral processes 
represent these parts as they are believed to have been origi- 
nally ; the continuous lines represent them as they were seen 
by us. 

Fig. 2. Outline of section of body at part of greatest thickness, showing 
the relative depth and thickness. 

Fig. 3. Outline of section of ditto, showing ditto ditto at three or four 
inches from tail, 

Fig. 4. Two of the radiated scale-like bodies from the silvery matter of 
the skin. 

Fig. 5. Different forms of blood-globules, some shown on edge. 

Puate II. 

Fig. 1. Side view of G. Banksii in outline. R 

Fig. 2. Side view of ditto, abdomen Jaid open, showing the viscera 

in situ: a, cesophagus ; ¢ c, czecal prolongation of stomach ; 
e, pancreatic ceeca covering duodenum ; f, intestine ; g, anus ; 
i, liver ; l, ovaria ; m, ureter, 
Fig. 3. Pian of viscera removed from body : a, oesophagus ; 
b, stomach ; cc, stomachic caecum ; d, pylorus ; ¢, pancreatic 
ceeca surrounding duodenum ; f, intestine; g, anus; h, spleen ; 
i, liver ; j, gall-bladder ; k, ductus communis choledochus ; 
/, ovaria ; m, ureter ; n, vesical dilatation of ditto ; 0, kidney ; 
p, supra-renal bodies. 


(311) 


ADDRESS TO THE MEMBERS OF THE TYNESIDE 
NATURALISTS’ FIELD CLUB, 


READ AT THE FOURTH ANNIVERSARY MEETING, HELD IN THE 
COMMITTEE ROOM OF THE LITERARY AND PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY, 
NEWCASTLE, MARCH Ist, 1850, sy JOSHUA ALDER, Ese., 
PRESIDENT. 


GentLEMEN,—At the conclusion of my year of office, and before 
resigning the chair to which you did me the honour of electing 
me at the last anniversary, it now becomes my duty to take a short 
review of the proceedings of the Club during the past season. 

In doing this, it is not my intention to enlarge upon the 
advantages of the study for the advancement of which we are 
associated,—a subject on which I hope we are all agreed,—but 
rather to confine my remarks as much as possible to matters of a 
practical nature. 

Our meetings during the year have not, perhaps, left us any- 
thing veryremarkable to record, but, at the same time, they may be 
looked back upon with satisfaction, as having afforded us many 
opportunities of instructive intercourse and enjoyment, while 
rambling together over those pleasant tracts of country in which 
they have been held. But although, excepting in one instance, 
no great novelty has been met with during our excursions, yet I 
hope to show that the year has not passed over without some 
results, due to the exertions of individual members, which, em- 
bodied in the Transactions of the Club, will afford a permanent 
memorial of its usefulness. 

In no country in Europe has so much been done for the ad- 
vancement of local natural history as in Great Britain. Our 
works on native species are more numerous and accurate, 
especially in the zoological department, than those of our conti- 
nental neighbours, while the great extent of our sea coasts gives 
a variety to our natural productions which few other countries 

VOL. I. Tt 


312 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 


can boast of. If, however, Great Britain stands pre-eminent in 
this respect, I think I may say with safety that there is no part 
of it in which the native productions have been more successfully 
studied than in the district where we reside. A Flora of Nor- 
thumberland and Durham by Mr. Winch, a Catalogue of the 
Birds of Northumberland by Mr. Selby, and of the Zoophytes by 
Dr. Johnston, together with many excellent papers on local 
Geology, were published in the Transactions of the Natural 
History Society. These, with the Catalogue of Coleopterous In- 
sects by Messrs. Hardy and Bold, that of Mollusca by myself, and 
of Permian Fossils by Mr. Howse, in the Transactions of this Club, 
contain a large mass of information on our local natural history: 
and, if we also take into account what has been done by our 
neighbours of the Berwickshire club, there cannot, I think, be a 
doubt that the indigenous Fauna and Flora have been more fully 
investigated in this district than in any other portion of the 
united kingdom. Nevertheless much still remains to be done. 
The Fishes, the Crustacea, the Echinodermata, and many of the 
lower tribes of marine animals remain yet to be investigated ; 
and, as nearly twenty years have elapsed since the papers in the 
Natural History Society’s Transactions were written, much ad- 
ditional information can now be given on the subjects of which 
they treat. It was therefore very properly determined by the 
Club to publish a complete Fauna and Flora of the two counties, 
of an uniform size and in an unexpensive form. The materials 
are ample and we have among us naturalists fully competent to 
the task. The chief difficulty is in the expense. We have al- 
ready, unfortunately exceeded our means in that respect, but I 
hope some plan may be adopted to lighten our present responsi- 
bilities, and that with careful management, aided by the experi- 
ence we have now acquired, we may be enabled to proceed in the 
publication of our Catalogues, so that some portion at least may 
appear during each year. The limited sale which works of a 
merely local and scientific character can command, has been found 
a great impediment to the carrying out of our plans. In the 
hope of removing this in part, and under the impression that 
many gentlemen of the two counties might, if the subject were 


PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 313 


named to them, be glad to place these local records in their 
libraries, an appeal to them was determined upon at the last anni- 
versary, which, I am sorry to say, has not been attended with the 
success anticipated. It is gratifying, however, to know that the 
number of our members is still gradually increasing, and that it 
now amounts to one hundred and eleven. 

Before quitting this subject, | may be allowed to recommend 
to those members intrusted with the preparation of Catalogues, 
to make out at once manuscript lists of those species they have 
met with in each department, to be added to as opportunity offers, 
thus forming a frame-work which will greatly facilitate their 
future operations. All the members of the club may, indeed, occas- 
sionally contribute something towards this object, if they will com- 
municate anything rare or curious they may meet with to the 
gentlemen preparing lists, or, what would keep up the general 
interest more effectually, bring the specimens to our meetings for 
exhibition. It may not be amiss also to remind you of a rule of 
our club, by which itis enjoined that each of the members should 
assist in forming a local collection to be placed in the Newcastle 
Museum, by which the species published in the catalogues may be 
identified, and the study of our local natural history further en- 
couraged. By this means, too, scientific strangers might be able 
to see at a glance the natural productions that our counties afford. 
It is to be hoped that the Natural History Society may ere loug 
be able to appropriate a particular part of the Museum for the 
purpose, which would greatly assist in carrying out the project. 
That society has now purchased the extensive herbarium of the 
late Mr. Robertson, one of the most distinguished of our botanists, 
which, when properly arranged for reference, will afford great 
assistance in the study of our native plants. 

The additions to our Fauna during the year have been con- 
siderable. Dr. Embleton has lately procured from Stockton 
specimens of the black rat, a native species now nearly extinct 
in this part of the country. Some rare birds have also been 
noticed. One of the rarest as well as the most beautiful of these 
is the Bohemian Waxwing (Bombycilla garrulus) whose visits to 
this country have hitherto been few and far-between, This 


314 PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 


winter, however, it has made its appearance in considerable 
numbers, driven probably from its usual continental haunts by 
the severity of the season. Several individuals have been shot 
on the banks of the Tyne, as well as in some other places in this 
neighbourhood. Some birds not generally considered migratory 
have likewise appeared in more than usual numbers this winter : 
—of these may be mentioned the greater spotted Woodpecker and 
the Kingfisher. Mr. John Hancock shot two specimens of the 
Pigmy Curlew (Z'ringa sabarquata) out of a flock on Whitley 
Sands in September last. Tengmalm’s Owl (Sirix Tengmalmi J, 
another rare visitant, has also been met with: one occurred on 
the coast north of Whitburn, and a second individual was shot 
near Rothbury in April last. These specimens, which are male 
and female, are now in the possession of Mr. John Hancock. A 
young male bird of the Goshawk (Accipiter palumbarius) was 
shot in Northumberland this year. The red Viper has been added 
to the Northumberland Fauna by Mr. F. H. Salvin, who cap- 
tured a specimen on Cheviot in October last. The specific 
difference between this, which is supposed to be the Coluber chersea 
of Linneus, and the common viper has not been satisfactorily 
made out. 
Another specimen of that remarkable fish, the Gymnetrus 
Banksti, the account of which forms so conspicuous an ornament 
of our last year’s Transactions, has lately occurred at Redcar, a 
place so nearly within the limits of our district that it may not 
inappropriately be mentioned here. It was alive when caught, 
and measured 11 feet in length, somewhat less than the indivi- 
dual got at Cullercoats, which in colour and markings it appears 
to have closely resembled. It has been purchased for the British 
Museum. A less conspicuous, though scarcely less rare British 
fish, the Centrolophus pompilius, or Black Fish, was caught last 
autumn at Cullercoats, and, happening to be there at the time, I 
fortunately secured it for our Museum. The only British locality 
hitherto recorded for this fish is the coast of Cornwall, on which 
a few individuals have been obtained at rare intervals, amounting, 
I believe, to no more than five since its first discovery in the time 
of Borlaise, nearly 2 century ago. Its occurrence on this coast, 


PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 315 


so far beyond its supposed geographical range, is therefore inter- 
esting. One of those strange looking inhabitants of the ocean the 
short Sun Fish (Orthagoriscus Mola) was caught at Cullercoats 
last summer and brought up to Newcastle for exhibition by the 
fishermen. It fortunately afterwards came into the hands of Dr. 
Embleton for dissection, as did also a fine specimen of the Por- 
beagle Shark (Lamna Cornubica) above eight feet long, caught at 
Hauxley. ‘Two or three examples of this shark have occurred on 
the Northumberland coast in the course of the autumn. 

Among the Mollusca, the following rare species have been added 
to our Fauna during the year. Bulla strigella, Rissoa vitrea, Pleu- 
rotoma nebula, and Pleurotoma brachystoma ; also an undescribed 
species of Odostomia, which I have named Odostomia conspicua. 
These were all dredged off Whitburn. The employment of the 
dredge on our coast, now for the first time successfully, leads to 
the hope that many important additions to our Fauna may be 
made in future years by this means ; as the dredge has now become 
an essential auxiliary to the naturalist in exploring the wonders 
of the deep. 

An Ascidian new to the coast, Cynthia echinata, occurred to me 
when at Whitburn in the summer, and I was so fortunate as to 
meet with an undescribed species of the same family at Culler-. 
coats in October last, which I have named Molgula siphonata. 

Mr. Bold informs me that the last year has not been a favour- 
able one for the labours of the entomologist. Owing perhaps to 
the unwonted dryness and ungenial temperature of the early 
months, the common Lepidoptera did not appear in any thing 
like their usual numbers, and during the early summer, those 
pests of the garden, the common white butterflies, were scarcely 
to be seen. Towards autumn Mr. Bold noticed them rather more 
frequently, and saw several patches of cabbages rendered useless 
by hosts of the larvae of Wamestra Brassice. The same or a 
nearly allied larva was in abundance on the halm of pease. 
Coleoptera were certainly not in their usual quantity. Never- 
theless Mr. Bold secured several new to our Fauna, and again 
took Colymbetes dispar, described in the last part of the Club 
Transactions. 


316 PRESIDENT’s ADDRESS. 


A curious little crab, Zurynome aspera, dredged by Mr. R. 
Howse, off Whitburn is new to the coast, as is another small and 
rather rare species, Hbalia Cranchit, got at the same time. 

But the most interesting discovery in this department is that 
of a burrowing Cirripede found at Cullercoats by Mr. Albany 
Hancock. ‘This little creature forms a habitation by boring 
into the substance of dead univalve shells, a habit until lately 
unobserved in this tribe. The anatomy, too, of this animal 
is curious, from its shewing a great deviation from the usual 
form of the class, and an approach to the typical crustaceans. This 
species, for which a new order and genus have had to be formed, 
is called by Mr. Hancock, Alcyppe lampas. 

The only Echinoderm met with new to the coast is the Syrin 
Harveyt, got by Mr. Howse in one of the dredging expeditions 
off Whitburn already mentioned. This species was first described 
in Forbes’s ‘British Starfishes’ from specimens found at Teign- 
mouth in Devonshire, the only habitat then known, and I am not 
aware of its having been since met with until the present time. 

In Zoophytes I have again the pleasure of alluding to the dis- 
coveries of Mr. Albany Hancock. On the excursion to the 
Northumberland lakes, two beautiful fresh-water zoophytes of 
the order Bryozoa,—a Fredericella and a Paludicella,—were 
got in Crag Lough by that gentleman. This success induced 
him to pay two more visits to the same locality, during which in 
that and Bromley Loughs, two additional species were found, 
belonging to another genus, Plumatella, as well as a specimen or 
two of what appeared to be a third Plwmatel/a, and an imperfect 
specimen of an Alcyonella. With the exception of a Pluma- 
tella found by Mr. Hogg ina rivulet near Stockton, and Alcyonella 
stagnorum got by Mr. Embleton in a pond at Howick, none of the 
freshwater Bryozoahad been previously observed in these counties. 
Thegenus Paludicella is new to England. Mr. Hancock considers 
ihree of the species undescribed, which he has named Plumatella 
punctata, Plumatella Allmani, and Paludicella procumbens. 
The other species found were Lredericella sultana and Alcyonella 
stagnorum. Along with these novelties, a beautiful little flesh- 
coloured Hydra, probably a variety of Hydra fusca, was found in 


PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 317 


considerable abundance. In his microscopical investigation of 
this species Mr. Hancock has succeeded in making out, more 
completely than has been hitherto done, some important points 
in the anatomy and development of this curious genus, the first 
account of whose habits and properties, when given by Trembly, 
appeared to the world like a romance. Mr. Hancock’s investi- 
gations have been principally directed to its second or oviparous 
mode of reproduction, the process of which he has satisfactorily 
ascertained. He has been equally successful in making out the 
character and mode of operation of the stinging apparatus with 
which this little animal is supplied. This consists of minute 
bodies embedded in the tentacles having a poison bag surmounted 
by a tribarbed dart, which is capable of being ejected upon its 
prey. 

To complete the list in the zoological department, I may men- 
tion that three species of polype-like animalcules, apparently new, 
and uniting the Jnfusoria with the Campanularian zoophytes 
more nearly than any yet known, were met with by myself during 
the summer ; two of them, marine, on the shore at Whitburn, and 
one from the freshwater of Crag Lake. 

In Botany little novelty has turned up. The only plants new 
to the counties are Ulex nanus, discovered by Mr. Daniel Oliver, 
junior, near Staward Peel, and Myriophyllum alterniflorum, lately 
found in Crag Lough by Mr. John Thompson. Potamogeton 
rufescens, gathered by Mr. Storey in the same lake, may probably 
be also considered new to our Flora. Some additional habitats 
for the rarer plants will be found in the account of the field 
meetings. 

Mr. Tate’s researches on the polished and scratched surfaces of 
rocks, viewed in connection with the boulder formation, shew that 
geology has not been entirely neglected, The indications of im- 
portant changes in our planet afforded by these surface deposits, 
and the marks of violent action they have left, involve some of 
the most curious problems in geology. They have until now been 
little studied in our neighbourhood, but the communication read 
at our last meeting, and ashort paper on a similar subject in the 


318 PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 


4th Part of our Transactions by Mr. Loftus,* shew that a rich field 
is still open for research even in the common deposits of stones 
and mud, with which the surface of these counties is everywhere 
covered. 

It remains now to give a brief account of the meetings held 
during the year ; in drawing up which I have occasionally availed 
myself of the assistance afforded by the notes of our secretary 
Mr. Storey. 

The first field meeting took place on the 18th of May on the banks 
of the Wansbeck above Morpeth. The weather at the time of 
starting, and indeed during the day, being somewhat unfavourable 
but few of the members attended. They assembled at Morpeth 
station and strolled by the side of the Wansbeck as far as Mitford, 
and after a pleasant ramble of several hours, in which a few 
plants were collected, including Arabis hirsuta, Myrrhis odorata, 
Arabis thaliana, and several ferns, they returned towards Mor- 
peth. Two of the members, Mr. Storey and Mr. Burnet, in- 
tending to search for Lguwisetum umbrosum, had proceeded by an 
early train several miles to the northward of Morpeth. The 
Equisetum referred to appears to have been first noticed in Nor- 
thumberland, (only the second recorded English locality,) by Mr. 
Joseph Sidebotham, who announced this interesting discovery in 
the Phytologist for 1848. After walking three or four miles, they 
had the good fortune to collect several specimens of this rare plant 
on the banks of the Coquet near Felton ; but as the season was 
somewhat advanced only two fertile stems were procured. By the 


* Tt may be as well to notice here a small mistake in Mr. Loftus’s paper, 
where he states that a block of porphyry observed by myself on the Lanchester 
road near Sunnyside was similar to what is now found in the Cumberland 
mountains. The boulder which I observed, nearly twenty years ago, was of 
Cheviot porphyry, and consequently leads to a difterent inference as to the 
direction of the current that brought it there. 

I mentioned to Mr. Loftus my having observed at the same time among the 
water-worn stones taken from the neighbouring fields and broken up to mend 
the roads, more than one example of the Cumberland rocks, especially of the 
epidotic porphyry of which the celebrated boulder stone of Borrowdale is 
composed. This may have led to the mistake. 


PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 319 


side of the same stream Hquisetum hyemale and LH. palustre were 
likewise observed. These gentlemen afterwards joined the party 
at dinner at Morpeth. 

The second meeting was at Dipton and Devil’s water on the 8th 
of June. On this occasion there was a better attendance of mem- 
bers. Starting from the Hexham station, the party proceeded to 
Dipton, or Deepdene, as I believe it was originally called: from 
thence two or three of the members extended their walk by Dot- 
land Park to Dukesfield, in search of Lysimachia vulgaris, which 
had lately been observed to grow in that place. They fortunately 
succeeded in obtaining the object of their search. The rest of the 
party spent the morning very agreeably in following the down- 
ward course of Dipton burn, through a romantic valley, varied 
with bold rocks and overhanging woods. Some rare plants were 
collected, particularly Veottia Nidus-avis and Melica nutans. A 
few of the members, who had left Neweastle by a later train, 
joined the others near Newbiggin, the seat of John Atkinson, 
Ksq., beautifully situated near the junction of Dipton burn with 
the Devil’s water. Those of the party who called at the house 
were hospitably entertained by Mr. Atkinson at lunch. They 
then proceeded up the-Devil’s water to Nunsbrough, a picturesque 
spot, where the stream winds very circuituously through a prettily 
wooded area surrounded by elevated banks so as to form a kind 
of amphitheatre. Crossing the stream at this place, where many 
of the stragglers of the party had united, they turned downwards 
by the Devil’s water towards Dilston, but the approach of the 
dinner hour, which after a long days ramble had considerable 
attractions, especially to those who had not partaken of Mr. At- 
kinson’s lunch, made it necessary to pass the ruins of the ancient 
seat of the Ratcliffes with only a hasty glance. Seventeen sat 
down to dinner at the Railway Inn, near Corbridge Station. 
After dinner, notice of the discovery of a boring Cirripede, at 
Cullercoats, by Mr. Albany Hancock, was read by the chairman ; 
and a letter from the senior secretary, Mr. John Thornhill, who 
had taken an active part in the organization of the club, an-~ 
nounced his intention of resigning in consequence of his inability 
from want of sufficient leisure to attend to the duties of the 

VOL. I. . vu 


320 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 


secretaryship. Four new members were elected :—Dr. De Mey of 
Newcastle; Mr. Jefferson, Surgeon, Hexham; Mr. Herbert 
Crawshay, and Mr. Edmund Crawshay of Gateshead. The day 
though not bright was, upon the whole, tolerably favourable, and 
most of the party appeared highly pleased with the excursion. 
Several good plants were collected, but, excepting those already 
mentioned, perhaps none are particularly worthy of record. The 
country travelled over is rich in the beautiful tribe of Orchidaces ; 
eight different species of which were gathered during the day. 

The third meeting took place on the 22nd of June. The tract 
of country selected for the excursion included Hawthorn and 
Horden Denes ; but in consequence of the distance of these denes 
from the nearest railway station and from each other, it was found 
impossible to include them within the limits of a day’s excursion. 
Hordon dene was therefore the only one visited. The usual 
magnesian limestone plants were gathered, including some of the 
rarer of the Orchis tribe ; Hpipactis ensifolia was got in fine flower, 
and the Fly Orchis, Ophrys muscifera, was also obtained. The 
beautiful Primula farinosa was found growing in such profusion 
in one spot near Hasington, as to colour the ground with its lilac 
flowers. A few of the members visited the old hall at Horden to 
examine the ancient staircase and other antiquities of the interior. 
After a long day’s ramble the party eventually dined together at 
the Bridge Inn, Bishopwearmouth. 

The fourth meeting was at the Northumberland lakes on the 
20th of July. Bardon Mill was the place of rendezvous, and the 
muster was tolerably good, notwithstanding the rather unpromi- 
sing appearance of the morning. ‘The day, however, proved fine, 
with the exception of a few slight showers. The party, two or 
three of whom breakfasted at the village inn, pursued the devious 
footing of a rustic track through the valley of Bardon Burn to 
Chesterholme. The wooded sides of the valley afforded one or two 
good plants to the botanists, the most attractive of which was the 
pretty Pyrola minor. Crepis succisefolia and Orobanche major 
were likewise gathered. At Chesterholme the numerous well- 
preserved antiquities obtained from the neighbouring station 
attracted much attention. After exploring the remains of the 


PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 321 


Roman station of Vindolana, the party crossed the country to the 
old military road, in the vicinity of which are the little moorland 
lakes, or loughs, as they are provincially called, that were to form 
the boundary of the day’s excursion. These Loughs, situated in 
a wild district unadorned with wood, possess little picturesque, 
beauty, with the exception of Crag Lough, a small sheet of water 
lying beneath fine basaltic cliffs, formed by the whin-sill, which 
here rises into a range of hills crossing the country in a direction 
nearly east and west, and presenting a bold escarpment to the 
north. These hills give a striking character to the surrounding 
scene, and are well known to the antiquary from the circum- 
stance of the celebrated Roman wall passing along their summits. 
A few of the members explored the northern shore of Crag Lough, 
where Mr. Storey gathered Polamogeton rufescens, P. perfoliatus 
and P. pectinatus: the remainder pursued the line of the Roman 
wall over the top of the crags, descending to the lake at the east 
end, where some of the more assiduous naturalists commenced 
turning over the loose stones at the water’s edge. This search 
was rewarded by the discovery of two beautiful fresh-water 
zoophytes, new to the north of England, which, as before recorded, 
were obtained by Mr. Albany Hancock. A few freshwater shells 
were observed, among which were Physa fontinalis, Planorbis 
albus, and Ancylus lacustris ; these were all of small size, ap- 
parently dwarfed by their exposure in this elevated situation, 
A searce little bivalve, Pisidium nitidum, was.also found. Brom- 
ley Lough was only reached by two of the botanists, Mr. Storey, 
and Mr. Daniel Oliver, intent upon obtaining ‘the glory of this 
barren waste’, the beautiful white water lily, Vymphca alba, which 
here grows truly wild. Scutellaria galericulata was likewise 
found, growing upon the margin of this lake. 

Again following the line of the Roman wall, whose preservation 
in so perfect a state called forth the admiration of those gentlemen 
who had not previously seen it in this locality, the party passed 
along the cliffs as far as the great Roman station of Housesteads, 
the ancient Borcovicus, where some time was spent in examining 
the extensive remains. From hence the party, well pleased with 
the events of the day, made the best of their way to Haydon 


322 PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 


Bridge, where an excellent dinner was provided at the Anchor 
Inn. This was rather hastily dispatched to save the evening 
train to Newcastle. 

On occasion of the fifth meeting, the club again turned their 
steps westward, selecting a tract of country a little beyond that 
of the previous meeting. In consequence of the unsettled state 
of the weather the attendance was thin. The members assembled 
at Haltwhistle station ; whence the walk led to Wall Town Crags, 
a favourite locality of the botanist on account of the rare plants 
that here grow on the basaltic rocks. The plants of this locality, 
which had been visited by the club on a former occasion, are so 
well known that it is unnecessary here to enumerate them. The 
remainder of the day was spent in traversing the wild and un- 
dulating country towards Gilsland. During this walk and on 
the banks of the Irthing the following plants were obtained. 
Saxifraga aizoides, Galium boreale, Hieracium boreale, H.umbella- 
tum, Vicia sylvatica, Potamogeton gramineus, P. pusillus, and As- 
plenium viride. A heavy storm of rain, accompanied with thun- 
der and lightning, came on in the afternoon and dispersed the 
party, some of whom got very much wet. Only six members, in- 
eluding three who had gone to Gilsland by a later train, assembled 
at Greenhead to dinner. The secretary announced a paper on the 
freshwater polypes got at the previous meeting by Mr. Albany 
Hancock, but want of time prevented its being read. 

The last field meeting of the season,—an extra one,—took 
place on the 7th of September, at Ryhope. Again an unfayour- 
able state of the weather prevented a large assemblage. The 
members from Newcastle were joined at Sunderland by a few of 
those residing in that town. The walk chosen led over Tunstall 
Hill, commanding one of the most extensive prospects in the 
neighbourhood. The view of Sunderland and the surrounding 
country, with a wide expanse of sea beyond, was very fine. Some 
good fossils are obtained on this hill, but on the present occasion, 
time did not allow of a search being made for them. Thence the 
route lay through Tunstal Hope to Ryhope. After resting a 
while at this village, the party proceeded to Ryhope Dene, and 
passed through this romantic little valley to the sea coast. Here 


PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 320 


they divided: some going forward by the sands to Seaham Har- 
bour, while two or three, less disposed for walking, remained to 
explore the rocks at low tide. The shore on this part did not 
afford much worthy of notice, but an elegant and delicate little 
zoophyte of the genus Plumularia was found clothing the under 
side of shelving rocks near low-water mark. It proved to be a 
curious variety of P. pinnata with the ova-vesicles attached to the 
creeping root-fibres, which had not before been observed on this 
coast, where the species is usually found in deep water. Dr. 
Johnston informs me that he has‘received the same variety from 
Devonshire. Mr. John Storey, jun., one of the party who had 
remained behind, took some beautiful sketches of the coast 
scenery, which is here rendered picturesque by the varied forms 
assumed by the magnesian limestone rocks. A few land shells 
were collected in Ryhope Dene, but owing to the lateness of the 
season few plants were observed. Scolopendrium vulgare grows to 
a large size in this dene. A frond of one of the specimens collec- 
ted measured from the base to the apex, after being dried, above 
19} inches. The party united again at Ryhope and returned by 
railway to Sunderland, where they examined the extensive ex- 
cavations of the magnesian limestone for the docks now in 
progress, and afterwards dined together in Bishopwearmouth. 
An evening meeting for the reading of papers was held in the 
Rooms of the Natural History Society in Newcastle, on the 12th of 
December. A considerable number of members and their friends, 
including some ladies, assembled in the Museum, which was bril- 
liantly lighted with gas. Numerous beautifully dried and moun- 
ted specimens of flowering plants, collected at the field meetings 
by Mr. Daniel Oliver, jun., were displayed on the tables ; as were 
also a series of forty exquisite prints in chromo-lithography, being 
the proof plates of a work about to be published on the Cephalo- 
poda, or Cuttle Fishes, of the Mediterranean, by M. Verany of 
Genoa: accompanying these, specimens of the animals in spirits 
were exhibited, particularly that of the Argonauta Argo, or 
Paper Nautilus, about which there has been so much controversy 
among naturalists. Many illustrated works on Natural History, 
belonging to the Literary and Philosophical Society, were also 


324 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 


laid on the tables. The company having adjourned to the com- 
mittee room, two short papers,—‘ Additions to the Mollusca of 
Northumberland and Durham’, and an ‘Account of three new 
species of Animalcules,—were read by the president, the former 
illustrated by specimens. The next paper was by Mr. Carr of 
Dunstan Hill, ‘On the composite names of places, of Anglo-saxon 
derivation, chiefly in Northumberland.’ In the unavoidable ab- 
sence of Mr. Carr, this interesting paper was read by the secretary 
Mr. Storey. Mr. Tate of Alnwick followed with a paper ‘On 
polished and scratched Rocks, viewed in connection with the 
Northumbrian boulder Formation,’ which was listened to with 
great attention. ‘Notes on a species of Hydra found in the 
Northumberland lakes, and extracts of an elaborate paper (which 
time would not allow of being read entire) ‘On the Anatomy of 
the Fresh-water Bryozoa, with descriptions of three new species,’ 
by Mr. Albany Hancock, were read by the secretary. Mr. Wailes, 
in conclusion, called the attention of the meeting to the splendid 
coloured plates of Bateman’s ‘Orchidacee of Mexico and Guata- 
mala,’ a copy of which he had kindly sent for inspection, to- 
gether with another beautiful work, Hooker’s ‘Rhododendrons of 
the Sikkim Himalaya.’ The company afterwards returned to the 
Museum, where tea and coffee were provided, and the evening 
concluded with conversation and a further inspection of the 
various objects of attraction there displayed. 

In reviewing the meetings of the season, a few remarks suggest 
themselves. It is to be regretted that our field meetings have 
been rather thinly attended, but this, no doubt, arose from the 
unfavourable state of the weather at the times when they were 
held ; for on no occasion have we been favoured with a thoroughly 
fine day. We may hope to be more fortunate in the ensuing 
season. The practice of breakfasting together at the field meet- 
ings has been discontinued on economical considerations, and for 
the purpose of affording an opportunity to a greater number, 
especially among the younger members to whom expense may be . 
a consideration, of joining in our excursions. To those who pre- 
fer comfort to economy, the option of breakfasting en route is still 
open ; and, when a very early hour of starting is fixed upon, a 


PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 325 


subsequent breakfast may not be unacceptable. I would, how- 
ever, suggest that on those occasions an earlier dinner hour should 
be fixed upon. It has also appeared to me that the tract of 
country laid out for the day’s excursion has been occasionally too 
extensive, and that a shorter walk, in which the country might 
be examined more at leisure, would be desirable. I regret also 
that the practice of reading short papers after dinner has been so 
nearly discontinued. This has been principally occasioned by 
the length of the excursion and the late dinner hour not allowing 
time for the purpose. 

By a rule of our club, it was proposed to unite the pursuit of 
antiquities with that of natural history in our field excursions ; 
and it is therefore to be desired that the antiquaries of the dis- 
trict would more frequently join us on these occasions. The year 
now passed has been rendered memorable among the antiquaries 
of the north by a field excursion on a large scale——I allude to 
the pilgrimage along the line of the Roman wall, got up by Mr. 
Bruce,—in which some of our members joined. It may, however, 
be worthy of the consideration of those antiquaries who are 
members of our club, whether its meetings might not be made 
more available than hitherto for furthering the objects of their 
pursuit. Mr. Carr has set an example of communications on an~- 
tiquarian subjects, which we may hope that other members will 
be induced to follow. 

Very favourable notices of our Transactions have lately appeared 
in the Atheneum, the Literary Gazette, and the Botanical Gazette. 
It is encouraging to receive the meed of applause from such quar- 
ters. ‘We wonder,’ says the latter periodical, ‘that the success 
of this club has not caused similar associations to be formed in 
other parts of the country: if natural history had not hitherto 
been so wholly neglected in our educational systems, we should 
have one in every county town. May the next generation be 
more fortunate, and may the Tyneside Club endure until it finds 
itself a patriarch among Naturalists’ Field Clubs.’ A wish in which 
our members will no doubt heartily join. 

Although this address has extended beyond the limits I at first 
intended, I am unwilling to conclude without saying a few words 


326 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 


with respect to the mode and spirit in which natural history 
should be pursued. To search out nature’s treasures in the woods 
and fields is a rational, a healthful, and a pleasant pursuit, but 
the naturalist who confines himself to the collecting and naming 
of specimens only, losed one half the pleasure and instruction 
which it is calculated to impart. The works of nature can never 
be rightly understood without an examination of the structure of 
the plants and animals he collects. Their habits, their uses, and 
the beautiful adaptation of their organs to the functions they have 
to perform, afford a highly interesting enquiry, and, if the micros- 
cope be used, a still more wonderful and elaborate organization 
is revealed, extending even beyond the limits which our instru- 
ments can reach. In this way only can we truly appreciate the 
works of nature, and perceive how infinitely they surpass the rude 
efforts of human skill. Nor need we go far for examples, for 
rarity is not an element in this investigation ; 
*‘ Not a tree, 

A plant, a leaf, a blossom, but contains 

A folio volume. We may read, and read, 

And read again, and still find something new, 


Something to please and something to instruct, 
E’en in the noisome weed.’’ 


Messrs. Hardy and Bold presented the second part of their 
valuable ‘Catalogue of the Insects of Northumberland and 
Durham.’ 

Mr. John Hare, Newcastle; Mr. EH. C. Robson, and Mr. Joseph 
Spence, Sunderland ; Mr. George Armstrong, Fawdon ; the Rev. 
George Hunt Smyttan, Charlton Hall, Eglingham ; and the Rev. 
J. B. Leefe, Cresswell, were elected members. 

The days and places for the Field Meetings were fixed as 


under :— 
17 ie) Raa cpap oes ccron ora Stanley Burn. 
VA Tiere Se naa seein Staward Peel. 
ic HM orecanocddouodhs soodnwe Northumberland Lakes. 
PAO HNO). GaereRoannebacoo soon Holy Island. 
16th Arigust ee a Te Fourstones and Wark. 


Qt Sepre bers Wess cas seerseee Hartlepool. 


MR. A. HANCOCK ON A BURROWING BARNACLE, ETC. 327 


The following officers were elected for the ensuing year :-— 


PRESIDENT. 
Dennis Empieton, M. D. 


VICH-PRESIDENTS. 
Mr. Witir1am KeEtt. 
Mr. Joun THompson. 
Rev. G. Cooper Axess, B. A. 


TREASURER. 
Mr. Tuomas Burnet. 


SECRETARY. 
Joun Storey, F. B.S. E. 


COMMITTEE. 
Mr. G. C. ArKinson. Mr. Josuua ALDER. 
Mr. Ratpu Carr. Mr. Arpany Hancock. 
Mr. Grorce WAILEs. Mr. Ricuarp Howss. 
Narited= Bop: Mr. R. Y. Green. 
Rey. J. F. Brae, M. A. Mr. J. H. Fryer. 
Mr. E. P. Tompson. Mr. D. Outver, Jun. 


XII.—WNotice of the Occurrence, on the British Coast, of a Bur- 
rowing Barnacle belonging to a new Order of the Class 
Cirripedia. By AtBany Hancock, Esq. 


{Read at the Second Field Meeting, June 8, 1849.] 


I HAVE recently procured a very curious little animal belonging 
to the class Cirripedia, interesting not only on account of its 
modification of form, but also from its habit of burying itself in 
the substance of dead shells. The first individuals obtained 
were concealed in a broken specimen of Fusus antiquus procured 
by the Rev. G. C. Abbes, from the fishing boats at Whitburn, in 
the county of Durham, and fortunately preserved on account of 

VOL. I. vv 


328 MR. A. HANCOCK ON A BURROWING BARNACLE 


the fine specimens of Cliona gorgonioides which it contained. 
Since then, I have got this Cirripede alive from the boats at Cul- 
lercoats, also in Fusus antiguus: it has likewise occurred in Buc- 
cinum undatum, from the same locality. And on breaking an 
old specimen of the former, which has been many years in my 
collection, it was found to have been extensively attacked by this 
novel parasite. Indeed almost every dead specimen of the large 
fusus, brought in by the fishermen, from deep water, is more or 
less affected by it; and the only wonder is that it should have 
remained so long undetected. This perhaps may be explained 
by the fact that this animal only attacks dead shells, and always, 
so far as I have yet observed, from the inside, so that it is 
scarcely to be seen until the shell is broken. The columella is 
the chief seat of the ravages of this creature, though the sides of 
the whorls do not by any means escape, especially if the indi- 
viduals are numerous. When quite young they enter the sound 
shell, and as they grow, enlarge their residence, which is always 
of the exact size and form of the tenant. 

It is interesting to remark how completely this animal, toge- 
ther with Cliona, destroys the shells of the larger mollusks of 
our coast. Cliona enters by the outer surface of the living shell, 
and rapidly spreads over the whorls; but it is not, until after 
death, that the inner surface becomes much affected by it. Then 
this Cirripede commences its ravages on the columella, which it 
soon deprives of more than half its substance, and afterwards so 
reduces it and the inner surface of the whorls, that this once 
secure retreat of the mollusk, losing all power to resist external 
forces, speedily becomes a crumbling ruin. 

Little is to be seen externally,—a small slit in the shell or 
matrix marks the position of the head. This slit, which is one- 
eighth of an inch long, is rounded and gradually enlarged towards 
one end, and tapers to a tolerably fine point at the other, which 
is generally a little bent. At this extremity the shell is mostly 
stained of a reddish hue—the stain being well-defined and of an 
ovate or fan-like form, increasing in size for about zths of an 
inch backwards, and having a few pale radiating lines, which 
converge towards the slit; on these lines there are a few minute 


BELONGING TO A NEW ORDER OF THE CLASS CIRRIPEDIA. 329 


punctures irregularly distributed; but whether for functional 
purposes, or merely accidentally resulting from the close approxi- 
mation of the animal to the surface, could not be determined : 
they are not unfrequently partially closed up with calcareous 
matter. 

The stain is caused by the animal appearing through, which 
lies immediately below the surface of the matrix. This must be 
broken before the animal can be removed, and then it is found 
to be «:ths of an inch long, and ysths of an inch wide at the 
broadest part, of an irregular ovate form, considerably depressed 
behind, where it expands into a broad circular disc; and narrow 
and compressed in front, forming a sort of produced neck or head 
with a longitudinal slit on the upper surface ;—the general form 
resembling considerably, a Roman lamp, the slit representing the 
orifice for the passage of the wick. The produced portion, or 
head, corresponds to the valvular part of the pedunculate Cirri- 
pede, and contains the body and arms or feet,—the slit being 
analogous to the usual opening for the passage of these prehen- 
sile organs: there, are, however, no shelly plates whatever, the 
mantle being soft, fleshy and highly contractile, having the sur- 
face distinctly marked with fine longitudinal muscular fibres 
below; this part arches deeply into the matrix, and joins, rather 
abruptly, the under surface of the depressed disc-like portion of 
the animal, considerably behind the posterior end of the longi- 
tudinal slit. The margins of this slit are perfectly straight, 
thickened, and have somewhat the appearance of horn, but can- 
not be considered as forming distinct plates, though they com- 
pose, as it were, two valvular lips, which can be closed or opened 
at the will of the animal; in front they gradually blend with the 
mantle, behind, they are deeply notched, and each terminates in 
a projecting, slightly curved point. The external surface of 
these valvular lips, is furnished with numerous, minute, irregu- 
larly disposed, rather stout, curved spines, very transparent and 
of a crystalline appearance. ‘The circular depressed, disc-like 
portion of the animal, corresponding to the pedicle of the pedun- 
culate Barnacles, is slightly arched below, where it is pale, soft, 
fleshy, and as highly contractile as the anterior portion or head: 


330 MR. A. HANCOCK ON A BURROWING BARNACLE 


the upper surface is flat, and has in the centre a broadly ovate, 
horny plate, most distinct in old individuals, but never entirely 
covering the part, the margins always extending beyond it. This 
plate is of a reddish horn-colour, and is generally furnished with 
a few indistinct radiating ridges and tubercles, corresponding to 
the radiating lines and punctures seen on the surface of the matrix. 

The animal, as before stated, lies immediately below the sur- 
face of the matrix, and is entirely free, except at a point just 
behind the slit, and in front of the horny plate, where there is a 
strong muscular attachment to the upper wall of the chamber. 
The longitudinal opening of the animal, corresponds to the slit 
on the surface of the matrix: this opening is kept pretty accu- 
rately plugged by the thickened valvular lips of the animal, ex- 
cept when it is in watch for its prey, at which time a slight 
opening in front permits the passage of the prehensile arms. 
These occupy the same position within the head or neck, as they 
do in the valvular part of the pedunculate Cirripedes, being 
placed immediately in front of the mouth. They differ however 
considerably from those of all other Cirripedes. The arms of this 
animal are only six in number; they are short and set ina circle 
on the extremity of a soft, fleshy, cylindrical pedicle, which is 
undoubtedly a prolongation of the true body of the animal ; the 
circle opens a little behind, in the direction of the mouth. The 
arms are each composed of three articulations, the first or lowest 
being much the longest, the last the shortest ; they are all fur- 
nished with a few hairs on the margins and extremities: the four 
arms next the mouth, have attached to their inner margins at the 
junction of the first and second articulations, an oval cushion- 
like body placed longitudinally, and wrinkled transversely, most 
probably for the purpose of prehension. Immediately behind the 
arms, projects a large conical body, containing the mouth, which 
is placed near the base in front towards the circle of arms. The 
greater portion of this body is composed of the upper lip, which 
differs considerably from that of the other Cirripedes. In this it 
is delicate and horny, being enormously developed and sur- 
mounted by a sort of rostrum, which projects upwards and for- 
wards, and terminates in a slightly produced obtuse point ; the 


BELONGING TO A NEW ORDER OF THE CLASS CIRRIPEDIA. 351 


dorsal margin is carinated and minutely denticulated. There 
are three pairs of mandibles, as in the other Cirripedes: the outer 
pair are each apparently composed of three articulations, the 
third or terminal one being much compressed, forming an irre- 
gular oval plate, with the upper end terminating in a tooth-like 
process curved inwards: the two other articulations are much 
narrower, but on account of their minuteness and delicacy, their 
form could not be determined with accuracy. Only two articu- 
lations were observed in the second pair of mandibles; the inner 
or first articulation, is long, thin and straight, with the extremi- 
ties enlarged, and of an irregular form; the outer or second joint 
is very similar to that of the outer pair; it is however provided 
with two incurved teeth or spine-like processes, at the upper ex- 
tremity. The innermost or third pair of mandibles are rather 
wide, squarish plates, with three or four stoutish hairs on their 
upper margin. 

At each side of the mouth, there is a stout arm or palp which 
stands erect and reaches a little above the ridge of the rostrum ; 
the anterior margin of these arms is a little convex, the posterior 
a little concave; and they are furnished with stout, rather soft 
pincers about half the length of the arm, covered with numerous 
long hairs: at the root of the pincers there is an articulation, so 
that they can be either bent forward or carried erect ; there is 
also apparently an imperfect joint at the point where the arm 
joins the side of the mouth; but this could not be determined 
with certainty, as the horny membrane of the limb is so delicate 
that it is impossible to say whether the occasional flexure at this 
part, is owing to its flexibility or to an articulation. It is diffi- 
cult to say whether these arms represent what Dr. Martin-Saint- 
Ange names the jaw-feet in the pedunculate Cirripedes, or the 
two minute processes that are closely attached to the sides of the 
mouth, in these animals, and which are considered palps by some 
writers. They seem to occupy the place of the latter, though 
from their form, they have much the appearance of rudimentary 
anterior feet of the higher Crustacea. 

On each side of the rostrum, extending backwards, and a little 
way below the carinated ridge, there is a series of rather close-set 


332 MR. A. HANCOCK ON A BURROWING BARNACLE 


transverse plates or hairs which taper towards their points, and 
are stout at their origin, where they are slightly bifid, and exhibit 
for some distance upwards, the appearance of two channels. There 
can be little doubt that these organs are for branchial purposes. 

The chamber in which the animal is lodged, is partially lined 
with calcareous matter secreted by the tenant ; this lining is very 
thin, and principally confined to the side walls of that part in 
which the anterior portion of the animal is lodged: here the 
lining gradually thickens as it approaches the margins of the slit, 
and passes a little beyond them, particularly towards its poste- 
rior termination. On looking down upon the slit, this shelly 
lining is seen distinctly projecting inwards from the margins, and 
exhibiting two or three longitudinal ridges marking periods of 
‘growth, narrowing the opening backwards as the increase of the 
animal requires the advancement of the aperture in front. Shelly 
granules may also occasionally be seen filling up the curved pos- 
terior extremity of the slit. 

Notwithstanding the abundance of this animal, I have not yet 
been able to investigate the internal anatomy, many specimens 
having necessarily been destroyed in making the external exami- 
nations, and others suffered in attempts to remove them from 
their abode. This important part of the description must there- 
fore for the present, be left almost untouched. 

The cloak below is free for a considerable way backwards ; 
above, immediately behind the slit, it is united in front with the 
true body of the animal, and behind, where the broad disc-like 
expansion is covered with the horny plate, it blends with a 
thickish layer of parenchymatous matter. The stomach is long 
and narrow, and passing downwards and backwards from the 
mouth, bends rather suddenly forwards, and gradually tapering 
is continued into the cylindrical, fleshy pedicle which supports 
the arms, near to which it probably terminates. No caudal 
prolongation of this part was observed similar to that which is 
common to all the other Cirripedes; the generative organs are 
therefore probably modified in this animal. 

Adhering to the parenchymatous matter, beneath the horny 
plate, the eggs are found spread out into a leaf-like expansion 


BELONGING TO A NEW ORDER OF THE CLASS CIRRIPEDIA. 3930 


co-extensive with this part of the animal; but whether or not 
this is really the ovarium could not be determined. It may be 
that the eggs have reached this position in some such way as 
they are supposed, by certain writers, to arrive in the pedicle of 
the pedunculate Barnacles. However, in this animal it is cer- 
tain that the ova are never arranged in lamine, at the base of 
the arms as in the other Cirripedes; but that they are hatched 
in the position in which they have just been described. Of this 
I have had ocular proof. 

In the early stages of development, the eggs are of a yellow 
ochre colour, and the yolk is round and much smaller than the 
shell; the yolk gradually assumes an elliptical form, and soon 
fills the shell, it afterwards becomes a little flattened on one side, 
and by-and-by, three processes develope themselves from this 
part ; these processes are the rudimentary arms: about this time 
a black spot, the eye, makes its appearance towards one end, and 
at the other the tail is seen to be forming; afterwards these parts 
enlarge, and gradually put on their perfect forms, while the ege 
mass assumes a full rose-colour. 

On examining an individual in which the eggs had been ex- 
posed, they were all found to be in a high state of development ; 
on applying a powerful lens, I was delighted to find that nearly 
all the little creatures were alive, and most of them struggling 
for liberty. I soon had the satisfaction to observe several dis- 
engage themselves, and launch forth into the surrounding fluid— 
free, natatory Crustaceans. In the course of a few hours nearly 
the whole were hatched, and the wine glass in which they were, 
exhibited a most animated scene. On holding it up to the light 
they were quite visible to the unassisted eye, as white points; but 
with the aid of a magnifying-glass, their motions could be accu- 
rately observed, and they were seen to resemble some of the Hn- 
tomostraca; their large single eye and general conformation 
showing their relationship to the genus Cyclops. They hung, as 
it were, suspended in the water, and every now and then dashed 
rapidly upwards with a fluttering, jerking motion. They com- 

‘menced their ascent with great abruptness, and as abruptly be- 
came quiescent again ; and, once more hanging in the water, 


334 MR. A. HANCOCK ON A BURROWING BARNACLE 


were seen to descend slowly and gradually with their feet spread 
out above, and their back downwards. They seldom or never 
moved horizontally, their chief object apparently being to ascend 
either perpendicularly or diagonally, and always in an inverted 
position, 

On placing a few of these minute beings under the microscope, 
each was found to be provided with a tail, the body being ovate, 
broad and depressed, having on the back an ovate shield tapering 
a little backwards, and with a broad interrupted line of bright 
rose colour towards the margins: it is to this line chiefly that 
the general mass of eggs has a rosy hue, as they approach matu- 
rity. The eye is large, and placed in the centre of the forehead ; 
it is of a very deep rose colour, almost black in some lights. The 
tail is more than half the length of the body, and passes from 
below the shield, and appears to be composed of two or three 
articulations: at first it is very stout ; but, rather suddenly nar- 
rowing, tapers gradually to a tolerably fine point and arches up- 
wards ; on the under surface, at the point of contraction, there 
is a small curved spine. There are three pairs of natatory legs 
placed well forwards, and indistinctly articulated ; the anterior 
pair are simple and furnished with a few long sete, at their ex- 
tremities ; the other two pairs are bifid, the anterior portion 
being much the stouter, and marked with several indistinct 
close-set articulations, towards the extremity; each articulation 
bearing, on its posterior margin, a long seta: the posterior 
branch of the limb is also furnished with set at its extremity. 
On each side of the head, there is a stout process a little arched 
backwards, with the point obtuse; these I am inclined to look 
upon as antenne, for they appear to arise from the head beneath 
the shield, though this could not be determined with certainty. 
It is possible enough that they are lateral prolongations of the 
shield, similar to the “ anterior horns ” of the larva of the pedun- 
culate Cirripedes. Whether so or not, the larva of this new 
animal may at once be distinguished from that of this division 
of the Barnacles, by the absence of the long spine projecting from 
the posterior margin of the shield. In other respects, it evidently 
shows a strong general resemblance to the larva of these animals, 


BELONGING TO A NEW ORDER OF THE CLASS CIRRIPEDIA. 330 


The larva, then, as well as the characters of the animal itself, 
proves it to be a true Cirripede, while, in the former we see a 
confirmation of the relationship, shown by Thompson, to exist 
between these creatures and the Crustaceans. Indeed this ani- 
mal, in several particulars, exhibits a very close approximation 
to them. The shape of the arms or palps, by the sides of the 
mouth, resembles not a little the mandibles of the Nymphons, or 
the anterior feet of some of the higher forms; and the horny 
shield, overlying the expanded portion of the animal, gives some- 
what the idea of a rudimentary carapace: the rostrated upper lip, 
too, and setaceous branchie, have likewise a very crustacean 
appearance. x 

In these particulars, our new animal differs from the typical 
Cirripedes; but not more than in general form, which is very 
unlike that of either of the two great divisions of the class. The 
prehensile arms or feet, too, are highly characteristic in this, 
having, in fact, more the appearance of true feet than the cirri of 
the other Cirripedes ; there are only six, or three pairs, while in 
all the other Barnacles, there are double that number, or six pairs. 
In our animal, the last, or terminal joint, is shortest, and is sim- 
ple, having few, and comparatively short sete: the arms or feet 
indeed appear to be merely prehensile organs, laying hold of prey 
by the aid of the cushion-like swellings, before described as at- 
tached to their inner margins. 

The cirrigerous feet of the other Cirripedes, are also undoubt- 
edly prehensile, but in a very different manner. In these, each 
terminates in a pair of slender, much-elongated, and curled cirri, 
composed of numerous, minute articulations, furnished with a 
multitude of very long sete, arranged in double rows along the 
surface next the mouth. These sete diverge, so that when the 
cirri are spread out, the tips of the sete of the adjoining cirri cross 
each other, making a very complete net, which the Cirripede is for 
ever spreading out, and sweeping through the water in the direc- 
tion of the mouth. Its prey is thus secured, and nothing can 
escape that comes within the range of this simple and beautiful 
apparatus. It is not then by currents produced by the cirri, as 
usually asserted, that these creatures obtain their food; the feet 

VOL. I. ww 


336 MR. A. HANCOCK ON A BURROWING BARNACLE 


form a prehensile net of the most efficient nature, and the only 
currents produced result from its action. 

In habit, too, this animal differs from all known Cirripedes ; 
none, I believe, but this species bury themselves in hard calca- 
reous bodies : some indeed partially conceal themselves in foreign 
substances, and all may be said, in a certain sense, to be parasi- 
tical. Z'ubicinella and Coronula are well known to sink deep into 
the skin of whales; but, in both cases, the whole of the valvular, 
or upper portion of the animal, is exposed; and as both are well 
protected by their shells, it is evident that this habit is not for 
defence, the object apparently being to avoid that resistance of 
the surrounditig element, occasioned by the rapid movements of 
this huge animal, and the consequent difficulty there would be 
in maintaining their hold of its smooth, contractile surface. 
Other genera, Prygona, Crusia and Acasta, are found concealed 
in corals and sponges ; none of them, however, excavate: these 
bodies simply grow round the Cirripede, and as it augments in 
size, which it does by increasing upwards, so does the coral or 
sponge advance withit. Lithotrya is the only genus of the class 
that has been described as actually excavating a habitation in 
hard calcareous bodies ; there is reason, however, to doubt the 
fact, as we shall see, by carefully examining Mr. Sowerby’s own 
figures in his ‘ Genera of Shells.’ This creature is a pedunculate 
Cirripede, and is stated to have at “ the base of the peduncle, a 
shelly appendage.” Forthe moment granting this to be true, it 
is evident that the holes it occupies, if made by itself, can only 
have been formed by either this appendage, or by the base of the 
pedicle before the shelly appendage was secreted. But on refer- 
ring to the figures just alluded to, it would appear that neither 
hypothesis is correct. In one of these figures, there is very cor- 
rectly delineated a couple of Serpule, adhering to the under sur- 
face of the basal appendage. Now it is pretty clear, that were 
this appendage used as a rasping surface, no Serpule could exist 
as represented ; and were the excavations effected before the for- 
mation of this appendage, it must necessarily partake of the 
shape of the base of the newly-formed chamber to which it would 
be closely adherent, as in the parallel case of Hipponya: it would 


BELONGING TO A NEW ORDER OF THE CLASS CIRRIPEDIA. 337 


therefore be physically impossible for Serpule to develope them- 
selves on the under surface of such appendage. It is probable, 
then, that the basal plate of Lithotrya, is nothing else but a 
broken valve of either Clavagella, or of some small oyster that 
has been growing in the deserted abode, most likely of Clavagella, 
or perhaps of Lithodomus*. 

Clitia verruca, which is unprovided with a shelly base, certainly 
sinks slightly into the shells to which it adheres; but this cannot 
be considered a burrowing Cirripede. <Alcippe lampas, the name 
by which I propose to designate our new species, is the only one 
of the class, which according to our present knowledge, can be so 
considered. It is the only one, at least, that entirely conceals 
itself in chambers of its own making, in hard calcareous bodies. 

I have not been able to examine into the method by which 
the excavations are effected; a fresh and numerous supply of 
specimens will be required for this purpose. I shall now only 
observe on this interesting part of the subject, that, in this Cirri- 
pede, we have a proof that an animal as highly organized as the 
Mollusca, can bury itself in hard calcareous substances without 
the aid of shelly plates; and that the walls of the burrow of this 
animal, exhibit, in a peculiar manner, the structure of the shelly 
matrix. This however might result either from a solvent, or 
from the application of minute cutting bodies, on a highly con- 
tractile, soft, and pliant surface. 

From the above general review of the characters and habits of 
this animal, we observe at once that it differs in so remarkable 
a manner from both the Campylosomata and Acamptosomata,— 
orders established by Leach, for the accommodation of the two 
great divisions, the pedunculate and sessile Barnacles,—that it 
becomes necessary to form a new order for the reception of this 
curious Cirripede. This order I propose to characterize as fol- 
lows :— 

Order CryPTosoMATA. 

Animal naked, burying itself in some foreign substance, at- 

* Whilst this was passing through the press, I have been assured by Mr. C. 
Darwin, and his opinion on this subject is of the greatest value, that the basal 


cup of Lithotrya is undoubtedly formed by the animal, and that it has the 
power of enlarging the cavities in which the larva takes up its abode. 


338 MR. CARR ON COMPOSITE NAMES OF PLACES, 


tached by muscular adhesion to the upper wall of the chamber, 

and communicating with the water by an orifice: arms or feet 

six, composed of three articulations, the last simple: branchie 

setaceous, attached to the external surface of the upper lip. 
Genus ALcIpPE. 

Animal depressed and enlarged posteriorly; anterior portion 
compressed, with the mantle slit longitudinally on the upper 
surface: the four arms or feet next the mouth, provided each 
with a prehensile cushion: palpi furnished with pincers; upper 
lip rostrated. 

A.lampas. Animal with the margins of the lips thickened, 
each being furnished posteriorly with a curved point or process ; 
posterior portion considerably depressed, rounded, and provided 
with a horny plate, on the upper surface: chamber in the shell 
of mollusks, partially lined with calcareous matter secreted by 
the animal; opening narrow, enlarged and rounded in front 
tapering and curved behind. Length ysths of an inch, breadth 
zeths of an inch. 


XITL.—Obdservations on Composite Names of Places (chiefly in 
Northumberland) of Anglo-Saxon Derivation : being a Con- 
tribution of Materials towards the formation of an Archaic 
and Orthographical Chart of the County. By Ratpu Carr, 
Esq. 

{Read Wednesday, December 12th, 1849.] 


THE names that have been assigned to the various localities in a 
country by its inhabitants, can hardly fail to be interesting and 
instructive to philological inquirers, however trivial and unim- 
portant they may seem to the many, who are accustomed to pro- 
nounce them every day as mere empty sounds, conveying either 
no associations at all, or some mere conventional notions un- 
worthy of attention. On the other hand, the historical and phi- 


OF ANGLO-SAXON DERIVATION. 339 


logical student soon perceives that there is no portion of language 

more rich in traces, whereby the habits of life, the turn of thought, 

and turn of expression, that once prevailed, can be learnt and 

appreciated. He accordingly looks with the greatest respect 
upon these relics of an older speech, which so many think they 

may venture to despise. 

It is worthy of remark that, while the mind is young, and 
before it has been obscured by conventional habits in language, 
an extraordinary curiosity is often manifested about the popular 
nomenclature of places in the native district. Schoolboys, over 
their play, are fond of assigning their own interpretation to those 
names that come within their range; for they have an instinc- 
tive feeling that all appellations are significant ; and very shrewd 
are the guesses which they sometimes fall upon. This is because 
boys and children, though ignorant of the ancient popular speech, 
have frequently more of that faculty, which Bishop Lowth has 
well called vernacular instinct, and which the Germans term 
Sprach-gefiihl, (perceptiveness in language) than many of their 
elders are found to exhibit. They cannot always hit upon exactly 
the right interpretation; but their keen perception of popular 
idiom guards them against many a wrong one, such as older 
heads too often entertain. 

Some years ago, it occurred to me that no small benefit would 
be conferred upon English philology, and that useful help would 
be afforded to those, who, like schoolboys in the play-ground, 
seek to cultivate it in their own way, if good maps, at once 
archeological and philological, of individual counties, could be 
laid before the public; and that still more valuable information 
would be brought within reach, if similar charts of single parishes 
should afterwards follow; because, in these, the names of indi- 
vidual fields, and of various minor features of the land, could be 
accurately inserted and handed down. Nor would the advantage 
end here, or remain without practical results. For, though it is 
an invidious and thankless office to attack erroneous spellings in 
any direct manner, and to prescribe how they may be corrected ; 
yet by means of such maps, those who enjoy power and property, 
in the various localities, would be enabled to ascertain the purest 


340 MR. CARR ON COMPOSITE NAMES OF PLACES, 


old forms of spelling, and, if so disposed, might restore them to 
use and to honour. In many cases all the orthographical im- 
provements, that could be desired, might be introduced on the 
authority of the muniments of the estate itself. 

Various erroneous and corrupt modes of conventional spelling 
now prevail, that could not stand for twenty years before a good 
archeological county map. Such would fall insensibly into dis- 
use, though no one had gone out of his way to demonstrate their 
absurdity. 

All would, of course, depend upon the care and judgement 
evinced in the preparation of such a map. Believing, however, 
in the possibility of such an acquisition, I have endeavoured to 
bring together some materials in aid of it. 

In this, and some subsequent papers, I propose to examine, 
successively, those different terms for natural features, and for 
works of human hands, which have been most commonly used 
in the composition of names, assigned to places in Northumber- 
land; and also to show what mode of spelling appears to be the 
purest and most eligible, whether of present or of former times, 
but always with reference to the existing pronunciation. In 
treating of compound names, it is very seldom necessary to deal 
with other than Anglo-Saxon elements. The exceptional in- 
stances will be very carefully noted as they occur. Every Eng- 
lish compound name, being of Anglo-Saxon origin, or formed on 
Anglo-Saxon analogy, consists of two portions or members. 
Even when the component terms are three in number, they are 
still only two incharacter. Of these, the latter in situation, and 
which forms the conclusion of the word, may be called the sub- 
stantive member, and the foregoing the definitive, qualifying, or 
descriptive member. ‘Thus, in the name Cambridge, bridge is 
the substantive term, and, in a grammatical and logical sense, it is 
the most important member. On the other hand, Cam is the 
term which defines and distinguishes the bridge in question ; 
the site of the town being, of course, at the ancient bridge over 
the river Cam. So if we take Oxford, ford is the substan- 
tive, and, fundamentally, the most important term ; whilst ox, 
(originally oxena, of oxen,) defines the particular ford, gives to it 


OF ANGLO-SAXON DERIVATION. 341 


its character, and renders the combined word the proper name of 
the locality. 

Now, although the substantive term (which always comes last) 
is fundamentally the most important, yet it is not that on which 
the mind dwells most powerfully. On the contrary, the descrip- 
tive member, which comes first, occupies our attention still more ; 
and accordingly we treat it as if it were the root of the word, 
and throw the accent, or main stress of the voice, upon it, as Ox’- 
ford, Cam’bridge. This circumstance is most important to be 
borne in mind, because the absence of the stress from the last 
syllable, and its consequent feeble utterance, is the reason why, 
in so many words, this, the concluding term, has come to be 
obscurely and incorrectly expressed, both in speaking and writing. 

Tt will be our business, in these papers, to trace and examine 
as many of these humble and neglected substantive terms as we 
can: because a proper apprehension of them lies at the root of 
all safe progress in the etymology, and correct spelling, of such 
names as we are about to deal with. These terms are, for the 
most part, among the homeliest and most familiar words in our 
language : yet they have been obscured, misunderstood, and cor- 
rupted. 

I propose to begin with those significant of high ground and 
eminences, these features being the most prominent of the coun- 
try. In another paper, will be examined the terms belonging to 
vales and depressions; and subsequently, those applied to waters, 
woods, fields, fences, roads, enclosures, dwellings, and the like. 
The inquiry is humble enough in its kind, but, as has been al- 
ready observed, it is one capable of being followed out and ex- 
tended, till it may lead to certain useful results. 

Hill: Anglo-Saxon hill, or hyll, m. genit.-es. dat.-e. 

This familiar word is not unworthy of some passing attention, 
because, though in many instances, its presence and meaning in 
composition, are plain enough, this is not invariably the case. If 
it 1s conspicuous in the township names, Chat-hill, Seg-hill, 
Dues-hill, Wreighill, it becomes obscure in Bearle, formerly writ- 
ten Ber-hille, that is, Barleyhill. 

I will take this opportunity of observing, that the final ¢ in this, 


342 MR. CARR ON COMPOSITE NAMES OF PLACES, 


and many other instances, is not to be regarded as a mere acci- 
dental and empty redundancy. It is the old termination of the 
dative and ablative case, which, in names of places, was of far 
more frequent occurrence than the nominative, being used after 
the prepositions at, in, to, from, and of. In all such familiar 
phrases as these,—I live at Bearle, my land is in Bearle, I am 
going to Bearle, I come from Bearle, I am of Bearle,—this da- 
tive-ablative ending would be both written and sounded by our 
forefathers: whilst, on the other hand, the nominative and accu- 
sative of this word, and many others like it, which would be 
without the e final, could only occur in more rare and formal 
propositions :—as, here is Bearl, Bearl is not far off, or show me 
Bearl. 

The final e of the Anglo-Saxon dative and ablative has, there- 
fore, if I mistake not, acquired in this manner a strong hold 
upon our orthography of such names; that is to say, in those 
where it is present according to the rules of inflection in that 
tongue, or where it seems to represent some other vowel which 
was so. Though now mute, it has been respected by modern 
usage in writing, because old forms find more who are willing to 
stand up for them, in proper names of men, and of places, than 
in common words, which are, as it were, the property of all the 
world, but of no man in particular. But this final e, where it 
thus represents an Anglo-Saxon inflection, will, I hope, now be 
seen to possess a certain historical title to respect. It may be 
said almost to have a legal and documentary title, for, in the 
legal formulas of early muniments, the names of places almost 
necessarily occur in connection with the prepositions above 
mentioned. 

The Township of Harl, near Wooler, was formerly Hard-hille, 
from eard, A.S., a habitation ; or geard, an onstead, or enclosure. 
It was subsequently written Earle, (or better Harlle,) retaining 
the final e, which appears to me useful to distinguish this name 
from a word with which it has no connection whatever. 

The oldest form of Budle is Bodehill; and it might still be 
written Budehill, without any violence to pronounciation. 
Thropple, in the Parish of Mitford, was Throp-hille, that is the 


OF ANGLO-SAXON DERIVATION. 343 


village hill, (or cross-ways hill,) whereas the common spelling is 
either unmeaning or worse, that is to say, ludicrous. Some of 
the various places called Ryle, were once Rye-hill, others Rye- 
hall. (See Hall.) 

Down,—don, A.S., dun, a height, or ridge of uplands, like the 
downs along the South Coast, also sometimes a detached hill or 
elevation. This word occurs in Brandon, Heddon, Lumsdon, 
Fawdon, Biddlesdon, Humbledon, Halidon, Boldon, Marsdon, 
(that is MWeres-dun, equivalent to Sea-down,) Cleedon, (formerly 
Clivedon.) 

Sometimes we cannot easily decide, even from ancient muni- 
ments, whether a locality has received its appellation from a 
Down, or from the very different feature, designated in Anglo- 
Saxon times a den; for the best account of which I would refer 
the reader to Mr. Kemble’s “ Saxons in England.” 

In other instances, there is room for doubt whether the ane 
stantive element has been originally don, or, on the other hand, 
merely ton, or town. In the case of Hmbleton, (in Bamborough 
Ward,) written also, in old documents, Hmldon, (an ancient 
township and parochial centre, situated at the foot of an eminence 
or down,) it is highly probable that the name might fluctuate be- 
tween the two forms, even from the early times when the spot 
first fell into Saxon hands. In regard to the first, or definitive 
element, there can be little doubt that it represents the appella- 
tion of the founder, or first settler of the dominant race, or, 
{through the loss of a patronymic syllable,) the family name of 
his descendants. 

Law, A.S. hlew, a heap, barrow, mound, or seputeral hillock ; 
in a secondary sense probably, a natural knoll or elevation. 

The Laws, in Northumberland, are often high conical hills, but 
these were, in numerous instances, surmounted by artificial bar- 
rows or cairns; which last may have been the feature to which the 
name referred, since, in other localities, the site constitutes a 
mere gentle rising. 

Lye, in his Anglo-Saxon dictionary, observes that from hlcew 
or hlaw are derived the names of places terminated by low, as 
Houndslow, Ludlow, Winslow, Merlow; and these appear to have 

VOL. I. XX 


344 | MR. CARR ON COMPOSITE NAMES OF PLACES. 


had reference to artificial tumuli or barrows erected in memory 
of particular events or transactions: as, Ludlow, perhaps, as Lye 
thinks, the mount of the people ; if it does not allude to the name 
of some distinguished men there interred. Winslow, the mount 
of the battle. 

The term law, as a separate word, is still in common use 
among the Northumbrians, as signifying a hill, generally of some 
size and elevation; and, near to the Cheviots at least, is applied 
chiefly to hills of conical form. I am unable to say whether 
this is an essential characteristic or not, but am disposed to think 
so, or at least that hills so denominated, are never mere ridges, but 
must have a well-defined summit. Thus they speak of Shepherds’ 
law, Sheep-law, Greenlaw, Houndlaw, Hindlaw. When the first 
member of the compound is not distinctly intelligible alone, and 
the name is not so clearly significant to the popular ear, or again, 
where the composition is more intimate and complete, and the 
accentual stress has been thrown back upon the first member, then 
has commenced a process of corruption, by which daw has been con- 
verted intoJley, and thus confounded with an element of very different 
signification, which we shall have to examine in its turn. Thus 
Brislaw, in Huln Park, a very lofty eminence, commanding the 
whole district about it, is vulgarly called Brisley, as if it were 
mere ordinary lea-land. Throcklaw, which was, in all likelihood, 
so denominated from a law or barrow in honour of some Danish 
warrior, (Thorcytel being a well-known personal name,) has be- 
come Throckley, as if the lea-land would be sohonoured. Crau- 
law, a township and tower in the Parish of Eglingeham, and 
occupying the commanding site of a Roman fort (still very pro- 
minent) which overlooked the whole country, is too often de- 
graded into Crawley. From the existence of the Roman fort, 
(and Watling-street within a bow-shot,) together with the old 
documentary orthography of Crau-law, it is impossible to doubt 
that the late Mr. Smart and Mr. Hedley were right, when they 
referred the derivation to caer and law; caer being the ordinary 
term applied, by our ancient British ancestors, to Roman forts ; 
of which Carlisle, Caernarvon, and very many other instances 
might be cited. This element, not being an Anglo-Saxon one, 


OF ANGLO-SAXON DERIVATION. 345 


was easily converted by the country people into Cra or Crau, when 
they came to annex to it their own element daz, in order to form 
a compound name. As we find Craulaw among the earliest 
forms of the name, it appears to me the proper one to receive the 
preference in an orthographical map. 

I remember only one instance, in Northumberland, where law 
has taken the form of low, which is in Harlow, this being mani- 
festly Here-hleew, the mount of the army; just as Harwich was 
Here-wic, the village of the army, and Harrow, Here-howa, the 
hill of the army. Harlow was the scene of many early military 
operations, as Harwich was a formidable Danish camp and gar- 
rison, and Harrow a height of the utmost importance to every 
army operating in the country near the Metropolis. 

I may observe that, in Domesday book, the names of places, in 
the Southern counties, now written with /ow, are found under 
the same form as now prevails in the North, namely, with daw. 

In Derbyshire, that midland region, where the whole nomen- 
clature of localities bears a striking resemblance to that of the 
North, we find the following places adverted to in Domesday 
book,—Bredilawe, Bornelaw, Patelaw, Coldlawe, Draecklawe, (the 
Dragon’s law,) and some others. 

Cliff. This word in composition as the substantive member, 
is by no means identical with our ordinary word cliff, a preci- 
pitous rock. In A. &. clif, (pl. clifu,) is a cliff or steep rock, as 
in Germ. klippe. On the other hand, we have the Icelandic or 
Old Norse klif, a steep, dificult path, and, in A. 8. clif, with the 
same sense. If I mistake not, our term cliff, as used in terminal 
composition, has reference to an ascending road or path more or 
less steep. It is well translated by the Latin clivus or acclivitas. 
It is not simply a hill, but a hill with reference to its ascent by 
men or animals. Thus, most of the places, having names termi- 
nating in cliff, in Yorkshire and elsewhere, are situated on or 
near nothing more than rising ground, up which runs a road or 
path. 

Cleedon, near Whitburn, on the old authority of Boldon book, 
was Clivedon ; pronounced probably Clevedon, and longer than 
the Southern Clifton. The latter, at least, has good claim to 


346 MR. CARR ON COMPOSITE NAMES OF PLACES, 


have been formed from clif, a precipitous rock, for its precipices 
overhanging the Avon are tremendous. Yet, after all, our fore- 
fathers may have adverted merely to its steep streets. I am dis- 
posed to think that a steep street in Alnwick, forming the western 
outlet from the town, and now known by the name of Clayport, 
must have been called Cliveport by our ancestors, and that Clei- 
port might be the better orthography ; but the evidence of old 
writings is needed on this point, ere we can decide with cer- 
tainty. A parallel instance is that of Claypath, a street in 
Durham, leading up a similar steep acclivity. Compare also 
Cleveland. 

Howe,—how,—or hoe ; a frequent terminal element in names 
of places. Its Anglo-Saxon original has not descended to us, as 
a separate word; but in Spelman’s Glossarium we find it pre- 
served, in precisely the form that might be looked for, as oc- 
curring in the composition of the names Grenehoga and Stan- 
hoga, that is, Greenhow and Stanhow, (or Stanhoe,) situated in 
Norfolk. As to its substantial signification there can be no 
doubt, when the characteristic features of the following sites in 
Northumberland are considered. If I mistake not, they all either 
stand upon heights, or have, close to them, some hill or heugh 
bearing the same appellations. They are Sandhoe, Duddhoe, 
Stokehoe, Cambhoe, Inghoe, Swinhoe, Shaftowe; in which last 
the 2 cannot be conveniently retained. To these may be added, 
as one of many from other counties, Foxhow, on Windermere, 
the residence of the late Dr. Arnold, which occupies a high rocky 
promontory, running out into the lake. The foregoing names 
have been written, as I think they ought to stand upon such a 
map as has been contemplated. With their modern corruptions 
of Duddo, Cambo, &c., we have here no concern. 

There is, I think, no reason to doubt that this termination hoe 
or how is the same as our well-known northern word heugh. 
This has passed into hoe or how, when it has entered into close 
composition with a definitive term placed before it, and has so lost 
the safeeyard of the tonic accentuation. The heughs are, for the 
most part, those rugged outbreaks of rock, partially covered with 
green-sward, which show themselves in so many parts of Nor- 


OF ANGLO-SAXON DERIVATION. S47 


thumberland, but more especially along the remarkable line 
of basaltic rock which traverses the county from south-west to 
north-east. Such is The Heugh near Stamfordham, Hmbleton 
Heugh, and Howick Heugh. Indeed the name of this latter town- 
ship appears to owe its first syllable to the same element used as 
a definitive. 

Edge, A. 8. ecg, is applied to ridges of moor and other elongat- 
ed heights. When it enters into close composition, as the sub- 
stantive term, and consequently is pronounced as an unaccented 
syllable, it is not exempt from being mistaken and misspelt. 
Thus, in certain maps and in certain writings, the Colledge 
Burn, which flows from the northern side of Cheviot, will be 
found written as College Water; a spelling assuredly more aca- 
demical than scholarlike. 

Swire, A. S. Swira, Old Norse, Swiri, the neck.—The conforma- 
tion of ground, to which this designation has been applied on 
the Border Moors, is that which is met with where there is a 
sinking or depression in the ridge of a continuous line of hill, or 
between two somewhat higher points or summits, which last 
the swire serves to connect. 

The same idea is expressed among the Alps and the Pyrenees 
by the word col, (Lat. Collum,) which will be remembered by all 
who have travelled in those magnificent regions, in connection 
with many of their most celebrated passes. It is sufficient to 
adduce the Col de Tende, which is a lowering in the chain of the 
Maritime Alps, affording a passage to a line of road of great 
celebrity, both from the difficulties that were surmounted in its 
construction, and from the grandeur of the scenes which it dis- 
closes. I am enabled even to add, from the information of an 
Icelandic Friend, that the word hals, which exactly corresponds 
to col, is applied in Icelandic to similar conformations of 
ground, among the mountains of the remote Northern isle. 

In Northumberland, the Reedswire was a well-known pass 
frequented by the Moss-troopers, between Reedsdale and the 
banks of the Jed. 

There is a White-Swire, I believe, on the skirts of Cheviot, 
though I am not exactly acquainted with the spot. 


348 MR. TATE ON POLISHED AND SCRATCHED ROCKS, 


And, in Wallis’s history of Northumberland, when the Author 
is describing the district near Ford Castle, he observes, “ At a 
place called Haltwell-Swire, near Fenton, half a mile from 
Broom-ridge, Sir Henry Percy was defeated by the Scots, under 
the Earl of Bothwell, in the year 1558.” 

Swire, though so interesting and expressive a remnant of the 
old Border speech, has been absurdly metamorphosed into squire 
and square ; so prone are men to pervert what they do not com- 
prehend, rather than confess their want of information, and wait 
for better. 


XIV.—The Polished and Scratched Rocks in the neighbourhood 
of Alnwick, viewed in connection with the Boulder Formation 
in Northumberland. By Grorcs Tate, Ksq., F.G.S. 


[Read Wednesday, December 12th, 1849.] 


THE objects of this paper will be to describe the polished, scratched, 
and grooved surface of a Jiimestone bed in the neighbourhood of 
Alnwick ; to shew the connection of these phenomena with the 
Boulder Formation ; and to consider the agencies by which they 
may have been effected. Under the term Boulder Formation, I in- 
clude the series of superficial deposits of sand, gravel, and clay, with 
large and small blocks, overlying the stratified rocks. The sub- 
ject may not be devoid of local interest ; for though such pheno- 
mena are not uncommon in other parts of Britain, and particularly 
in the North of Europe and in North America ; and though, also, 
detached Rocks scratched, and to a certain extent polished, have 
not unfrequently been met with in the superficial deposits of 
Northumberland, yet Rocks, in situ, exhibiting such appearances, 
have very rarely been noticed in this county. 


iN THE NEIGHBOURHOOD OF ALNWICK. 349 


The polished and scratched surfaces now to be described, were 
found in a Limestone Quarry, on Hawkhill Farm, belonging to 
Earl Grey, about one quarter of a mile south of the Basaltic Cliff 
at Ratcheugh, and 24 miles E. by N. from Alnwick. The rocks 
in the neighbourhood, belong to the Carboniferous or Mountain 
Limestone formation, and are much disturbed and broken up by 
the eruption of basalt which occurs, as an injected dike, and also 
as an overflow, shewing successive volcanic outbursts, both during 
and subsequent to the carboniferous era. The metamorphic action 
of the basalt is very marked ; not only are the sedimentary rocks 
contorted and jointed in structure, but also the limestone is 
changed into crystalline marble, and the shale into porcelain 
jasper. The section presented at the Hawkhill Quarry, is as 
follows, beginning with the uppermost bed :— 

ile ree clay, with some large and many et ip a 
fomullo (2453. usobauctinddononioonnaonducudosestencaascasaodadge 


2. Five beds of blue carboniferous limestone, with thin 19 0 
Shaleppartinestarmcecsascseaseeeeccatecene arian i reenee 


3. Coarse shale, with mountain limestone (marine) fossils 0 6 
Ame Coalkonamoor qualibyin. c.c.lmccnenetscaheccarcsancec ce ee.eserct 3.0 
5. Coarse shale, with mountain limestone (marine) fossils. 


This Quarry is situated on the high ground which runs nearly 
parallel with the Coast, and which has apparently been elevated 
by the Basaltic protrusion ; the slope is towards the river Aln, 
and on the opposite bank of the river, nearly a mile distant, the 
same clay bed, as lies at the top of Hawkhill Quarry, is found, but 
at a lower level. 

Now immediately below the Red tough Clay, the surface of the 
Limestone bed is polished, scratched, and grooved. An area of 
20 feet by 6 feet, has been bared in this state; and the same 
polished and scratched surface extends under the clay. One part 
of this surface was flat and even, presenting a smooth bright face, 
like marble artificially polished ; other portions were rounded 
and undulating, but still exhibiting the same mirror-like polish. 
One part, in particular, was one foot below the general level; 
but in this and similar cases, the angular corners of the higher 
portions were removed, and a smooth and rounded outline was 
formed, It is important to notice that the polishing of this surface 


390 MR. TATE ON POLISHED AND SCRATCHED ROCKS, 


is very different from the rounding and smoothing of rocks, aris- 
ing from their attrition on each other by the driving action of 
tides and currents. I have carefully examined the condition of 
surfaces exposed to heavy seas, and of rocks which have, on the 
neighbouring coast, been rolled about, or driven onward by 
currents and the strongest tides ; but though these rocks, parti- 
cularly Limestones and Basalts, were smoothed and rounded, they 
never presented a bright and polished surface. 

Besides being polished, the Hawkhill Limestone was more or 
less scratched ; the scratches varying both in depth and in length, 
some being very fine strive, and a few being grooves + of an inch 
in depth. These grooves were parallel, one inch apart, and from 
6 to 12 inches long. Many of the scratches were 1-10th of an 
inch in breadth, and from 1 to 6 inches in length, having 
a general direction of from North to South, pretty nearly in 
the dip of the Quarry; but there were also other scratches, several 
being broad and deep, which were more or less oblique to the 
general direction ; those on the rounded corners of the higher 
parts of the surface, had a tolerably regular direction of from 
North West to South Hast. Notwithstanding, however, the 
exceptionable cases, the general direction of the scratches, when 
observed over the whole surface, could not be mistaken. 

The appearances described are undoubtedly connected with the 
boulder formation of the district ; for, in the bed of clay, above 
the polished limestone, there are polished blocks and fragments. 
A large block of limestone, measuring 3 feet long, by 2 feet broad 
and 2 feet thick, and embedded in the clay, three feet above the 
limestone bed, was scratched and polished on its under surface ; 
the scratches having a direction, as it lay, of from N.H. to 8.W. ; 
this block was not rounded like a water-worn stone. Smaller 
polished and scratched rocks are numerous in the clay, near to the 
limestone bed ; but the number of such polished fragments, pro- 
portionally diminish as we ascend higher in the clay deposit. 
On the opposite side of the valley of the Aln, the railway cutting 
through the clay, has exposed several blocks of limestone and 
basalt, similarly scratched and polished. In Scotland, in the Isle 
of Man, and other parts of England, and also in Scandinavia, the 


IN THE NEIGHBOURHOOD OF ALNWICK. 351 


same connection is manifested: where the polished and striated 
surfaces are, there is also the boulder formation. It is necessary, 
therefore, to determine the nature and conditions of that forma- 
tion, before venturing to speculate on the agencies which produced 
the phenomena. 


In North Northumberland, the boulder formation has modified 
the physical features of the country, particularly on the Hast side 
of the range of sandstone hills, which extend from Kyloe onward 
by Belford, Chatton, Eglingham, and Alnwick Moor, and thence 
crossing the county in a South West direction. The peculiarities 
of the formation are best seen at Holy Island, Budle, and Hoppen. 
It forms, here and there, long hills with steep ascents—some of 
them standing alone, and rising like huge artificial tumuli, to the 
height of more than 30 feet: those at Chathill and Newham seem 
the same in form, character, and origin as the Osars in Denmark. 


A brief notice of one or two sections will show the peculiar 
character of the formation in Northumberland :— 

At Holy Island, we find clay with large and small boulders, 
partly overlying a carbonaceous shale, and irregularly abutting 
against beds of sandstone and coal ; this deposit is separated into 
parts by singularly interposed stratified fine sand, in which layers 
of carbonaceous matter mark the lines of stratification ; above the 
clay is a loose mass of gravel, and of smaller boulders embedded in 
sand ; and above this again is a bed of clay without boulders. 
This section, besides affording evidence of successive deposit, also 
indicates that some force has acted on it laterally subsequently 
to its deposition, and caused the strange commingling and inter- 
calation of the different strata with each other. 


At Budle, the formation is similar but less irregular. Here the 
clay, with large boulders, with here and there q streak of carbona-. 
ceous matter marking stratification, and having a height varying 
from 10 to 20 feet, rests on the Posodonia Schist which overlies a 
carboniferous limestone. Above this clay is a bed of gravel, 
varying from 6 to 12 inches in height ; and above this again are 
beds of fine sharp sand, distinctly stratified, and having a height 
of from 5 to 20 feet. 

VOL. I. Yy 


352 MR. TATE ON POLISHED AND SCRATCHED ROCKS, 


The railway cutting near the Lesbury station exhibited a section 
having at the base four distinctly stratified gravel beds, consisting 
of rolled smooth stones, chiefly porphyries, limestones, and sand- 
stones, about the size of ordinary paving stones ; above these was 
a bed of stiff clay, 8 feet high, without boulders ; and above this 
again was another bed of clay, 8 feet high, with large boulders. 
In this section, as well as in several others where gravel beds are 
seen, the layers were arched, dipping away on both sides from a 
central axis. 

The gravel beds differ from the boulder clay bed as to the source 
of their rocks ; in the former, the rocks are chiefly those which are 
not found, zm situ, in the immediate neighbourhood : in the latter 
the boulders are chiefly of local origin. In the gravel beds are 
red and dark coloured porphyries, hornblendic, and quartz rocks, 
such as are found in the Cheviots, mingled with a smaller number 
of sandstones, and a very few pebbles of limestone and coal: all 
of them are rounded and water-worn. The Hawkhill boulder 
clay contained a number of blue limestone blocks from 6 inches to 
18 inches in diameter, basalts from 6 inches to 2 feet in diameter, 
and sandstones and shales generally of a small size ; these rocks 
are the same as appear, 77 situ, in the neighbourhood. There were, 
however, a few rocks which cannot, as yet, be identified as of local 
origin ; among these was a block of light cream coloured and fine 
grained, almost compact, limestone, containing 18 cubic feet, not 
rounded, but polished and scratched on the under surface. A 
similar rock, in situ, I have observed at Beal, at a distance of 
20 miles N. by W. from the quarry. Another limestone of a 
bright red colour, which is not uncommon in the boulder clay 
further north, was also found in the Hawkhill Clay ; the original 
source of this rock I have not been able to discover—it is said to 
occur in Scandinavia ; red Limestones are found in the West of 
Scotland and in Herefordshire, but their colour is much duller ; it 
may, however, be of local origin as the fossils show, that it belongs 
to the mountain limestone, and as, moreover, limestones, when 
near to basalts, are, as 1 have observed, occasionally red in colour; 
these fragments may therefore have come from some bed in 
the neighbourhood which had derived its peculiar character from 


IN THE NEIGHBOURHOOD OF ALNWICK. 353 


basaltic action, and been subsequently broken up and scattered 
by denudation. The most decided case of far-travelled blocks in 
the Northumberland boulder beds is granite, which has, however, 
been but rarely observed. One large block of granite I have met 
with, measuring 8 cubic feet, neither worn nor rounded, embedded 
in clay on the western acclivity of Alnwick moor, at an elevation 
of upwards of 600 feet above the sea level, and of about 500 feet 
above the vale of the Aln below: this granite is identical with 
that, in situ, at Aberdeen. It is also important to notice that not 
one fragment of rock, of more recent age than the carboniferous 
formation, is to be found in the Northumberland superficial de- 
posits. 

From comparing a number of sections, it may be generally in- 
ferred that the superficial deposits of Northumberland have been 
formed under water, for the marks of successive deposit are dis- 
tinct, and the evidence of the moulding action of water is con- 
clusive. But these deposits are not separable into different eras : 
_ that is, it cannot be affirmed that the boulder clay is of a different 
age from the gravel and sand beds ; for it is sometimes found 
above and sometimes below them. Nor could one great debacle 
or wave of translation, or even a succession of them, have been 
the agents capable of producing the complicated phenomena ; for 
the finely laminated sands, which indicate tranquil deposit, are 
interstratified in various forms with the boulder clay. The whole 
indeed would seem to constitute one group, formed under water, 
during a long era, which was pervaded by the same general con- 
ditions, and acted on by the same mechanical agencies, subject 
to local modifications. 

Evidence of the conditions of this era, as to climate, must be 
had from organic remains. In Northumberland, I have carefully 
sought for this evidence, but hitherto without success. Reference, 
however, can be made to other districts where the same deposits 
are to be found. In Scandinavia there is a similar deposit; in the 
Isle of Man, the boulder formation overlies limestones of the same 
age as those in Northumberland ; and in the Valley of the Clyde, the 
formation is largely developed. Now, from all these districts 
organic remains have been found; some in a rolled and 


354 WR. TATE ON POLISHED AND SCRATCED ROCKS, 


broken state, but others in a perfect condition, showing that 
the animals had lived and died on the spot where they le en- 
tombed. Professor Edward Forbes reckons the total number 
of species of mollusks, found in these beds in the British Islands, 
to be 124: all are marine; and the general facies of the assemblage, 
and some particularly distinctive species, evidence that the fauna 
of this ancient sea was of a sub-arctic character. The researches 
of Sir Charles Lyell, Sir R. Murchison, and others show that the 
boulder formation extended over the greater part of Northern 
Europe, as far down as the 40th degree of latitude, and that a 
similar formation, in North America, extended 10 degrees nearer 
to the Equator. 

Mr. W. J. Carr, who examined the Hawkhill quarry along with 
myself, informs me that the polishing and scratching of the rocks 
there are the same as what he has seen in the Alps, produced by 
glacial action. It is therefore necessary to consider whether ancient 
glaciers may not have protruded from some neighbouring moun- 
tains, and by their motion and weight polished and scratched the 
rocksoverwhich they passed, and moreover transported large blocks 
from the higher regions to the valleys. The distinct indications of 
successive deposit under water, throughout the whole series of beds 
already referred to, appears to me conclusive against the former ex-_ 
istence of glaciers in this district. Nor could glacial action have 
taken place with the present physical conformation of the country ; 
for there are neither high mountains rising above the line of per- 
petual snow, nor vallies with sufficient inclination down which 
the frozen river could be impelled onward. There is a more fatal 
objection ; the Cheviot and Lammermuir Hills are the highest in 
the district, and these are the only ones from which, supposing 
the outline of country had been so altered as to admit of glacial 
action, from which glaciers could have descended ; but that no 
glaciers protruded either from the Cheviots or the Lammermuirs 
is evident from the mineral character of the boulder rocks. The 
Cheviots are porphyry, the Lammermuirs are greywacke ; but no 
large blocks of porphyry nor of greywacke are to be seen in the 
boulder clay ; in the gravel beds rounded porphyry pebbles are 
common, but they are obviously water-worn ; angular blocks of 


IN THE NEIGHBOURHOOD OF ALNWICK. 355 


porphyry I have never seen ; greywacke of any size is rarely to 
be met with. 

While, however, it may be concluded that the boulder clay sand 
and gravel beds of Northumberland were not the result of sub- 
aérial glacial action, there are residual phenomena to be accounted 
for. It may be questioned whether even great waves could bear 
onward, over steep vales and high hills, for the distance of above 
100 miles, the large granite blocks found in the formation. 
Granting that this could be effected, is it probable that these blocks 
could travel over so rough a road, and yet retain all their sharp 
corners? Though waves of translation might sweep onward, as has 
been represented, with resistless force, large blocks and immense 
masses of gravel and sand, yet whatever may be their powers of 
transport, they could not produce the bright polishing and the re- 
cular striations of rocks ; for rocks, having their weight much 
lessened when under water, do not supply the pressure necessary 
to bring out a polished surface. No such effect has as yet been 
observed to result from the actions of tides or currents, and the 
effect of a powerful current, on a mass of loose rocks or debris, 
would not be to move the whole in mass, but to break it up and 
to scatter the fragments. 

The agents which seem most likely to have transported the far 
travelled blocks, and to polish and striate rocks, are icebergs. 
Glaciers, itis well known, protrude into the sea in high latitudes, 
both in the northern and southern hemispheres; ceaselessly 
moving onward, they bring down from the higher grounds the 
rocks which have fallen upoh them ; and as large masses of ice are 
from time to time detached, they are floated away by the marine 
currents. Sir John Ross saw one of these stone-laden ice-floes 
in 66° §. lat., on which there were not only stones and mud, but 
also a large basaltic block weighing many tons ; another tabular 
mass of ice laden with rocks, three quarters of a mile in circum- 
ference, and rising 130 feet above the water, was observed in 
58°36 §. lat. These enormous masses move with a force 
which nothing can-resist: even the ice-floes, which are carried 
down the river St. Lawrence, snap with ease the strongest chain 
cable. When, therefore, an iceberg grounds in shallow water, or 


356 MR. TATE ON POLISHED AND SCRATCHED ROCKS, 


on a submarine hill, the force with which it will move over the 
surface beneath, and the gravity with which it will press on that 
surface will be amply sufficient to polish and striate any rock 
however hard. 

Another modification of the same agency has probably played 
a still more important part in the ancient sub-arctic sea. The 
coasts of Scandinavia, Nova Scotia, and more northern regions 
are bound by ice of considerable thickness ; the shingle and mud 
upon the beach are entangled in this ice ; rocks fall upon it from 
the coast cliffs, and when it is broken up, separate masses are floated 
away by marine currents and tides, carrying with them the debris 
of the coast, and as they are driven along the shore, they polish 
and scratch the rocks with which they come in contact. Where 
the rocks, embedded in the boulder formation, exhibit polishings 
and scratchings, and are of local origin, the phenomena may be 
best accounted for by this kind of agency. 

To attribute, however, too much to any single agency would 
very imperfectly explain the varied phenomena connected with 
the Northumberland Boulder formation. They are the result of 
the complex action of several agencies. Viewing the whole of 
the facts, and deriving additional evidence from other districts, 
I am led to conclude that the boulder formation era, in North- 
umberland, extended over a long period of time, during which 
the climate was of a sub-arctic character, and that the whole 
of the county was under the sea excepting the higher hills, 
which would form islands in the midst of the waters; the 
tides and currents, acting on the shores and sea_ bottoms, 
broke up the rocks, reducing to small particles the softer 
sandstones and shales, and redistributing them as beds of sand 
and clay; the harder limestones and porphyries rounded by 
long attrition on each other, and eventually arrested by inequali- 
ties of the sea bottom, would be irregularly heaped up in gravel 
beds: strong tides and currents, sweeping along with increased 
fury by gales of wind, may have detached larger masses of rock 
from their native beds, and these after being rolled about, may 
have been plunged into and retained by the stiff clay in which 
they are usually found ; the diversified nature of the coasts 


IN THE NEIGHBOURHOOD OF ALNWICK. 357 


and the irregular outline of the sea bottom would give a local 
character to each separate accumulation, and hence, though con- 
temporaneously formed, and consisting of similar materials, 
these accumulations, do not exhibit the same sequence. 
Concurrently with these movements, icebergs detached from 
glaciers protruding into the sea, in more northern latitudes, and 
laden with the rocks and debris of these northern lands, appear 
to have floated into the Northumberland sea, and, in their course 
occasionally dropt their rocky burdens ; at other times they have 
grounded, and by their gravity and force polished the rocks over 
which they moved, the particles of hard minerals, embedded in 
the ice, acting as gravers and striating and grooving the surface ; 
nor does it seem improbable that these bergs have sometimes struck 
against the accumulations of gravel, sand, and clay, and forced 
the different beds over each other, and given to them the com- 
plicated and irregular arrangement exhibited in the sections at 
Holy Island, and in the neighbourhood of Alnwick. But as the 
blocks in the boulder clay are chiefly derived from rocks, in situ, 
in the neighbourhood, I attribute most of the phenomena, not re- 
ferable to water-agency, to the action of coast ice, which would be 
formed around the Island shores, and in which rocks from the cliffs 
and beach would be enclosed ; portions of this ice may have, from 
time to time, been detached and floated away to short distances, 
carrying with them and depositing as they melted, local blocks and 
debris, and when driven violently on submarine hills, producing 
similar effects in polishing and scratching surfaces, as result from 
the stranding of bergs. 

Independently of the interest surrounding even a stray frag- 
ment of the physical history of the earth, the highest gratification 
must be felt by every intelligent mind on observing the beneficial 
influence on the present era, arising from the repeated changes 
which have occurred during past geological epocha. Progression 
may be seen marked on the physical as well as on the moral 
history of the world. The hard intractable primary rocks could 
yield little, in their original state, for the support of animal life ; 
these have been broken up and reformed by the manifold revolu- 
tions of the past ; the new products have again and again been 


358 MR. ALDER ON ADDITIONS TO THE MOLLUSCA 


subject to the same process ; and as the farmer repeatedly ploughs 
over and harrows the stubborn soil, so has nature, in the course 
of ages, ploughed over the earth’s surface by the action of the 
elements—by currents of water—by volcanic forces—by glacier 
and iceberg—breaking up the rocks and grinding and comming- 
ling the materials in order to form a surface-covering adapted to 
the wants of humanity. 


XV.—Additions to the Mollusca of Northumberland and Durham. 
By Josuua Axper, Esq. 


[Read Wednesday, December 12th, 1849.] 


Srnce the publication of our Catalogue of Mollusca in the spring 
of 1848, a few additional species have occurred of which I now 
propose to give an account. These have been principally got 
during three days’ dredging off Whitburn last summer, in which 
I had the assistance of Mr. Howse, who kindly went out with the 
fishermen on two occasions. My own share in the transaction 
was, for the most part, confined to an examination of the mass of 
submarine products dredged up, which was brought on shore in 
order that the treasures it contained might be selected out care- 
fully and at leisure. The result of these dredgings was very 
satisfactory. One hundred and seven species of Mollusca were 
obtained, including several rarities, amongst which were six species 
not before observed on our coast: one of them I consider new and 
undescribed. 

Besides the Mollusca, several crabs, star-fishes, and zoophytes were 
brought in, of which no account was preserved. The depth dredged 
in was between twenty and thirty fathoms, at a few miles’ distance 
from the shore, and the space did not extend beyond Marsden on 


OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 359 


the north and Ryhope on the south. Iam bound to state that 
much of the successful result of these dredgings was due to the 
intelligence of the fishermen employed, William and Ralph 
Hutchinson, who entered cordially into our views on the occasion. 

I subjoin a tabular list of the species dredged. The following 
are either new to the coast, or, from their rarity or other circum- 
stances, thought worthy of a separate notice :— 

Buuima catena, Mont. Several living examples were brought 
in by Mr. Howse from the third day’s dredging. The shell 
only had been previously found on the coast. 

Butuaa prurnosa, Clark. Three specimens of this very rare 
shell were obtained ; one with the animal. 

BULL@A STRIGELLA, Lovén. 

Cylichna strigella, lovén, Index Moll. Scand. 10. No. 66. 

Three specimens occurred, all dead. 

This is a recent addition to the British Fauna ; a few 
individuals having been dredged on the west coast of 
Scotland, at different times, by Mr. Barlee, Mr. Jeffreys, 
and myself. This is the first record of its capture on the 
east coast of Britain. 

Bullea strigella is distinguished from B. umbilicata by 
its more tapering form, by being striated, and by a small 
tooth-like fold at the base of the columella. 

CHEMNITZIA FULVocINcTA, Zhomp. <A living specimen was 
obtained. It had been admitted into our Catalogue on 
the evidence of one or two dead and worn shells only. 

Cuemnitzia Macanpret, Forbes. We got some fine specimens 
of this rare species. 

CuEmNitzta actcuLa, Phil. Four or five were found; two 
quite fresh. 

ODOSTOMIA CONSPICUA, N.S. 

Shell strong, ovate-conical, with the spire rather elon- 
gated, of a pale brownish yellow or fawn colour ; whorls 
7, a little convex and well defined ; the first somewhat 
drawn out and set obliquely, the rest tapering gradually 
to the last, which is rather ventricose and occupies about 
half the shell: it has a very slight ridge in the centre, 

ZZ 


360 MR. ALDER ON ADDITIONS TO THE MOLLUSCA 


and is obscurely striated spirally. Aperture roundish 
ovate, a little produced and subangulated at the base , 
outer lip thin, faintly crenulated inside ; inner lip with a 
strong tooth, placed centrally, and a narrow umbilicus 
behind it. Length, 3 tenths ofan inch; breadth, 11 tenths. 

This new species of Odostomia is the largest I am acquainted 
with. Its nearest ally among described species is the Odostomia 
unidentata, from which it differs in the greater size, the more 
produced spire, and the crenulations inside the lip.* 

One specimen, dead, but tolerably fresh, was obtained from the 
first day’s dredging. I have since found a young individual 
among some small shells dredged off Douglas, Isle of Man, in 
June, 1848. 

OposTomra acuta, Jeff. 

Odostomia acuta, Jeff., in Ann. Nat. Hist., 2nd series, 
v. 2, p. 338. 

This has been described by Mr. Jeffreys since the pub- 
lication of our Catalogue. Two worn shells, found at 
Tynemouth, which I had there mentioned as probably 
distinct from O. wnidentata, Mr. Jeffreys considered to be 
varieties of his species. The acquisition of a few better 
specimens by dredging enables me to say that the shell 
found on this coast will probably prove to be distinct and 
new. It is intermediate between O. wnidentata and O. 
acuta, but the whorls are more rounded and the umbilicus 
much larger than in either species. I should propose for 
it the name of O. wmbilicata. 

Rissoa vitReA, Dont. 

Turbo vitreus, Mont. Test. Brit., 321. 

One specimen of this rare shell occurred. The first 
found on our coast. 


* Since writing the above, I find Mr. Jeffreys has expressed an opinion in 
the Annals of Natural History, that this shell, which I sent him for examina- 
tion, under the name of O. fulva, is a variety of his O. alba, in which opinion 
I can by no means agree. QO. alba is a thin shell with a very small and obscure 
tooth: this is a thick shell with the tooth very large and conspicuous. There 
are other differences, such as general form, size, colour, and striation. Few 
species of the genus appear more distinct from each other than these. 


OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 361 


PLEUROTOMA NEBULA, Mont. 
Murex nebula, Mont. Test. Brit. 267. 
New to our coast. We got three living specimens, 

PLEUROTOMA BRACHYsTOMA, Phil. 

Pleurotoma brachystomum, Phil., Enum. Moll. Sic., v. 2, 
p. 169. 

Mangilia tiarula, Lovén, Ind. Moll. Scand. 14. No. 97. 

This is one of the rarities lately added to the British 
Fauna from the enterprising dredging excursions of Mr. 
Barlee, Mr. M‘Andrew, &c., in the north and west of 
Scotland. Its occurrence on this coast makes an interesting 
addition to our local list. Three specimens were found. 

TRICHOTROPIS BOREALIS, Sow. Some good specimens were 
obtained. 

CuITON HANLEYI, Bean. We got a single specimen of this rare 
Chiton which was originally found at Cullercoats in 1837. 

Mop1I0oLA PHASEOLINA, Phil. 

Modiola phaseolina, Phil., Enum. Moll. Sic., v. 2., p. 51, 
t. xv., f. 14. 

Several living individuals of different ages were obtained. 
This species had been already observed on our coast by 
Mr. King and Mr. Howse, who had obtained specimens 
from the deep-water fishing boats. 

Lepron convexum, Alder. I ventured to describe this species 
in our Catalogue from a single valve found in sand. We 
have now been so fortunate as to obtain by dredging two 
or three perfect specimens and several odd valves. The 
minute puncturing of the surface does not appear to be 
constant in the species. A few had the punctures ex- 
tending over half the shell, and some were entirely plain. 
It is possible, therefore, that this may prove to be identical 
with the little-known Lepton nitidum of Turton. The 
surface is beautifully iridescent when fresh. The largest 
specimens measured 3th of an inch across. 

Ne@RA cusPIpATA, Olivi. One living example was got. 

PLEUROTOMA TERES, Morbes. Two or three additional examples 
of this fine and rare species were obtained. 


362 MR. ALDER ON ADDITIONS TO THE MOLLUSCA 


In addition to the above, all obtained by dredging, two species 
of Tunicata have been met with, not previously included in our 
local list. One of these is undescribed. 

CynTHIA EcuInaATA, Linn. 

Ascidia echinata, Mill. Zool. Dan., t. 130, f. 1, Forbes 
and Hanley, Brit. Moll. v. 1, p. 35, t.C.f. 4. 

Three specimens of this pretty species were got from the 
fishing boats at Whitburn. 

MoL@ULA SIPHONATA, n.s. 

Body roundish or ovate, inflated, with prominent non- 
retractile tubes ; adhering to marine substances by its base. 
Outer tunic soft, smooth, yellowish brown, or nearly 
colourless ; closely and uniformly covered with a thin 
coating of sand, which adheres firmly to its surface. 
Inner tunic smooth, transparent, of a lilac colour, shewing 
the viscera through, particularly the ovaries, which form 
whitish crescent-shaped lines on each side. Branchial sac 
deeply folded, with about six plaits on each side, a little 
festooned. Apertures tubular, nearly terminal, set a little 
apart ; branchial tube about a quarter of an inch long and 
nearly as wide, without colour, having six points, with 
sometimes slight intermediate ones surrounding the aper- 
ture; tentacular fringe branched. Anal tube rather 
longer and narrower than the branchial one, with four 
points at the margin of the aperture. Length, including 
the tubes, 13 inches; breadth variable, but generally 
nearly equal to the length. 

Two or three specimens of this Ascidian were found on the 
fishing lines at Cullercoats in October last. It approaches nearest 
in form to the Ascidia tubularis of Miiller, but differs in size and 
the smoothness of the surface. It is readily distinguished from 
the Molgula arenosa of our Catalogue by its projecting tubes, less 
regular shape, and more even surface. 


OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 363 


MOLLUSCA DREDGED OFF WHITBURN, 1849. 


Doto fragilis .......... 
Bullzeaipruinosateseecpmiscicielscic cece 
pectinatare meres cee 
catena Mieteretetsichatesysietel sists 
iBullayCranchit.% os ce.00/ele 
eylindraced: «0... -r-..< 
Strizellameemniiierictreapelctsts 
WHHINGE). se neao ddonooodde 
Amphysphyra hyalina ............ 
Actzeon tornatilis ........ 
Scalaria Trevelyana ......... 
Eulima bifasciata ........ 
Chemnitzia fulvocincta 


eo ee ecere 


Macandrei 
aciculaye nyse SO ROIGES UOC 
Odostomia conspicua ........ BATHE ESE Bc 


wunidentatamercetericciccciese 

ACUCA Ree aisieisis ciate 

interstincta: sso snes ce cere cee 

spiralis 

pallidaryyereriyarveyetane 

obliqua ....0.. 
Rissoa striata.....0...- 


INNCOMSPICUAG As) sousielstersieielaee @keeie tee 
Semistriataac wy aids Gearepoconis 
punctura 
WAtreaWtccsercets « 
WIV Sie ee tient news codes ee 
Littorina littorea ....... 
Wacunasvinctaersee ene 
Trochus tumidus ........ 
ZAZYPHINUSpeepeversrelee te stels 
Turitella terebra ..... Rr aiclersteeaior wale 
Aporrhais pes-pelecani,............20. 
Pleurotoma teres ......... 
costata ........ 


Alive. Dead. 
3 5 
1 2 
- a few. 
a few. 2or3 
© 1 
1 or 2 a few. 
- 3 
- 2or3 
- 2 
- 2or3 
1 2or3 
- a few. 
1 S 
4 6 
1 3 
- 1 
= 5 or 6 
1 4or5 
2 a few. 
- a few. 
- 5 
- 1 broken. 
» several, 
- several. 
- 1 
- 3 
- several, 
- 1 
= 2 
- 1 
° 2 
- 3 or 4 
a few. a few. 
several. many. 
- 2 
- 3 


- 2or3 


364 MR. ALDER ON ADDITIONS TO THE MOLLUSCA, ETC., 


Alive. Dead. 


Pleurotomavlinearisi-emiessce cece oeen - a few. 
Mebulaiec. {sede Peliosis 2 1 
brachystoma...... do0000.00 1 2 
MPrevielyanalivec cis vercetimeniiee : 1 a fewe 

Hususiturniculaymencecere seen paneer a few. a few. 

clathratusimesncsaelsciciottemeia vusrucie a few. several. 
PLOPINGUUS een aaa elsretel reise 2 3 
ANELQUUS aides ders crayore stetajctemeren i aeiete 2 small. - 

Mrichotropis borealisys. s+. cic ccc eeeseiss - a few. 

Buccinum undatum ........... Reena 2 - 

INassaincrassata::)ssiaiuelele .ceie cisiecncselorstevee many. many. 

Cyprecarburopeayccieiocaenenceneien 3 a few. 

INaticafcatenaie: eM e CU Wace aioe nen 1 = 

Alderiee cei. a few. a few. 
Montagul in. vecasecwotuete are a few. several. 


iVielutinatlevicatana-ereneerer entrees > 2 
Emarginula fissura ........ Sood ob aoe Oc 5 3 or 4 
Capulus/Elunivaricusy ¢...0 24-6 «else cele = 3 young. 
ChitonyHanleyitewe sayacnn eee ee 1 = 
CINETEUS AS viecpriecioc teen ek omen eee 2 . 
Dentaliumientalish. cece eiorcene many. many. 
Anomia cylindrica.........000....+ sieatoie - lor2 
aculeatas Yow scisiseniac tas siasersisiels - Lor2. 


Pectensticninus oer dene nea - a few valves. 
maximus © 2 valves. 


Similisy. re eitiec se teem - several valves. 
opercularis.............:6 Brae es 1 or 2 odd valves. 
INT CAYCATCISSAN SS eisncuclse Leh ere anes = a valve. 
Nucula nucleus................ Hie Bete many. manye 
iti ae he cats were sistent “ a valve. 
CENUWIS Hs Sahin teens ahaha adetleeine 2or3 = 
Modiola vulgaris ..... ata secssscoee | a few young. - 
phascolinawy-recasc cies esis a few. a few. 


TIPATY yale eae BE tect See TR IE 4 - 
discrepans .......... pmbbioo o00d a few. - 
IMALTMOLA Lar voslereehersietelelersioncierete ate 2 ° 
Crenella decussata,. 0000 v0.5 022002000 2 3 valves. 
Cardium fasciatum .......ceeeseeceres many. manye 
NOCOSUWI ac istelsartieiocdecnelelevevels > 2or3 
ATCemisilinetaeacericieiesleiene terion eueteiete S a few. 
Lucinopsis undata........ee+eeseeeeee-> | 2or3 small. - 
WOME EES So n00000000000 0 ABODdeO Go é a few. 
OV ACAI ateloicllonetenerelslaljererertcrcencorts a few. a fewe 
ERE bb 6q600e00d0 060000000000 5 valves» 


MR. ALDER ON THREE NEW SPECIES OF ANIMALCULES. 


365 


Alive. Dead. 
Bullastravirginea\ss scl. ccs ssice vcles ceielse - 2or3 
Cyprina Islandica..............66 ..... | afew young. valves. 
Astate compressa ........e0-.ee a few. a fewe 
Wanmoniseseeciesi cece - a valve. 
(Wonaxtanatina eevee cient vietietstetes - a valves 
Psammobia Ferroensis.........0..e+0-% - 2 or 3 
tellinella = a valve. 
Syndosmya prismatica........... - 2 or 3 valves. 
alas steer eats sion seis wiattaachals - 1 
IMactravellipticascnns scr «ssieiclecle a few. - 
@rytodoniflexuosum ies... 21 /01e.2)a\s1-l0\e\eleie 2or3 a few. 
Lepton convexum.... - several. 
Kelliaisuborbicularis ..:.......06 00s ++ 2 a fewe 
Montacutabidentata 5... .. elie. 1 wiclsieis'e - several. 
ferruginosa.....,.- - several. 
Newera cuspidata .. .2.. scsese sees ee aees 1 = 
Corbulateibbawarrcieccncven cen euveulroctiet a few. a few. 
MWhTacialCONVEXK Ase sieckecinccs cei smnalecis - broken valves. 
villosiuscula.......... - a valve. 
Cistorcarcmrtins cess siete - a valve. 
Lyonsia Norvegica ... 3 - 
EV iy axtEUN GALA et slel srers et stetslere slis aversteletorsdele itt 2 young. a few young. 
Solen pellucidus 1 broken. - 
SaxdcavaimugOsasmeiiesicrc/siicieieeisicieinieercisiets a few. several. 
Relonaiaicorrucata, sec. sees ce eels meves er 2or3 e 


XVI—An Account of three new Species of Animalcules. 


By Josuva Atpsr, Esq. 
[Read Wednesday, December 12th, 1849.] 


WHILE examining a specimen of Sertularia pumila, taken from 
the rocks at Whitburn, under the microscope, I was struck with 
the appearance of what seemed to be a very minute parasitic 
zoophyte, several specimens of which were attached to different 
parts of the Sertularia. 


366 MR. ALDER ON THREE NEW SPECIES OF ANIMALCULES. 


The body was of a vase or cup form, expanded at the top 
(fig. 1.), and set round with numerous pointed tentacles, abruptly 
thickened towards the base, and forming more than one row: 
they had very little motion, but were occa- 
sionally bent forwards, and the whole were 
sometimes slowly retracted. The body was 
attached to the Sertularia by a tolerably 
stout stem. 

Other specimens of the Sertularia were 
examined and found to have the same 
parasite, which was itself infested by still 
more minute parasitical bodies of the family 


Lacillaria. In addition to the first species 
of supposed zoophyte, another, rather 
smaller, was also detected, (fig. 2). Its body was of an ovate form, 
with a very slender and shortish stem: the tentacles were capitate, 
or knobbed at the end, not so numerous as in the first species, and 
placed in a single row round a narrow disk. Under the impres- 
sion that these animals belonged to the class of zoophytes, I sent 
drawings of them to my friend Dr. Johnston, who informed me 
that they represented something with which he was not acquainted, 
and that possibly I had got a new form of Campanularian zoophyte. 
A more careful examination, however, of these delicate little crea- 
tures, which were so minute as to be only just visible to the naked 
eye, convinced me that their organization was much more simple 
than is to be found in the true polypes, and that they must be 
considered to belong to the class Infusoria. I afterwards found 
both these species on Sertulariz at Cullercoats. 

I have since met with another species of these polype-like 
animalcules inhabiting fresh water, (fig. 3). It occurred in 
Crag Lake, on the stem of the new species of Paludicella found 
there, and somewhat resembles the smaller marine species already 
described, but is perfectly distinct from it as its habitat would lead 
us to expect. The body of this lacustrine species is pear-shaped, 
or, perhaps, rather bell-shaped, with a distinct rim round the top, 
and a single circle of delicate capitate feelers, which, as in the 
former instances, were retractile. The stem was long and slender. 


MR. HANCOCK ON THE FRESHWATER BRYOZOA, ETC. 367 


The British Animalcules are very imperfectly understood. With 
the exception of the beautiful tribe of Vorticelle, whose relationship 
is very remote, there are not any published native species bearing 
the least resemblance to those here described. The genus Acineta 
of Ehrenberg comes nearest to them. Acineta mystacina, found 
near Berlin, somewhat resembles our lacustrine species, but its form 
appears to be much more simple, and the tentacles rise irregularly 
from different parts of the body. It is probable, therefore, that 
these animalcules are undescribed, and their discovery is not void 
of interest, on account of their forming a more perfect lnk be- 
tween the Infusoria and the Campanularian zoophytes than any 
hitherto known. 

The great class Infusoria, in its present form, includes a hete- 
rogenous assemblage, which at some not very distant period must 
be broken up ; and it will then probably be found that the infu- 
sory animalcules contain the first rudimentary forms of nearly all 
the invertebrate types. 


XVII.—On the Anatomy of the Nreshwater Bryozoa, with de- 
scriptions of three new species. By AuBany Hancoor, Hsq. 


[Read Wednesday, December 12th, 1849.] 


Durine a ramble made last July, in company with the Club 
to the Northumberland lakes, | was fortunate enough to find two 
or three species of Bryozoa. Since then I have revisited the 
locality twice, and on each occasion additional species occurred. 
Thus six or seven forms of these interesting animals have been 
found to inhabit two of these lakes, namely, Bromley Lough and 
Crag Lough. ‘Three of the species appear to be undescribed ; 
these I propose to characterize towards the close of this commu- 
nication, giving previously an account of the anatomy of the fresh- 
water Bryozoa so far as I have been able to determine it. 

Ad 


368 MR. HANCOCK ON THE ANATOMY OF THE FRESHWATER 


Amongst the known species was a fragment of Alcyonella, most 
probably A. stagnorum ; but its characters could not be deter- 
mined on account of the imperfection of the specimen. rederi- 
cella sultana occurred abundantly, and of very luxuriant growth, 
spreading over the under surface of stones in patches of three or 
four inches’ extent. Of the new species, two belong to Plumatella 
and one to Paludicella, a rare genus, of which there was but one 
species previously known, and that, I believe, had been found only 
in Ireland, and in two or three localities on the continent. 

The anatomy of the freshwater Bryozoa had been very little 
studied, on this side of the Channel, before Professor Allman took 
up the subject, and he has handled it so well that little is left to 
be done. Indeed so complete are the results of this naturalist, 
that, perhaps, the publication of my own may appear almost un- 
necessary. My investigations, however, carried on, as they have 
been, perfectly independent of the researches of others, may not 
be without some value even where novelty is wanting. Micro- 
scopic investigations conducted by the aid of transmitted light 
are liable to error. Frequent examinations in such cases are 

therefore necessary, and observations independently prosecuted 
are of peculiar value. Consequently, I do not hesitate to give 
the result of my own labours on this subject, fraught as it is with 
difficulty, not fearing to mislead in a path already so well trodden. 

Of the anatomy of these animals I shall have to confine my- 
self almost entirely to that of Plumatella, Fredericella and Palu- 
dicella. Of Alcyonella I can say but little, having seen only an 
imperfect specimen, and none of the other freshwater forms have 
come under my notice, 

Plumatella and Fredericella resemble each other very closely 
in their anatomical structure, notwithstanding the external 
difference of their polypes. Paludicella, however, shows some 
very interesting modifications, particularly in the muscular sys- 
tem: but before entering on the internal anatomy, it will be 
necessary to examine the characters of the polypidom, and to 
trace its relationship to the polype. 

The polypidom of Plumatella Allmani, Pl. VI, figs. 3, 4 and 
5, and of Fredericella sultana is tubular, branched and carinated 


BRYOZOA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 369 


on the upper surface ; the walls opaque, tough, and membranous, 
inclining to horny. Those of the latter, when examined through 
the microscope, exhibit a sort of dendritic structure; the divisions 
or branches passing in an irregular spiral direction round the 
tube, are flattened, and extensively anastomosing, form for the 
most part a dense tissue, nowhere more open than just to display 
the branched character. The walls of Plumatella do not in the 
least exhibit this structure. In Paludicella the polypidom, fig. 2, 
is likewise branched and tubular, but not carinated; it is mem- 
branous or horny, and becomes enlarged and contracted at cer- 
tain intervals, dividing the whole, as it were, into cells or com- 
partments, the external surface being smooth and very glossy. 
All these genera have the polypidom lined with a delicate 
membrane—the tunic, Pl. IV. figs. 4 6, b & 5 k, and Pl. V. 
fig. 1 6, which is attached only at certain points to the inner 
surface of the external tube or cell-wall. This, in Plumatella and 
Fredericella, becomes excessively delicate towards the orifice, 
where it apparently blends with the tunic. But in Paludicella 
the union at this point of the horny wall and tunic cannot be 
mistaken, though the blending is so gradual that it is impossible 
to say where one ends and the other begins. And when this 
polype is exserted, there is a delicate membranous cup, Pl. V- 
fig. 1 d, projecting upwards from the inner surface of the mouth 
of the cell. This cup is the homologue of the circle of setz sur- 
rounding the aperture of Bowerbankia and other marine genera. 
In Paludicella, the tunic is sprinkled with large nucleated cells, 
fig. 4 m, and at certain intervals bends abruptly inwards, figs. 1 
and 2 wu, r, dividing the polypidom into cells at the points indi- 
cated by the constrictions in the horny tube. Thus each polype 
is isolated, is contained in fact within a distinct membranous 
cell, the end-walls of which abut against the end-walls of the 
adjoining cells. The divisions are therefore double, and being 
of living membrane, and in contact, it is probable that all the 
inhabitants of the polypidom are in some degree connected in 
vital action. The end-walls are considerably thickened in the 
centre, forming a bulb or boss projecting into the cell. The 
polypes of Fredericella are not separated the one from the other, 


370 MR. HANCOCK ON THE ANATOMY OF THE FRESHWATER 


though a few divisions appear to exist at distant points. Thus it 
would seem that groups of animals are associated together as it were 
in one tube. Neither in Plumatella are the polypes separated. 
The polype lies in the longitudinal axis of the cell, Plates ITI. 
and V. figs. 2, 2, being provided with numerous muscles for pro- 
trusion and retraction. It is held in its place principally by a 
membranous tube—the tentacular sheath, Pl. III. fig. 2 m, x, 
and Pl. V. fig. 2 d’, d’, which blends with the inverted lips of the 
tunic, Pl. III. fig. 2 7, a little below the orifice of the cell, and 
continuing downwards within the cell encloses the bundle of re- 
tracted tentacles, and is attached round the tentacular disc a’. 
Digestive System.—The organs of digestion, comprising nearly 
the whole of the polype, float freely in the visceral cavity. The 
entrance to the alimentary canal is furnished with tentacles, 
Pl. III. fig. 1 6; these arise from a margin surrounding the oral 
opening in two different fashions; in the one they form a com- 
plete circle round the mouth, in the other they are arranged in 
a crescentic manner, the limbs of the crescent being two arms, 
Pl. IV. figs, 1, 2 & 3c, e& c, extending from the sides of the 
mouth, fig. 3 a, having their bases confluent and with a row of 
tentacles on their inner and outer margins.  Paludicella and 
Fredericella, Pl. V. fig. 1 f, and Pl. III. fig. 1 6, are examples 
of the first mode of arrangement; and Plumatella, Pl. IV. figs. 1. 
2 & 3, and Alcyonella of the second. In Paludicella the tenta . 
cles, when spread out, form a very exact inverted cone, closely 
resembling the shape they assume in some of the marine species. 
The base or disc supporting the tentacles is not exactly circular 
in Predericella,; in this genus it is a little flattened at the point 
corresponding to the space between the oral arms in Plumatella; 
and there is also a delicate transparent membrane, Pl. III fig. 1 
c’, c, uniting the bases of the tentacles. In these respects Frede- 
ricella shows an approximation to those with oral arms, or as it 
is generally termed, a crescentic disc. In these there is always 
a similar membrane, Pl. IV. figs. 1, 2&3, f&d, at the base 
of the tentacles, and in all of them, as well as in /redericella, 
this membrane is attached to the external surface of the tenta- 
cles, and is much wider at the margin than the spaces between 


BRYOZOA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 371 


them, and, consequently, it bags out, giving to the upper portion 
a flounced appearance, particularly in the latter, Pl. III. fig. 1 ¢. 

The tentacles themselves, in all these genera, are rather stout 
and linear with the end obtuse; they have the appearance of 
being tubular, as have likewise the oral arms of Plumatella : the 
tentacles are clothed with long cilia, which vibrate upwards on 
one side, and downwards on the other, in the same manner as de- 
scribed in the marine species ; and as in them, when the polype 
is retracted, the tentacles are drawn down in an erect position, 
having first been brought together into a compact linear bundle, 
Pl. III. fig. 2 a, and Pl. V. fig. 2d. They do not appear to be at all 
contractile, and in all the species are transparent and almost homo- 
geneous in their structure. There can be little doubt that they 
are not merely tentacles, but that they are likewise respiratory 

organs: food is brought to the mouth by their ciliary currents, 
‘and also by the action of the tentacles themselves, one or more 
of which may frequently be seen bending suddenly inwards, and 
securing such particles as come within their reach. They occa- 
sionally act in concert in the capture of animalcules, by bringing 
their tips together, thus forming, in those with a circular disc, a 
very elegant oval cage, within which the imprisoned prey may 
be seen for an instant or two dashing about, previously to passing 
into the cesophagus or to liberation, which not unfrequently hap- 
pens, the captive proving distasteful to the polype. The tentacles 
then may be considered prehensile, labial, or oral appendages, not- 
withstanding their respiratory function, and as such they area 
portion of the alimentary system. 

The oral orifice of Plumatella is semicircular, Pl. LV. fig. 3 a, 
and protected by a strong, rounded, fleshy valve, 6, which, arising 
from the side of the mouth at the point on the inner margin of 
the cresent, where the two arms unite, projects upwards and 
slightly overhangs the opening. This valve is completely under 
the control of the animal, and can be made to act as a sort of 
operculum, closing the orifice to prevent the admittance of food ; 
or it can be used to force food into the pharynx. The mouth, 
Pl. IIT. fig. 1 d, of Predericella is likewise semicircular, and is 
also provided with a similar valve, e. It is immediately behind 


372 MR. HANCOCK ON THE ANATOMY OF THE FRESHWATER 


it that the tentacular disc is a little flattened, proving that this 
point corresponds to the space between the arms in Plumatella ; 
indeed, in some points of view, the angles formed by this flatten- 
ing have not a little the appearance of rudimentary arms just 
sprouting. 

The cesophagus descends at once in a straight line from the 
oral opening. In Fredericella, Pl. III. figs. 1 f & 2 6, it is rather 
short and wide, and the walls, which are thick and fleshy, are 
parallel throughout, except at the commencement, where they 
are a little bulged, forming a sort cf pharynx which is lined with 
vibratile cilia: the other extremity communicates with the 
stomach by a distinct valvular orifice, Pl. III. figs. 1 g & 2e, 
the cardiac, projecting downwards. The whole surface is covered 
with minute circular cells resembling very much the peculiar 
structure observed in the marine species, and pointed out by Dr. 
Farre, in his valuable paper on the Marine Ascidian Polypes 
published in the ‘ Philosophical Transactions’ for 1837, 

The stomach, figs. 1 2 & 2 d, is more than twice the length of 
the cesophagus, tapering slightly downwards and truncate above ; 
the lower extremity being obtuse: the walls, lke those of the 
oesophagus, are thick and fleshy, and are covered with numerous, 
minute, close-set cells of a glandular character. The pyloric 
orifice is circular and well marked, and has the appearance of 
being guarded by a sphincter muscle; it is likewise supplied 
with vibratile cilia which extend some little way into the 
stomach. This orifice is situated above, at one side and a little 
below the cardiac opening. The intestine, figs. 1 & 2, %, ¢, is 
straight, and a little longer than, and nearly as wide as, the 
esophagus, with which it hes in contact, and to which it is 
apparently attached ; the pyloric extremity is obtusely pointed, 
and communicates by the side with the stomach ; from thence the 
intestine tapers a little upwards towards the anal extremity, 
which, turning outwards, passes through the tentacular sheath 
just below its attachment to the disc supporting the tentacles, 
and there terminates in an obtuse perforated point, figs. 1 & 2 7 
& f, which can be either protruded or retracted, to a considerable 
extent, at the will of the animal. The whole of the alimentary 


BRYOZOA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 375 


canal is highly irritable, particularly the esophagus and stomach, 
in the walls of both of which, minute, transverse striz are dis- 
tinctly visible, probably indicating the presence of muscles. The 
stomach is perpetually in motion when the animal is displayed, 
contracting in an undulating or vermicular manner from above 
downwards. The contractions of the esophagus, too, are very 
decided on receiving food, which for a second or two rests in the 
enlargement, and is then hurried into the stomach with great 
rapidity. 

The alimentary canal of Plumatella and Alcyonella does not 
vary in any important manner from that of /redericella. In the 
two former, however, both the csophagus and stomach are 
shorter than they are in the latter genus. 

In all these genera no disturbance of the parts of the aliment- 
ary canal takes place on the retraction of the polype : the animal 
sinks into the cell with the csophagus, stomach and intestine 
erect as they were when the tentacles were exserted and in full 
play. Not so, however, in Paludicella, Pl. V, fig. 2; in this 
genus the alimentary canal is doubled upon itself when the 
polype is retracted ; and, moreover, the parts are somewhat 
modified, approximating this form more closely to that of the 
marine species. 

When the animal of Paludicella is protruded, the cesophagus, 
fig. 1 h, is observed to be long and slender, and to have a dis- 
tinct pharyngeal dilatation at the commencement, where vibra- 
tile cilia can be seen in vigorous action. It communicates with 
the upper extremity of the stomach by a circular orifice, fig 2 f. 
The stomach, fig. 1 2, is rather short, considerably enlarged above 
and tapering to the inferior extremity, where it 1s rounded : the 
walls are thick, and apparently filled with yellowish brown 
coloured granules, probably hepatic as in the marine species. 
The intestine, 7, arises from the superior extremity close behind 
and a little above the cardia. The pyloric opening is well de- 
fined and circular; soon after its origin the intestine is sud- 
denly enlarged, forming an oval swelling, &, in which the feces 
may be seen collecting ; it contracts above this swelling, and 
continues afterwards for nearly its whole length of equal diame- 


374 MR. HANCOCK ON THE ANATOMY OF THE FRESHWATER 


ter; it passes upward in a straight line parallel with the ceso- 
phagus, but unattached to it, and terminates in a rounded anal 
extremity, 7, immediately below the base of the tentacles where 
it perforates the tentacular sheath. The upper end of the 
stomach, close to the pyloric orifice, is furnished with vibratile 
cilia, and here the alimentary matters may be seen rapidly 
rotating by their influence. The feces are formed into small 
pellets, which, coming from the enlarged portion, pass up the 
intestine and are expelled at the anal orifice. The whole of the 
canal is as highly irritable as in the other species ; the stomach 
undulating from above downwards in the same manner, and the 
cesophagus is equally expert in transmitting food to the stomach. 
But neither in Paludicella nor in the species before alluded to 
does the pharyngeal swelling exhibit in any marked manner, the 
sudden puffings and contractions so conspicuous in the marine 
species, and noticed originally by Dr. Farre. 

On retraction of the polype, the alimentary canal of Paludi- 
cella is doubled upon itself in much the same way as in Bower- 
bankia. The basal disc of the tentacles is then brought down as 
far as the upper extremity of the stomach, and the consequence 
is that the intestine, fig. 2 h, is doubled upon itself a little above 
the enlargement, 7, and the cesophagus, e, is forced down by the 
side of the stomach, g, and turning upwards again is bent into 
the form of an 8. 

Vascular System.—This appears to be entirely wanting in 
these animals: a species of circulation nevertheless exists. I 
have seen, on two or three occasions, a pretty regular flow of the 
fluid in the visceral cavity of Pluwmatella and VFredericella. 
Under ordinary circumstances no fluid can be recognized in this 
cavity, from the apparent deficiency of blood-globules or corpus- 
cles of any kind. Such however probably exist, but the thick- 
ness and opacity of the cell-walls are sufficient to prevent the 
detection of minute bodies of this nature. On the occasions 
alluded to, some of the tissues of the animal appear to have been 
ruptured, and small fragmentary particles, mingling with the 
contained fluid, were perceived moving in certain directions. By 
the aid of these particles, which were numerous and of various 


BRYOZOA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 375 


forms and sizes, it was easy to ascertain that the fluid which 
bathes the polype circulates in a regular manner within the 
cavity in which the viscera float. There can be no doubt that 
this circulation is caused by the action of cilia which cover the 
inner surface of the linmg membrane or tunic, and also clothe 
the external wall of the retracted tentacular sheath. The cur- 
rent flowed regularly and steadily; but when the floating 
particles approached the surface of the tunic or tentacular sheath, 
their motion became accelerated in a manner that sufficiently 
evinced the presence of vibratile cilia. Those on the tunic 
chiefly determined the direction of the current, which went 
with great regularity up one side, crossed over at the top of the 
cell, and then went down the other side ; it crossed again, in an 
opposite direction, a little below the stomach, and so completed 
the circuit. It was not difficult to ascertain that the cilia of the 
tunic on one side of the cell vibrate upwards, on the other side 
_ downwards ; and that all those, on the tentacular sheath, vibrate 
upwards. On one side therefore the currents of the sheath and 
tunic oppose each other ; and consequently an eddy was visible 
near the top of the cell. 

Tt is quite evident then that fluid circulates within the visceral 
cavity. What is the nature of this circulation? Is it merely 
respiratory, or is it nutritive? It can scarcely be considered an 
aérating current, as there is no visible communication between 
this cavity and the external water; and indeed if an orifice 
exists, it must be minute and under the control of the animal, 
or the protrusion of the polype could not be effected in the 
manner to be afterwards described. It is more likely to be for 
the purpose of nutrition,—standing, indeed, in the place of a 
vascular system. The fluid must therefore hold in suspension 
the products of digestion. These may be supposed to exude 
through the walls of the intestinal canal, probably from the 
enlarged portion of it in Paludicella, and perhaps also from the 
upper portion of the stomach ; and passing into this circulation 
will go at once to nourish the various organs of the animal, all 
of which are bathed with this vivifying fluid, except the ten- 
tacles, which we shall afterwards see, in all probability, receive 

B3 


376 MR. HANCOCK ON THE ANATOMY OF THE FRESHWATER 


blood into their interior, for the purpose of aération. In this 
way, too, we can understand the nourishment and growth of the 
tunic and the maintenance of the buds (which germinate from it) 
until they are able, by the aid of their own tentacles, to procure 
food. In no other way can the development of these buds be so 
easily explained. The membrane in which they take their origin 
must either be supplied with the nutritive fluid in this way, or 
by the agency of vessels; but none can be discovered either in 
the tunic or elsewhere. The external cell-walls, whilst in a 
growing state, must also be nourished by the tunic, which we 
have seen is united to the external walls at the orifice of the cell. 

The respiratory function we have stated to be exercised by the 
tentacles, but there can be no doubt that all the exposed parts 
will assist in aérating the blood. The tentacles are hollow, and 
though I could not detect any fluid within them, it is probable 
that the blood finds its way into their tubular cavities through 
the basal dise ; and as they are clothed with strong vibratile cilia 
which keep a constant flow of the oxygenating medium, over 
their surfaces, they would appear well adapted for breathing 
organs. It is, however, difficult to understand how the oxyge-= 
nation of the blood goes on when the polype is retracted; for, at 
this time, the orifice is completely closed by the folding in. of the 
lips of the cell, and by muscles provided for the purpose. Pro- 
fessor Allman has supposed that the tube retractors of Paludicella 
exercise the function also of opening the aperture, when in this 
state, for the purpose of admitting the surrounding fluid. But I 
have seen nothing to warrant such supposition ; and indeed 
the tentacles being then packed close together within the sheath, 
the cilia cease to vibrate, and there is no room in which the 
water can flow around them, even supposing an opening to be 
so maintained. The tips of the tentacles, too, of Paludicella, and 
of several of the marine species when retracted, are generally 
bent down in a manner to forbid the flow of any fluid whatever 
amongst them. It would therefore seem clear, that when not in 
action the oxygenation of the blood must almost, if not entirely, 
cease in these polypes, as 1t must do in most of the Mollusca 
when closed up in their shelly armature. ae 


fod 


BRYOZOA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 317 


Nervous System.—Some years ago Professor Allman discovered 
a ganglion in these animals, and has more recently ascertained 
the existence of nerves. I have also detected a large ganglion, 
Pl. III. fig. 1 &, in Plumatella and Fredericella. It is situated 
just below the entrance to the csophagus, on the external sur- 
face, close to the base of the tentacles and just above the anal 
orifice. It is therefore placed between the oral arms in Plwma- 
tella, and in Fredericella at the corresponding point. In the 
latter I have observed two or three nerves passing from the 
ganglion upwards in the direction of the tentacles, and one 
apparently going to embrace the oesophagus ; another that comes 
from the lower extremity of the ganglion may also be seen pas- 
sing downwards close to the esophagus. This is all I have been 
able to make out respecting the nervous system, though 
undoubtedly more is to be learnt. © 

Muscular System.—There are three distinct set of muscles in 
Plumatella and Fredericella; one for the retraction of the 
polype, another to assist in the act of protrusion, and the third 
probably accessory in closing the orifice. The first and most 
conspicuous set of muscles, the polype retractors, Pl. III. figs. 2 g, 
g &4f, and Pl. IV. figs. 4 g & 5 7, 2, is divided into two equal 
bundles, one passing on each side of the polype. These bundles 
are composed of numerous, stout, isolated fibres, having their 
origin in the walls of the cell a considerable way below the 
retracted polype ; and passing upwards have their superior ex- 
tremities inserted at the tentacular disc or base of the oral arms 
and at the upper portion of the esophagus. There are also two 
sunilar bundles of muscular fibres in Alcyonella, but in this 
genus they have their origin at, or close to, the bottom of the cell. 
When the animal of Plumatella is exserted, two or three of the 
stoutest, Pl. III. fig. 4 g, of these fibres are seen to be attached on 
each side further forward than the rest at the base of the oral 
arms. Also in /redericella similar fibres are inserted at the 
corresponding parts of the tentacular disc. These stout fibres 
have their origin a little lower down the cell than the rest. 

_The function of these two bundles of muscular fibres cannot 
for a moment be mistaken: they are for the purpose of drawing 


378 MR. HANCOCK ON THE ANATOMY OF THE FRESHWATER 


the polype back into the cell ; and when it is so withdrawn, the 
fibres of this, the most powerful muscle of the animal, may be 
seen in a relaxed state and bent upon themselves in a loose un-. 
dulating manner about the tentacular disc, and downwards to 
their origin. The few strong fibres alluded to, undoubtedly 
assist in the retraction of the polype; but are also apparently 
the principal agents in rotating the head, so to speak, of the 
polype when exserted. 

The second set of muscles, Pl. III. figs. 1 & 2 m, h, is composed 
of a circle of stout, isolated, radiating fibres, all placed in the 
same horizontal plane, considerably apart from each other, and 
attached by their outer extremities to the inner surface of the 
tunic, some way below the opening; their inner extremities 
converging towards the tentacular sheath, are attached to it 
about one-third from its superior termination. Plwmatella has 
fifteen or sixteen of these fibres, /redcricella about fourteen. 
Their arrangement is perfectly symmetrical. They are for the 
purpose of preventing the inversion of the whole of the tentacu- 
lar sheath, on the protrusion of the polype; and thus to confine 
the oral extremity within a convenient distance above the mouth 
of the cell. 

The true value of these muscles will be fully understood if we 
refer to the marine genus Lowerbankia, in which they are 
deficient, and of course the tentacular sheath can be completely 
inverted, and accordingly the animal is enabled to reach toa 
greater distance than it could otherwise have done. But an ap- 
paratus of extraordinary beauty is provided to obviate the incon- 
venience that must have arisen from the great elevation of the 
tentacular dise, above the support of the horny cell. This is 
effected by what may be considered an elongation upwards of the 
cell. Numerous setz bound together by a membrane, are 
attached to the lips of the orifice, so that when the polype is 
exserted, they stand up in a circle surrounding the lower part of 
the exposed portion of the animal, and give support to it. By 
this means, the far-outstretched tentacular disc is brought com- 
pletely under the control of the muscles for directing its move- 


BRYOZOA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 379 


ments.* We thus clearly see that this set of radiating muscles 
is a compensation for the deficiency of the circle of sets in the 
freshwater polypes. 

The third set of muscles, figs. 1 & 2 n, 2, consists of numerous, 
separate, fine thread-like filaments, placed considerably apart, 
without order, but in the same radiating manner as those last 
described, immediately above them and extending upwards to the 
termination of the cell. These filaments have their outer 
extremities attached to the inner surface of the tunic; and con- 
verging towards the axis of the cell, their inner extremities are 
attached to the upper portion of the tentacular sheath and the 
inverted margin of the tunic. These fibres are equally numerous 
and fine in both Plumatella and Fredericella, and appear to be 
for the purpose of assisting in closing the orifice, acting in 
harmony with the contraction of the upper portion of the tenta- 
cular sheath and the inverted lips of the orifice. They may, acting 
in the opposite direction, also assist in opening the channel, but 
the tentacles themselves would appear quite adequate to force a 
passage on the relaxation of the contractions about the orifice. 
The function of these fibres is in fact to keep in unison the tunic 
near the opening, and the upper portion of the tentacular sheath. 

The upper portion of the tentacular sheath and inverted lips 
of the tunic are highly contractile, and it is by their agency 
principally that the orifice is closed when the animal is retracted. 
I have not, however, been able to detect any muscular fibres for 
the purpose, though at the point, Pl. III. fig. 2 7., where the 
inverted lips of the tunic join to the tentacular sheath, it is 


* Dr. Farre has described this apparatus in his paper so frequently referred 
to, but seems scarcely to have arrived at a full knowledge of its function. He 
considers that it is ‘‘ for allowing of the freest possible motion to the upper part 
of the body, in its expanded state, to which it affords at the same time support 
and protection.”? On examining the animal in action, it is evident that the use 
of the apparatus, is, as I have pointed out. The circle of sete is then seen to 
compress the lower portion of the extended polype; and when the tentacular 
disc moves from side to side, the neck always bends from the top of the sete, 
at a decided angle, and does not gradually arch away from the lips of the cell, 
as might be expected, were this contrivance for the purpose of giving flexibility. 
The delicate membrane uniting the sete, is strengthened with numerous, 
minute, transverse fibres, forming the whole into a powerful sphincter, thus 
giving great firmness to the part. By this arrangement, Bowerbankia is 
enabled to raise the tentacular disc far above the polype-cell, and yet to remain 
as perfectly under the control of the rotatory and retractor muscles, as is the 
tentacular disc of Fredericella and Plumatella, in both of which it is confined 
close to the orifice of the cell by the action of the radiating muscular fibres. 


380 MR. HANCOCK ON THE ANATOMY OF THE FRESHWATER 


suddenly constricted as if by a powerful sphincter muscle. In 
fact the whole of the tunic is undoubtedly contractile, yet in no 
part of it have I detected muscular fibres. By the contraction 
of this lining membrane, the capacity of the visceral cavity is 
diminished ; and thus, by the pressure of the contained fluid, the 
protrusion of the polype is effected. This matter, however, will 
be discussed more fully when we come to speak of this portion of 
the anatomy of Paludicella. 

To understand the combined action of the various sets of muscles 
in Plumatella and Fredericella, we have only to watch the animal 
when about to issue from the cell. The first change observed is 
the contraction of the tunic, Pl. III. fig. 4 7, 7, and Pl. IV., fig. 4 
b, the walls of which are brought nearer together towards the 
lower portion of the cell. The pressure thus occasioned, on the 
contained fluid, compels the polype to begin its ascent ; at the 
same time the sphincter contraction of the upper portion of the 
tentacular sheath relaxes, so that the bundle of tentacles can force 
their way without difficulty. As the polype gradually advances 
upwards, the circle of strong radiating muscles comes into play, 
and it is a sight of no little interest to watch them drag upon the 
tentacular sheath, allowing the inferior portion of it to roll up- 
wards attached to the tentacular disc. As soon as the ascent is 
arrested by these muscles, the sheath being inverted as far as they 
will permit, protrusion is complete, and the tentacles at once 
assume their proper arrangement. 

The muscular apparatus of Paludicella differs in some respects 
from that of Plwmatella and /redericella. In the former there are 
six sets of muscles—three in connexion with retraction, two with 
protrusion, and one for closing the orifice on the retreat of the 
polype. Of the retractors, one set acts directly upon the animal, 
the other upon the tubular orifice of the cell. The former set, 
Pl. V. fig. 1 0, the most powerful in the animal, is similar to the 
tentacular retractors of Dr. Farre : it differs. only from the polype- 
retractors in Plumatella, and the other genera already spoken of, 
in not being divided into two bundles. It is composed of 
numerous, stout, long, linear fibres, originating from the inner 
surface of the anterior wall of the cell, more than half-way down ; 


BRYOZOA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 381 


then passing up in front of the polype, the superior extremities 
are inserted around the base of the tentacular disc. These fibres 
draw the polype down into the cell, and like those of the same 
muscle in the other Bryozoa, when unemployed, lie in a somewhat 
cramped and disordered state, fig. 2 J, 1. 

The second and third sets of muscles are the tube-retractors ; 
the former or inferior, figs. 1 p & 2 m, m, is much the larger; it 
is composed of four compressed bundles of stout, linear fibres 
placed close together, but distinct from each other. These bundles 
are associated together in pairs, one on each side of the tube ; the 
inferior ends of these pairs of bundles arise wide apart from the 
posterior wall of the cell opposite the orifice. As they pass up 
the tube, the bundles converge,and reaching within a short distance 
of the lips of the orifice, they are inserted upon the inner surface 
of the tube-walls at four opposite points ; the fibres of each bundle 
being attached one above the other in the same longitudinal plane. 
This peculiar arrangement causes the margins of the orifice to fold 
into four portions on the retraction of the tube ; and its end, fig. 
3, consequently assumes a square form, the angles corresponding 
to the insertions of the muscular bundles. 

The third set of muscles, figs. 1 ¢ & 2 », n, the superior tube- 
retractors, are made up of only four fibres, two on each side of the 
cell, having their origin immediately below that of the set just 
described ; their other ends are attached to the inner surface of 
the tube above the insertion of the inferior set, and at the base of 
the membranous cup, fig. 1 Z, before alluded to, at the mouth of 
the cell. The inferior and superior tube-retractors are homologous 
to the double set of opercular muscles described by Dr. Farre, in 
the marine species, differing only from those in Bowerbankia densa 
by being divided into four bundles instead of into three, as they 
are in that species. The action of these muscles is obvious. The 
superior retractors, having their insertion at the base of the 
membranous cup at the mouth of the cell, draw it down base first 
in the axis of the tube, at the same time folding in around it the 
lips of the cell. The inferior set then taking up the work, com- 
plete the inversion of the tube. Dr. Farre, however, supposed 
that the opercular muscles were not merely for drawing the tube 


382 MR. HANCOCK ON THE ANATOMY OF THE FRESHWATER 


in after the retreating animal, but also for the purpose of closing 
the orifice. Professor Allman has pointed out the error of this 
opinion, and endeavoured to explain the closing of the orifice by 
the pressure of the fluid within the cell, against the walls of the 
inverted tube. We shall directly see, however, that this theory 
is unnecessary, there being special muscles provided for the 
purpose. Professor Allman is likewise disinclined to believe that 
the opercular muscles are really tube-retractors, as he supposes 
the muscles for drawing in the polype are sufficient for the purpose 
also of drawing in the tube. Were these latter muscles used to 
invaginate the tubular orifice of the cell, we should expect to find 
find them in action so long as the animal was retracted ; but we 
have already seen, that when the polype is in this state, they are 
invariably relaxed and lie in a disordered undulating manner, 
perfectly at rest. The tube-retractors, on the contrary, are always 
tense and in vigorous action during the retracted state of the 
polype, evincing, I think, in a satisfactory manner, that their 
function is to retract the tube, and to maintain it in an invagi- 
nated state—unless we are to suppose that they are constantly 
employed in keeping open the channel, as suggested by Professor 
Allman. They will certainly have a tendency to pull asunder 
the walls of the inverted tube, yet I have never seen the channel 
thus opened, although these muscles are never otherwise than as 
represented in Pl. V. fig. 2, when the polype is retracted. And, 
moreover, the tips of the tentacles, as exhibited in this figure, 
are frequently doubled down, showing that the tentacular sheath 
must be to some extent relaxed, and that there is no stress what- 
ever on it, as there would be were the polype-retractors used to 
draw in the orifice. 

The fourth set of muscles to be described is for closing the 
orifice. This set is composed of two sphincters: one, fig. 2 0, of 
these, is made up of several fibres passing round the tube at the 
place of insertion of the inferior tube-retractors, and is of con- 
siderable breadth ; the other, », is formed of only two or three 
fibres, which encircle the same tube at the insertion of the 
superior tube-retractors. The action of these sphincters cannot 
be mistaken : they effect the closing of the orifice on the retraction 


BRYOZOA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 383 


of the animal, being at the same time antagonistic to the opening 
tendency of the tube-retractors, which, diverging from their 
insertions, must, in some measure, bring the walls of the inverted 
tube asunder. These sphincters are not readily distinguished, but, 
having seen them in several individuals, I have not the slightest 
doubt of their existence. Deeming, however, that it would be 
satisfactory to see whether a similar apparatus, for closing the 
orifice, could be found in the marine species, [ examined specimens 
of Bowerbankia, and had the satisfaction of detecting sphincter 
muscles in the same situations. At the point of insertion of the 
inferior tube-retractors—according to Dr. Farre, of the upper set 
of opercular muscles—the circular fibres are very distinct and 
numerous, forming a large portion of the inverted tube into a 
broad sphincter. These fibres are so conspicuous that it seems 
strange how they could have escaped the notice of so close and 
accurate an observeras Dr. Farre. It is possible enough, however, 
that they might be less developed in the species examined by him.* 
The sphincter, at the point of insertion, of the superior tube- 
retractors is not readily observed ; but when the polype is exserted 
there can be no doubt of its existence. 

The fifth set of muscles, P1.V. figs. 1 & 5 ¢, A, isin connexion with 
the tunic or lining membrane of the cell, and is precisely similar 
to the parietal muscles described by Dr. Farre, in the marine 
species. ‘This set is formed of short, transverse belts, arranged in 
pairs, considerably apart from each other, which are to be found 
almost from end to end of the cell, but most conspicuously towards 
the lower extremity. There appears to be two sets of these 
fibres, one down the back, the other down the front of the cell ; 
but I could not arrive at any satisfactory conclusion respecting 


* In the species examined by Dr. Farre, and named by him Bowerbankia 
densa, the tube-retractors have a “ triradiate arrangement,’’ and, consequently, 
the orifice is puckered into three folds, when the polype is retracted. The 
species referred to, in the text, we have seen, has four such folds, the tube- 
retractors being divided into as many bundles. The circle of tentacles also 
assumes a different form in the two species: in that examined by me, the 
tentacles rise from the disc in a straight, slightly diverging line, and arch 
considerablv outwards at the tips. In Dr. Farre’s species they arch outwards 
immediately above the disc, and are very little recurved at the tips. It is 
therefore pretty evident that there are two species, and that B. densa should 
not be merged in B. imbricata, which is most probably the form that I have 
geen. 

c3 


384 MR. HANCOCK ON THE ANATOMY OF THE FRESHWATER 


their arrangement, neither could I determine their exact relation- 
ship to the tunic—whether they were attached to it by their 
extremities only, as supposed by Dr. Farre, or connected with it 
throughout their entire length. Professor Allman appears to be 
of the latter opinion, and certainly I saw nothing in confirmation 
of that expressed by Dr. Farre ; though I am not sure that the 
extremities are not attached to the cell-walls, thus giving to these 
muscular belts fixed points of action. Howsoever this may be, 
these parietal muscles undoubtedly have the power of contracting 
the tunic, and so lessening the space within which the polype is 
confined, the contained fluid is made to press on the surface of 
the polype, constraining it to pass upwards, and thus to effect its 
protrusion much in the same manner as in Plumatella and 
Fredericella. In these, however, there is some little difficulty, 
the cells being continuous ; but in Palwdicella, in which they are 
all separated, this act can be clearly understood. I have certainly 
observed in Plumatella and Fredericella the appearance of divisons 
here and there, forming, as it were, the cells into groups or systems, 
but nothing to warrant the belief that each cell is isolated. It 
might, therefore, be thought that protrusion of a few of the polypes 
would necessitate that of the others, or at least would cause an 
imconvenient pressure on the other members belonging to the 
same group. 

It is difficult to arrive at a full explanation of the propulsion 
of the polype in these cases ; but there can be no doubt that in 
them, as in other Bryozoa, the contraction of the tunic is the 
sole agent. Dr. Farre believed that the act of protrusion did not 
so much depend on the contraction of the tunic, as on the 
straightening of the alimentary canal, which, in the marine spe- 
cies and in Paludicella is doubled upon itself when the polype 
is retracted. But in Plumatella, Predericella, and Alcyonella, it 
is always straight ; in these genera, therefore, protrusion cannot 
in the least be assisted by the alimentary canal. Professor All- 
man has referred to this fact to prove the error of Dr. Farre’s 
opinion ; and, indeed, if it be allowed, and I suppose it must, that 
the pressure of the fluid maintains the protruded animal in its 
position, it is more than probable that the same power would be 


BRYOZOA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 389 


sufficient to perform the act of protrusion. From the movements 
of the alimentary canal, it is pretty evident that it has the power 
of straightening itself: but when quite straight, only a portion 
of the tentacles would be protruded beyond the cell; and here 
they would remain, for it is very clear that whether straight or 
bent, the alimentary canal will displace the same quantity of fluid, 
and that there would be no increase of pressure to force the ani- 
mal upwards. It is, at the moment, when the alimentary canal is 
being straightened that the parietal muscles come into play, and 
compel the animal to rise above the cell : these acts are perfectly 
simultaneous. The protrusion, therefore, of the polype, with a 
bent cesophagus and intestine is effected in the same manner as 
that in which these organs are straight; only that in the former 
it is accompanied with the straightening of the alimentary canal. 

The sixth and last set of muscles to be described, is for the 
purpose of preventing the entire eversion of the tentacular sheath. 
This set, Pl. V. figs. 1 7, r & 2 q, q, is the homologue of the 
strong radiating muscles in Plumatella and Fredericella ; but the 
fibres are much less numerous. In Paludicella they are only four 
in number, and take their origin from the inner surface of the 
cell, two in front immediately below where the tube joins the cell, 
and two behind in a line with the upper wall of the tube; hence 
the fibres are placed in front of, and behind the polype, and are 
inserted into opposite points of the tentacular sheath a little way 
below its summit, having on each side of them the two bundles 
of the tube-retractors. In the retracted state of the polype, these 
fibres are seen passing downwards towards their insertion. When 
the polype is protruded, these muscles cause the sheath to double 
upon itself, and thus retain a portion of it within the tube ; but 
not to the same extent as in Plumatella and Fredericella. It has 
already been pointed out that in these genera, this set of muscles 
compensates for the want of the circle of setee which surmounts 
the orifice in the marine species. In Paludicella, however, we 
have already seen that there is a wide, delicate, membranous cup, 
which rises from the inner surface of the tube, a little within the 
orifice. This cup is undoubtedly the homologue of the circle of 
sete alluded to, but ina very rudimentary state, and probably of 


386 MR. HANCOCK ON THE ANATOMY OF THE FRESHWATER 


little or on functional utility: consequently, these muscles are 
still present, though, as might be expected, not so fully developed 
as in those genera entirely deprived of this appendage. 

We have now gone through the whole of the muscular appa- 
ratus for retraction and propulsion, and to verify the use of the 
various sets of muscles, we must once more observe the animal 
while issuing from the cell. The first symptom indicative of the 
polype’s inclination to come forth, is the contraction of the parie~ 
tal muscles, causing the tunic in certain places to leave the walls 
of the cell, particularly towards the lower portion; on this the 
polype commences to move up the cell, and at the same instant 
the tube-retractors relaxing the inverted lips of the orifice, begin 
to be evolved, and as the contraction of the parietal muscles goes 
on, the polype advances upwards, and more and more of the tube 
is turned out, in the manner of the eversion of the horn of the 
common snail; at length the membranous cup makes its appear- 
ance, not doubled upon itself, but in an erect position — the 
margin first, just as the circle of sete is exserted in Bowerbankia. 
The cup at first is laterally compressed, having been packed 
longitudinally in the axis of the tube: the tips of the tentacles 
now emerge through the centre of this cup, and as they pass 
upwards, pressed together in a line side by side, its lateral folds 
give way, and by the time that the tentacular disc has reached 
the mouth of the cell, the cup is perfectly expanded. The 
muscles preventing the entire eversion of the tentacular sheath, 
may now be seen in action near the upper extremity of the tube, 
holding back the membranous sheath, and causing it to roll 
upon itself. The polype is now fairly above the mouth of the 
cell, and as the tentacles expand it has attained its greatest 
elevation; the cilia then commence to play, and all kinds of 
particles are hurried towards the mouth. 

The retraction of the polype is instantaneous, so rapid indeed, 
that it is quite impossible to follow with the eye, the actions of 
the muscles ;—such is the velocity with which this feat is per- 
formed, that from complete protrusion to invagination, nothing 
can be perceived but the settling of the polype upwards, after 
having apparently been dragged too far down the cell. It is not 


BRYOZOA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 387 


difficult however to understand how the act of retraction is 
accomplished ; the operation of the muscles will be reversed. 
First the parietal muscles must relax, allowing the tunic to 
assume its place close to the cell-walls ; at the same instant the 
polype retractors will contract, and as the animal sinks into the 
cell, the superior tube-retractors will also contract; next the 
inferior tube-retractors will come into play; and, finally, after 
retraction is complete, the sphincters will close the orifice. 

On comparing the muscular system of the freshwater Bryozoa 
with that of the marine forms, a great similarity is observed ; 
some interesting modifications however are deserving of notice. 
The most remarkable of these are found in connection with the 
orifice. In Plumatella and Fredericella there is no tubular in- 
version on the retreat of the animal ; the tunic is certainly doubled 
upon itself for a short distance within the orifice, but it remains 
permanently so. Paludicella, on the contrary, has the walls of 
the tubular orifice invaginated to a considerable extent when the 
polype is retracted, and when protruded nearly the whole is 
evolved. But Bowerbankia and other marine forms differ from 
the freshwater species, in having the mouth of the cell completely 
unrolled when the polype is protruded, the same having been 
invaginated to a great extent when it was retracted. Thus in 
the first and last modifications we see the extremes of variation, 
and consequently the most extensive alterations in the muscular 
arrangements of these parts. Paludicella being in a middle state 
has the muscular apparatus to some extent of both ; and in this 
respect connects the freshwater with the marine forms. 

The tube-retractors are wanting in Plumatella and Fredericella, 
and are present in Paludicella and in all the marine species, 
being most developed in the latter. Neither in these nor in 
Paludicella, however, is there anything like the small radiating 
muscles near the orifice in Plumatella and Fredericella; and the 
marine species, too, are destitute of the large radiating muscles 
in connexion with the tentacular sheath. These, though present, 
we have seen are less developed in Paludicella than in Plumatella 
and Fredericella, the former resembling Bowerbankia, in having 
a cup at the mouth of the cell. The polype-retractors are very 


388 MR. HANCOCK ON THE ANATOMY OF THE FRESHWATER 


similar in all the Bryozoa, only those at the inferior extremity 
of the stomach in the marine species appear deficient in the 
freshwater forms. They all have, however, one or more appen- 
dages to this part, but these we shall afterwards see are most 
probably connected with the reproductive system. The parietal 
and sphincter muscles are common to both Paludicella and the 
marine forms. On the whole, then, in the muscular system as 
well as in the digestive apparatus, Paludicella shows a close re- 
lationship to Bowerbankia and its congeners ; and is, in fact, 
an intermediate link between them and the other freshwater 
Lryozoa. Hven the minute structure of the muscles themselves 
would seem to confirm this. In all, they are composed of trans- 
parent, linear fibres separated from each other and apparently 
homogeneous. When broken they become irregularly nodulous; 
but I have not succeeded in detecting transverse strie observed. 
by Professor Allman, probably from having used insufficient mag- 
nifying powers. The small knot-like swelling, so remarkable in 
the centre of the fibre of the marine species, is not to be found in 
either Plumatella or Fredericella; in Paludicella, however, I 
have observed it in the parietal, but in no other muscles. 
Reproductive System.—In the freshwater, as in the marine 
Bryozoa, there are two methods of reproduction,—one by buds, 
the other by eggs. The buds always germinate from the same 
part of the cell, hence the definite form of the polypidom. In 
Fredericella the germ is found in connection with the inner sur- 
face of the tunic, not far below the orifice of the cell on its lower 
side. As the bud enlarges the wall bulges, showing externally 
the appearance of a new shoot. At first the bud, Pl. III. fig. 3a, 
is small and oval, and is attached for nearly its whole length; it, 
fig. 2 0, soon becomes irregular in form, with the upper portion 
broad and somowhat bifid, the lower extremity prolonged: the 
upper portion then gradually exhibits a circle of short rudimen- 
tary tentacles. fig. 47,; and the lower end is seen to be divided 
longitudinally into esophagus and intestine, fig. 5 6, d, continu- 
ous at their lower extremities, which still elongating, form the 
stomach, figs. 4m & 5c. ‘To this is seen an appended filament 
binding it below to the wall of the cell. Imbedded in this 


BRYOZOA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 389 


filament there is a large, distinct globule with nucleus and nu- 
cleolus : this we shall afterwards learn is the incipient ovum, 
figs 40 & 5 e, lying in the ovary. The polype-retractors, figs. 
2q&4n, now make their appearance, passing from the tenta- 
cular base to the side of the cell formed apparently out of the 
lower portion of the original attachment of the bud ; the upper 
portion of this attachment dilating, becomes the tentacular sheath, 
fig. 2 p, into which the tentacles are gradually insinuated as they 
are developed. The polype being now, as it were, sketched out 
within the cell of the parent, its own chamber rapidly forms, and 
in the course of a day or two, the muscles in connexion with the 
orifice being added, the fresh-born member of the community 
bursts from the extremity of its cell, and is ready to take upon 
itself the work of its own maintenance. 

The development of the bud in Plwmatella differs in no re- 
spect from that of Fredericella ; and in Paludicella there is no 
very important deviation, except at the commencement of the 
process. In this the first apparent step in the growth of a new 
polype, is the preparation of a distinct cell for its reception. If 
the top of the last-formed cell be carefully examined, even before 
its tenant is fully grown, the lining membrane may be seen ter- 
minating in a blind sac, Pl. V. fig. 4 0’, a little below the extre- 
mity. Within this extremity will also be observed a membranous 
sac, 7; at first the base of this sac is moulded on the convex 
blind termination of the lining of the old cell. The convexity 
however soon flattens, and the sac rapidly increases in size, the 
external horny covering becoming, at the same time, elongated 
and attenuated. After awhile, an oval, somewhat opake body, 
the new bud, fig. 5 m, germinates from the inner surface of the 
- lining membrane, 7. This body is attached by its side to the 
front wall of the cell, and resembles the young bud in Prederi- 
cella. A long and very delicate membranous sac, fig. 6 d, after- 
wards the tentacular sheath, is now observed to be forming in 
contact with and above the oval bud; whilst from the lower 
extremity, filaments, e, are seen to be produced which form the 
polype-retractors. From the upper end of the bud, the tentacles, 
fig. 4d, soon make their appearance within the lower part of 


390 MR. HANCOCK ON THE ANATOMY OF THE FRESHWATER 


the membranous sheath, ¢ ; at first very short, no more than the 
scalloped margin of the cup-formed disc ; but rapidly lengthen- 
ing, fig. 5 a, they soon advance more than half way up the 
sheath. The polype-retractors, figs. 4 7 & 5 g, by this time are 
considerably developed, and the retractors, k, 2, of the tube are 
distinctly visible ; the tube, fig. 57, now begins to bulge, and 
the inverted margins of the orifice are seen within, united to the 
upper end of the tentacular sheath: the parietal muscles, h, also 
make their appearance at this time, and the stomach, ¢, intestine, 
d, esophagus, b, and tentacles having all assumed their proper 
forms, the young animal is ready for protrusion. The buds of 
Paludicella, however, do not all originate from the extremity of 
the old cell ; some sprout from the side, and then a slight swell- 
ing takes place on the inner surface of the tunic. The horny 
sheath soon afterwards begins to bulge, and an external cell 
being formed with its lining membrane, an oval bud makes its 
appearance, and development goes on as just described. 

Tt has been long known that these animals propagate by eggs 
as well as buds. Raspail appears to have described the anatomy 
of the egg and the hatching of it, and the subsequent growth of 
the young polype has been minutely investigated by Sir J. G. 
Dalyell. But the generative organ remained unrecognized until 
it was pointed out by Professor Allman. The appendage to the 
lower extremity of the stomach, considered by Trembley to be 
muscular, Professor Allman believes to be an ovary: that it is 
so there can be no doubt, as eggs may occasionally be seen in 
connexion with it. Appendages of this kind exist in Alcyonella, 
Plumatella, Fredericella, and Paludicella, and will probably be 
found in all Ascidian polypes. In Plumatella and Fredericella 
there are however three of these appendages or filaments, Pl. IV., 
figs. 4 f, d, d, & 5 «, e’, h, h, which are all attached to the lowest 
part of the stomach, and passing down have their other ends at- 
tached to the wall of the cell, not far from the insertion of the 
polype-retractors. It is difficult to say whether all three are con- 
nected with the generative function, or whether some of them are 
not muscles for the retraction of the stomach. A bundle of such 
retractors has been described by Dr. Farre, in the marine species 


BRYOZOA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 391 


attaching the inferior end of the stomach to the base of the cell ; 
but one of them is generally thicker than the rest, and may pro. 
bably be connected with the reproductive system. Paludicella 
has two such filaments; one, Pl. V., figs. 1 & 7 7, g, passing in 
the usual manner from the lower end of the stomach ; the other, 
m, d, from the upper. These two filaments are inserted upon the 
posterior wall of the cell, one a considerable way above the other. 
When the polype is retracted, these insertions are found to be a 
little: above the gastric attachments, and the filaments, fig. 27k, 
doubled upon themselves. These are thick, cylindrical, and ap- 
parently tubular, and do not at all resemble muscles, and indeed, 
from the relative position of their attachments, they seem ill 
adapted for retraction. 

In Plumatella and Fredericella, one, PI. IV., figs.4d,d, &5e, é, 
of the filaments is generally stouter than the other two, and this 
has frequently an egg, e, f, attached to it. When the ovum is 
much developed, it is difficult to make out its relationship to the 
filament or ovary; but when quite young, it has all the appearance 
of originating from the interior. On one occasion, I observed two 
egos in connexion with the ovary, one almost mature, the other 
only forming. The former, fig. 5 7, was attached rather below 
the middle of the generative organ. When the polype was pro- 
truded, this organ dragged forward the upper end of the egg; 
the other end of it was then seen to be attached to the wall of 
the cell by the continuation of the filamentous ovary e’. A little 
below the egg there was a slight oval swelling, in the interior of 
which was seen a nucleated cell, g, undoubtedly an ovum in a 
very early stage of development, and apparently in the interior 
of the ovary.* In Fredericelia, a similar nucleated cell, Pl. III., 
figs. 4.0 & 5e, has been observed in the appendage to the sto- 
mach, while the polype was yet in a very rudimentary state as 
exhibited in the bud before alluded to. In this genus, I have 
likewise seen the ovum in a considerably advanced state, in which 
also its relationship to the ovary could not be mistaken. In this 
instance, the lower portion of the generative organ had dilated 


-* T have also seen a similar nucleated cell in the enlarged filament from the 
lower end of the stomach of Bowerbankia. 


D3 


392 MR. HANCOCK ON THE ANATOMY OF THE FRESHWATER 


into a sort of capsule, within which the egg, Pl. TIL, fig. 6 a and 
PL. IV., fig. 4 e was enveloped. The portion of the ovary, Pl. IIL, 
fig. 6 ¢, below it was short and thick, having the appearance of 
a pedicle, by which the egg was fixed to the side of the cell; 
above the capsule, the ovary, c’, was much thinner, contracting 
suddenly upwards. This would seem to demonstrate that the egg 
is developed in the interior of the ovary. 

T have also seen what I take to be the ovum of Paludicella, but 
as it differs considerably from the egg of the other freshwater 
Bryozoa, we must not pronounce with certainty. This supposed 
egg was first observed in the cell of the dead polype; two or 
three occurred ; they were attached to the upper portion of the 
interior of the cell. Afterwards one, Pl. V. fig. 7 e, was found 
in connexion with the living animal, and in this case was fixed 
by a delicate membranous sac, f, to the side of the cell, at the 
point of attachment of the filament coming from the upper end 
of the stomach, the base of the filament being apparently sur- 
rounded by the sac. This filament then, in Palucidella, is pro- 
bably an ovary; and if so, the egg must pass in a very early 
stage from it, into the membranous sac at its base, and there be 
matured. And, judging from analogy, the other filament is also 
probably connected with generation. 

In Plumatella and Fredericella however there can be no doubt 
of the ovarian character of one of the filaments attached to the 
stomach ; but the nature of the other two, Pl. IV., figs. 4 f& 5 
h, h, is not so easily determined. They certainly do not look 
altogether unlike muscular fibres; but from their attachments 
close to that of the ovary, and from their resemblance to it, they 
are most probably connected with the generative function. It 
may be that each filament is a separate ovary, and that one or two 
of them is the male organ. These polypes are most probably 
hermaphrodites—at least, in all the specimens of Plwmatella All- 
mani that I have examined, there was scarcely a cell that did not 
contain one egg or more. It may therefore be presumed that 
each individual is provided with male and female organs. Dr. 
Farre discovered moving bodies in the visceral cavity of Valkeria 
and some other of the marine forms, and described them as re- 


BRYOZOA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 393 


sembling Oercarie. I have detected similar bodies in Bower- 
bankia with large rounded heads and long tails ; they were very 
numerous, and moved rapidly about in the interior of the cell in 
the manner of tadpoles, that is, with a lateral undulating motion, 
and are assuredly Spermatozoa. A testis may then be expected 
to exist in the freshwater Bryozoa coextensively developed with 
the ovary, and from analogy to be associated with it. It is not 
unlikely therefore that these additional filaments from the sto- 
mach, may be really the male organ. 

Hach polype does not appear to produce more than two or 
three eggs; in Plumatella frequently only one. In P. Allmani 
they, Pl. IV., fig. 5 f are considerably depressed, of an oval form, 
sometimes very long with the sides almost parallel; they are very 
large, being sometimes almost as wide as the diameter of the cell, 
within which they are placed lengthwise; the margins are reti- 
culated, yellow, pellucid, thin, and sharp, forming a well-defined 
rim about the central portion, which is opake and black; the 
covering is smooth, tough, and membranous. In /redericella, the 
ego is broader and more regularly oval, ofa brownish colour with 
the margin narrow, plain and of a paler hue. The egg, Pl. V., 
fig. 7 ¢, of Paludicella, if egg it be, differs considerably from the 
above. It is of an irregular oval shape, about half as wide as the 
cell, colourless and pellucid; the surface is marked with a few 
indistinct, irregular, nucleated cells; one larger and much more 
conspicuous than the rest, with a distinct round nucleus in the 
centre, is always to be seen on one side. The circumference of the 
egg exhibits a double margin indicating an enveloping shield. 

The great size of the egg forbids the possibility of its escape 
without the destruction of the polype.* In Plumatella, the ova 


* The polype of the marine species must also perish on the escape of the 
gemmule. On examining some specimens of Bowerbankia in August, almost 
every cell was found to contain a large, round, opake, bright yellow corpuscle. 
These corpuscles were, for the most part, in the lower portion of the cells ; some 
however were half-way up, and others not far from the top: those lowest down 
were the smallest, and as they approached the top they increased in size until 
their diameter was nearly equal to that of the cell. As long as the corpuscle 
remained near the lower extremity of the cell, the polype was alive and active ; 
but was invariably dead when it had advanced far upwards. At first the 
corpuscle does not appear to have any envelope, but as it increases in size 
a distinct margin makes its appearance, which afterwards becoming wider and 
perfectly transparent, the corpuscle can be seen rotating within, by the aid of 


394 MR. HANCOCK ON THE ANATOMY OF THE FRESHWATER 


or maturity become attached to that side of the cell which is con= 
nected with the substance sustaining the polypidom. And here 
they remain fixed, indicating the track of the various branches of 
the Bryozoon long after its decay and disappearance in autumn. 
The free branches however must scatter their eggs. Most likely 
in Fredericella, too, they are dispersed, and borne away by the 
currents on the destruction of the: polypidom, which is very freely 
branched ; and in no instance have I seen its eggs left adhering 
to the surface of its attachment. 

Having now gone through the details of the anatomy and de- 
velopment of the freshwater Bryozoa so far as I have been able 
to study them during a very short but laborious investigation of 
the subject, it is quite evident that these animals are as highly 
organized as the marine Ascidian polypes. Plumatella and Fre- 
dericella certainly show some interesting deviations from that 
type; but in Paludicella, we perceive an almost complete resem- 
blance to it; proving the close affinity that exists, and the pro- 
priety of uniting the whole into one group. The approximation 
of this genus to the marine forms is evinced not only by the mus- 
cular system, but likewise by the digestive apparatus ; and by 
the bright, pellucid, horny character of the external polypidom. 
Tt is also equally evident that the organization of this group is 
very much above that of the typical Radiata. This Professor 
Allman has already clearly demonstrated; and yet perhaps we 
ought to hesitate before removing the Bryozoa into the subking- 
dom Mollusca, as proposed by this naturalist. 

The immediate relationship of these animals to the Ascidic is 
too obvious to be called in question,—a relationship which has 
long been acknowledged, though the homology of the parts does 
not appear to be correctly understood ; at least it will bear ano- 
the long cilia that clothe its surface. While watching one in this state under 
the microscope, I observed it gradully elongate itself and pass with a slow gliding 
motion to the top of the cell; then forcing its way through the previously closed 
orifice, and passing into the surrounding fluid, commenced to rotate with extra- 
ordinary velocity: in an instant after this its enveloping membrane was torn 
open and cast aside, and the little being, a broadly ovate gemmule, dashed at 
once beyond the field of view. It afterwards kept moving about in various 
directions, and evinced great activity, cilia densely clothing it from end to end. 
The cell, after the escape of the gemmule, continued gaping; and the polype, . 


which before was indistinctly visible, had now quite disappeared, nothing but 
alight traces of the retractor muscles remaining. 


BRYOZOA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 395 


ther interpretation, which I am inclined to look upon as the true 
one. Dr. Farre observes in his paper, that “in Zunicata the 
tentacles are reduced to mere rudiments at the entrance of the 
respiratory sac, and the cilia are distributed over the surface of 
this cavity, which is in proportion magnified, and is analogous 
to the pharynx of Ciliobrachiata. The more immediate entrance 
to the alimentary canal, thence called mouth, being situated at 
the bottom of this sac, corresponds with the part that I have 
called cardia.” 

This view of the relationship of the parts has, with some modi- 
fications, been generally followed by subsequent writers. In all 
the Ascidians however, there is a well-defined cesophagus, which 
in Clavelina is frequently of great length. Why then should 
the entrance to it be considered to correspond to the cardia in 
Brgozoa? These, as well as the Ascidiw, have a well-marked 
stomach with cardiac and pyloric orifices; in both, too, there is 
a distinct esophagus; then should not the orifice leading to it 
be assumed to be the mouth, or analogous to the mouth in both? 
In the polype a series of respiratory tentacles, in the Ascidie 
the branchial sac, surrounds this mouth; should not these then 
- be considered homologous? The affirmative of this would ap- 
pear to be the natural inference in the first instance. But we 
are referred to the tentacular filaments, at the entrance of the 
respiratory sac, as the true representatives of the tentacles of the 
polype. With the view to ascertain how far this is correct, I 
examined, with much care, Ascidia sordida and Molgula arenosa, 
and found that these tentacular filaments are not anatomically 
connected with the branchial sac, but are developments from the 
tunic. The sac terminates a little way below these filaments, and 
they fringe the inner circumference of the belt of sphincter 
muscles which guard the respiratory orifice. These tentacular 
filaments, then, originating in the tunic, cannot possibly be the 
homologue of the tentacles of the polype, as these undoubtedly 
belong to the alimentary canal ; but are in fact a new develop- 
ment in connection with the sphincter of the tunic, and share its 
function. The tentacles then of the polype and the branchial 
sac of the Ascidian would appear to be homologous ;—unless 


396 MR, HANCOCK ON THE ANATOMY OF THE FRESHWATER 


indeed the tentacles of the one have died out, and the branchial 
sac of the other is altogether a new development, which is not by 
any means likely. 

In confirmation that the former is the fact, we have only to 
look at the growing bud of the polype. which so closely resembles 
an Ascidian, particularly when young, that it might at first sight 
be taken to be one. The tentacles at this time, all lying parallel 
to each other within the membranous sheath, have quite the ap- 
pearance of a branchial sac; and when we take in connexion 
with it the alimentary canal, the resemblance is almost complete. 
Indeed, all that is wanting to turn the polype into an Ascidian, 
so far as the alimentary and respiratory organs are concerned, is 
the union of the tentacles by a vascular membrane. And we 
have already seen that such an union has commenced in Frede- 
ricella, Plumatella, and Alcyonella. We have seen that in all 
these genera the tentacles are united at the base by a delicate 
membrane; and in the former this membrane is so extensive as 
to suggest the idea of a rudimentary form of the branchial sac of 
the Z'unicata. 

Taking this view of the homology of the parts, the longitudinal 
lamin in the interior of the branchial sac of the Ascidic will 
represent the tentacles of the Bryozoa; and the membrane at the 
base of the tentacles, being external, corresponds exactly in posi- 
tion to the vascular membrane of the Ascidicw, which is also ex- 
ternal to the lamin. ‘The position of the nervous ganglion in 
the two forms might at first sight appear to favour the contrary 
opinion; but, on closer inquiry, it is evident that the ganglion of 
the Bryozoa is not homologous with that of the Ascidiew: in the 
former it is a cerebral ganglion resting on the esophagis imme- 
diately behind the mouth; in the latter, if it has relationship to 
any of the nervous centres of the JJollusca, it is apparently ana- 
logous to the branchial ganglion of the Lamellibranchiata; but 
its position in the mantle is anomalous. 

We thus see how very intimate is the connexion between the 
Bryozoa and the Ascidie; and as the latter are generally sup- 
posed to be as closely connected with the Lamellibranchiata, no 
great distance would appear to divide them from the former. 


BRYOZOA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 397 


They are not, however, so closely related as might be supposed. 
At first sight, an Ascidian undoubtedly seems very closely to ap- 
proximate to a bivalve, shell; but this similarity, on careful 
investigation, would appear to be more that of analogy than ho» 
mology—a mere resemblance rather than a true relationship. 
The branchial sac of the Ascidian is frequently assumed to be 
the same organ as the gill-plates of the Lamellibranchiata some- 
what modified ;—in function there is no difference; but anato- 
mically they are distinct. The former is a development from the 
alimentary canal ; the latter, according to Professor Owen, “ are 
essentially internal folds of the pallial membrane.” The breath- 
ing organs then of these animals are not homologous. To turn 
therefore an Ascidian into a Lamellibranchiate mollusk, a new 
branchial organ must be developed. The vascular system, too, 
if not anatomically different in the Ascidian, is in a remarkable 
manner functionally so. In this the heart is at once systemic 
and pulmonic. And it is worthy of remark, that thus, on the 
first appearance of the vascular apparatus in this type of animals, 
it should shadow forth the peculiarities of both the molluscan 
and the piscine heart; and this, too, in connexion with a pha- 
ryngeal gill. The test or outer sac, and the inner sac or tunic 
of the Zunicata are not related to each other in the same manner 
as the shell and mantle of the mollusk. In this the shell is 
extra-vascular, and is secreted by the mantle; in the former the 
test is vascular, and its growth is therefore not dependent on 
that of the inner sac or tunic. The reproductive system of the 
Lamellibranchiata is likewise very different from that of the 7’u- 
nicata. In these it is formed on the type of the Radiata ; ano- 
ther and very striking proof of the relationship that exists be- 
tween the former and the Bryozoa. These, and other points of 
difference, led Professor Milne-Edwards, in his valuable memoir 
on the ‘ Ascidiens Composées,’ to propose the separation of the 
Tunicata from the JZollusca, and the formation of them into a 
distinct group to be placed between the bivalves and the polypes. 

We then cannot find a passage from the Bryozoa through the 
Ascidice into the Lamellibranchiata. There are however two 
distinct branches of the Ascidian polypes,—one with the tentacles 


2 


398 MR. HANCOCK ON THE ANATOMY OF THE FRESHWATER 


arranged in a circle about the mouth,—the other having them 
supported on two lateral oral arms. The former of these branches 
passes into the Ascidian,—the latter, I shall endeavour to show 
is connected with the Brachiopoda. 

This connexion is at once suggested by the resemblance that 
exists between the oral arms of Plumatella and Alcyonella and 
the characteristic brachial organs in the Brachiopoda, particu- 
larly of those in Lingula. In both the Brachiopoda and the 
Bryozoa, the arms rise from the sides of the mouth in the same 
manner, the bases of the arms being confluent; and the tentacles 
or cirrhi forming a continuous series. In both the arms are 
hollow, and the tentacles and cirrhi are tough and non-contractile ; 
and in both they are prehensile organs after the same fashion. 
The digestive organs of both are very similar; and the whole of 
the Brachiopoda are fixed, and so are the Bryozoa, with but one 
exception. 

But what is still more remarkable, the muscular systems of 
both are arranged much in the same manner, particularly as re- 
spects Zerebratula and Paludicella with most of its marine con- 
geners. In Yerebratula, as the animal is fixed within the shell, 
of course there can be nothing resembling the polype retractors ; 
but the shell muscles of Zerebratula will be found to work exactly 
on the same principle as those provided to draw in the margins 
of the cell-orifice in Paludicella and Bowerbankia, and called by 
Dr. Farre, opercular muscles. 

There are four sets of muscles in connexion with the shell in 
Terebratula chilensis as dissected by Owen, two from each valve ; 
and they all pass diagonally downwards, and with one exception 
go to be inserted in the pedicle; so that when they contract the 
valves will be closed. These muscles then have in fact their 
origin in the pedicle, as stated by Owen, and acting from thence 
upon the moveable points of their insertions, operate precisely 
in the same way as the tube-retractors of the polypes last men- 
tioned do on the lips of the orifice. The action is the same in 
both; and were the cell-walls of Bowerbankia, for instance, cal- 
cified and divided longitudinally into two portions or valves, they 
would be made to close just as the valves do in Zerebratula. 


BRYOZOA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 399 


The set of muscles alluded to, as not passing into the pedicle 
comes from the perforate valve, and, inclining downwards, is 
attached by the other end, to the base of the imperforate valve 
binding the parts of the hinge-joint together—a substitute in 
fact, for a ligament. In some species, this set assumes in part, the 
function of an adductor muscle. 

We have then evidently some reason for supposing that the 
Brachiopoda, as well as the Ascidie, are related to the Bryozoa; 
and it is in this way that these latter are connected with the Za- 
mellibranchiata. After a careful examination of the Brachiopoda, 
it is impossible to doubt the connexion that exists between the 
two great divisions of the testaceous Acephala. Indeed this is 
evident, whether we look to the digestive organs, the vascular 
system, or to the reproductive apparatus. It is in these animals, 
too, that the respiratory organ is first found in connexion with 
the mantle, in Z'erebratula, quite rudimentary, in Lingula, to 
some extent specialized. On comparing Anomia with Orbicula, 
this relationship is best seen. In both, the mantle is completely 
separated, and in both it is connected with the ovary ; the large 
oral palpi of the one form the homologue of the branchial organs 
of the other; and we see this relationship in the deficiency of 
pedal organ in Anomia, and in the extensive union that still 
subsists between its breathing apparatus and the mantle: the 
perforation of the under-valve of both is also remarkable; but 
not more so than that the great muscle of both should be divided, 
part forming the adductor, part the adhesive disc. 

We have now endeavoured to trace the affinities of both 
branches of Bryozoa ; one appears to pass at once into the As- 
cidice, which, how closely soever related analogically to the Lamelli- 
branchiata, are nevertheless removed far from them, by the nature 
of their vascular, respiratory, and re-productiye systems, In the 
Mollusca, the heart is always systemic, and the gill is universally 
an appendage to the mantle. In the Asczdie, the heart is as 
much pulmonic as systemic, and the breathing apparatus is a de- 
velopment from the alimentary canal—is in fact pharyngeal. 
In these respects the Ascidian deviates from the Molluscan type, 
and approximates to that of the lower Vertebrata,—the fishes, in 

ES 


400 MR. HANCOCK ON THE ANATOMY OF THE FRESHWATER 


which the heart is pulmonic, and the breathing organ pharyngeal. 
The reality of this relationship is revealed by the anatomy of 
the Lancelet, so ably described by Professor John Goodsir, who 
has pointed out the resemblance of its respiratory system to that 
of the Z’unicata. Indeed the branchial sac and vascular apparatus 
of this curious fish almost completely resemble those organs in 
the Ascidian. 

The other branch of the Bryozoa, comprising those with oral 
arms, passes into the Brachiopoda ; or, at least, this is rendered 
more than probable by the resemblance of the brachial organs of 
the latter to the arms of the former, and by the similarity of the 
muscular arrangement. Thus the Bryozoa become related to the 
Lamellibranchiata, which are apparently closely related to the 
Brachiopoda. We may conclude, then, if we have arrived at a 
right understanding of the affinities of these animals, that both 
the Mollusca and Vertebrata are connected with the Bryozoa. 
It would be well, therefore, to pause before including the Bryozoa 
in the Mollusca, and consider the propriety of uniting the former 
with the Zunicata, and perhaps with some of the higher forms of 
Rotifera, into a group to be placed at the head of the Radiata. 


DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 

Plumatella punctata. Pl. VI. figs. 6 & 7, and PI. IV. fig. 1. 

Polypidom adhering throughout, coriaceous, pellucid, of a pale 
watery green colour, irregularly but not much branched, seldom 
extending more than half an inch; branches composed of a series 
of large, eonical cells tapering upwards towards the aperture, 
sometimes considerably and rather suddenly dilated at the base ; 
resembling in form some of the Ascidians ; the upper portion of 
the cell almost colourless and freckled with minute opake white 
spots, most crowded towards the orifice. ‘Tentacles white, not 
more than sixty in number; membrane, at their origin, rather 
wide, scalloped, the points of the scallop extending for some dis- 
tance up the back of the tentacles, in the form of broadish lamine 
arched outwards. Cisophagus and stomach appearing through 


BRYOZOA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 401 


the transparent walls of the cell, of a pale yellow colour. Egg 
perfectly black, large, broad, and oval. 

Upwards of a dozen specimens of this fine species occurred in 
Bromley Lough, adhering to the underside of stones ; it was like- 
wise taken in Crag Lough. None of the individuals much 
exceeded in size, that represented in the figure, nor did they vary 
in any remarkable manner either in form or colour. It is not, 
however, without hesitation that I have ventured to characterize 
this as a new species, as Professor Allman informs me that it 
may perhaps turn out to be P. repens ; but that form is stated 
to be large and of luxuriant growth, and to have the polypidom 
tubular with the cells dilated at the orifice—characters which do 
not at all agree with P. punctata. Indeed it can scarcely be 
considered a true Plumatella. 


P. Alimani. PI. VI. figs. 3, 4, & 5, and Pl. IV. figs. 2 & 3. 

Polypidom attached to the underside of stones, adhering 
throughout, membranous, opake, yellowish brown, slightly 
branched, extending in patches sometimes three or four inches 
wide, the patches being made up of several polypidoms; the 
branches composed apparently of a series of tubular cells, tapering 
to their origin, and attached for more than half their length ; the 
enlarged extremity being free and bending upwards, inclines a 
little to one side, and is occasionally bifid, forming two cells ; an 
obtuse ridge or keel extends the entire length of the cell, increasing 
imperceptibly in thickness upwards; orifice somewhat constricted, 
the walls immediately below being pellucid, and suddenly dilating 
become abruptly opake, and thickly covered for some distance 
downwards, with agglutinated sand. Tentacles forty-two in 
number, slightly tinged with yellow, the colour best seen when 
they are formed into a compact bundle ; membrane at their base 
distinct, scalloped, the points being prolonged a little up the 
tentacles. Egg black, long, oval ; sides nearly parallel ; margins 
pellucid, yellow, sharp, broad, and reticulated. 

This species was procured rather abundantly in Bromley Lough, 
and does not appear to vary much. At first sight large patches 
of it have the appearance of being formed of a single polypidom ; 


402 MR. HANCOCK ON THE ANATOMY OF THE FRESHWATER 


but, on close examination, are found to be composed of many, and 
rarely to number more than six or eight cells in each. The 
commencement of each polypidom has the black envelope of the 
originating egg adherent. 

Two or three specimens of a more branched form of carinated 
Plumatelia, were taken in Bromley Lough, which may probably 
prove a distinct species ; more individuals, however, are necessary 
before it can be characterized. 


Paludicella procumbens. Pl. VI. figs. 1 & 2, and Pl. V. 
Polypidom membranous, subhorny, pellucid, smooth and glossy, 
ofa brownish horn-colour, much and irregularly branched, forming 
large patches on the underside of stones, for the most part 
adhering, with rather numerous, short, free, almost simple 
branches ; the branches composed of a single series of narrow 
cells arranged longitudinally, contracting towards the base and 
widening upwards ; aperture lateral, near to the upper extremity 
of the cell, forming a rather long and somewhat constricted tube 
inclining upwards ; margin entire, surmounted by a widish, deli- 
cate, hyaline, membranous cup. ‘Tentacles sixteen in number, 
arranged in a complete circle, and when spread out forming a 
very exact inverted cone. | 
This, the second species of the genus, resembles very closely 
P. articulata of Allman, but that form appears to have about 
twenty-six tentacles, and is likewise more densely and luxuriantly 
branched ; the cells, too, are larger and of a different colour. 
The P. procumbens occurred in both Bromley and Crag Loughs, 
but most abundantly in the latter, where it spreads over the 
under surface of stones in patches of 5 or 6 inches diameter. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATES IIL, IV., V., axp VI. 
Puate III. 


Fig. 1.—Upper portion of Fredericella sultana seen as a transparent object 
very much magnified: a, tentacular disc; 6, tentacles; c/, mem- 
brane at base of ditto; c, flounced margin of ditto; d, mouth; 
e, oral valve; f, esophagus ; g, projecting lips of cardiac orifice ; 
h, stomach ; 2, intestine; 7, anus; 4, nervous ganglion giving off 


BRYOZOA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 403 


nerves; /, tentacular sheath doubled upon itself; m, strong ra- 
diating muscles for preventing complete inversion of ditto; 
n, delicate radiating muscles in connexion with the orifice of 
cell; o, outer wall of cell; p, inner wall or tunic; q. inverted 
lips of orifice; 7, the point where the same unite to the tenta- 
cular sheath, immediately below which is the sphincter for 
closing the cell. 


Fig. 2.—Retracted polype of Plumatella Allmani seen by transmitted light 
and much magnified: a, bundle of tentacles enveloped in mem- 
branous sheath; a’, tentacular disc; 6, cesophagus; c, project- 
ing lips of cardiac opening; d, stomach; e, intestine; 7, anus; 
gg, wuscles for retracting the polype; 4, large radiating muscles 
for preventing complete inversion of tentacular sheath; 
2, delicate radiating muscles in connexion with the orifice of 
cell; 7, outer wall of cell; 4, inner membrane or tunic; J, in- 
verted margin or lips of orifice; m, tentacular sheath ; 
n, sphincter contraction of ditto; 0, bud in second stage of de- 
velopment ; p, tentacular sheath of ditto forming; g, retractor 
muscles in an incipient state. 


Fig. 3.—Upper portion of the cell of Plumatella Allmani much enlarged : 
a, bud in first stage of development attached to the inner surface 
of lining membrane of cell. 


Fig. 4.—Cell with exserted polype of Fredericella sultana much enlarged 
and seen as a transparent object: a, tentacular disc; 6, oral 
valve; c, esophagus; d, stomach; e, intestine; /f, the two 
bundles of polype retractors; g, two fibres of same for rotating 
tentacular disc; h, egg in connexion with ovary, attaching it to 
lower end of stomach and wall of cell; A’, appendage to the 
lower end of stomach, probably generative; 77, outer wall of 
cell; jj, lining membrane or tunic; 4, bud in third stage of 
development; /, tentacles of ditto as they at first appear; 
m, stomach of ditto; », retractor muscles of ditto; 0, nucleated 
cell—the incipient egg in connexion with the ovary. 


Fig. 5.—Bud in third stage of development more highly magnified: a, ten- 
tacular disc; 6, esophagus; c, stomach; d, intestine; e, inci- 
pient egg in enlarged portion of ovary ; f, wall of cell. 

Fig. 6.—Egg and ovary much enlarged of Fredericella sultana: a, egg im- 
bedded in ovary; 6, wall of cell to which lower end, c, of ovary 
is attached ; c’, upper portion of ovary leading to stomach. 


Puate IV. 


Fig. 1.—Side view of exserted tentacular apparatus much enlarged of Plu- 
matella punctata : a, esophagus; 6, oral valve; c, tentacular or 
oral arms; d, tentacles; e, membrane at base of ditto ; 

J, lamine at back of ditto. 


Fig. 2.—Enlarged view of underside of tentacular apparatus of Plumatella 
Allmani: a, margin of orifice of cell; 6, intestine; c, esophagus; 
d, oral valve; ee, oral arms; f/, membrane at base of tentacles, 

Fig. 3.—Enlarged view of the upper side of tentacular apparatus of Pluma- 
tella Allmani: a, mouth; 6, oral valve; cc, oral arms; d, mem- 
brane at base of tentacles. 


Fig. 4.—Much-enlarged view of the reproductive organs of Fredericella 
_ sultana: a a, outer wall of cell; 6 6, lining membrane or tunic; 
c, lower portion of stomach; dd, ovary; e, egg imbedded in 
same; 7, two filaments attached to the lower end of stomach, 
pralally connected with the reproductive system; g, retractor 
muscles. 


404 MR, HANCOCK ON THE ANATOMY OF THE FRESHWATER, ETC. 


Fig. 5.—Enlarged view of a cell of Plumatella Allmani exhibiting reproduc- 
tive organs: a, base of oral arms; 6, esophagus; c, stomach; 
d, intestine ; e¢ e’, ovary; f, egg nearly mature, still attached to 
ditto; g, an egg just forming likewise attached to ovary; 
hh, two filaments attached to the stomach, probably connected 
with the reproductive system; 2 2, the two bundles of retractor 
muscles; j, outer wall of cell; 4, lining membrane or tunic. 


PLATE V. 


Fig. 1.—Enlarged view of a cell of Paludicella procumbens seen as a trans- 
parent object, the polype being exserted: aa, outer wall of cell ; 
6 6 6, lining membrane or tunic; c, tubular orifice; d, mem- 
branous cup surmounting ditto; e, tentacular disc; 7, tentacles ; 
g, pharyngeal swelling; A, esophagus; 7, stomach; 7, intestine; 
k, enlargement at commencement of ditto; /, anus; m, supposed 
ovary; x, filament attached to the lower extremity of stomach, 
probably connected with the reproductive system; 0, polype 
retractor muscles; p p, inferior tube-retractors; g, two fibres 
of superior tube-retractors; 77, muscles to prevent the complete 
inversion of tentacular sheath; s, tentacular sheath doubled 
upon itself; ¢ parietal muscles; u, end walls of two cells 
abutting against each other. 


Fig. 2—Enlarged view of a single cell of P. procumbens with polype re- 
tracted: a, outer wall of cell; b, lining membrane of ditto; 
c, retracted tubular orifice; d, tentacles; dd’, tentacular 
sheath; e, esophagus ; /, cardiac orifice; g, stomach; h, intes- 
tine; 7, enlarged portion of ditto; 7, supposed ovary doubled 
upon itself; 4, filament attached to lower end of stomach, pro- 
bably connected with reproductive system ; /-l, polype retractor 
muscles; m m, inferior tube-retractors; m n, superior tube- 
retractors; o, sphincter muscles for closing orifice; p, ditto 
ditto; g g, muscles to prevent complete inversion of tentacular 
sheath; 7, end wall of cell formed by the tunic exhibiting en- 
largement in the centre. 


Fig. 8.—End of retracted tube of P. procumbens exhibiting the manner in 
which it folds in. 


Fig. 4.—Termination of a branch of P. procumbens comprising two cells in 
different stages of development: a, outer wall of cell in fourth 
stage of development; 6, lining membrane of ditto; 6’, blind 
termination of ditto ditto; c, place of future orifice ; d, tentacles 
of polype in state of development ; e, cesophagus; 7, stomach ; 
g, intestine; A, lower productive organ; 2, tentacular sheath ; 
J, polype retractor muscles; 4, tube-retractors; J, new cell in 
first or earliest stage of development, exhibiting lining membrane 
and external wall; m, nucleated cells in lining membrane. 


-Fig. 5.—Two terminal cells of P. procumbens containing buds in different 
stages of development: a, tentacles of bud far advanced or in 
fifth stage of development; a/, tentacular sheath; 6, esophagus; 
c, stomach; d, intestine; e, anus; /, lower reproductive organ ; 
g, polype-retractors; h, parietal muscles; 2, tube-retractors ; 
Jj, tube just forming ; &, outer wall of last-formed cell exhibiting 
bud in second stage of development; 4, lining membrane of 
ditto; m, bud as it appears at first. 


Fig. 6.—Terminal cell exhibiting bud in third stage of development: 
a, outer wall of cell; 6, lining membrane; c, bud; d, tentacular 
sheath; e, polype-retractors just making their appearance. 


MR. HANCOCK ON A SPECIES OF HYDRA, ETC. 405 


Fig. 7.—Enlarged view of a portion of the polype of P. procumbens exhibit- 
ing reproductive system: a, cesophagus; 6, stomach; ec, intes- 
tine; d, supposed ovary with the egg, e, attached ; 4, membranous 
envelope of the egg; g, lower filament supposed to be connected 
with the reproductive system. 


Prats VI. 
Fig. 1.—Polypidom of Paludicella procumbens slightly enlarged. 


Fig. 2.—A portion of ditto much enlarged, exhibiting two or three series 
of cells. 


Fig. 3.—A patch of Plumatella Allmani magnified two times, comprising 
several polypidoms. 


Fig. 4.—Two or three polypidoms of ditto more highly magnified, exhibiting 
the polypes exserted and the envelope of the originating egg a a. 


Fig. 5.—A single cell of same still more highly magnified: a, keel or ridge 
on the upper surface of cell. 


Fig. 6.— Plumatella punciata five or six times magnified, exhibiting polypes 
exserted: a, envelope of originating egg. 


Fig. 7.—Three cells of ditto more highly magnified and more produced than 
usual, with the polypes exserted. 


X VIII.—Wotes on a species of Hydra found inthe Northumberland 
Lakes. By Aupany Hancock, Esq. 


[Read Wednesday, December 12th, 1849.] 


On visiting the Northumberland lakes, last August, for the 
purpose of prosecuting my inquiries respecting the freshwater 
Ascidian Polypes, I took a very beautiful Hydra, abundantly in 
Bromley Lough. On a subsequent occasion, numerous specimens 
of the same species were also obtained in Crag Lough. They 
were found associated with the various Bryozoa that inhabit these 
waters, adhering to the under side of stones which lie scattered 
by their margins, and in situations where there was neither mud 
nor vegetation. From the peculiar character of the locality, so 
different from that of the usual habitat of the Hydro, I was in- 
duced to examine the specimens with great care, and find that 


406 MR. HANCOCK ON A SPECIES OF HYDRA, 


they do not exactly agree with any of the known forms, though 
they come very near to H. fusca, of which they may probably 
prove to be a variety. 

On removing from the water, a stone to which these Hydre are 
attached, they appear as irregular, minute depressed globules of 
gelatine, of a pale red flesh-colour, dispersed over the surface, 
sometimes in great numbers on one stone, but never crowded on 
each other. When placed in a bottle of water, they soon become 
fixed to its sides, and spreading out their tentacles, display them- 
seves to great advantage. They are now seen to be very variable 
in form, Pl. VII. figs. 3, 4,—or rather that they have great com- 
mand over it, contracting themselves until they are almost globu- 
lar or vase-like, with the tentacles very short and swelled out in 
the centre ; then extending themselves, they become linear, much 
attenuated, and frequently half an inch long,—the tentacles, fig. 5, 
being very delicate, and tapering imperceptibly towards the ex- 
tremity, which is enlarged and rounded, forming a nodule or bulb 
of no great size, but quite visible to the naked eye. The polype, 
however, is usually much less extended, and is generally a little 
bulged in the centre ; the tentacles are then somewhat longer 
than the body, but are shorter than it when the animal is fully 
stretched out. There are usually six tentacles, occasionally five, 
rarely seven ; they are white, never coloured in the centre like 
the body, which, as already stated, is a red flesh-colour ; it is also 
sometimes yellowish. The colouring, which is apparently much 
affected by exposure to light, depends on the granules that line 
the internal or digestive cavity, and is most intense near the 
mouth. 

When in their native haunts, attached to the under side of 
stones, the Zydrc must be nearly in total darkness; but on being 
placed in a bottle, they become exposed to the solar rays, and in 
the course of a few days, are almost completely bleached. Sup- 
posing that this loss of colour was occasioned by the want of food, 
the specimens were supplied with animalcules ; but their original 
hue was not in the least restored. 

During the first week or ten days, the captives added greatly 
to their numbers, by gemmation, the buds sprouting from the 


FOUND IN THE NORTHUMBERLAND LAKES. 407 


lower portion of the body,—rarely more than one at a time. 
Afterwards the budding was much less frequent ; and in about a 
month from the time they were taken, most of the specimens had 
perished. Two or three, figs. 1 & 2, more favourably placed than 
the rest, continued to live on for some time longer, and thrived 
well; but they changed considerably in appearance. A short way 
below the tentacles, two tubercles, a, a, had developed themselves 
opposite to each other, and were in every respect symmetrical ; 
and the body was considerably enlarged towards the lower extre- 
mity. In this state the animal had a pedunculate appearance, 
and I was quite at a loss to account for the change. These speci-: 
mens belonged to the first batch procured in Bromley Lough. 
On visiting the lakes again, however, in September, and getting 
a fresh supply, nearly all the individuals exhibited the same 
appearances ; the tubercles being invariably a little below the 
tentacles, though not always symetrically placed; and occasionally 
they were three and even four in number: the swelling, too, on 
the lower part of the body, varied in different specimens. 

On placing one of them under the miscroscope, the tubercle, 
Pl. VIII. fig. 5, was found to be vesicular, of a conical form, with 
the apex obtuse, and to resemble in texture the general surface of 
the animal: the basal portion contained an opake, rosy, granular 
body, a, of a glandular appearance, which completely filled the 
base of the tubercle: the apex, 6, was pellucid, and on being 
attentively examined, a crowd of very minute moving bodies were 
observed within it. 

Whilst watching, with great earnestness, the motion of these 
mysterious bodies, all of a sudden the apex of the tubercle burst, 
and a great number of them, cloud-like, rushing into the sur- 
rounding fluid, dispersed in all directions. The rupture appeared 
to close again, and the apex was seen to be almost empty ; but 
fresh bodies making their appearance, the receptacle was soon as 
full as ever. I have seen the eruption of these corpuscles on 
several occasions, and have no doubt that it is a natural pheno- 
menon ;—not resulting from any artificial means,—certainly 
not from pressure, as the animals were always quite free. On 
examining these moving bodies, which are exceedingly minute, 

F3 


408 MR. HANCOCK ON A SPECIES OF HYDRA, 


with 1th of an inch object-glass, they were found to be of an el- 
liptical form, and to resemble spermatozoa ; tails, however, were 
not detected, though with a higher power, it is not improbable that 
they may be found; for I could not satisfy myself of their non- 
existence. 

The nature of these tubercles or sacs, is a matter of much in- 
terest. They were discovered by Ehrenberg, and described by him 
as the male organ,—the moving bodies being considered sperma- 
tozoa. Though I have not seen the original memoir on the subject. 
I think there can be little doubt of the accuracy of this opinion, 
How else can we account for the constancy of the appearance of 
these sacs? for their development at the time the eggs are being 
produced, as we shall afterwards see is the case !—for their being 
situated always on the same part of the animal ?’—for the con- 
tained gland-like body, and moving corpuscles ?—for the eruption 
of these latter bodies, and for their resemblance to spermatozoa. ? 

Having thus detected what I believed to be the male generative 
organ, I was anxious to watch the development of the egg, which 
appears to have been already described more than once; but as 
it has rarely been observed by British naturalists, I will venture 
to give my own remarks on the subject. The lower portion of 
the body, as before stated, is enlarged at the time when the male 
organ makes its appearance. On examining the enlargement, 
Pl. VII. figs. 1 & 2 6, 6, carefully, it is found to be usually 
greater on one side than the other; here it is opake and of a pale 
rosy hue, notwithstanding that the animal is faded under the 
effect of light. The opake swelling extends nearly round the 
body, the margins being generally distinct. This is the nascent 
ovum, as it appears at first ; it gradually increases in size, Pl. VIII. 
fir. 1 d, and ultimately becomes very protuberant, bulging the 
body excessively on one side: the egg, at this time, is confounded 
with its covering; but it, d, is soon seen as a rounded, somewhat 
flattened body, contained within a transparent envelope, e, resem- 
bling the general surface of the body, of which it is apparently a 
continuation. This envelope, fig. 2 6, 6, shortly opens at the 
highest point of the swelling, and the egg, a, gradually makes its 
way through the orifice, which as gradually enlarges until the egg, 


FOUND IN THE NORTHUMBERLAND LAKES. 409 


figs. 3 6, & 4 e, is completely exposed, and rests, as it were within 
the mouth of a shallow cup, figs. 3 e, e, & 4 g, the contracted enve- 
lope. The egg remains in this position for a day, and sometimes 
longer, attached to the body of the parent by a short, thin pedicle, 
figs. 3d & 4 f; the margins, at first, are generally undulated, as 
in fig 4 ; afterwards the egg becomes almost completely globular. 
It is ultimately detached, and soon fixes itself to some foreign 
body. On watching one individual through the microscope, the 
egg was observed to separate from the parent, and to move slowly 
away. No ciliary action could be detected to account for the 
motion ; but it assuredly passed out of the field of view as often 
as the instrument was adjusted: in another instance, however, no 
motion could be observed. The egg, Pl. VII. fig. 6, in the course 
of an hour or so, became stationary, and several minute globules, 
a, a, a, which had been noticed sticking to it from the first, Pl. 
VIII. fig. 3 ¢, c, enlarged, and others made their appearance: they 
soon assumed the character of delicate cells, Pl. VII. fig. 7, filled 
with globular bodies, with dark margins. These globules are 
probably composed of some tenacious mucus with which to glue 
the ege to any substance on which it may happen to settle. Soon 
after attachment, these bodies disappear, and the egg, which is 
now perfectly circular, is seen to be surrounded by a narrow, 
transparent rim, indicating the presence of a distinct chorion ; 
the under side of the egg being flattened, the upper side convex, 
opake, and rosy as at first. 

I have not been able to determine, with precision, how many 
eggs are produced by each polype, but certainly no great number, 
probably not more than three or four, and in some instances per- 
haps only one. On one occasion, after the egg separated from 
the animal, the latter gradually dwindled in size, and ultimately 
disappeared. Most frequently, however, the polype is not mate- 
rially altered on giving birth to an egg; and occasionally two, 
Pl. VIII. fig. 1 d, d, are in process of development at the same 
time, generally from opposite sides, one being more advanced than 
the other. 

The male organ is only developed at the time the eges make 
their appearance. In August, shortly after the polypes were pro- 


410 MR. HANCOCK ON A SPECIES OF HYDRA, 


cured, they multiplied rapidly, as we have seen, by gemmation, 
and at this period none of the sacs containing spermatozoa were 
observed. It was not until they had ceased to propagate in this 
way, some time in September, that the male organ was developed, 
and it was always visible afterwards, though variable in size. 

All the individuals apparently produce eggs, and all are alike 
provided with the spermatic sacs; at least the ovum, in various 
stages of development, and the male organ are seen at the same 
time, in most specimens; it isnot uncommon, however, to observe 
the male organ only, the egg probably having just left the body 
of the parent, though I do not recollect having seen the egg in 
process of development in individuals unprovided with the sperm- 
vesicles. 

It is worthy of remark, that the buds sprout from the same 
part of the body in which the eggs are developed; but I have 
seen nothing to warrant the assertion, that the ova, after impreg- 
nation, “sometimes are retained, and then grow out like buds.” 
Indeed it is probable that fecundation does not take place until 
the egg bursts through the integument, and is attached to the 
parent only by a delicate pedicle. This would appear more likely 
than that impregnation should be effected through the skin of 
the animal. Whilst watching an individual, when the egg was 
about to separate from the parent, the sperm-vesicle was fre- 
quently brought, by the contractions of the body, almost in con- 
tact with the ovum; thus fecundation might very easily be 
effected, and at a moment, too, when, from analogy, it might be 
expected to take place: more observations, however, are required 
to settle this point. 

T have also observed sperm-vesicles, Pl. VIII. fig. 6, in 7. viridis; 
in this species, they are much smaller than in the specimens from 
the Northumberland lakes, and are generally two or three in 
number, near the anterior extremity of the body, but without 
symmetrical arrangement. They are irregularly conical, with the 
base wide, within which there is likewise a distinct glandular 
body, of a green colour; the moving bodies are very numerous, 
and occupy, as in the other species, the transparent apex. The 
sperm vesicles were noticed in H, viridis, after it had ceased to 
bud, some time early in October. 


FOUND IN THE NORTHUMBERLAND: LAKES. 41i 


The tentacles, Pls. VII. & VIIL. figs. 5,7, are of the flesh-coloured 
species, are very rough and beautiful, exhibiting an imperfect 
spiral arrangement of the nodular enlargements. There are two 
kinds of vesicles immersed in the nodules, as have been described 
in some other species; one being much more numerous and 
smaller than the other. The former are for touch, the latter for 
prehension, according to Corda, who appears to have examined 
these organs with great care, but whose description of one of 
them is erroneous in several respects: the original memoir, how- 
ever, I have not seen. Neither have I had an opportunity of 
consulting Ehrenberg’s account of the minute structure of the 
tentacles of these animals. The smaller vesicles, Pl. VIII. fig, 
7 a, and fig. 8, seem to agree with Corda’s description as‘given 
in Johnston’s “British Zoophytes ;” they are elliptical, being com- 
posed of an inner and outer sac, both very delicate, transparent 
and membranous. These bodies are placed with their long axis 
perpendicular to the surface of the nodule in which they are im- 
bedded, and have a non-contractile hair-like process projecting 
from the external end. 

The larger vesicles, fig. 7 6, are very complicated, and appear 
to have been only partially understood by Corda, though he had 
arrived at a full comprehension of their functions. They are 
not merely prehensile organs, but are undoubtedly also stinging 
instruments, as supposed by this naturalist, and are at least twice 
as large as those for touch: they, fig. 9, are of an ovate form, short 
and stout, immersed in the substance of the nodule, with the 
narrow end uppermost, and immediately beneath the surface. 
At the bottom of the vesicle, which, though perfectly transparent, 
has rather thick walls, is seen a delicate lining membrane, d, 
folded down upon itself, having a cup- or saucer-like appearance. 
This, according to Corda, is “a saucer-like vesicle.” Standing 
up from the centre of this, is a transparent membranous stalk, 
c, irregularly bulged a little at the sides, and surmounted by a 
sharp arrow-like head, 6, with the barbs much depressed. This 
supporting stalk is described by the naturalist, just quoted, as 
“a, solid, ovate corpuscle.” But to get a full knowledge of this 
apparatus, it must be examined when exserted and ready for 


412 MR. HANCOCK ON A SPECIES OF HYDRA, 


action. The saucer-like vesicle is then seen to have disappeared, 
and the outer vesicle, fig. 10 a, is lined throughout with a delicate 
membrane, 6; in fact, the lips or margins of the saucer-like vesicle 
have unrolled themselves, and now form the upper portion of the 
lining membrane, the saucer itself being the lower portion of it. 
And, moreover, the lining membrane is continued through the 
neck of the outer vesicle, and is seen to be prolonged into the 
stalk, c, supporting the arrow-head ; the barbs, c’, of which, three 
in number, are now very much elevated, being almost horizontal ; 
and thus protruded beyond the surface of the tentacle, are ready 
to lay hold of prey in the manner of a grappling-iron. 

The animal would appear, however, to have the power of 
throwing the whole apparatus from the tentacle. Ifa specimen 
be laid ona piece of glass, and examined through the microscope 
a number of these organs, with the barbs fully extended, will be 
seen scattered about like as many minute Florence flasks; the 
bulbous extremity being elegantly rounded. For the purpose of 
ascertaining if the animal really possessed this power, a small 
worm was given toa polype when under the microscope, and 
carefully watched. The animal was exceedingly cautious in using 
its tentacles, not applying them in their whole.extent, as might 
have been expected, but keeping by far the greater portion of 
these organs perfectly free, and unattached to itsprey. Very few 
of the arrow-heads were exserted, and, apparently, never till re- 
quired ; occasionally certain parts of the tentacles were brought 
into contact with the worm, and then, as it was forcibly drawn 
further into the mouth, the protruded barbs might be seen sticking 
in the surface of the struggling victim. At other times, as it 
rolled about in its vain endeavours to escape, the bulbous extre- 
mities of several of these formidable weapons were seen pro- 
truding from the skin, undoubtedly placed there by the pungent 
embrace of this deadly and determined foe; while others lay 
scattered about in every direction, as if just cast from the tenta- 
cles. It is therefore evident that these weapons can be used 
either as grappling instruments for securing food, or, having been 
plunged into some living prey, can be left half-buried in the 
wound. Indeed when the barbs have been once fairly immersed, 


FOUND IN THE NORTHUMBERLAND LAKES. 413 


it is difficult to conceive how they can be withdrawn; and, there- 
fore, it is probable that the tentacles can only be disengaged by 
moulting these organs, which seem to be very slightly attached 
by the neck of the flask-like portion. 

This, however, may not be the only reason why these weapons 
are left in the wound. It has been stated that they are stinging 
as well as captor organs, and if so, may require time to pour the 
poison into the wounded animal, The deadly fluid is probably 
contained in the bulbous portion of the instrument, and by the 
contraction of its walls may be forced through the other extre- 
mity which is perforated ; at least from the extreme point, a long, 
delicate filament, fig. 10 d, almost invariably protrudes, resem- 
bling very closely the appearance of the long process attached 
to the stinging bodies thrown out of the papille of olis, and 
from the tentacles of Actinia. But other bodies much more 
closely resembling the stinging organs of these animals, were 
found strewed about, associated with the captor organs. These 
bodies, fig. 11, are minute elliptical sacs, with a long, slender 
filament from one end, like that just mentioned, from the pointed 
extremity of the captor organ. The filaments of both these 
bodies have a double margin, and are apparently tubular. Now 
it is more than probable that these elliptical sacs are thrown out 
of the captor organ, and that the filament, so frequently seen 
issuing from its pointed extremity, belongs to one of them about 
to be exserted. 

We thus see that Hydra is provided with a most efficient 
stinging apparatus, which having penetrated the surface of its 
prey, remains fixed there, discharging into the wound its poison- 
bearing filaments. No wonder then that the embrace of these 
animals should be so deadly to the animalcule that comes within 
their reach ; and that the worm, so tenacious of life, should fall 
paralysed from their touch, and die, as we are told, almost without . 
a struggle. 

The captor organs of Hydra viridis are exactly similar to thase 
just described, but are scarcely more than half their size. In this 
species, too, they are cast from the tentacle. 

Corda considers the arrow head, and what he calls the ovate 


414 MR. HANCOCK ON A SPECIES OF HYDRA, 


corpuscle, whicn we have seen is the membranous stalk supporting 
the barbs, to be calcareous. Acetic acid, however, has no effect 
on these parts ; and they resist nitric acid for some time, but, in 
the course of an hour or two, almost disappear under the influence 
of this powerful fluid. Itis therefore evident that neither of these 
parts is calcareous: the arrow-head and barbs are probably com- 
posed of horny tissue, or some other substance with which we are 
unacquainted. 

It appears that Corda has also determined the existence of an 
anal outlet at the posterior extremity of the animal. I have 
likewise seen what I take to be a similar outlet. On examining 
a specimen in a highly contracted state, and which was about to 
discharge an egg, a distinct, constricted, linear channel, Pl. VIII. 
fiz. 4 6, was observed passing from the digestive cavity through 
the substance of the adhesive disc, apparently about its centre. 
From this channel issued a long, linear mass c, of excrementitious 
matter composed of a tenacious mucus, imbedding a granular 
substance, resembling both in colour and texture that which lined 
the digestive cavity. 

The true nature of this outlet is enigmatical, since it is known 
that the refuse of digestion is discharged by the oral orifice. 
Professor Owen suggests that “it may give passage to certain 
execrations of the villous lining membrane of the alimentary 
canal.” From the facts just mentioned, it would appear that this 
conjecture is probably correct. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATES VII. anp VIII. 


Puate VII. 


Figs. 1, 2.—Two much enlarged views of the Zydra from the Northumber- 
land lakes after development of the sperm vesicles: aa, sperm 
vesicles; 6, ovum in early stage of development. 

Figs. 8, 4.—Two much enlarged views of the same before development of 
the sperm vesicles. 

Fig. 5.—Two highly magnified views of the terminal portion of the tentacle, 


exhibiting nodular enlargements a, and terminal bulb or 
nodule 0. 


FOUND IN THE NORTHUMBERLAND LAKES. 415 


Fig. 6.—Egg after attachment to some foreign body much magnified, ex- 
hibiting chorion: aaa, a few of the mucus-globules contained 
in vesicles adhering to the egg. 


Fig. 7.—A few of the same vesicles containing mucus-globules more highly 
magnified. 


Prats VIII. 


Fig. 1.—Hydra much enlarged, exhibiting development of ova: a, basal 
portion of tentacles; 6, mouth; cc, sperm-vesicles; d, ovum 
considerably advanced; d, ovum just before it bursts through 

its envelope e. 


Fig. 2,—Much enlarged view of egg as it appears immediately after it has 
burst the envelope: a, egg; 0b, margins of envelope; cc, por- 
tions of the animal. 


Fig. 3.—A portion of Hydra much magnified, exhibiting the egg when 
ready to separate from parent: a, portion of the animal; 6, egg; 
cc, mucus globules as they at first appear; d, pedicle attaching 
egg to parent; ee, contracted margins of envelope. 


Fug. 4.—Enlarged view of Hydra much contracted, with egg attached, ex- 
hibiting anal orifice: a, mouth; 6, anal orifice as seen through 
the substanee of the adhesive disc; c, feces passing out of 
same; d, sperm vesicle; e, egg with undulated margins; 
J; pedicle attaching same to parent; g, contracted margin of 
envelope. 


Fig. 5.—Sperm vesicle much enlarged of the Hydra from the Northumber- 
land lakes: a, gland-like body within the base of same; 6, apex 
of same containing spermatozoa; cc, a portion of surface of 
animal. 


Fig. 6.—Sperm vesicle much enlarged of H. viridis: a, gland-like body 
within base of vesicle; b, apex of same containing spermatozoa; 
cc, surface of animal. 


Fig. 7—Much enlarged view of portion of tentacle of the flesh-coloured 
Hydra as seen in the compressor, exhibiting captor organs and 
organs of touch imbedded in the nodular enlargements: a, organs 
of touch; b, captor organs. 


Fig. 8.—Two of the organs of touch greatly magnified, exhibiting inner and 
outer vesicles and cilium. 


I’ig. 9.—Greatly enlarged view of retracted captor organ: a, outer vesicle ; 
6, arrow head with barbs depressed; c, membranous stalk of 
same; d, inner or lining membrane doubled down upon itself. 


Fig. 10.—Captor organ exserted: a, outer vesicle; 6, inner or lining mem- 
brane; c, membranous stalk supporting arrow head with the 
three barbs, c’, elevated; d, filament passing out of the pointed 
extremity of arrow head. 


Fig. 11.—Two enlarged views of elliptical sacs with filaments supposed to 
be poison organs cast from captor organ. 


G3 


416 MR. HARDY ON DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME 


XIX.—Deseriptions of some New British Homopterous Insects. 
By James Harpy, sq. 


(Read Thursday, April 4, 1850.] 


In arranging my collection of Homoptera, preparatory to a 
Catalogue for the Tyneside and Berwickshire Naturalists’ Clubs, 
of the species found within their respective districts, I have met 
with several apparently uncharacterized, which, in pursuance 
of the designs of these Institutions, I intend, in this communica- 
tion, to describe. From the localities examined being not very 
remote, many species are common to both; it appears, on this 
account, advisable, to obviate the disadvantages that attend 
scattered descriptions, to group the new species together. The 
species of the branch of the order treated of have been pretty well 
elaborated by Mr. Curtis, in his valuable work on British Ento- 
mology; there, doubtless, however, still remain gleanings to 
reward a diligent investigator. From the beauty, the occasional 
singularity, the limited number of its objects, the ease of conser- 
vation, and the facility of displaying their forms, this division 
offers many claims for a more general attention than it has hitherto 
had accorded to it. 


Orper.—HOMOPTERA, Latreiile. 
Srction.—A UCHENORHYNCHI, Dumeril. 
Famity.—CHRCOPID &, Leach. 
Genus I.—TYPHLOCYBA, Germar. 

1. T. phaGrata. 

Narrow, cylindric, yellow ; head and thorax yellow, somewhat 
opaque, the former with a pair of very obsolete spots near the apex 
above, face long ; ocelli extremely minute; eyes tawny, with a 
white investing coat; bristle of the antenne short; scutellum tar- 
nished yellow in the centre, margined with fuscous brown, which is 
more diffused at the base ; elytra glossy, of a brighter yellow, fainter 
beneath the costa, the apex inferiorly slightly fuscescent, anarrowish, 


NEW BRITISH HOMOPTEROUS INSECTS. ALT 


fascous brown longitudinal stripe drawn along the depression 
occasioned by the strong nervure, whereat each elytron is deflected, 
forming at its basal origin a small outlying patch beneath, and 
terminating on the margin considerably behind the apex ; costa 
near and around the apex, pale orange; wings white, glossy ; 
upper and under surface of the abdomen, breast and legs pale 
yellow, tips of the tarsi and of the anus minutely black ; oviduct 
brown. Length 13—Expansion of wings 33 lines. 

Single specimens were found at Gibside, County of Durham ; 
and Penmanshiel Wood, Berwickshire, in August. 


2. 'T. EXIMIA. 

Narrow, sub-cylindric, elytra gradually contracting to a point ; 
whitish ; ocelli not seen ; eyes fuscescent, invested with a white 
coat ; apex of the clypeus, two dots on the thorax, the suture, a 
stripe on each elytron interrupted before the base and fading out 
a little after the middle, as well as some of the apical nervures, 
bright orange, or gamboge yellow ; the elytra glossy, their tips 
and base immediately beneath the costa, yellow; base of the 
scutellum with two subtestaceous spots ; upper and under surface 
of the abdomen, breast, and legs, yellowish. Length, 2 lines. 

A single specimen found in the woods on the Derwent, above 
Winlaton Mill. 


3. T. RUBI. 

Resembling 7. Ulmi, narrow, sub-cylindric ; head and thorax 
whitish ; the eyes blackish, with a white, scaly covering; fore 
margins of the thorax, and sometimes the disc, yellowish ; scu- 
tellum transversly impressed after the middle, with two yellow 
ovate longitudinal basal spots, one on each side, which reach to 
the impression, often wholly white ; elytra with the edge under 
the costa, and the nervures white, a yellowish, or golden yellow 
glossy broad dash, occupying most of the surface ; the nervures 
where they intersect each other towards theapex, bordered with pale 
fuscous, as likewise are several of the short apical ones; sometimes 
the fuscous tint appears in spots, of which three, two at the tips 
of nervures, and one internally, are darker; wings white, vitreous ; 


418 MR. HARDY ON DESORIPTIONS OF SOME 


abdomen above, bluish black, the basal segment yellow, with a 
minute lateral black spot on each side of its base, and a short 
apical black streak, the posterior edges of the remaining segments, 
of the fifth and sixth, especially the latter, more broadly, a stripe 
down the sides as far as the last segment, and the apex, white ; 
beneath fuscous, the apices of the segments white, the last segment 
rather dusky ; the face, breast, coxe, and femora yellow, tibiz 
and tarsi white, the claws of the last black. Length 12 line. 

Found in the end of October, on the bramble, and likewise on 
the hazel in Penmanshiel Wood, Berwickshire ; also occasionally 
at Gibside. 


4, T. LUTEA. 

Narrow, sub-cylindric, yellow; head, thorax, and scutellum 
brightest, the two first but slightly convex; the head rather 
pointed, its hinder angles a little wider than the thorax ; eyes 
whitish ; autenne short ; elytra paler, the tips subhyaline, scarcely 
tarnished ; wings white ; abdomen black, with a spot on each 
side at the base, the lateral margins broadly, the apex and two 
transverse bands, of which the latter one is broader, yellow, the 
apices of the other segments narrowly whitish beneath, with the 
basal segments black, the posterior margins, and the last segment 
entirely yellow; oviduct tawny; breast yellow, a black patch 
behind the origin of the fore and middle pair of legs ; legs yellow, 
a row of minute black spots down the outer edge of the posterior 
tibie, tips of the tarsi black. Length 14 line. 

A single specimen found in Berwickshire. 


5. T. QUADRA-SIGNATA. 

Small, narrow, sub-cylindric, the elytra somewhat expanded 
near the middle, and only moderately narrowed behind ; face and 
front of the head yellow, the former marked on the upper part 
with two faint curved, short, longitudinal, the latter near the 
point with two short transverse, pale testaceous lines, neither 
always present; on the hinder head are two black or fuscous 
squares, which are cut out on the anterior edge, narrowly separated 
from each other by a yellow line, and from the eyes by a similarly 
coloured margin ; eyes fuscous ; antenne with a longish bristle ; 


NEW BRITISH HOMOPTEROUS INSECTS. 419 


thorax opaque black, the back occasionally less deeply tinted, and 
often showing a very short central line, and four small specks, 
two anterior, and two posterior, the latter being elongated, 
yellowish ; scutellum concolorous, with a palish spot at the apex ; 
the colour of the elytra is nearly the same with the thorax, but 
is less saturated towards the apex, and is there diversified by 
hyaline or paler spots, and by the whitening of the nervures at 
their junctions or furcations; a conspicuous white or yellowish 
squarish spot, into which, posteriorly, a short twig of black often 
runs, on the suture behind the scutellum ; the costa bordered with 
pale yellow, at its origin appearing in a narrow line, but soon 
entering upon the black ground in a large patch twice sinuated 
posteriorly, which is then nearly cut off by a salient point of black, 
deepest tinted at its point, but again encroaches to form a lesser 
area ; a small hyaline spot is situated at the fuscous tint, inter- 
vening betwixt this and the apex ; wings white, glossy, the three 
upper nervures dusky, and the apex slightly clouded ; the abdomen 
black above, with lateral stripes, the posterior edges of thesegments 
and a wide band before the apex, yellow; beneath yellow with 
black transverse bands, or fuscous, with yellow margins to the 
segments ; breast and legs yellow, a spot on the sides of the former 
and the tips of the tarsi, black. Length 1—14 line. 

Generally distributed in the meadows near Newcastle, and also 
in deans, in Berwickshire. Autumn. 

This is constant to the characters assigned ; still, as colours in 
these insects are liable to vary, it may be identical with the 
Lupteryx notata, of Curtis. 


6. T. ocronorata. 

Narrow, sub-cylindric, rather shining, considerably tapered 
behind, elytra somewhat curved upwards towards the tips; the 
face and head yellow, the former somewhat fulvescent in the centre, 
with traces of obsolete ribs, and of two minute pale spots above, 
the latter with two moderately sized black spots on the anterior 
edge; eyes light brown, with a blackish spot on the hinder 
angles ; bristle of the antenne of considerable length ; thorax and 
scutellum yellow, the former with two approximated black spots 


430 MR. HARDY ON DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME 


of the same size as those on the head placed anteriorly, and, pos- 
teriorly, two other larger and remote; the latter with a trans- 
verse sunk line before its apex, sometimes fuscous, and two, one 
on each side of the base, triangular black patches, which, at their 
origin, enter below the thorax, and shine dimly through ; elytra 
glossy, somewhat greenish white near the base, but hyaline pos- 
teriorly, a patch towards the base, two ragged fascia, in some 
parts but faintly indicated, that cross them, of which the first 
trends obliquely forward to the costa on each side, but the second 
after passing across the back is retroverted, being continued in a 
narrower oblique branch to the margin, faint fuscous brown, 
the apices of the fascize rather more deeply stained ; a line near 
the base of the costa, the suture near the apex, and the prongs of 
a furcate nervure, fuscous ; abdomen above black, a widish lateral 
band, and the posterior edges of the segments narrowly, yellow ; 
beneath yellow, with black triangles at the bases of all the seg- 
ments, except the terminal one, which is yellow with a geminated 
triangular or linear spot at its base; breast shining black, or 
somewhat lilac, the margins of its sections freckled or edged, and 
the sides bordered with yellow ; legs white, tarsal claws black. 

Length 2; expansion of wings 33 lines. 

Var Males : middle compartment of the face and its apex 
bordered with dark, the central part stained and rudimentally 
barred with light, fuscous ; a large dark patch below the eyes, 
the eyes themselves, the base of the fore coxe, a streak along all 
the femora, and the hinder tibia, excepting the spines, a simi- 
circular patch on the thorax, a transverse line before the apex of 
the scutellum, and a minute spot on the apex, fuscous of variable 
intensity and hue; wings with some of the nervures nigrescent 
near the apex; breast and belly black, excepting in the latter 
some narrow white lines on the posterior edges of the segments, 
a series of yellow specks along the lateral margins. In other 
respects conformable to the type. 

Beat out of furze, in Berwickshire, in March. 

Two specimens beat out ofa willow, on the Derwent, in August. 


NEW BRITISH HOMOPTEROUS INSECTS. 421 


7. T. SEXMACULATA. 

Shaped nearly as in the last, but shorter; head, thorax, and 
scutellum pale yellow ; eyes fuscescent, hinder angles darker; a 
black spot on each side, on the cheeks below the eyes, two large 
subquadrate ones on the upper part of the head, two, also, large 
like-shaped ones on the anterior part of the thorax, and two 
triangular patches at the base of the scutellum, deep black ; elytra 
tinged with yellowish and subhyaline, with two wavy, somewhat 
obsolete fuscescent bands, which are deepest stained as with a 
spot, the first at the costa, the second at the termination on the 
hinder margin; a third fuscescent band also before the apex, 
leaving the extreme edge uncoloured ; under wings white, glossy, 
the upper part of the apex clouded; abdomen above black, a 
narrow lateral stripe, the hinder edges of the segments chiefly 
near the sides, and sometimes a sub-apical band, yellowish ; be- 
neath black, narrowly margined with yellow, the last segment 
yellow, longitudinally clouded with fuscous in the middle; oviduct 
black ; breast yellow, varied with black ; legs paler, claws of the 
tarsi black, a fuscous spot at the tips of the tibie. Length 13— 
expansion of wings, 34 lines. 

Gibside. This and the next may be varieties of No. 6. 


8. T. sUcUNDA. 

Of nearly the same shape as the last ; head, thorax, and scu- 
tellum yellow, the two latter immaculate ; face with faint traces 
~ of dusky ribs, the hollows whence the antenne originate, fuscous ; 
on the top of the head are two very minute approximated black 
points, situated behind two fovez ; the eyes are light fuscous, the 
margin narrowly white ; bristle of the antennz moderate ; elytra 
more shining, pale, yellowish green, a fuscous obsolete patch 
composed apparently of three short lines, each commencing near 
where the preceding terminates, a little behind the base, a small 
darker spot on the costa in a line above it, and a square, dark 
fuscous one on the under margin towards the apex, traces of a 
still fainter one on the suture in a line with the last, behind it the 
apical portion becomes tarnished with fuscous, a tint acquired 
likewise by the nervures ; abdomen above black, with the hinder 


429 MR. HARDY ON DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME 


edges of the segments next the sides narrowly margined with 
white ; beneath black, speckled with dusky lilac and tawny, the 
posterior margin of the first segment, and two small triangular 
spots at the edges of the penultimate one, pale yellow ; the last 
is black, with a narrow whitish central line ; breast yellow, with 
transverse black patches behind the origins of the first and second 
pairs of legs ; legs yellow, tip of the tarsi black. A male. Length 
14 line. 

Beat from a tree at Winlaton Mill, in August, while collecting 
T. flammigera, that abounds on alders there. 


9. T. stACHYDEARUM. 

Narrow ; head with five black spots, the last situated on the 
posterior margin, and triangular ; face yellowish, margined with 
fuscous down to the apex, which is blackish, sometimes diversified 
with fuscous or black patches and lines ; thorax yellowish, some- 
times with eight black spots, and two approximated short fuscous 
mesial lines, but more frequently the fuscous tint spreads into 
clouds, and occupies the greater part of the disc, leaving two 
spots near the middle, a shortened anterior longitudinal dorsal 
line, and two patches at the base, that sometimes extend forwards 
along the sides, near which there is sometimes a minute black dot, 
yellow ; scutellum with two triangular dusky spots at its base ; 
elytra yellowish or faint yellowish green, with lines and fuscous 
specks deepest stained on their edges between the whitish yellow 
nervures, the tip fuscous, or hyaline with fuscous stripes accom- 
panying the nervures ; two rather large ovate clear spaces beneath 
the costa, and a small one before the apex ; legs entirely yellow, 
with the tarsal claws alone biack ; or with the hinder tibiz fusces- 
cent and black at the tip, and the apices of the tarsal claws likewise 
black ; or with the hinder femora at the apex, the tibie in the 
middle and at the apex, and greater part of the tarsi, black. 
Length 11—14 lines. 

Common on Stachys sylvatica, at Axwell Park ; and on Lamium 
album and Ballota nigra, between Redheugh and the Team bridge, 
even as late as December. 


NEW BRITISH HOMOPTEROUS INSECTS. 423 


This appears to connect the Hupteryx hortensis and E. tarsalis, 
of Curtis. I have still another form, found at Berwick, which 
appears to be the /. melissce of this author. 


Genus I.—DIKRANEURA, Hardy WSS. 

Head somewhat pointed, triangulate, the crown very faintly 
ridged ; face long; occelli not perceived; antennae moderate; 
elytra nerved nearly as in aphrodes, the small cell under the costa 
wanting; wings with the upper nervures disposed in two forks, 
the upper opening inwardly on the base, the second and shorter 
pronged outwardly on the apex, no apparent cross nervures. 


1. D. VaRiata. 

Small, narrow, the elytra tapered to a point posteriorly, light 
yellowish green; head and thorax yellow, polished and shining ; 
face yellow, but sometimes dusky in the centre, with appearance 
of faint ribs, sometimes the middle plate is bounded by fuscous 
lines, which are occasionally produced up to the front, where they 
form a faint horse-shoe arch, within which there is a curved patch 
on the peak; sides of the head on the summit faintly duskier, 
leaving a brighter stripe up the centre, where it is very slightly 
elevated ; eyes subtestaceous, with a whitish coat; bristle of the 
antennee short; thorax transverse-lunate, posteriorly of the same 
breadth as the hinder margin of the head, the disc sometimes 
greenish, or slightly dusky; scutellum pointed, two impressed 
approximating punctures behind the base, followed by a sunk 
transverse stria, and then occasionally by a puncture; elytra pale 
yellowish, pale greenish yellow, or glaucous green, becoming at 
length sub-hyaline, and faintly tarnished with fuscous towards 
the apex, the nervures yellowish, at length whitish; wings 
slightly darkened, the nervures nigrescent, especially the furcate 
ones ; abdomen bluish black, some of the segments, especially at 
the sides, narrowly bordered posteriorly with white, a yellowish 
band at the base, and another, sometimes also a third before the 
apex, yellow; beneath, with a narrow stripe on the sides, the 
posterior edges of the segments, and the apical one entirely, 
yellow, the basal part of the segments pruinose black; breast 

HS 


424 MR. HARDY ON DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME 


speckled with yellow, brown, and black; legs yellow, tips of the 
tarsi black, the hinder tibie very indistinctly freckled with 
dusky. Length, 11—Expansion of wings, 22 lines. 

Var.—A semicircular cloud on the hinder part of the thorax, 
two spots near the base of the scutellum, and at times two before 
its apex, the greater portion of the elytra, and the nervures, 
delicately sanguineous. 

Abundant in Autumn, among long grass, (Festuca ovina and 
Aira flexuosa) in a wood on the summit of Lobley Hill; also on 
the coast of Berwickshire, where I met with it late in October, 
in the sea caverns on Geranium Robertianum. 


Genus III—APHRODES, Curtis. 
1. A. SPILOTOCEPHALA. 

Narrowish, elytra tapering to the tip, yellow, polished and 
shining ; head, thorax, and scutellum, especially the first, bright 
sulphur-yellow ; face of considerable length, but broader than in 
Typhlocyba, the central part yellow, or distinguished by rows of 
faint sometimes coalescent spots, or the rudiments of transverse 
ribs, its edges, and sometimes those of the clypeus separated from 
the cheeks, by blackish longitudinal lines; ocelli minute and 
remote, placed near the eyes on the verge of the forehead, testa- 
ceous ; four black spots on the top of the head, two approximating 
on the point, triangular, and two behind them, larger, trapezoidal, 
only narrowly separated from the eyes; a short fissure on the 
vertex ; eyes fuscous, with a white coat; antenne with the second 
joint fuscous at the base, the bristle long and fuscous at its tip; 
disc of the thorax faintly duskier or greenish; elytra glaucous, or 
greenish white when closed, with bright yellow nervures, costa 
and suture, the apex faintly embrowned ; yellowish when expanded ; 
wings glossy, the apex superiorly clouded, the nervures darkened ; 
abdomen pruinose black, with stripes down the sides, minute 
lateral incisions at the posterior borders of the segments, a band 
before the apex, and occasionally the apex itself, and a basal 
transverse band, yellow ; beneath with narrow white edges to the 
segments, apex of the last one brownish or yellow, and bristled 
with white; breast black, with yellow lateral specks, or with a 


NEW BRITISH HOMOPTEROUS INSECTS. 425 


yellow patch merely on the pleure; legs bright yellow, all the 
tibiee with an internal dark line, which on the two first pairs, is 
sometimes composed of dots, besides, there are other spots, espe- 
cially on the hinder pair; the femora are also spotted, and on the 
hinder ones these sometimes united to form a shortish line near 
the apex, and the base likewise is sometimes similarly streaked ; 
the anterior and intermediate tarsi, with the apex of the last 
joint, and the claws dusky or black; first joint of the posterior 
with a black line beneath, apex of the second and third, and the 
claws fuscous. Length 21—Expansion of wings, 3? lines. 

Meadows near Newcastle, also found in Berwickshire, and I 
possess a specimen from Dr. Greville, taken near Edinburgh. 

This species ranks with Lupterya 6—notata of Curtis which, 
in habits, as well as in modification of character, associates better 
with Aphrodes, than Typhlocyba. Can it be Cicada 4—notata 
of Fabricius, which is thus briefly designated: “C. virescens 
capite flavo: punctis quatuor nigris, elytris albidis.” Syst. 
Rhyng. p. 78% 


2. A. JUVENOA. 

Narrowish, yellow, or greenish; head and scutellum bright 
sulphur-yellow, the former triangular, and anteriorly considerably 
salient ; face sulphur-yellow, its compartments bounded by fuscous 
lines, the cheeks with a fuscous patch, central part fuscous at the 
tip, and crossed on the upper portion with fuscous ribs, betwixt 
which lie yellow spaces of equal dimensions, the last of the dusky 
ribs borders the fore-edge of the head, and is visible from above; 
the ocelli are extremely minute, and situated near the eyes; on 
the summit, two minute fuscous dots are placed near the point, 
and a small short sunk line divides the vertex ; the eyes are dark 
brown; seta of the antenne short; elytra short, very little ex- 
ceeding the apex of the body, light green or yellowish, with the 
costa and nervures rather brighter; wings white; abdomen above 
with the sides, adorsal line, the three last segments, some fuscous 
lateral specks on the two last excepted, and the bases of the seg- 
ments yellow, the remainder blackish, forming a series of uninter- 
rupted cross bands, apex with yellowish white bristles; beneath 


426 MR HARDY ON DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME 


the lateral margin, some fuscous spots excepted, a row of faint 
lateral spots, sides and tip of the penultimate, and the apical 
segment entirely, yellow; oviduct brown; breast yellow, with a 
black patch on its sides, anda larger one posteriorly ; legs bright 
yellow, the anterior and intermediate thighs with a fuscous patch, 
and a ring composed of lengthened dots; their tibie with a very 
narrow line and some fuscous spots; hinder femora with a fuscous 
line continued both ways in spots, tibiee with two rows of minute 
spots, and an interior dark line; tips of the tibie and tarsi fus- 
cescent. Length 1+ line. 

This which is from the sides of the Derwent, is evidently an 
imperfectly developed insect, and [have another ofa greener tint 
from Berwickshire, agreeing with it in this respect. From the 
latter district, however, I have a third, which I consider to be 
the true representative of the species. It is alittle broader, and 
the elytra pass considerably beyond the apex of the body; the 
middle of the face is ribbed with black lines, leaving a triangular 
yellow space nearest the tip, the upper rib is represented by dots 
only, the middle of the thorax, and the elytra, are of a light 
pleasant green, the latter subhyaline posteriorly with a blackish 
arched streak within and encircling the apex ; wings nigrescent 
with dark nervures; breast and abdomen deep pruinose black, 
the latter above with a line before the apex, and some specks on 
the tip above and beneath, yellow; legs yellow, fore coxe, except 
at the tip, tips of the tibie, the tarsal claws, tip of the basal, and 
the two last joints of the posterior tarsi entirely, and a spot 
within the apex of the posterior femora black; in other respects 
like the preceding. Length 1? line. 

The effects of incomplete developement in blanching the wings, 
is a@ curious circumstance, but I have observed it in another 
species, which, under the forms named by Curtis, A. sulphurea, 
tenwola, craticula, and maculipes, retains’ the slaty tint of those 
organs, but in its “halfmade up” state, which I consider to be 
A. unimaculata, and A. lata, of the author just cited, the colour 
is entirely discharged from them; in the last forms, the elytra 
are frequently so much curtailed as to leave a large portion of 
the abdomen exposed, 


NEW BRITISH HOMOPTEROUS INSECTS, - 427 


3. A. MELANOPSIS. 

Minute; head moderately pointed ; face entirely bluish black ; 
top of the head, whitish, with an arched row of six fuscous spots 
round the apex, followed by two larger ones united at the tip of. 
the sunk vertical line, and behind these four others, two on each 
side, betwixt this line and the eyes; eyes subtestaceous ; antennz 
moderate, greyish; ground colour of the thorax dirty white, 
occupied on the hinder part by two lateral, and two middle 
darker patches, the last disposed in thickish lines, bluish fuscous; 
scutellum white, a fuscous spot at its base, and another near its 
tip, behind the transverse impressed line; viewed from before, 
these form a cross; elytra glossy with fuscous or purplish-fuscous 
patches, one large near the base, and two others divided by 
narrow lighter spaces, with a few more minute, the remainder 
sub-hyaline, and diversified by the pearly whiteness of the ner- 
vures, more particularly at the junctions; wings slaty with dusky 
nervures ; breast and abdomen beneath, black, the segments of 
the latter bordered posteriorly with delicate white lines ; legs, 
base of the fore coxe, and of all the femora, base of the tibiz 
narrowly, their tips, and a line of dots, and the tarsal claws, 
black, the remainder, yellowish; hinder tibie, with the base 
narrowly, and the spines, as well as the basal joint of the tarsi, 
dirty yellow, the remainder, black. Length 1 line. 

Among short herbage, on barren banks, in Berwickshire. It 
comes nearest to A. nitida, of Curtis. 


4 A. MARMORATA., 

Shining and polished, elongate ; face broad, somewhat flattened, 
yellow, an elongated spot on the clypeus, the margins of the 
compartments, an oblique dash across the cheeks, the under 
margin of the eyes, and two spots on their anterior edge, and the 
hollow whence the antennx originate shining black or fuscous, 
the central plate ribbed with black and yellow, representing in 
the contour the trunk of a skeleton, towards the lower part of 
which lies a halbert-shaped yellow space; ocelli remote, placed 
near the eyes, and within a dark spot, almost on the line of the 
forehead ; the upper part of the head is narrow, almost transverse 


498 MR. HARDY ON DESORIPTIONS OF SOME 


lunate, as in Macropsis, but with an approach to triangular, the 
apex obtuse, yellowish, four minute points on the frontal line 
between the ocelli, and four placed 2 and 2 obliquely, the larger 
. pair anteriorly and most approximated, black ; a small sunk line 
on the vertex, edged as well as the posterior margin, with 
tarnished orange; eyes liver-brown; antenne with the second 
joint dusky, the bristle longish; thorax transverse lunate, the 
fore part yellowish, the hinder and the disc ashy, the surface 
varied or spotted with fuscous or black; scutellum large, yellow- 
varied with fuscescent, two yellow cheques at the base containing 
each a central black spot, transversely impressed, and somewhat 
depressed after the middle, with two black spots behind the im- 
pression ; elytra long, not much expanded after the middle, across 
which they are rounded, the tips overlap each other, and the 
sides are rather compressed posteriorly; fuscous-ash, polished, 
varied between the nervures with numerous black points or atoms, 
single, united into rows, or abrupt longitudinal and cross lines, 
and by the pearly whitness of the nervures, especially where they 
fork or cross each other, apical margin nigro-fuscescent; wings 
nigrescent with dark nervures; abdomen above, bluish black, 
posterior edges of the segments narrowly whitish, which colour 
at the margins extends into minute yellow triangular spots, 
issuing from a yellow lateral stripe, that towards its termination 
throws a band across the fifth; the underside is varied with fus- 
cous and yellow, the lateral and posterior margins of the seg- 
ments being yellow, and the centre fuscescent, with traces of a 
central yellow line, the apical segment set around the apex with 
stiff whitish bristles; fore and middle breast black, with the 
posterior margins, a spot on the pleure and hinder breast, except- 
ing the piceous base, yellow; legs whitish or yellowish white, 
apices of the fore and middle femora with two, of the hinder with 
six, curved spines, the fore tibie pectinated internally, and with 
five widely set spinules on the outer aspect, hinder ones internally 
ciliated, externally set with numerous spines; fore and middle 
coxe with a black patch at the base, their femora with two 
bands, the basal broader, and several spots, a line and several 
spots on the tibiw, and apices of the penultimate tarsal joint, 


NEW BRITISH HOMOPTEROUS INSECTS. 429 


lilac or fuscous; posterior femora with a long longitudinal dash, 
a curved one near the apex, three or four apical spots externally, 
and one internally, lilac or fuscous; the long slightly bent tibie 
with two lines of minute, and one of large spots, sometimes also 
an internal line, the tips, spots beneath the first tarsal joint, its 
apex, those of the two succeeding joints, and the claws, black, 
Length, 3 lines. It is at once the largest and finest of its species. 

A specimen taken in the woods on the Derwent; and another 
in Berwickshire, beat out of bushes. 

As will be observed from the detail, this is a true Aphrodes, 
although the shape of the head would at first sight indicate a 
different relationship. 


Geyus [V.—ACUCEPHALUS, Germar. 
1. A. apustus. 

Short, and, contrasted with its affinities, considerably narrowed, 
pale, or clayey-testaceous; face freckled with a brighter tint, dis- 
posed often in the merest rudiments of ribs, a spot in the hollow 
occupied by the antenne, and occasionally a line bordering the 
central part of the face, black; crown above triangular, scarcely 
wrinkled, with a central ridge, on each side of which it sinks 
down, and then rises in two indistinct oblique ridges, one on each 
side, either uniform in line, or often, as well as the thorax and 
elytra, freckled with atoms and minute specks of light brownish ; 
elytra rather abbreviated, with a row of ill-defined dusky spots 
along the costa, and turning round the tip, or uniform with the 
spots near the apex only; wings short, white; abdomen above 
either wholly pale, or varied with deep fuscous or black, the 
edges of all the segments pallid, a widish band at the apex of the 
second, the apical ones, and a stripe down the margins, in which 
lie several triangular brighter spots, brown ; underside concolorous, 
the centre dusky ; legs also concolorous, the tips of the anterior 
tibiee, and of the tarsal joints, blackish ; apex of the hinder femora 
with a patch before the apex, and the inner side of the tibiz, 
black, the spines brown ; apices of the tarsal joints and the claws 
piceous, Length 2—2+ lines. 


430 MR. HARDY ON DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME 


Late in Autumn, in fields near Dunston, and also in Berwick- 
shire. 

I strongly suspect that this is a dwarfed and imperfect state 
of A. rusticus, Fab., which is confirmed by finding a still less de- 
veloped form to correspond to A. cardui. To A. rusticus, also, 
from observed varieties in specimens, I feel disposed to refer A. 
sparsus, A. rugosus, A. unicolor, A. fasciatus, and A. pallidus, of 
Curtis ; and his A. bicinctus is, perhaps, not different. 


. Genus V.—PAROPIA, Germar. 
1. P. PALLIDIPENNIS. 
Megophthalmus pallidipennis, Curt. JZSS. Mus. Dom. Greville. 

Entirely pallid testaceous, in the elytra fainter, with the nerves 
and suture more dusky ; the eyes and extreme apex of the tarsi, 
black ; face and sides of the clypeus sometimes variegated with 
light ochreo-brumeous, and occasionally some dusky patches appear 
on the head and thorax, as well as a dusky spot on each side of 
the base of the abdomen; the elytra are considerably longer, 
and less gradually tapered behind than in P. scanica, Fallen, 
(Megophthalmus bipunctatus, Curtis). Length 132 2 Expansion 
of wings 3 lines. 

From the Bents, at South Shields ; a specimen likewise found 
in Berwickshire. Dr. Greville finds it near Edinburgh, and his 
specimens, named, he informed me, by Mr. Curtis, bear the appella- 
tion I have cited. 


Famity.—FULGORID A, Leach. 
Gunvus. VI.—CIXIUS, Latreiile. 
1. Crxrvs DORSALIS. 

Head, eyes, and face fulvous, the ridges fainter, the cheeks and 
the apex of the face black, two dusky patches on the crown, and 
two smaller curved ones before the ridge anterior to them, fuscous ; 
thorax black, the anterior segment, the hinder part of the ridges, 
and a fine dorsal line shortly, fulvous ; elytra white, the nervures 
formed by black punctures, a broad fuscous patch down each, 
leaving the sutural region narrowly, excepting four outlying 
patches, and the costal portion gradually extending in width to 


NEW BRITISH HOMOPTEROUS INSECTS. 431 


the apex, white, three blackish spots before or about the middle 
of the costa, and another paler towards the tip, with faint clouds 
on the cross nervures; wings white, with brown nervures ; 
abdomen above black, with two large spots, one on each side, at 
the base, a stripe down the sides, the posterior edges of the seg- 
ments narrowly, but wider at the sides, orange; beneath dark 
fuscous, with the posterior edges of the segments narrowly yellow ; 
a white flaky excreture collected round the apex ; breast black, 
with the posterior edges of its sections, yellow; legs dirty 
yellowish ; fore cox except at the tips, middle portion of the 
femora, continuous to the apex in the hinder, and the tips of the 
tarsi, more or less fuscous. Length 24 lines. 

Taken at Milne Graden, near Coldstream, Berwickshire, in 
June. 

This is, perhaps, a variety of Flata serratula, of Fab., which 
he says, occurs in England, upon Thistles. 

I have not met with any statements relative to the early stages 
of the insects of this genus. In woods, I often fall in with the 
larva of one species, which I take for C. nervosus, in cavities 
in the ground beneath large stones, or in the runs of moles or 
mice, where it may feed on roots or underground stems. 


Penmanshiel, by Cockburnspath, N.B., 
March, 1850. 


LIST OF MEMBERS, 


CORRECTED TO MARCH Isr, 1850. 


Abbes, Rev. G. Cooper, B.A. 
Adamson, Charles, 
Adamson, William, 

Alder, Joshua, 

Andrews, George, 
Armstrong, George, 
Atkinson, George Clayton, Hed. 
Atkinson, John Ismay, m.R.c.s. 
Backhouse, William, 
Balmer, George, 

Bell, Thomas, 

Bethune, Rev. Angus 
Bigge, Rev. J. F., B.a. 
Blacklock, Joseph, 

Bold, T. J. 

Brady, G. 8. : 
Bruce, Rev. J. C., m.a. 
Bulman, George, 

Bungey, T. J. 

Burnet, Thomas, 

Burnet, Nicholas, . ° 
Carr, Ralph, Esq. : 4 
Carr, Rey. Charles, m.a. 
Carr, Rey. Henry B., m.a. 
Caswell, Rev. John, B.a. 
Charlton, Edward, m.p. 
Clarke, George, o Bibes 
Coxe, Rev. R. C., m.a. 


. Cleadon, near Sunderland. 


Rock Cottage, Jesmond. 


. Tynemouth. 


Ravensworth Terrace. 
Durham, 

Fawdon. 

West Denton. 
Wylam. 


. Darlington. 


High Bridge. 


. Cumberland Row. 


Seaham Harbour. 


. Vicarage, Stamfordham. 


Mosley Street. 


. Bigg Market. 


Gateshead. 


. Percy Street. 


Leazes Terrace. 


. Durham. 


Summerhill Terrace. 


. Black Hedley, Shotley Bridge. 


Dunston Hill. 


. Whitworth, near Barnardcastle. 


Rectory, Whickham. 


. Kirkwhelpington, Northumbrld. 


Aldon Square. 
Walker. 
Vicarage, Newcastle. 


Crawshay, Edmund, . Bensham. 
Crawshay, Herbert, Bensham. 
Creighton, William, - Morpeth. 

Currie, Robert, . : -  Shieldfield. 
Davidson, D. S. - Mosley Street. 
Dees, R. R. St. Mary’s Place. 


LIST OF MEMBERS. 


De Mey, William Francis, m.p. 
Dobson, John, . . 
Dodd, William, 
Dodsworth, Frederick, 
Donkin, Armorer, 

llison, Nathaniel, 
Embleton, Dennis, m.p. 
Embleton, R. C. m.r.c.s, 
Featherstonhaugh, Rev. W.m.a. 
Ferguson, William, 
Forster, W. J. 4 : 
Fryer, J. H., Esq. 
Gibson, W. Sidney, F.s.A., F.G.S. 
Glover, Robert M., m.p. 
Glynn, Edward, “ 
Green, Rey. Robert, m.a. 
Green, Rev. T. R., maa. 
Green, R. Y. 
Greenwell, Rev. W., M.a. 
Hancock, Albany, 
Hancock, John, ; 
Hardy, James, 
Hare, John, 
Hobkirk, William, 
Houseman, John, M.p. 
Howse, Richard, jun. . 
Hunter, Samuel, 
Ingham, Robert, Esq. . 
Jeiierson, Thomas, surgeon, 
Kaye, Willian, . : 
Kell, William, : 
Leefe, Rey. J. E. 
Liddell, Matthew, 
Loftus, W.K. . ° 
Makepeace, Robert, . 
Mather, Edward, 
Moore, John, . : 4 
Newton, Rey. J. H., B.a. 
Newton, William, m.r cs. 
Oliver, Daniel, jun. 


433 


Eldon Square. 
New Bridge Street. 


. 45, Bigg Market. 


Collingwood Street. 


. Jesmond. 


Morton House, Durham. 


. Northumberland Street. 


Embleton, Northumberland. 
Eaglescliffe, Yarm. 
Alnwick. 


. Tynemouth. 


Whitley House, Tynemouth. 
George Street. 
Northumberland Street. 


. Grey Street. 


Northumberland Street. 


. Northumberland Street. 


Northumberland Street. 


St. Mary’s Terrace. 


. St. Mary’s Terrace. 


Penmanshiel, Berwickshire. 


- Mosley Street. 


13, Edward Street. 


. Percy Street. 


Argyle Street. 


. Ravensworth Terrace, Gateshd. 


Westoe, South Shields. 


. Hexham. 


Blackett Street. 


- Gateshead. 


Cresswell, Northumberland. 


. Benton Grange. 


Stand House, Newcastle. 


- Forth. 


Grey Street. 


. Bishopwearmouth. 


Kirkharle, Northumberiand. 


. Pilgrim Street. 


Bigg Market. 


434 LIST OF MEMBERS. 


Pattinson, H. L. 
Peacock, Reginald, 
Pearson, William, m.r.c.s. 
Plummer, Robert, Esq. 
Potter, H. G., m.r.c.s. 
Preston, J. H. 

Radford, James, 
Rippon, George, Esq. 
Robinson, G. F. 
Robson, George, 

Robson, E, Capper, . 
Sanderson, R. B. Jun., . 
Sanderson, John, 

Sewell, Joseph, 
Shephard, Joseph, 
Sidney, M.J. F., Esq. | 
Smyttan, Rev. G. H.8.a. 


Sopwith, Thos., F.R.s., F.G.s. 


Spence, Joseph, 

Storey, John, F.B.s.E. 
Storey, John, Jun. . 
Talmadge, A. H., M.R.¢.s. 
Tate, George, F.G.S. . 
Taylor, John, 

Taylor, Arnold, 
Thompson, John, . 
Thompson, H. A. 
Thompson, Rev. R. 
Thompson, E. P. 
Trevelyan, Arthur, Esq. 


Trevelyan, Sir W. C. Bart. 


Turner, John, 

Vickers, Jonathan, 
Wailes, George, 

Wallis, Robert, 
Weatherley, Capt. J. D. 
White, D. B., m.p. 
Wilson, D. H. 

Vinship, William, M.R.c.s. 


. Scott House, Durham. 


Sunderland. 


. Hexham. 


Byker. 


. Jesmond High Terrace. 


Greenfield Place. 


. Grey Street. 


North Shields. 


. Bridge Street, Sunderland. 


34, Mosley Street. 


. Sunderland. 


West Jesmond. 


. West Jesmond. 


Heaton. 


- Carliol Street. 


Cowpen Hall, near Morpeth. 


. Charlton Hall, Eglingham, N. 


Allenheads. 


. Sunderland. 


St Mary’s Place. 


. St. Mary’s Place. 


Northumberland Street. 


. Alnwick. 


Lovaine Place. 


. Sunderland. 


Bloomfield Terrace, Gateshead. 


. Grey Street. 


Unthank, Shotley Bridge. 


. Lovaine Crescent. 


Wallington. 


. Wallington. 


Grey Street. 


. Side. 


Ridley Place. 


. South Shields. 


New Bridge Street. 


. Portland Place, New Bridge St. 


Derwent Place. 


. Percy Street. 


INDEX TO VOL. I. 


Accipiter palumbarius, 314. 
Afiga, a new species of, 11. 
Alcyonella stagnorum, 27], 

368. 

Alcyppe lampas, 316, 338. 

Alder, Joshua, Notices of some new 
species of Mollusca, &c., fouud at 
Ardrossan and in the Isle of Arran; 
Catalogue of the Mollusca of North- 
umberland and Durham, 97; onthe 
peculiar character of the animal of 
Kellia suborbicularis, 217; on the 
animal of Lepton squamosum, 217 ; 
annual address, 311; additions to 
the Mollusca of Northumberland 
and Durham, 358; on three new 
species of animalcules, 365. 

Allium Schoenoprasum, 214. 

arenarium, 268. 

oleraceum, 268. 

Animalcules, on three new species of, 
365. 

Anobium molle, on the capture of, 29. 

Apion Spencii. 13. 

striatum, 13. 

subulatum, 13. 

Aquilegia vulgaris, 13. 

Arabis hirsuta, 318. 

Arenaria verna, 9. 

Asplenium septentrionale, 268. 

Astarte Gairensis, 12. 

Atherix Ibis, 13. 

Axinus (Cryptodon) flexuosus, 12. 

Barnacle, burrowing, on the occur- 
pence of, on the British Coast, 316, 

fle 

Beris clavipes, 12. 

Bigge, Rev. J. F., annual address, 210. 

Birds, notices of, 8, 20, 215, 314. 

Bold, T. J., on the capture of Anobium 
molle, 29; on damage done to wheat 
by Cucujus monilicornis and Calan- 
dra granaria, 33; catalogue of the 
Insects of Northumberland and 
Durham, 37; Century of unrecorded 
local Coleoptera, with a description 
of a new Colymbetes, 277. 

Bombus Skrimshirianus, 96. 

Bombycilla garrulus, 313. 

Botrychium Lunaria, 9. 

Brachyopa bicolor, 13 

Bryozoa, on the anatomy of, 367. 


316, 


Buccinium undatum, paper on the 
varieties of, 19.* 

Bulla strigella, 315, 359. 

Callitriche autumnalis, 215. 

platycarpa, 12, 270. 

Carduus heterophyllus, 9, 12. 

Carex irrigua, 214. 

Carr, Ralph, address at the first anni- 
versary meeting, 6; on some cf the 
habits of Strix stridula, 20; on ex- 
tensive Fissures in the stems of two 
living Spruce Firs, 285; on the 
Composite names of places, of 
Anglo-Saxon derivation, 338. 

Cateretes bipustulatus, 12. 

Centrolophus pompilus (Black Fish), 
314, 

Ceterach officinarum, 268. 

Chara aspera, 215. 

— hispida, 215. 

Cheiloxa ruficornis, 13. 

Chrysogaster viduata, 12. 

Chrysomia polita, 12. 

Chrysostoxum arcuatum, 13. 

bicinctum, 13. 

Cliona, new species of, 267. 

Coleoptera, a century of, with a de- 
scription of a new Colymbetes, 277. 

Coluber chersea, 314. 

Colymbetes dispar, 277, 315. 

Committee of the Tyne Side Natural- 
ists’ Field Club, annual address, 265. 

Composite names of places, of Anglo- 
Saxon derivation (chiefly in North- 
umberland), observations on, 338. 

Convallaria majalis, 9. 

Convolvulus Hawk-Moth, 216. 

Crepis succiszefolia, 214, 320. 

Crioceris tenella, 12. 

Cucujus monilicornis and Calandra 
pyatanias damage done to wheat by, 
aoe 

Cynthia echinata, 315, 362. 

Cypripedium Calceolus, 213. 

Death’s-Head Hawk-Moth, 216. 

Dianthus deltoides, 11. 

Dilusial action, evidences of, at Belsay, 
Zid 

Ebalia Cranchii, 316. 

Embleton, Dr. D., aecount of a Rib- 
bon Fish (Gymnetrus) taken off the 
Coast of Northumberland, 288. 


* Published in the Annals and Magazine of Natural History, vol. xix., Pp. 150. 


436 


Eolis despecta, 271. 

Epipactis ensifolia, 320. 

Ephistemus gyrinoides, 12. 

Equisetum umbrosum, 318. 

Kurynome aspera, 316. 

Fedia dentata, 13. 

Fieldmeetings:—Ovingham, 8; Shot- 
ley Bridge, 10; Bardon Mill—Halt- 
whistle, 15; Cleadon, 16; Tyne- 
mouth, 18; Morpeth, 212; Castle 
Eden Dene, 212; Haydon Bridge— 
Walltown—Haltwhistle, 213; Prest- 
wick Carr, 214; Alnwick, 216; 
Gibside Woods, 268; Hazleden 
Dene, 269; Allenheads, 269; Che- 
vington Wood, 270; Embleton— 
Dunstanbro’ Castle, 271; Morpeth, 
318; Dipton, 319; Hawthorn and 
Horden Denes, 320; Northumber- 
land Lakes, 320; Haltwhistle— 
Walltown Crags— Gilsland, 322; 
Ryhope, 322. 

Fishes, notices of, 267, 314, 315. 

Fossils of the Permian System, cata- 
logue of, 219. 5; 

Fossil Fish, on the occurrence of, near 
Cullercoats, 275. 

Fragaria vesea, variety of, 9. 

Fredericella sultana, 316, 368. 

Fusus norvegicus, 12. 

— Turtoni, 12. 

corneus, anew species allied to, 12. 

Gagea lutea, 268. 

Geranium sanguineum, 271. 

Glowworm, paper on, 19. 

Gymnaetron tricolor, 12. 


— niger, 13. 

Gymnetrus Banksii, 288, 314. 

Halichondria, a new species of, 12. 

Hancock, Albany, on the occurrence 
of Limnoria terebrans, 17, 31; 
paper on the varieties of Buccinium 
undatum, 19; on the occurrence of 
Fossil Fish at Cullercoats, 275; 
account of a Ribbon Fish (Gymne- 
trus), taken off the Coast of North- 
umberland, 288; on the occurrenve, 
on the British coast, of a burrowing 
Barnacle, 327; on the Anatomy of 
the Freshwater Bryozoa, 367; ona 
species of Hydra, 405. 

Hardy, James, paper on some of the 
habits of the horse leech (Hoemopsis 
sanguisuga), 17, 96; catalogue of 
the {Insects of Northumberland and 
Durham, 37; notices of some ento- 
mwnological excursions, 95; descrip- 
tions of some new British Homop- 
terous Insects, 416. 

Hieracium prenanthoides, 214. 

Hoemopsis sanguisuga, paper on some 
ot the habits of, 17, 96. 

Hottonia palustris, 268. 

Howse, Richard, catalogue of the 
Fossils of the Permian System, 219. 


INDEX. 


Hydra, species of, found in the North- 
umberland lakes, 316, 405. 

Hypericum Androsemum, 268. 

Hypothvas (Terebratula) psittacea, 


Insects, notices of, 12, 13, 16, 17 
96, 216, 267, 318 ee 

Insects of Northumberland and Dur- 
ham, catalogue of, 37. 

Jasione montana, 268. 

Kellia suborbicularis, on the peculiar 
characters of the animal of, 217. 

Lamna cornubica, 315. 

ceree squamosum, on the animal of, 


Limnoria terebrans, on the occurrence 
of, at the mouth of the Tyne, 31. 

Listera cordata, 215, 270. 

Locust, appearance of, 16. 

Loftus, W. K., on Evidences of 
Diluvial action, at Belsay, 273. 

Lysimachia vulgaris, 319. 

Melica nutans, 319. 

Molgula siphonata, 315, 362. 

mee paper on some new species 
of, LD: 


, notices ef, 19, 217, 267, 271, 
315 


Mollusca of Northumberland and 
Durham, Catalogue of, 97. 
Die » Index to the genera of, 


of Northumberland and 
Durham, additions to, 358. 

Mya Groenlandica, 12. 

Myriophyllum alterniflorum, 316. 

Natica Groenlandica, 12. 

Nemotelus nigrinus, 12. 

Neottia Nidus-avis, 9, 319. 

Nepeta Cataria, 9. 

Odostomia conspicua, 315, 360. 

Cinanthe Lachenalii, 271. 

Ophioglossum vulgatum, 9. 

Ophounus pubescens, 12. 

Ophrys muscifera, 320. 

Orchis Morio, 9. 

Orthagoriscus Mola (Sun _ Fish), 
315 


Osmunda regalis, 268. 

Ovingham, meaning of the word, 10. 

Paludicella procumbens, 316, 402. 

Panopea Bivoneea, 12. 

Parietaria officinalis, 13. 

Parus caudatus, nest of, 8. 

Pecten Landsburghii, 12. 

Pilularia globulifera, 215. 

Pisidium nitidum, 321. 

Planorbis levis, 18. 

Plants, notices of, 9, 11, 12, 13, 15, 
17, 213, 214, 215, 268, 270, 271,317, 
318, 319, 320, 321, 322, 323. 

Pleurotoma nebula, 315, 361. 

brachystoma, 315, 361. 

Plumatella Allmani, 316, 401 

— punctata, 316, 401. 


INDEX. 


Plumularia pinnata, 323. 

Polished and scratched rocks in the 
neighbourhood of Alnwick, 348. 

Polypodium Dryopteris, 9. 

Potamogeton perfoliatus, 270, 321. 

———_——-  plantagineus, 271. 

— pusillus var. tenuissi- 
mus, 271. 

————rufescens, 317, 321. 

——_— pectinatus, 32]. 

Prestwick Carr, description of, 214. 

Psolus squamatus, 11. 

Ptychoptera paludosa, 12. 

Pyrola minor, 12. 

rotundifolia, 268. 

Heounewlus Lingua, 15, 214, 215, 

8 


Rat, black, notice of, 313. 

Regulus auricapiilus, 8. 

Retepora Beaniana, 12. 

Ribbon Fish (Gymnetrus), account 
of, 288, 314. 

Rissoa vitrea, 315, 360. 

Rubus saxatilis, 12. 

Rumex Hydrolapathum, 268. 

Ruppia rostellata, 270. 

Sambucus Ebulus, 268. 

Saxifraga stellaris, 270. 

Scolopendrium vulgare, large fronds 
of, 323 

Scutellaria galericulata, 321. 


437 


Sedum villosum, 270. 

Shells, notices of, 12, 18, 19, 323. 

Sisymbrium Sophia, 9. 

Spruce Firs, Vissures in the Stems of, 
285. 

Storey, John, list of new habitats of 
some of the rarer plants of North- 
umberland and Durham, 15. 

Sylvia locustella, nest of, 8. 

— turdoides major, capture of, 

15. 

Syrinx Harveyi, 316. 

Strix stridula, on some of the habits 
of, 20. 

— Tengmalmi, 314. 

Tachyerges saliceti, 12. 

Tate, George, on Polished and 
scratched rocks in the neighbour- 
hood of Alnwick, 348. 

Tringa, subarquata, 314. 

Trochus millegranus, 12. 

Trollius europzeus, 9. 

Trypodendron domesticum, 30. 

Tyneside Naturalists’ Field Club, rules 
of, 1; members of, 25, 212, 272, 
320, 326, 432. 

Ulex nanus, 317. 

Utricularia vulgaris, 215. 

— intermedia, 215. 

Vaccinium uliginosum, 270. 

Yeoman, its signification, 9. 


Pie ATES? No VOL. Fe 


=e 


PLA 


23 


Gone } Gymnetrus Banksii. 


>»  III.—Fredericella sultana—Plumatella Allmani. 
», 1V.—Plumatella punctata—P. Allmani—Fredericella sultana. 
ey V.—Paludicella procumbens. 


» VI.—Plumatella punctata—P. Allmani—Paludicella procumbens. 


2% ae } Hydra fusca ? 


3 


END OF VOL. I. 


ERRATA. 


Page 40, line 2, for 99 read 100. 


4, 
46, 
49, 
55, 
58, 
65, 
68, 
76, 
77, 


23 


99 


39 


bed 


4, for 206 read 195. 
31, for pl. vi. read pl. vii. 
16, for No. 369 read No. 367. 
3, for i., 2, read i., 185. 
22, for Marsh. read Fab. 
31, for.78 read 73. 
30, for ii., 108, read v. 396. 
14, for nanus read nanum, 
7, for angustata read agilis. 
30, for 51 read 50. 
7, for cerylon bipustulatum read Rhyzophagus bipustulatus. 
10, erase carex pauciflora, 
11, for heterophyllum vead heterophyllus. 
13, for Globularia pilulifera read Pilularia globulifera. 


Newcastle: Printed by M.& M. W. LAMBER?, Grey Street and Sandhill. 


“ao . “FAP YORUBA 


Dap Yoooungy 


PP AnALUT 


LEE ZZ reas 
~ EEE oo 
ES EP A LEZ LEEEEEEGEE. OT aia 

5 ECE EET LLL OLE LLL ELL 


AGREE. SE 
LEER Lo —— 


Lita Z-ZAZELI Heyyy LZ 


oa 
: ohhe ‘ 
ris Aik 
oi 


iv 
2 


i 
A 


POE IE EN RTE RUN Re: Ane Chase eal te Ged i? 


\ 
\ 
N ; 
ay, 
= 


} we 
; We 
She ith 
Weaity a 
ascii. 
i 
‘ 
i 


ne 


) Wie 
nuke 
ihres 


ty 
Ne 


eR Men 


a 


t 


Lyk 
mh 


i 
f Ay 
Bee Paha 
AN ie Ml 


Tne 
ae he 
i 


, 
ty a i 
ants 


} 
“Ali 


tae 
rag 
aN) 


Ber 
tas 
tan 


“aes ee 


AS a 
oe Bit ae 
fs 
viene 
1 Pei ta " y 
a a 


srAh| 


eat 
bali 


Na 


i 
he 


a 


ice 
en get 
a 


Sait 
see leia 


SC. 


SBasiwvre 


A. Hancock del. 


yi 
! 
10 


\ 
MALAY 


Wi 


nay 


ah ann ae 


fle Mae aa 
* @° 


2 


iste, SH 
Tien. 


aan A 
et ie ey 


yon fe 


CRU ALN 


Reluhy 
aN 


nag 
Rasy roar